Entomology

From the ANTKALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
Ser. 6. Vol. xvii., January L89G.

Descriptions of new Species of Butterflies of the Genus
Catasticta in the British Museum. By ARTHUR GL
BUTLER, Ph.D. &c.

THE following species have been in the Museum without
names for many years ; and, as I find that they are unques-
tionably not described, I propose to name them now.

54 Dr. A. G. Butler on new Species of Butterflies.

Catasticta sinapina, sp. n.

3 . Resembles C. nimlice on the upper surface, excepting
that the central ochreous band is more distinctly divided by
the veins, the spots composing it on the primaries smaller ;
the postmedian series consists of larger spots, and the marginal
spots on the secondaries are larger ; the latter wings are more
elongated at anal angle ; the under surface is quite unique in
colouring, the ground-colour mustard-yellow, and the veins
and markings purplish brown ; the pattern corresponds almost
exactly with that on the under surface of C. susiana.

Expanse of wings 56 millim.

Pucartambo, Peru (Whitely).

We purchased this insect in 1872, but at that time I was
not in a position to decide whether or no it was undescribed j
it should stand near C. susiana.

Catasticta reducta, sp. n.
JZuterpe colla, Hewitson (not Doubleday), in Coll. Hewits.

£ . Pattern of both surfaces as in G. anaitis, but this
species is much smaller and has all the markings of the upper
surface ochreous, irrorated with purplish brown ; the nervures
are much more broadly blackish; the secondaries have a
marginal series of small white spots : the macular bands on
the under surface of the primaries are clear ochreous, those
towards apex being more falciform.

Expanse of wings 52 millim.

Ecuador (Buckley).

Local form boliviana.

Differs from the typical form in having all the markings of
the upper surface clear ochreous, with scarcely a trace of dark
irroration.

Expanse of wings 51-54 millim.

Bolivia.

The above species is represented in Hewitson's collection
by seven examples — four from Ecuador and three from
Bolivia — and incorrectly identified by him as Euterpe colla.
In the same drawer an example of Doubleday's species is
associated with a specimen of C. zande, and wrongly iden-
tified as (7. nimbice.

Catasticta strigosa, sp. n.
J. Form, size, and general aspect above of C, hebra

Dr. A. G. Butler on new Species of Butterflies. 55

deep olive-brown, the lower third of the discoidal cell of
primaries sparsely irrorated with sulphur- yellow scales, the
cell surrounded by a series of longitudinal tapering rays,
sulphur-yellow irrorated with brown, the pointed extremities
of the first six of these rays being cut off by a stripe of the
ground-colour from apical fourth of costa to external angle :
secondaries sulphur-yellow, irrorated with brown, but with
the nervures arid a broad external border which emits pyra-
midal spurs along the nervures deep olive-brown ; three
elongated clear yellow spots terminating the second to fourth
internervular streaks : under surface similar to C. ctemene £ ,
but the yellow patch on the primaries broken up into narrow
streaks by the broad brown borders to the nervures.

Expanse of wings 67 millim.

Pucartambo, Peru (Whitely).

Catasticta stramineaj sp. n.

Allied to C. eurigania from Ecuador, but the upper surface
deep buff or straw-yellow, with all the veins black; three
elongated spots placed obliquely on the black apical area, the
middle one large, the others small : secondaries with the
outer border broadly black, with a deep sinus in the radial
interspace.

Expanse of wings 47 millim.

Hob. ?

Two specimens of this species stood in Hewitson's collec-
tion with two of his C. eurigania from Ecuador and two of
C. notha from Bolivia, the label " eurigania " standing below
the three species. Unfortunately Hewitson neglected to label
the present species with its locality.

M286051

ON A COLLECTION

OF

BUTTERFLIES

OBTAINED BY

MR. RICHARD CRAWSHAY

N Y A S A-L A N D,

BETWEEN THE MONTHS OF JANUARY AND APRIL 1895.

BY

ARTHUR G. BUTLER, PH.D., F.L.S., ETC.

[From the PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,
January 14, 1896.]

[1]

103 DR. A. G. BUTLER O^ BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 14,

On a Collection of Butterflies obtained by Mr. Richard
Crawshay in Nyasa-land, between the Months of January
and April 1895. By ARTHUR G. BUTLER, Ph.D.,

F.L.S.,&c.

(Plate VT.)

Many of the specimens in the present consignment from
Mr. Crawshay, who remains for the present at his station, Deep
Bay, on the west coast of Lake ISyasa1, were obtained at con-
siderable altitudes, and therefore are of special interest. The only
surprising thing is that comparatively few of the species prove to
be undeseribed, though some of the novelties which are in the
collection are of exceptional interest, such as a Neptis represent-
ing a new section in the genus, a pure white species of Hyreus, a
Myloihris which marvellously resembles Phrissura lasti, and a very
beautiful new species of Melittia. Nine species altogether are
described as new.

The novelties are, however, not the only species of interest in
this collection, for it contains the rare Satyrid ApTiysonturia
pigmentaria, previously unrepresented in the Museum ; a variety
of Acrcea johnstoni. which we required ; the female of Acrcea
vinidia, var. teneUa ; specimens of A. anacreon tending to link it to
A. bomba (a seasonal form of it) ; a second example of A. periphanes
(seasonal form of A. guillemei} ; examples of Alana, nyassce,
proving that I was' correct in speaking of the buff form as a
variety ; specimens of Catochrysops glauca, a very beautiful
Lycaenid new to the Museum series ; the true female of Castalius
liintza, proving my C. resplendens to be a distinct species ; specimens
of Durbania Tiildtgarda, of which we previously only possessed
one poor example ; Larinopoda peucetia, of which the type alone
existed in the Hevvitson cabinets; examples of Uranolhavma
crawshayi in both sexes ; the female of Epamera sidus, new to the
collection ; both sexes of Teracolus opalescens ; the male of T. mutans,
which was previously unknown ; variations of Cyclopides quadri-
signatus: the female of the rare Hesperid Kedestes capenas;
specimens of Padraona watsoni, linking that species to P. zeno ;
and the male of Icterodes roseovittata, which was previously
undeseribed.

As with other collections obtained by Mr. Crawshay, most of
the specimens are in good condition, and therefore easily'identified :
with the exception of two or three specimens (the descriptive notes
of which may have been lost when they were mounted, or may
never have been written on the envelopes) all were carefully
labelled with the exact locality, date of capture, a popular name

1 About 10° 50' S. lat. See map attached to Sir H. H. Johnston's paper
Geogr. Journ. v. p. 193 (1895).

[2]

1896.] FHOM NYASA-L.YXD. 109

descriptive of the insect, and any other note of interest which
occurred to Mr. Crawshay at the lime.

The following is a list of the species in this consignment : —

RHOPALOCERA.

1. KEOC.ENYKA YPTHI.MOIDES.

Neocccnyra yptldmoides, Butler, P. 'A. S. 1893, p. 640.
J, Kondowi, Lower ISTyika, \V. of Lake Xyasa, 5th April,
1895.

$ , Lower XVika, Feb. 2nd, 1895.

The male is noted as " Black .Kinglet''' and the female as " Black
Ringlet with eyes," the ocelli being larger in this sex.

2. SAMAXTA PEBSPICUA.

Mijcalesis perspicua, Triinen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1873,
p. 104, pi. i. fig. 3.

5 , Kambwiyi, Lower Nyika, Jan. 21st, 1895.
2 , Lower Xyika, Feb. 2nd.
'•Dusky Ringlet" (R. C.).

3. MYCALESIS KHACOTIS.

Mycalesis rhacotis, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii. A/?/c. pi. viii. fief. 50
(1866).

<S rfs Henga, W. of Lake Xyika, Feb. 1st, 1895,
"Black Ringlet" (21. C1.).

4. PlIYSCJENURA PIONE.

$. PJiysccenura pione, Godman, P. Z. S. 1880, p. 183, pi. xix,
figs. 2, 3'; rf . Trimen, /. c. 1894, p. 20, pi. iv. fig. 1.

c? $ . Periplysia Johns to ni, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 647, pi. Ix.
fig. 1, 6 .

5 $ , Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, west coast of Lake Xyasa,
April 3rd, 1895.

" Black and white Heath " (R. C.}.

5. YPTHIMA DOLETA, var.

Y'jptldma doleta, Kirby, Proc. Royal Dubl. Soc. 1879, separate
copy p. 44.

d1, Henga, W. of Lake Xyika, Feb. 1st, 1895.

" Brindled Heath " (R. C.').

A single male, probably representing the dry-season form of
this species; it differs chiefly from the typical form in its inferior
size and the minute ocelli of the under surface.

6. APHYSONEURIA PIGMESTAIIIA.

Aphysoneuria pigmentaria, Karsch, Ent. X"achr. xx. p. 191
(June 1894).

Rhaphiceropsis print/lei, E. M. Sharpe, P. Z. S. (Aug. 1894).
p. 336, pi. xix. fias. 1, 2.

110 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Jail. 14,

Kondowi, Lower Nyika, April 6th and llth, 1895.

This species is new to the Museum series ; two examples were
obtained, one in very good condition, the other somewhat worn.
Mr. Crawshay calls it the " Black-and-white Glade Butterfly."

7. CHARAXES DRUCEANUS.

Chamxes druceanus, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 4 (Oct. 1869); Lep.
Exot. p. 26, pi. x. fig. 4.

c? , Nyankowa Mt., 5575 feet alt,, Nyika, April 10th, 1895.

The single specimen obtained is the most perfect I have ever
seen, but its chief interest lies in the fact that the markings on
the under surface of the wings are somewhat aberrant; the
differences, if constant, would serve to distinguish it as a species,
but the female received from Zomba shows transitional characters.
Mr. Crawshay notes this as the " Burnt-umber and Silver Swallow-
tail," but it is one of the " Emperor" group.

8. JUNONIA SESAMUS.

Precis sesamus, Trimen, South Afr. Butt. i. p. 231, pi. iv. fig. 3
(1887).

Kondowi, 4110 feet alt., Lower Nyika, March 1895 (taken by
M. Moffat, Esq., of the Livingstone Mission) ; Cheni-Cheni Mt.,
6430 feet alt., Nyika, April 17th; Kambwiyi, 3800 feet alt.,
Lower Nyika, April 20th.

" Violet, scarlet, and black Tortoiseshell " (R. 0.).

9. JUNONIA CHAPUNGA.

Junonia chapunga, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii. Jun. pi. i. figs. 2, 3
(1864).

rf , Nyankowa Mt., 5576 feet alt., Nyika, April 10th, 1895.
" Black scarlet-beaded Admiral " (R* C.).

10. JUNONIA TRIMENII.

Junonia trimenii, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 651, pi. Ix. fig. 4.
$ , Mtambwi, foot of Nyika plateau, W. of Lake Nyasa,
Feb. 4th, 1895.

" Salmon-coloured Tortoiseshell " (R. (7.).

11. JUNONIA SIMIA.

Precis simm,Wallengren, Kongl. Svenska Yetensk.-Akad. Handl
1857, p. 26.

c? , Lumpi E., Lower Nyika, "W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 2nd,
1895.

" Small Tortoiseshell" (R. C.).

12. JUNONIA CALESCENS.

Junonia calescen*, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 652.
<J , Watisi, Lower Nyika, Jan. 21st, 1895.
" Scarlet and black Tortoiseshell " (7?. C.\

1896.] FHOM NYASA-LAND. Ill

13. JUNONIA CERYNE.

Salamis ceryne, Boisduval, Faun. Madag. p. 46 (1833).
tf rf » Henga, west of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 1st, 1895.
"British (!) Tortoiseshell" (R. C.).

The trivial name is a curious one; there is certainly no British
species of Junonia : memory is a treacherous reed to lean upon.

• 14. JUNONIA AURORINA.

Junonia aurorina, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 651, pi. Ix. fig. 3.

c?, Kondowi, Lower Nyika, April 5th, 1895.

" Black and orange Tortoiseshell " (R. C.}.

Prof. Aurivillius considers that J. aurorina, J. milonia = kowara,
J. sinuata, and J. tugela may all be races or local forms of one
species. This is one of the very few points in which I differ from
this admirable Lepidopterist. I think it possible that J. milonia
and J. sinuata may be seasonal forms of one species, and J. tugela
and J. aurorina of another allied species ; but I do not see my
way at present to uniting the western and eastern species, which
appear to be constant. Prof. Aurivillius proposes to regard
J. pyriformis as a fifth development of the species, but as both the
western and eastern forms are already provided with probable dry
and wet-season races it would be puzzling to discover under what
category to place this singularly formed type : that it is constant
in its proper locality seems to be demonstrated conclusively by
our seven examples ; but it is not safe to dogmatize about the
constancy of African Lepidoptera, and therefore I do not say that
transitional links will not be. discovered, which may eventually
unite it to J. aurorina, though, at present, I do not believe that
such links exist.

15. JUNONIA CLOANTHA.

Papilio cloantha, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pi. cccxxxviii. A, B (1782).
c? rf, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 1st, 1895.
" Hirsute underwinged Tortoiseshell " (R. C.).

16. JUNONIA ELGIVA.

Junonia elgiva, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii. Jun. pi. i. fig. 1 (1864).
J, Ngerenge, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 27th, 1895.
" Old-gold and black Admiral" (R. C.).

17. JUNONIA BOOPIS.

Junonia boopis, Trimen, Trans. Erit. Soc. London, 1879, p. 331.
c?, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 1st, 1895.
" Blue underwinged Admiral " (R. C.).

18. JUNONIA CEBRENE.

Junonia cebrene, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1870, p. 353.
(J c? , Henga, Jan. 25th, and Ngerenge, Feb. 24th.
'• Light brown and black Admiral " (R. C.).

[6]

112 DR. A. G. BUTLER OX BUTTERFLIES [Jail. 14,

19. PYRAMEIS CARDUI.

Papilio cardui, Linnaeus, Faun. Suec. p. 276 (1761).
J , Chilindi (8 miles S. of Karonga), W. coast of Lake Nyasa,
March 1st, 1895.

" Painted Lady " (R. C.).

20. HYPANARTIA SCHCENEIA.

Eurema schosneia, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1879, p. 329.
c? , Nyankowa Mt., 6500 ft. alt., April 9th, 1895.

" Scarlet Admiral " (R. C.).

The colouring of Hypanartia must be very fugitive ; for speci-
mens never come to hand with scarlet bands. As I have already
suggested, this will probably prove to be a seasonal form of
H. hippomenes.

21. PSEUDARGYNNIS HEGEMOKE.

Argynnis hegemone, G-odart. Enc. Meth. ix. p. 258 (1819).

Jaera duodecimpunctata, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. 2nd ser. part 7,
pi. i. figs. 1, 2 (1872).

o, Kondowi, Lower Nyika, "W. of Lake Nyasa, April 5th;
2 , Kondowi, 4110 feet alt., April llth, 1895.

" Silver-tipped Fritillary. $ full of bright green eggs " (R. C.).

Nyasa-land appears to be the headquarters of this rare butterfly,
which for many years was unrepresented in the Museum collection ;
it never comes in numbers, but collections from Nyasa usually
contain one or, rarely, two examples, and, as a rule, of the male
sex.

22. HAMANUMIDA DAEDALUS.

Papilio dcedalus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 482 (1775).
J , Lower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 2nd, 1895.
" Dark grey and white Fritillary " (R. C.).

23. NEPTIS AGATHA.

Papilio agatha, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pi. cccxxvii. A, B (1782).
c?, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 30th; $, Cheni-Cheni
Mt., 5700 feet alt., Nyika, April 17th, 1895.

" White Admiral. £ full of bright green ova" (R. (7.).

24. NEPTIS INCONGRUA, sp. n. (Plate VI. fig. 2.)

$ . Upper surface dark olivaceous brown, the fringes black at
the extremities of the veins, white between them : primaries with
a minute subcostal white point near the end of the cell, two
(elongated) immediately beyond the cell, and a fourth below the
latter in the lower radial interspace ; seven white spots in three
groups crossing the disc much as in N. marpessa — three subapical
(the first small), two on the median interspaces, and two, separated
by the submedian vein, near external angle : secondaries crossed
beyond the middle by a tolerably regular white belt, separated by
[6]

J896.] EEOM NYASA-LAND. 113

the nervures into eight spots, the first of which is smallest : body
black ; head, collar, and front of pterygodes spotted with white.
Under surface much paler than above, bronze-brown, with a paler
triangular patch at centre of outer margin of all the wings, and
with the costal area of secondaries paler to just beyond the white
belt; primaries with three white spots forming an elongated
triangle in the cell, four in a semicircle beyond the cell, and seven
crossing the disc as above, but larger ; belt of secondaries as
above ; pectus black, spotted with white and clothed with tawny
hair ; venter fuliginous, with sordid white central stripe ; legs
striped with white 'ongitudinally. Expanse of wings 59 millim.

Kantorongondo Mt., 15,900 feet alt., ISyika, April 15th, 1895.

" Black and white Admiral. Grass-green ova" (It. C.).

This extraordinary species is represented by a single example,
the wings of which on one side are badly shattered ; it does not
appear to be nearly related to any other species in the genus, but
perhaps should form a distinct section next to N. marpessa,
though in some respects it more nearly resembles the Australian
N. sliepherdi.

25. ATELLA COLUMBIA.

Papilio columbina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pi. ccxxxviii, A. B ;
iv. pi. cccxxxvii. D, E(1782).

d1 , Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 28th, 1895.
" Common old-gold Fritillary " (11. C.).

26. BYBLIA YTJLGAEIS.

Hypanis ilithyia, var. vulgaris, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett.
p. 106.

J, Mtambwi, foot of Nyika plateau, Feb. 4th, 1895.

" Bedclish-brown Wall " (jR. (7.).

This is the form which I have hitherto regarded as B. acheloia ;
but Prof. Aurivillius has pointed out to me that 13. cora is that
race, a much rarer form, having the under surface of the second-
aries belted with dull reddish argillaceous. B. vulyaris differs very
little from B. goetzius of Herbst. The species of Acr&ince in the
present collection are, as usual in African series, well represented,
and in the present instance are of exceptional interest to us.

JOHNSTON!.

tf . Acrcea johnstoni, Godman, P. Z. S. 1885, p. 537 ; $ . Butler,
P. Z. S. 1888, p. 91.

Var. semialbescens, O berth. :

rf d , Nyankowa Mt., Nyika, April 10th ; Kondowi, 4110 feet
alt., Lower Nyika, April 12th, 1895.

Var. flavescens — Jcilimandjara, Oberth . :
c? <5 , Kondowi, April 6th and 12th, 1895.

" Black and white Fritillary. Flies high, generally far out of
reach " (R. C.).

PEOC. ZOOL. Soc.— 1896, No. VIII. 8

[7]

114 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 14,

No two examples of this species are absolutely alike, and thus
the unfortunate creature has received the following names since
Mr. Godman first made it known : — M. Oberthiir calls it A. pro-
teina, flavescens, semifulvescens, fulvescens, and semialbescens ; Herr
Eogeuhofer calls it A. telekiana, confusa, and fallax ; and Herr
Karsch denominates it A. octobalia \ the species thus has ten
names ; it divides itself very vaguely into four varieties, as
follows : —

1. A.johnstoni, in which the sexes differ greatly; the typical
male is described by M. Oberthiir as A. semifulvescens, and the
typical female as A. proteina.

2. A. fulvescens, Oberth. =-4. telekiana, Eghfr.

3. A. semialbescens, Oberth.

4. A.flavescens (if a male)= A Jcilimandjara, Oberth. = A. confusa
and A. fallax, Eghfr., and A. octobalia, Karsch.

In the last-mentioned form both sexes have adopted the female
dress ; but the male sometimes has the spots on the primaries
yellowish.

Acrcea is a very variable genus, and it has been the custom of
lepidopterists to regard all the different phases of each species as
distinct ; the genus, when properly studied, reduces itself to about
a third of its supposed magnitude. The triangular black apical
patch, which has been made to serve as a specific character in
several instances, is of no value whatever, being a purely indi-
vidual characteristic dependent on presence or absence of moisture.

28. ACRCEA CABIRA.

Acrcea cabira, Hopffer, Ber. Yerh. Akad. Berlin, 1855, p. 640 ;
Peters' Eeise n. Mossamb. p. 378, pi. 23. figs. 14, 15 (1862).

3 <$ , Chifumya, Lower Nyika, 20th April ; $ , Munchewi E.,
Lower Nyika, April 8th, 1895.

" Yellow and black Fritillary. $> full of orange-coloured ova "
(R. O.}.

29. ACR^lA. YINIDIA.

Acrcea vinidia, Hewitson, Eut. Month. Mag. xi. p. 130 (1874) ;
Exot. Butt. v. Acr. pi. 7. figs. 45, 46 (1875).

Yar. Acrcea acerata, Hewitson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,
vol.xiii. p. 381 (1874) ; Exot. Butt. v. Acr. pi. 7. fig. 44 (1875).

Albino: Acrcea tenella, Eogenhofer, Ann. Hof. Mus. Wien
(1891).

Acrcea abbotii, Holland, Entomologist, Suppl. xxv. (1892).
$ , Ngerenge, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 27th, 1895.

" Pale orange and black Eritillary " (E. <?.).

This species, like most of the Acrcece, is very variable, and
especially in the female sex ; the present example is straw-yellow,
with the normal black border, subapical bar, and basal marking ;
it may therefore stand as the female of the albino form A. tentlla,
a male example of which we have from Kilima-njaro.
[8]

1896.] FROM NTASA-LAND. 115

As an example of the inconsistency of those lepidopterists who
have been styled " Lumpers," Hewitson's separation of two
palpable forms of the present species is noteworthy.

30. ACR^A EXCELSIOR.

Acrcea excelsior, E. M. Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1891, p. 192, pi. xvii.
fig. 3.

c? ^ » Kondowi, Lower Nyika, TV. of Lake Nyasa, April 4th and
6th ;. $ $ , Nyankowa Mt., 6500 feet alt., April 9fcb ; rf , Lumpi E.
valley, Lower Nyika, April 21st, 1895.

" Deep-bordered orange and black Fritillary " (R. 0.).

This rare species is one of the most beautiful in the genus.

31. ACILEA VENTURA.

Acrcea venture^ Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 51 (1877).
<5 , Lumpi R., Lower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 2nd ;
$ , Nyankowa Mt., 5575 feet alt., Nyika, April 10th, 1895.
" Orange and black Eritillary."

32. ACRCEA SERENA, var. BUXTONI.

Acrcea buurtoni, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvi.
p. 395 (1875).

d1 cJ, Deep Bay, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 14th, and
Ngerenge Plains, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 24th, 1895.

" Small orange and black Fritillary " (R. C.).

Whether this is a race or a sectional form of A. serena can only
be decided by breeding it ; but with our present extensive series
I find it impossible to regard the following as distinct species : —
A. serena = eponina—janisca = rougetii = manjnca = ~buxtom —per-
rupta — balina. ProbabJy the Linnean name terpsichore should
stand over A. serena, but there is so much doubt connected with
the identification of that species that the better-known name
seems preferable at present.

33. ACR.EA LYCIA, var. SGANZINT.

Acrcea syanzini, Boisduval, Faune Madag. p. 34, pi. vi. figs. 6, 7
(1833).

c? , Mrali, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, March 2nd, 1895.

" Lesser speckled brown and white Fritillary " (R. C.}.

A. lycia separates roughly into three forms, which are linked
together by numerous intergrades ; they are —

1. Acrcea sganzini, vaguely resembling Limnas chrysippus.

2. Acrcea daira = usac/arce, like 1, but wanting black at apex.

3. Acrcea lycia — braunei, pattern of 1, ground-colour white.
Every link between these varieties is now represented in the

Museum collection. A. daira appears to be an Eastern and
Central-African sport of the species, occurring together with the
two normal forms ; it is completely linked to the A. sganzini
type by iutergrades, and therefore cannot be regarded as a race of

8*

ffl

116 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Jail. 14,

the species. All that can be said is, that in Central and Eastern
Africa a variety occurs which (in its extreme development) has
been named A. daira.

34. ACRJEA ANACREON.

Acrcea anacreon, Trinien, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1868, p. 77,
pi. vi. figs. 3-5.

3 . Var. Acrcea bomba, H. G. Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
ser. 6, vol. iii. p. 128 (1880) ; Khop. Exot. i. Acr. pi. iii. figs. 5, 6
(1892).

Acrcea induna, Trimen, Trans. Eiit. Soc. 1895, p. 184, pi. 5.
figs. 3, 3 a.

<$ , Nyaukowa Mt., 5575 feet alt., Nyika, April 10th ; Kanto-
rongoiido Mt., 7305 feet alt., Nyika, April 16th ; $ , Cheni-Cheni
Mr., 7225 feet, alt., Nyika, April 17th, 1895.

Intermediate grades to A. bomba :

c? <£ , Nyankowa Mt., 5575 ft. alt., Nyika, April 9th and 10th ;
Kautorongondo Mt., 7305 feet alt., Nyika, April 16th.

We received a typical female of A. bomba (but somewhat
melanistic) from Zomba; it is the species referred to P. Z. S.
1895, p. 262, n. 45. The black apical area and the width of the
band on under surface of secondaries are both variable characters
of no specific importance.

35. ACRCEA GUILLEMEI.

3 . Acrcea guillemei, Oberthiir, Etudes, livr. xvii. p. 19, pi. 1.
fig. 1 (1893) ; $ . Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 658.

Var. o? • Acrcea periplianes, Oberthiir, 1. c. p. 20, pi. 2. fig. 23
(1893).

Var. periplianes.

c? , Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 22nd, 1895.

" Scarlet black-spotted and black-tipped Fritillary " (R. C.}.

This is a rare variety of A. guillemei, differing in nothing
excepting the broad black apical patch of the primaries — a
variation which crops up in a great number of species and is,
doubtless, seasonal.

36. ACR^lA DOUBLEDAYI.

Aci-cea doubledayi, Guerin, Lefebvre's Voy. en Abyss, vi. p. 378
(1847).

Acrcea onccea, Hopffer, Peters' Reise n. Mossamb. v. pi. 24.
figs. 5-8 (1862).

Acrcea axina, Westwood in Oates's Matabele-Land, p. 344, pi. F.
figs. 5, 6 (1881).

Var. Acrcea dirccea, Westwood, 1. c. p. 348.

$ . Telchinia nero, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,
vol. xii. p. 102 (1883).

<3 , Lumpi E., Lower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 2nd, 1895.

" Small speckled Fritillary " (It. C.).
[10]

1896.] FEOM NY ASA-LAND. 117

Var. dirccea :

Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 1st, 1895.

"Eose and black white-tailed Fritillary " (R. C.).

This form varies, not only in the width of the black apical
patch of primaries, the position of the second spot of the central
transverse series, the width of the black border of the secondaries
with its more or less denned submarginal spots, but, curiously
enough, the terminal two-fifths of the abdomen may be either
ochreous or snow-white. As in the variety axina ( $ , nero) the
submarginal spots of the primaries are wanting. The specimen
now received bears a strong general resemblance to A. natalica.

In his paper, published in the 'Proceedings' for 1891, Mr.
Trimen lays stress upon the absence of the submarginal spots
as a good character for the discrimination of A. axina from
A. doubledayi : I am sure that his earlier decision was the correct
one, and that this character cannot be relied upon ; in A. ccecilia,
var. stenobcea ( $ =lir/as = albomaculala) the submarginal spots are
sometimes present, sometimes absent x.

37. ACRYEA NATALICA.

Acrcea natalica, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg. p. 590 (1847).

cJ $ , Foot of Jakwa Mt., Henga-Nkamanga, W. of Lake Nyasa,
Jan. 28th and 29th ; c? , Mtambwi, foot of Nyika plateau,
Feb. 4th, 1895.

rf , " Kose and black Fritillary " ; $ , " Dusky Fritillary " (R. C.}.

With our present extensive series it is impossible to keep
A. pseudecjina distinct from A. natalica, of which it is only the
Western phase, the two extremes are completely linked by inter-
grades.

38. ACR^A CALDARENA.

Acrcea caldarena, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 52
(1877).

d" 2 5 taken in coita, Kondowi, Lower Nyika, April 6th, 1895.

I gave the correct synonymy of this species (if species it be) in
the ' Proceedings ' for 1893, p. 657. I, however, strongly suspect
it to be merely a seasonal development of A. ccecilia, var. stenobcea,
from which it chiefly differs in the broad black apical patch on
the primaries.

39. ACILEA ASEMA.

Acrcea asema, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 52 (1877) ;
Trimen, P. Z. S. 1894, p. 24, pi. iv. figs. 3, 3 a.

Acrcea empusa, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 656.

Acrcea omrora, Trimen, P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 24, footnote.
$ , Luinpi B-., Lower Nyika, Feb. 2nd, 1895.
: " Small speckled Fritillary " (R. C.).

1 My identification of A. stcnobcsa with a S.-African male of A. ligus was
confirmed by Prof. Aurmllius during his recent visit (Aug. 1805).

118 DR. JL. G. BUTLER Otf BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 14

This species varies in tint, from semitransparent greyish bone-
colour to almost opaque orange tawny ; the spots vary in number
and size, and the apical border of primaries in width : it is this
inconstancy in the present species which convinces me that
A. stenobcea = lig>(s is only a bright-coloured and more opaque
phase of A. ccecilia.

40. ACR^EA. AKEMOSA.

Acrcea anemosa, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii. pi. 8. figs. 14, 15
(1865).

Acrcea arcticincta, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii.
p. 103 (1883).

cJ. Ndara, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, March 2nd, 1895.

" Orange and black, crimson and pink underwinged Fritillary.
Have only seen this one specimen " (E. (7.).

This is a very variable species ; not only does it differ greatly in
the width of the black border of secondaries (on which character
I based my A. arcticincta), but in the size and number of the black
spots on the primaries. One of our 31 examples, in addition
to the basal black patch, the bar beyond the end of cell, and the
apical patch, exhibits five well-defined discal black spots, all of
which are absent in some specimens, it also shows a conspicuous
black spot on the lower discocellular veinlet.

The Lycsenida3 of the collection contain a nice series of the new
genus Uranothauma and several other forms of interest.

41. AL^NA NTASSJE.

Alcena nyassce, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 6 (1877).

Lumpi E., Lower Nyika, Feb. 2nd ; Mtambwe Hill, Deep Bay,
April 3rd ; Manchewi Falls, Lower Nyika, April 6th ; Lumpi
Valley, April 13th, 1895.

« Marbled white Skipper » (E. <?.).

These specimens are interesting, three of them being white-
banded as in typical A. nyassce, but with the subapical white spot
of var. ochracea ; the fourth example has a white band across the
primaries, but a buff band across the secondaries, thus proving that
I was correct in not regarding A. ochracea as a distinct species.

42. POLYOMMATUS BJSTICUS.

Papilio Iceticus, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 789 (1767).

$ , Kapoio, Songwi E. plain, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 26th ;
$ , Nyankowi Mt., Nyika, 5575 feet alt., April 9th ; 3 £ in
coitu, April 10th ; 3 , Kwereru Hill, Deep Bay, April 22nd, 1895.

c? , " Alexis-like Blue " ; $ . " Dull azure Blue " (E. (7.).

43. CATOCHRYSOPS OSIRIS.

Lyccena osiris, Hopffer, Ber. Yerh. Ak. Berlin, 1855, p. 642 ;
Peters' Reise n. Mossamb. v. p. 409, pi. 26. figs. 11, 12 (1862).
cJ , Lumpi E. valley, Lower Nyika, April 21st, 1895.
[12] '

1896.] FROM NY ASA-LAND. 119

44. CATOCHRYSOPS HIPPOCRATES.

Hesperia hippocrates, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. p. 288 (1793) ;
Donovan, Ins. Ind. pi. 45. fig. 3 (1800).

rf , Lower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 2nd, 1895.

A rare western form, which I have not previously seen from
Central Africa.

45. CATOCHRYSOPS GLAUCA.

Lyccena glauca, Trimen, South Afr. Butt. vol. ii. p. 21 (1887).

c? c? , Kwereru Hill, Deep Bay, April 22nd, 1895.

" Chalk-hill Blue. A frequenter of open forest, very active and
restless and difficult to capture " (E. C.).

This very beautiful species is quite new to us : in its pale
glittering yellow-greenish tint it stands out distinct from all the
other species of the O. parsimon group.

46. EVERES JOBATES.

Lyccena jobates, Hopffer, Ber. Verb. Ak. Berlin, 1855, p. 642 ;
Peters' Eeise n. Mossamb. v. p. 408, pi. 26. figs. 9, 10 (1862).

$ , Upper Leya, six miles N.W. of Deep Bay, March 3rd,
1895.

" Orange-lower-wing Blue. Very restless " (R. 0.).

The finest example I have seen of this somewhat rare species.

47. AZANUS SIGILLATUS.

Lampides sigillata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,
vol. xviii. p. 483 (1876).

c? c? , Mrali, "W. coast of Lake Nyasa, March 2nd, 1895.

" Lesser Alexis-like Blue " (22. C.).

A rare form of the A. gamra group, originally described from a
pair received from Abyssinia; one of the examples obtained by
Mr. Crawshay agrees in all respects with A. natalensis, Trimen,
which will therefore have to sink as a synonym of my species.

48. TARUCUS PLINTHS.

Hesperia plinius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 284 (1793).

Lyccena pulchra, Murray, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1874, p. 524,
pi. 10. figs. 7, 8.

$ , Toot of Jakwa Mt., Henga-Nkamanga, W. of Lake Nyasa,
Jan. 28th ; 3 , Mrali, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, March 2nd ;
<?, Nvankowa Mt., Nyika, April 10th; $> , Cheni-Cheui Mt.,
4500 feet alt., Nyika, April 18th; J $ , Lumpi E. valley,
Lower Nyika, April 21st, 1895.

Mr. Crawshay calls the male "Double peacock-spotted hair-
tailed Blue," and the female " Peacock-eyed double-tailed Blue "
and " Chequered double peacock-eve Blue."

The species is very common and varies a good deal.

[13]

120 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 14,

49. CASTALIUS HINTZA.

Lyccena Jiintza, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, ser. 3, vol. ii.
p. 177 (1864); Ehop. Afr. Austr. ii. p. 243 (1866).

2 , Chikunguru, Lower Nyika, April 20th, 1895.

" Black and white chequered violet-tinged Blue " (R. C.\

This species differs from my female O. resplendens on both
surfaces, the secondaries of the Abyssinian form being crossed
from apex to inner margin by a continuous band above, the
markings on the under surface being also more regular, those
crossing the disc forming a regular zigzag : the female before me
corresponds with a male from Balapye, Kama's Country, and is
doubtless the true C. hintza ; but C. resplendens appears to be a
distinct though allied form.

50. CASTALITJS CALICE.

Lyccena calice, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. 1855, p. 642 ;
Peters' Eeise n. Mossamb. v. p. 405, pi. 26. figs. 4, 5 (1862).

$, Henga, W. of Lake -Nyasa, Jan. 30th, 1895; Chani-Cheni
Mt., 4500 feet alt., Nyika, April 18th ; rf $ , Chikunguru, Lower
JXyika, April 20th, 1895.

" Black-bordered tiny white Blue " (R. C.}.

A rare species in collections.

51. LYC.EKESTHES ADHERBAL.

$ . Lyccena adherbal, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1877,
p. 217.

tf . Lyccenesihes lunulata, Trimen, P. Z. S. 1894, p. 51, pi. vi.
fig. 12.

$ , Kambwiyi, 3800 feet alt., Lower Nyika, April 20th, 1895.

"Three-tailed Blue" (B. C.).

The finest example which has hitherto come to hand of this
beautiful species.

52. ZlZERA GAIKA.

Lyccena gaika, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 3rd ser. vol. i.
p. 403 (1862).

$ , Mrali, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, March 2nd, 1895.

53. PLEBEIUS TROCHILUS.

Lyccena trochilus, Freyer, Neuere Beitr. v. pi. 440. fig. 1 (1844).
Lumpi E., Lower Nyika, Feb. 2nd ; Kondovvi, April 4th ;
Chiwayi, 3700 feet alt,, April 20th, 1895.

" Tiny dark-coloured orange-spotted Blue " (R. C.).

54. DURBANIA HILDEGARDA.

$ ? Teriomima ? hildeyarda, Kirby, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 367 (1887); Ehbp. Exot. i. Afr. Lye. pi. iv.

figs. 7, 8 (1888).
[14]

1896.] FROM NYASA-LAtfD. 121

Konclowi, Lower Nyika, 4110 feet alt., April 5th, 6th, and llth,
1895.

Quite a new species to us ; Mr. Crawshay calls it " Orange,
black-barred Heath."

55. TlNGKA AMEtfAIDA.

Pentila amenaida, Hevvitson, Exot. Butt. v. Pent. & Lipt. pi. 2.
figs. 4-7 (1873).

Kainbwiyi, Lower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 21st ;
Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, April 3rd ;
Kondowi, April 5th, 1895.

" Orange and black-speckled " (R. 0.).

56. LARINOPODA PEFCETIA.

. Pentila peucetia, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii. Pent. & Lipt. pi. 1.
fig. 3.

Lumpi Valley, Lower Nyika, April 13th, 1895.

" Black and white "Wood- White with orange legs " (R. (7.).

Previously unrepresented in the general Museum series, and in
the Hewitsou collection by the type specimen only.

57. LACHNOCKEMA BIBULUS.

Hesperia bibulus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 307. n. 163
(1793).

cf $ , Chilindi (8 miles S. of Karonga), W. coast of Lake
Nyasa, Feb. 23rd ; $ , var., Lumpi E. valley, 4000 feet alt.,
Lower Nyika, April 21st, 1895.

" Black and white silver-speckled underwing Blue " (R. C.) l.
Yar. durbani: " Fluffy Blue. $ , orange ova" (R. G.}.

Formerly it was supposed that the two types of female
indicated distinct species, but they are probably temperature
forms. Wherever the species occurs, both types are to be found ;
the present series contains typical females of L. bibulus and
L. durbani.

58. HYREUS PALEMON.

Papilio palemon, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pi. cccxc. E, F (1782).

Manchewi Falls, Lower Nyika, April 6th ; Nyankowa Mt.,
5425 feet alt., Nyika, April 8th ; Kantorongondo Mt., 5900 feet
alt., April 14th and 15th; Cheni-Cheni Mt., 4500 feet alt.,
April 18th, 1895.

" Silvery underwinged " and " Bronze-winged Blue. $ , ova
emerald-green " (R. C.).

59. HYEETJS VIRGO, sp. n. (Plate VI. fig. 1.)

$ . Snow-white : primaries with the base, costal and external

1 By some oversight the sexual marks are reversed on the label, the white-
banded females being labelled as males, and the uniform male as female.

[15]

122 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 14,

borders, a transverse patch over the discocellulars, and a macular
subapical bar, sometimes confluent with the external border, black :
secondaries with a black external border, its inner edge slightly
irregular, two metallic-blue submarginal spots, between which at
extremity of first median branch the usual tail, black tipped with
white, is emitted ; fringes spotted with white : body black, margins
of eyes and a transverse line on the vertex white ; antennae ringed
with white. Under surface pure white, with black markings nearly
as in H. juba, but more sharply defined, the central irregular band
across the secondaries only represented by a black Y-shaped costal
patch, with the V portion filled in ; the marginal border barely
indicated, excepting towards anal angle, where the black spots
touched with blue and green metallic scales are well-defined, as
well as an irregular zigzag line at the back of them. Expanse of
wings 33 mi Him.

$ $ , Cheni-Cheni Mt., 4500 feet alt., Nyika, April 18th, 1895.

" Black-bordered white Blue" (R. <?.).

Two examples of this very fine species were obtained; one of
which, however, was much shattered.

60. URANOTHAUMA CRAWSHAYI.

Uranothauma crawshayi, Butler, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 631, pi. xxxv.
figs. 6, 7.

rf rf, Nyankowa Mt., 6500 feet alt., Nyika, April 9th, 1895;
$ , Kantorougondo Mt., 5900 feet alt., Nyika, April 15th; tf,
$ $ , 6975 feet alt., April 16th, 1895.

" Giant Blue " (JR. <?.).

61. SPIKDASIS CAFFER.

Aphnceus ca/er, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1868, p. 88,
and 1870, p. 368.

Aphnceus natalensis, Hewitson (not Westwood), 111. Diurn. Lep.
p. 62, pi. xxv. figs. 1, 2 (1865).

c? , Henga, west of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 22nd, 1895.

" Orange and black-barred Blue" (R. <?.).

In his * South African Butterflies,' vol. ii. p. 150, Mr. Trimen
follows Hewitson in regarding this as S. natalensis of West-
wood — on the ground, principally, "of the large size of the
orange anal-angular marking in the hind wing." We, however,
possess what is clearly the original of the figure in the * Genera/
a worn female with unusually large anal patch ; it was obtained in
1846, labelled " Theda natalii, Ft. Nat.," and agrees in all details
of marking with the original figure. With regard to " the small
development of the hind marginal lunulate whitish streak," also
referred to by Trimen, the figure and specimen are both faulty,
the latter being badly rubbed on one hind wing, and the same part
broken away on the other ; the imagination of Hewitson was not
lively enough to enable him to supply this deficiency in the
whitish streak.
[16]

1896.] EROM NYA8A-LAND. 123

62. SPINDASIS

Aphnceus nyassce, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xx. p. 250 (1884) ;
P.Z. S. 1894, p. 569, pi. xxxvi. fig. 4.

c? . Mrali, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, March 2nd ; $ , Henga,
W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 1st, 1895.

" Orange and black-barred long-tailed Blue " (R. (7.).

63. AXIOCEESES AHANGA.

Zeritis amanga, Westwood, in Oates's Matabele-Land, p. 351
(1881).

rf , Mtambwi, foot of Nyika plateau, Feb. 4th ; Kwereru Hill,
Deep Bay, April 22rid, 1895.

"Crimson-plush underwing Copper" and "Spike-winged
Copper " (R. C.).

64. AXIOCEESES PEEION.

Papilio perion, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pi. ccclxxix. B, C (1782).
$ , Henga, Jan. 30th ; rf , Lumpi B., Feb. 2nd ; c? , Mrali,
coast of Lake Nyasa, March 2nd, 1895.

rf , " Scarlet and black Copper " ; $ , " Dull red Copper " (R. C.).

65. VlEACHOLA ANTA.

Lyccena anta, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. i. p. 402
(1862).

$, Ngerenge Plains, Feb. 24th; CbiHndi (8 miles S. of
Karonga), March 1st, 1895.

"Long-tailed curly-tufted Blue, black and orange spots" (R. C.).

66. TATUEA BUXTONI.

$ . Hypolyccena buxtoni, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. x. p. 206
(1874).

c? $ . Hypolyccena seamani, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London,
1874, p. 332, pi. ii. figs. 3, 4.

c? d" , Lower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 2nd, 1895.

" Striped Blue with four tails " (R'. C.).

A little larger than our solitary male from. D'Urbau.

67. TATUEA CLECULUS.

lolaus cceculus, Hopffer, in Peters' E.eise n. Mossamb. p. 402,
pi. xxv. figs. 12-14 (1862).

$ , Mtambwi, foot of Nyika plateau, Feb. 4th, 1895.

" Grey underwing striped Blue " (R. C.).

The largest example of the female that I have seen, and almost
as bright in colouring as the male.

68. EPAMEEA SIDUS.

lolaus sidus, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 3rd ser. ii.
p. 176 (1864) ; Ehop. Afr. Austr. ii. p. 224, pi. iv. figs. 5, 6
(1866).

[17]

124 DR. A. G. BUTLER OX BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 14,

2 , Kondowi, 4110 feet alt, Lower Nyika, Jan. 1895.

" Taken by M. Moffat, Esq., Livingstone's Mission, and given
to me " (R. (7.).

New to the general Museum series ; unfortunately it has lost
its abdomen.

Among the Pierince, Mr. Crawshay's collection contains several
rare and interesting species.

69. MYLOTHRIS AGATHINA.

Papilio agaihina^ Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pi. ccxxxvii. D, E
(1732).

<5 , Henga, Feb. 1st ; Mtambwi, Feb. 4th ; Mrali, March 2nd ;
$ , Vuwa sand-flats, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, March 3rd, 1895.

" Scallop-shell White " (E. (7.).

70. MYLOTHRIS NARCISSUS, var. DENTATUS. (Plate VI. fig. 3.)
rf 9 . MylotJiris narcissus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1888, p. 95.

3 , Kantorongondo Mt., Nyika, 5900 feet alt., April 15th,
1895.

" Chrome-yellow underwing White " (R. C.).

The form now received differs from the typical male from
Kiliina-njaro in having the costal black border continuous, only
interrupted by the upper discocellular veinlet ; a diffused black
streak in the cell above the median vein, the outer border acutely
quinque-dentate ; and sometimes a little oblique black streak below
the submedian nervure and a broad apical black bar uniting the
first two marginal spots of the secondaries : in some respects it
more nearly resembles the typical female than the typical male
does, while Miss Sharpe's M.jacksoni more nearly corresponds
with typical male M. narcissus. Unless we have here three very
closely allied species, it must be assumed that M. narcissus is
dimorphic; a better series will doubtless solve the problem.

71. MYLOTHRIS CRAWSHAYI, sp. n. (Plate VI. fig. 4.)

A very perfect copy, in both sexes, of Phrissura lasti, and there-
fore intermediate in character between M. narcissus and M.trimeni:
in size, form, and colouring the male resembles the latter, but the
apical patch extends in an oblique curve from just beyond the
cell to the third median branch, its inner edge being zigzag, the
remaining marginal spots not included in this patch are hastate ;
the base of the wings is slightly more heavily blackened than in
M. trimeni and the marginal spots of the secondaries reduced to
mere points ; on the under surface the apex of primaries and entire
surface of secondaries are bright lemon-yellow instead of saffron-
yellow. Expanse of wings 57-64 millim.

The female has pearl-white primaries, the cell, costal border, and

base of internal border densely dusted with smoky grey ; an

oblong patch of the same colour at external angle ; the apical area

and outer border to below the first median branch smoky grey,

[13]

1896.] TllOM ]STYASA-LAND. ] 25

with sulphur-yellow internervular longitudinal lines ; inner edge
of border acutely zigzag: secondaries sulphur-yellow, with mar-
ginal rounded black spots : body normal, blue-blackish with yellow
venter. Primaries below pearl-white, showing the upper surface
pattern through the wing, apical border slightly washed with
sulphur-yellow ; a marginal series of black points : secondaries as
above, excepting that the base of the costa is chrome-yellow :
pectus whitish, with yellowish hairs. Expanse of wings 59 inillim.
<S 6 , $ , Nyankowa Mt., 6500 feet alt., April 9th ; 33,
Kantorougondo Mt., 5000 feet alt., Nyika, April 14th and 15th,
1895.

" Chrome-yellow underwing White. A high flier, perching on
trees high up, but of weak flight " (11. 0.).

72. COLIAS EDUSA, var. ELECTRA.

Papilio electra, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 764 (1767).
rf , Nyaukowa Mt., 5425 feet alt., April 8th ; <$ $ , 5575 feet,
April 30th ; rf , Kantorongondo Mt., 5900 feet, April loth ; d $ ,
Cheni-Cheni Mt., 4500 feet alt., April 18th, 1895.

" Ova oblong and yellow " (R. (?.).

The white female is only the ordinary C. helice form.

73. TERIAS CHALCOHLETA.

Terias cludcomiceta, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,
vol. iii. p. 190(1879).

$ , Foot of Jakwa Mt., Henga-Nkarnanga, Jan. 29th, 1895.

" Black-tipped light-chrome Yellow ; ova oblong and sharp-
pointed, not spherical " (JR. C.).

This is probably a seasonal form of T. senegalensis.

74. TERIAS DESJABDINSII (seasonal form T. reyularis).

Terias reqularis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii.
p. 486 (1876).

$ , Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 24th, 1895.

44 Black-bordered Yellow " (R. C.}.

An interesting example of the female, showing the dotted
margin to the secondaries characteristic of typical T. desjardinsii.

75. TERACOLUS OPALESCENS.

$ . Teracolus opalescens, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xxiii. p. 30
(1886).

The male of this form has the black more largely developed than
in any of the other members of the T. eris group, excepting perhaps
T. abyssinicus (the male of which is unknown to me) : the pattern
of the primaries is almost the same as in T. eris, but the apex is
more purple in tint with the spots upon it golden ochreous, the
wings are moreover decidedly broader; the secondaries show a
marginal series of well-defined black spots ; the colouring below
is milky white ; the veins of the primaries tipped with black, the

[19]

126 DR. A. G. BUTLER Otf BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 14,

first and second median branches terminating in black spots and
the spots on the disc much larger ; the secondaries show a broad
bright saffron-yellow costal streak and a paler longitudinal sub-
median streak, and the nervures are tipped with black.

c? , Foot of Jakwa Mt., 3210 feet, Henga-Nkamanga, Jan. 29th ;
cf $ , Henga, Jan. 30th and 31st, 1895.

d , " Black and gold-tipped White " ; ? , " Black-tipped mother-
of-pearl underwing White" (R. (7.).

The female now received is smaller than the type from Dclagoa
Bay, and has a broader black internal border to the primaries (in
which respect it more nearly corresponds with the male) ; but of
a pair received from the Victoria Nyanza, this border in the female
corresponds with that of the type. As more examples of these
representatives of T. eris come to hand, the fact that they are true
to locality seems to be gradually established on a firmer basis.

76. TERACOLUS MUTANS.

$ . Teracolus mutans, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,
vol. xix. p. 459 (1877).

c? . Nearly resembles T. vesta on the upper surface, but the base
of the wings is dusted with bluish grey instead of black, the outer
area creamy ochreous (less salmon-tinted than in T. vesta), pattern
exactly as in the female, therefore much more yellow throughout
than in T. vesta.

cJ, Henga, west of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 1st, 1895.

" White- centred, yellow and black- mottled White. Difficult to
take and not common " (R. (7.).

The arrival of this male is especially interesting to me, as Prof.
Aurivillius was inclined to believe my T. rhodesina to be the male
of T. mutans, considering that the differences of pattern might be
sexual : it is now satisfactorily proved that there is no difference
of pattern between the sexes, but only in the colouring of the
outer half of the upper surface * ; precisely what might have been
expected, from what we know of the sexes of T. hanningtonii and
T. amelia.

77. TERACOLUS ANAX.

Callosune anaoc, H. Gr. Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. iii. p. 125 (1889); Ehop. Exot. i. Call. pi. i. figs. 5-8 (1889).

Teracolus eliza, E. M. Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. v. p. 441 (1890) ; Waterhouse, Aid, vol. ii. pi. 189. figs. 5, 6
(1890).

<?, Deep Bay. W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 7th, 1895.

" Violet-tipped White " (E. C.).

An especially well-marked specimen, with bold black spots oil
the under surface. It has recently been suggested that this may
be a seasonal form of T. regina, of which Mr. Tritnen formerly
regarded it as a variety ; the only odd thing is that typical

1 This buff colouring is limited by the black band as in T. vesta.

[20]

1896.] FEOM NYASA-LAND. 127

T. regina does not come to hand from Central Africa. The collection
made by Emin Pasha contained half a dozen examples of T. anax,
but not one of T. regina ; Mr. Crawshay's first collection, from
Lake Mweru, contained one female T. anax aud his present col-
lection contains one male, again T. anax ; but perhaps this form
is the only one in Central Africa, and typical T. regina is only
produced, as a second form, as the species ranges southwards.

78. TEKACOLFS JALONE.

Euchloe jalone, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 14 (1869).
Teracolus phegyas (part.), Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 664.
3 , Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 25th, 1895.
" Purple-tipped black-veined White" (R. <?.).
This form seems so rare that it may well be mistaken for
T. plilegyas ; in all probability it is the Nyasa form of that species.

79. TERACOLUS GAVISA.

c? . Anthopsyche gavisa, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad.
Handl. 1857 ; Lep. Ehop. Caffr. p. 13. n. 6.

$ . Anthopsyche omphale, Wallengren, loc. cit. p. 11.

cJ $ . Teracolus subvenosus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist,
ser. 5, vol. xii. p. 105 (1885).

cf , Henga, Jan. 24th ; $ , Jan. 25th ; $ , foot of Jakwa Mt.,
Henga-Nkamanga, Jan. 29th ; <5 $ in coitu, Henga, Jan. 30th,
1895.

Mr. Trimen (South African Butterflies, iii. p. 135) says : —
" Having examined the types of sitbvenosus, But)., from Victoria
Nyanza, I find the female in separable from that of T. gavisa, while
the male, though very near the corresponding sex of the species
named, differs in wanting the inner black edging of the apical
patch, and in the feeble development of the inner marginal blackish
bar of the fore wings and the costal one of the hind wings."
Although I do not admit that the type of T. subvenosus agrees
absolutely with the typical female of T. gavisa, inasmuch as the
oblique subapical bar on the front wings is much narrower in the
latter, I am compelled by the receipt of many transitional specimens
to agree with Mr. Trimen that my female is only a slight variety of
Wallengren's, and, moreover, that my male is only a better-marked
variety, though absolutely inseparable as a species. The series
received from Dr. Gregory, taken in conjunction with the five
examples in the present collection, renders the discrimination of
the two forms T. gavisa and T. subvenosus simply hopeless.

Unless T. hero is another variety of T. gavisa (which I think
possible), I am of opinion that the female of T. sipylus would be
better placed under T. hero than under T. gavisa, the black veining
of the under surface being barely noticeable ; the whole of these
forms might then sink under T. achine, T. hyperides being included
as a starved form, though in some respects it more nearly resembles
T. helle=a, race of T. antevippe.

[21]

128 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 14,

80. TERACOLUS IKFUMATUS, sp. n. (Plate VI. figs. 5, 6.)

Nearest to T. arethusa, the male with a similar but less angular
orange or vermilion patch on the black apical area ; the costa
blackened almost to the base ; the spot at the end of the cell
larger, and a broad blackish streak along the inner margin as in
some females of T. arethusa ; the secondaries with a broad diffused
blackish border, running inward along the uervures ; base and
costa almost to apex broadly blackish ; body normal. Primaries
below not yellow at base, but more so at apex ; black discocellular
spot larger, a broad internal grey streak ending in a blackish
diffused spot : secondaries somewrhat greyish at base, costal orange
streak defined, black-dotted orange spot at end of cell larger ;
female with better-defined, though small, orange dashes on the
apical area than in most females of T. arethusa ; other black areas
extended, so as more nearly to repeat the pattern of T. gavisa $ ,
but only the two apical white spots on the border of secondaries
large and well defined, the others small and greyish : below the
colouring throughout is clearer and brighter than in T. arethusa
and the primaries show a broad internal grey streak terminating
in a blackish spot ; the costal orange edging of the secondaries, as
in the male, is bright and sharply defined. Expanse of wings, <5 44
millim., 5 42 millim.

J 2 , Henga, 24th, 26th, and 30th January, 1895.

44 Dusky Orange-tip " (R. G.).

We have long had a single female of this very distinct species in.
the Museum collection, from Niornkolo, Lake Tanganyika, obtained
in January 1890, and presented to the Museum by Alexander
Carson, Esq.

81. CATOPSILIA FLORELLA.

Papilio florella, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 479 (1775).
$ , Nyankowa Mt., Nyika, April 10th, ] 895.
" Brimstone " (E. &).

82. BELENOIS SEVERINA.

Papilio severina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pi. cccxxxviii. Gr, H
(1782).

d $ in coitu, Henga, "W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 22nd, 1895.
" Common black-bordered White " (E. (7.).

83. BELENOIS MESENTINA, var. AGRIPPIXA.

Pieris agrippina, Felder, Keise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 173 (1 865).

$ , Henga, Jan. 22nd ; Ngerenge, W. coast of Lake oSyasa,
Feb. 27th ; rf , Nyankowa Mt., 6500 feet alt., April 9th, 1895.

rf, "Common White"; $, "Deep black-bordered White"
(E. C.\

The females show almost the deep yellow under-surface colora-
tion of the form to which I gave the name of B. auriyinea, but
[22]

1896.J FllOM MYASALAXD. 129

the upper surface and both surfaces of the male are quite like
typical B. ayrippina : possibly the yellow on the under surface of
the females may be seasonal ; but if so it is characteristic of our
winter months, the only awkward fact bring that it reappears in
July at Zomba; then, again, many specimens of the pale type were
collected by the late Emin Pasha at Wadelai from January to
March. Altogether the question of seasonal dimorphism in this
species becomes very complicated.

84. HEEP.EXIA ERIPHTA.

Pieris eriphia, Godart, Enc. Moth. ix. p. 157 (1819).

c? , Foot of Jakwa Mt., 3210 feet, Henga, Jan. 29th, 1895.

"Marbled White" ('R. C,).

85. PAPILIO CORIXXEUS.

Papilio corinnens, Bertoloni, Mem. Ace. Bologna, 1849, p. 9, pi. 1.
figs. 1-4.

Henga, \V. of Lake Xyasa, Jan. 28th, 1895.
" Mother-of-Pearl and" Black " (R. C.).

86. TAGIADES FLESUS.

Hesperia flesus, Fabricius, Sp. Ins. ii. p. 135 (1781).
Manchewi Falls, Lower Xyika, April 6th; Lumpi R. valley,
April 21st, 1895.

44 Large grey-patched Skipper"1 (R. C'.).

87. SAPJEA TIUMEXII.

Saptea trimenii, Butler, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 264, pi. xv. fig. 5.
d 5 • ^'o label with specimens.

88. HESPEIUA DROMUS.

Ptjryus dromus, Plotz, Mitth. naturw. Yereius, 1884, p. 6.

Mrali (25 miles X. of Deep Bay), W. coast of Lake Xyasa,
Feb. 22nd ; Kaporo, Songwe Ii. plains, Feb. 26 ; Deep Bay,
March 16th, 1895.

" Black and white Skipper " (.11. (.'.).

89. OXYPALPUS iiuso.

Pamphila ruso, Mabille, Comptes Eendus Soc. Ent. Beige, 1891,
p. clxxxiii.

S , Lumpi 11. valley, Lower Xyika, April 21st, 1895.
"Orange and black barred Skipper" (R. 0.).

90. OSMODES RANOIIA.

Pamphila ranolia, Westwood, in Oates's Matabele-Land, p. 353
(1881).

c?, Lumpi 11., Lower Xyika, Feb. 2nd, 1895.
PROC. ZOOL. Soc.— 189(5, No. IX. 9

[23]

130 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES Jan. 14,

9 1 . HETEROPTERUS EORMOSUS.

Heteropterus formosus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 670, pi. Ix. fig. 8.
<J, Kondowi, 4110 feet alt., Lower Nyika, April llth ; Kanab-
wiyi, 3800 feet alt., Lower Njika, April 20th and Jan. 21st, 1895.
''Orange and black Skipper" (R. C.).

92. HETEROPTERUS DECIPIENS, sp. n. (Plate VI. fig. 7.)

Much resembles the preceding species on the upper surface ;
he base of the wings streaked with orange-yellow irrorations ; the
band bright golden orange ; the terminal spot connected with it,
not separate as in H.formosus ; the secondaries show a transverse
bar at the end of the cell, a longitudinal dash below the latter and
six or seven submarginal spots, the first, third, and fourth largest,
all orange and squamose : the body above is like that of H. for-
mosus, but below it is deep brown as above, the palpi and centre
of pectus with golden-orange hairs ; the wings below are dark
brown, the primaries alone showing a golden-orange band, formed
as above, but not so deep in colour. Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Kondowi, Lower Nyika, April 6th, 1895.

" Orange-barred black Skipper " (.R. C.).

93. CTCLOPIDES MIDAS.

Cydopides midas, Butler, P.Z. S. 1893, p. 671; 1895, pi. xv.
fig. 6.

c?, Kondowi, 4110 feet alt., Lower Nyika, April llth, 1895.
" Orange-spotted dark brown Skipper " (R. C.).

94. CrCLOPIDES QUADRISIGNATUS.

Cydopides quadrisignatus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 670, pi. Ix.
fig. 9.

d , Nyankowa Mt., 5425 feet alt., Nyika, April 10th ; Kondowi,
4110 feet, April llth; $ , Kantorongondo Mt., 5925 feet, April
15th ; rf , Cheni-Cheni Mt., 5500 feet, Nyika, April 17th, 1895.

" Orange-spotted black Skipper " (R. C.).

In the specimens now sent, which are in good condition, the
spots are bright ochreous and rather more numerous (especially on
the secondaries) than in the type : indeed they more nearly
approach typical 0. metis; the wings are, however, decidedly
blacker than in that species and there are never more than seven
distinct small spots on the secondaries. This would appear to be
the representative of 0. metis in Central Africa.

95. KEDESTES CAPENAS.

Cyclopides capenas, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 43 (1868).

$ , Lumpi E. valley, 3500 feet alt., Lower Nyika, April 21st,
1895.

" Orange and black speckled underwing Skipper " (R. C.).

This rare species was previously only represented in the general
collection by one male specimen.
[24]

1896.] PROM UTYASALAND. 131

96. PADBAONA ZENO.

$ . Pamphila zeno, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 3rd ser.
vol. ii. p. 179 (1864); rf $. South ^fr. Butfc. vol. iii. p. 313,
$ pi. xii. fig. 2 (1889).

Var. rf $ • Padrama ivatsom, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 671.

Kondowi, 4110 feet alfc., Lower Nyika, April 6th and llth ;
Kantorongondo Mt., Nyika, 6975 feet alt., April 16th, 1895.

" Orange and brown spotted Skipper " (R. (7.).

The specimens now received link P. watsoni to P. zeno, the
orange cell-spot of the primaries, which in P. ivatsoni extends
almost to the base, proving it to be variable; the discal band of the
secondaries also varies in width, and the under-surface colouring
from the bright yellow with badly denned darker bands of
P. watsoni to the duller brown banded character of P. zeno : all
the examples now received having been taken in April, the dif-
ferences cannot be seasonal.

97. GEGENES LETTEESTEDTI.

Hesperia letterstedti, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad.
Handl. 1857, p. 49.

c? d1, Nyankowa Mt., 5575 feet alt., Nyika, April 9th, 1895.
«* Smoky green Skipper " (R. C.).

98. BAORIS FATUELLUS.

Pamphila fatitelltts, Hopffer, Monatsber. k. Akad. Wiss. Berlin,
1855, p. 643 ; Peters' Eeise n. Mossamb. v. p. 417, pi. 27. figs. 3,
4 (1862).

Ngerenge Plains, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 24th ; Cheni-
Cheni Mt., Nyika, 6430 feet alt., April 17th, 1895.

" Greenish Skipper " (R. C.).

99. BAOBIS INCONSPICUA.

Hesperia inconspicua, Bertoloni, Mem. Ace. Bol. 1849, p. 15.

Kambwiyi, Lower Nyika, Jan. 21st ; Lower Nyika, Feb. 2nd,
1895.

" Green Skipper (decided yellowish-green)." " Dark green,
speckled-with-white Skipper " (R. C.).

100. BAOBIS, sp. (A continental form of B. umbrata.)

This species, which is almost certain to have been named by
either M. Mabille or Herr Plotz, differs from B. umbrata of the
Island of Johanna only in its slightly superior size, more elongated
wings, and blacker colouring ; in markings, pale fringes and palpi,
and the pale areas below it agrees, excepting that the pale colouring
is less pronounced.

Kondowi, Lower Nyika, April 4th, 1895.

9*

132 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 14,

101. HALPE XIGERBIMA.

Halpe nigerrima, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 672.

Kambwiyi, Lower Nyika, Jan. 2nd, 181)5.

" Dark green Skipper (speckled with white)''' (R. (?.).

102. HALPE AMADHU.

Pampliila amadJw, Mabille, Coinptes lleudus Soc. Ent. Beige,
p. Ixxviii (1891).

Kambvviyi, Lower Nyika, Jan. 21st, 18U5.

" Greenish Skipper "' (B. 0.).

These species of Halpe never seem to come to hand in numbers,
one or two examples in a large collection are all that we ever
receive.

103. PERICHARES ALBICORNIS, sp. n. (Plate VI. fig. 8.)

<5 . Primaries sericeous olive-brown, sometimes suffused with
purplish, the basi-costal area more or less suffused with cupreous ;
interno-basal area clothed v\ith olive-green hairs, fringe whity
brown ; two yellowish-white superposed spots within the end of
the cell, sometimes connate ; a small more or less triangular spot
at the base of the second median interspace, a transversely oblong
spot below the latter and crossing the first median interspace ;
two or three small and yellower hyaline spots, separated by the
subcostal branches, towrards apex, and an opaque bright yellow
oblong or oval spot just above the middle of the submedian vein :
secondaries deep sericeous olive-brown, central area occupied by a
slightly paler patch having a someu hat reddish tinge ; base clothed
with green hairs, abdominal area with greenish and bronze hairs ;
fringe whity brown : upper surface and front of palpi, head above,
and patagia chocolate-brown ; antenna pure white, emitted from
a whitish tuft on the vertex of the head. Primaries below with
the costal border and a eubapical patch golden copper-brown, the
central area greyish black, the internal area paler with a large
central diffused whitish spot ; hyaline spots necessarily as above ;
external border from apex to first median branch rosy greyish
brown : secondaries golden copper-brown, slightly darker on the
costa and in a small subapical patch bounded by two black dots ;
three ill-defined brown spots in a triangular position across the
basal area, a black dot on the upper discocellular and a small black
spot beyond ; a dust-grey interno-median stripe commencing in a
point at base and gradually expanding to outer margin ; an
irregular purplish-grey streak edged with blackish crossing the
disc from the interno-median streak and tapering to apex ; outer
border paler than the remainder of the wing, bounded internally
by an ill-defined brownish line and enclosing two or three
triangular grey marginal dots : palpi below dull straw-yellow ;
antennae white, with a grey patch on the club ; neck and edges of
eyes white ; pectus densely covered with dull tawny hair, venter
rufous brown. Expanse of wings 40 millim.
[26]

1896.] FROM NY AS ALAND. 133

(S d", Kondowi, Lower Nyika, 4110 feet alt., April 4th to 0th,
1805.

"White antennae Skipper" (R. C.). One specimen collected
by Mr. William Murray of the Livingstone Mission.

This is the species of which \ve received a damaged example
from Fwambo (see P. Z. 8. 1805, p. 200. n. 03). M. Mabille says
that his specimen is a male ; and, although this may he an error,
the number and character of the spots in the present species differ
considerably and are evidently tolerably constant : the sexes
rarely show so marked a difference in this group.

104. PEIHCIIAKES TELISIGXATA, sp. n. (Plate VI. fig. 9.)

c? . Purplish black ; primaries with markings nearly as in the
preceding species, but the discoidal spots united into one and only
separated from the two median spots by the veins ; they thus form
a single hyaline patch as in Coladenin dan; the subapical spots also
form a short transverse trifid bar, and the yellow spot near inner
margin is slightly paler; the secondaries are small, without
markings, with greenish hairs at base and white fringe; body
blackish brown in front, but the thorax and abdomen densely
covered with grey-greenish hair ; antennae pure white, with black
terminal hook. Primaries below dull black ; the costal border,
which expands into a broad subapical patch, fiery copper-brown,
internal area grey, with a large central diffused dull white patch ;
external border to below second median branch rosy brown ;
hyaline spots as above : secondaries fiery copper-brown, purplish
black on internal area ; an indistinct blackish discal bar, parallel
to outer margin ; wing crossed by a clear sharply defined white
"^ -shaped character ; fringe white : palpi chalky white, as also the
front of the tibia? and tarsi of first pair of legs ; pectus blackish,
venter densely clothed with grey hairs, anal tufts whitish.
Expanse of wings 32 millim.

Kantorongondo Mt., Xyika, 5900 feet, April 15th, 1895.

This is so distinctly marked a species that, if properly described,
I could hardly have failed to identify it.

105. RHOPALOCAMPTA TOUESTAX.

Papilio forestan, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pi. cccxci. E, E (1782).

Henga, Feb. 1st, 1895.

" Great black, white, and orange Skipper " (R. C.}.

HETEEOCEBA.

Only thirteen Moths were in the collection, one or two of which
had unfortunately been attacked by the larva? of a Micro-
Lepidopteron, which were discovered still at work after the
specimens had been mounted : all the species nevertheless are
sufficiently well-preserved for determination.

[27;

134 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 14,

106. MACROGLOSSA TROCHILUS, var. TROCHILOIDES.

Macroglossa trochiloides, Butler, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 5.

Nyankowa Mt., Nyika, 6500 feet alt., April 9th, 1895.

" Green and orange Humming-bird Hawk " (R. (7.).

This form of M. trochilus appears to cross the African con-
tinent from west to east ; it differs from the southern type
principally in the blacker and therefore better-defined outer border
to its secondaries. There can, however, be no doubt, from the
fact that an example of the southern type was obtained by
Mr. Scott Elliot, that the ranges of the two forms overlap in
South-eastern Africa : M. trochiloides therefore will probably
prove to be a dimorphic form of M. trochilus which becomes
permanent on the N.W. coast.

107. MELITTIA ^NESCENS, sp. n. (Plate VI. fig. 10.)

Allied to M. natalensis ; primaries slightly narrower, purplish
indigo, with the same transparent spot between the second and
third median branches ; secondaries hyaline with black veins,
narrow black margins, and dust-grey fringe paler at the edge ;
head olive-brown ; antennae purplish black above, shining straw-
yellow below, and deep ferruginous in front ; collar and thorax
golden brassy, with green reflections : abdomen purplish indigo,
with dorsal golden brassy transverse bands on the front of each
segment : primaries below becoming brownish grey from beyond
the cell ; otherwise the wings are as above : palpi and face white
stained with yellow ; pectus slaty black, the sides in front and the
front legs golden brassy, tibial and tarsal joints reddish ; middle
legs golden to the end of the tibia, tarsus purplish black ; posterior
legs blackish brown, the tibial joints densely clothed with long
black, red, and white hairs ; tarsi black externally, white inter-
nally. Expanse of wings 37 millim.

Karonga, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 28th, 1895.

" Black-plumed Humming-bird. Taken in tent fluttering round
candle-lantern by night" (R. G.}.

When in fresh condition this must be an exceedingly beautiful
insect.

108. XANTHOSPILOPTERYX SUPERB A.

Eusemia superba, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xv.
p. 141, pi. 13. fig. 3 (1875).

c? , Ngerenge Plain, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 24th, 1895.

" Crimson-underwing Tiger " (R. C.).

The smallest example of this beautiful Agaristid that I have
seen.

109. ^EGOCERA HENETA.

Noctua meneta, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pi. Ixx. D (1775).
There is no label to this example.
[28]

1896.] FEOM NYASALAND. 135

110. STNTOMIS CEKES.

Syntomis ceres, Oberthiir, Etudes, iii. p. 33, pi. 3. fig. 5 (1878).
Kambwiyi E., Lower Nyika, Jan. 21st and Feb. 2nd, 1895.
" Scarlet and blue-bodied Forester " (E. C.).

111. METARCTIA RUBRA.

Anace rubra, Walker, Lep. Het. vii. p. 1720 (1856).
cJ, Kaparo, Sougwi E. plains, W. coast of Lake Nyasa,
Feb. 26th, 1895.

" Orange and grey striped Ermine " (R. C.).

112. ARGINA AMANDA, var. OCELLINA.

Deiopeia ocellina, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ii. p. 571 (1854).
$ , Kwereru Hill, Deep Bay, April 22nd, 1895.
" Orange and black spotted. Full of lemon-coloured ova "
(R. C.).

113. DEIOPEIA PFLCHELLA.

Tinea pulchella, Liunjeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 534 (1758).

Deep Bay, March 5th, 1895.

" Pink, black, and white speckled. A day-flier apparently :
taken on flowers in hot sunshine" (R. C.}.

I am surprised that Mr. Crawshay did not recognize this as a
rare British moth, usually known as the "Crimson-speckled
Footman."

114. LOPERA CROCATA, var. ?

Liparis crocata, Herrich-Schaffer, Ausl. Schmett. pi. 24. fig. 112
(1854).

c? , Kondowi, Lower Nyika, April 6th, 1895.

" Eaw silk-coloured Ermine " (R. C.).

The single example obtained appears to have been at some time
very wet, so that it is impossible to decide whether or not there
have been any of the scarcely deeper bands across the primaries
which a lens shows plainly on the front wings of L. crocata ; the
orange spot at the end of the cell is more regularly circular than
in most examples and is not dotted with black. Until better
specimens are received, it is not safe to assume that we have to do
with a species distinct from L. crocata.

115. A LIMACODID MOTH.

The single specimen obtained was a female, not quite perfect :
the neuration is slightly unusual, veins 7 and 8 of the front wings
being emitted, from a footstalk, from 9. The sexes of some of the
Limacodidae differ so much from the males, that it is hardly safe
to name an unpaired female, as it may subsequently prove to be
merely the other sex of some well-known male insect.

$ /Lower Nyika, Feb. 2nd, 1895.

" Eggar moth " (R. C.).

[29]

136 ON BUTTERFLIES FROM NYASA-LAND. [Jail. 14.

116. DRASTERIA JUDICANS.

Oplnusajudicans, Walker, Lep. Het. xv. p. 1831 (1858).
Kondowi, Lower Nyika, April 4th, 1895.
" Dusky grey moth'" (R. C.}.

117. HETERABRAXAS ROSEOYITTATA.

$ . Heterabraxas roseovittata, Butler, P. Z. S. 1895, pi. xliii.
figs. 2, 3.

c? . The antennas have long radiating branches ; the black
markings on the primaries are better defined than in the female ;
the secondaries are straw-yellow, with a few scattered black spots,
differing entirely on the opposite wings. Expanse 41 milliin.

Not labelled : body eaten out by caterpillar of Tineid.

This is the example referred to in my previous paper and
figured.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Fig. 1. Hyreus virgo, p. 121.

2. fi/eptis incoiigrua, p. 112.

3. Mylothris narcissus, var. dentatus, p. 1 24.

4. ,, crawskayi, p. 124.
5, 6. Teracolus infumatus, p. 128.

7. Hetcropterus decipiens, p. 130.

8. Perichares albicornis, p. 132.

9. „ telisignata, p. 133.
10. Melittia amcscens, p. 134.

[301

PZ.S.1896. Plate VI.

la.

QCL

EC.Rniglrt del etlath. West.Newmaia ahromo

New Lepidoptera, from l^ya,sa,-lajncL.

( 105 )

V. Seasonal Dimorphism in African Butterflies. By
ARTHUR G. BUTLER, Ph.D., F.L.S., etc.

[Read February 3rd, 1896.]

MR. GUY A. K. MARSHALL'S "Notes on Seasonal
Dimorphism in South African Rhopalocera" (Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1896, p. 551), as observed by him in
Mashunaland, are of great interest and form a contribu-
tion to science which will be very useful to future workers,
as exhibiting a part of the truth relating to this engross-
ing subjecf ; but a part only, as it is now my object to show.

Mr. Marshall has evidently misunderstood my remarks
respecting seasonal and local modifications of species ;
he has indeed wholly missed my point, which is this : —
in a country which is hot and dry throughout the year
wet-season forms will be naturally extremely rare (if
present at all), whereas the reverse will be the case in an
uniformly moist climate. Now where a species ranges
throughout Africa to Arabia, it exhibits in one locality
a single type (say dry-season), arid perhaps in abnormal
seasons when light showers fall, a second type (inter-
mediate between dry and wet) ; or if the country be
moist a wet-season and an intermediate-season form
occur, but no dry-season form. Such is frequently the
case in Sierra Leone.

In countries where the wet season is out of all propor-
tion to the dry, the wet-season form of a species will be
naturally better marked ; and the reverse will hold good
where the dry season has the advantage.

It is very likely that Mr. Marshall may be correct in
his opinion, based upon practical experience in Mashuna-
land, that, in Acrtea, I have called the dry-season form
" wet/' and the wet-season form " dry/'* but I am

C:" He however makes an exception in the case of A. bomba (=
induna).

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897. PART T. (APRIL.)

106 Dr. Arthur G. Butler on

satisfied that in an unusually dry country the so-called
" wet-season form " is sometimes identical with the so-
called " dry-season form " of a moister country. Indeed,
the conditions, as far as the absence of one modification
and presence of a new one are concerned, are practically
very similar to those which obtain in the N. American
Lyca3nid, Cyaniris pseudargiolus, beautifully worked
out by Mr. W. H. Edwards (Butt., N. Am., ii., pp. 315
et seq.).

Mr. Marshall is quite correct in saying that it is
extremely difficult to define " the specific differences of
butterflies merely from a series of museum specimens
when not backed up by a practical knowledge of
the habits and range of the species involved." But,
on the other hand, it is impossible for a worker in any
one part of so vast a country as Africa arbitrarily to
settle, to the satisfaction of everyone, the extent of varia-
tion of any one widely distributed species under seasonal
and climatic conditions. That Mr. Marshall has amply
proved this I can readily show ; and J do so, not with
any desira to detract from the value of his observations,
as applied to South African butterflies when in southern
S. Africa, but to prove that the conditions differ in
the same species when found only so far northward as
Nyasaland.

In my notes on {( Seasonal Dimorphism in Acrsea " I

took what I regarded as the extreme dry and wet

developments of the species, not of that phase of the

species represented either in the Cape Colony or in

Mashunaland ; whether the intermediate forms occur as

the dry- season form in one part of Africa, the wet-season

form in another, as the sole representatives of the species

in a third, or not at all in a fourth, is perfectly immaterial.

As developments of the species, intimately connected

with and incapable of separation from it, they must be

taken into account ; but I frankly admit that it is

extremely probable, as already granted, that I ought to

have called the dry-season form " wet/' and the wet form

" dry/' The fact, therefore, that one of ray seasonal

forms does not occur in conjunction with the extreme

southern form throughout its range, or that it occurs

apart from the latter at any part of its range, is not

enough to show that it is not a seasonal phase of a species

in some part of Africa.

Seasonal Dimorphism in African Butterflies. 107

The species of Acrsea meutioned in my former paper
will be now separately referred to.

(1). A. anacreon. Trim. = A. bornba, Grose-Smith.

As Mr. Marshall observes (p. 564), when he examined
the British Museum collection there were five specimens
labelled as A. bomba (=induna)9 four of which I have my-
self proved to be A. anacreon, inasmuch as the apical
patch is not filled in, though more heavily marked than
in typical A. auacreon. When, however, Mr. Marshall
asserts that the female, admitted to be A. induna, has no
connexion with the latter, he is certainly wrong, for we
have since received the male, agreeing perfectly with Mr.
Grose- Smith's figure and tolerably closely with Mr.
Trimen's. This example was captured together with a
typical male of A. anacreon, by Mr. Crawshay, on the
15th September, 18 J5, on the Chuona River, Mwewe's
Town, Unyika. If there were any constant difference of
pattern on the under surface of the wings between
A. anacreon and A. bomba (= induna), it would be possible
to force oneself to credit the distinctness of these
forms, even though they were captured simultaneously.
But there is no constant difference, and absolutely the
only distinction between these two specimens, on the
under surface, consists in the absence, in the A. anacreon
type, of the three dots beyond the cell of the primaries,
which (in that tjpe) are usually strongly defined. As a
matter of fact the only constant difference between typical
A. anacreon and typical A. bomba consists in the absence
or presence of the tawny submarginal spots on the apical
area of the primaries above. I am therefore certain, in
spite of these two forms having been taken together
(which Mr. Marshall frankly admits to be immaterial and
due to the overlapping of seasons), that A. anacreon and
A. bomba represent the extreme developments of one
species in Nyasaland, whether they do or not in southern
S. Africa.

(2). With regard to the seasonal character of A. peri-
plianes and A. guillemei, Mr. Marshall, having seen
two specimens of the former in our collection, has his
doubts thereon ; but he does not comprehend the want
of the heavy marginal border in the secondaries. I am
now able to resolve those doubts, as other specimens
(linking the two in an extraordinary manner) have been
since received ; these specimens prove beyond all question

108 Dr. Arthur G. Butler

* on

that the two extremes belong to one species in which the
border of the secondaries is sometimes lightly and some-
times heavily marked, as in A . anacreon. As with that
species also there are no constant differences of pattern on
the under surface of the wings.

(3). A. doubledayi, Guer. =• A. dirc&a, Westw.

Westwood's description agrees well with the insect
which I identified as that species, and which, I have no
doubt, is a seasonal form of A. doubledayi. Mr. Marshall,
however, when in England, informed me that he had
seen Westwood's type and found it identical with
A. caldarena, Hew. ; this was sufficient for me, and I
immediately altered the identification. In his paper,
however, Mr. Marshall speaks of Westwood's insect as a
seasonal form of A. caldarena, which can be hardly
possible, since Westwood says that it is " allied to Acr.
oncaea, but with a very well defined broad black apex to
the primaries"; this exactly tallies with the form of
A. doubledayi (=oncasa) which I identified. Of the latter
we now have additional examples linking it to typical
A. doubledayi beyond all question, and received in the
same collection with the white-banded female of that
species. Mr. Marshall's recently published statement
has made me feel that I should like personally to compare
Westwood's type both with A. caldarena and the form of
A. doubledayi with black apex.

(4). Acrsea stenobea, Wallengr. = A. caldarena, Hew.

Of this identification I never felt very certain, because
we have a wet development of A. stenobea in A. caecilia of
the West Coast. Both A. c&cilia and A. stenobea occur
rather commonly in S.-W. Africa.

When Mr. Marshall made his remarks respecting my
" lamentable confusion as to what are real specific differ-
ences in Acraea," "the fallacy of my supposition/' etc., he
had not had the advantage of studying our very fine series.
Had he done so he would have discovered that A. lygus,
Druce (= albomaculata, Weym.) was a form of A. stenobea
varying in the direction of A. csecilia, and occurring with
it on the Congo. Mr. Trimen's description does not.
accurately describe it, inasmuch as the basal blackish
suffusion is more pronounced on the forewing in typical
A. lygus, than in any other form of that variable species,
A. csecilia. The examples from the " Eastern, extremity
of Cape Colony and Basutoland," if such examples of

Seasonal Dimorphism in African Butterflies. 109

A. lygus exist (which is not directly stated by Mr.
Trimen) may link A. stenobea to typical A. lygus, and so
to A. csecilia, but that they are a seasonal form of it in
the extreme south seems exceedingly improbable ; they
are far more likely to be a mere albinistic sport, such as
occurs in many other species of Acrsea. This seems the
more probable from the fact that, as far as I have seen,
they are always females.

It is not at all a conclusive argument that, because in
southern South Africa A. stenobea has not been found
associated with A. caldarena and because, in Mashunaland,
the latter occurs the whole year round without A. stenobea
making its appearance, the two do not occur as seasonal
forms of one species 'in any part of Africa. Nevertheless,
as all the forms of A. csecilia appear to occur chiefly in
Southern and South- Western Africa (although typical A.
csecilia is also found in Abyssinia), I think the claim of
A. caldarena to be regarded as distinct has a firm basis.
Regarding this species as a wet-season form, we then still
have to look for its dry development; and this leads me
to point out to Mr. Marshall that, when he assumes that
•each species varies seasonally in the same way through-
out its entire range, or, because it does not vary in one
district, it therefore varies nowhere, he makes an assump-
tion which can be easily disproved by anybody in charge of
a sufficiently large and carefully collected series of
specimens.*

When we see that A. zetes is the extreme wet develop,
ment in Sierra Leone of that brightly coloured type of
A. menippe found at Uganda, and that A. pseudegina is
the extreme wet development in Sierra Leone of the
southern A. natalica; whilst in both cases intermediate
forms occur, sometimes side by side with the wet form,
and sometimes, to the exclusion of both extremes, in inter-
mediate localities, we must be very careful not to be too
dogmatic in our statements respecting the constancy of
either the species themselves, or their seasonal varieties.

(5). A. pudorina, Staud. = A. ch&eribula, Oberth.

Accepting Mr. Marshall's correction as to the black-
tipped forms being " wet " and the forms without
black tips " dry/' it is curious that in this species

* By which I mean a series labelled, not only with exact
localities, but with the dates of capture, and altitudes.

110 Dr. Arthur G. Butler on

he seems to reverse the order, telling us that he
captured A. acrita in the dry season, and referring
me to a paper of Mr. Trimen's which distinctly suggests
that the slightly marked type (which, by the way, is
almost the same as A. pudorina) is the winter form of the
species captured by Mr. Marshall during the heavy rain ;
and he says that, by quietly ignoring this, I have fallen
into the error of confusing local with seasonal variation.
If Mr. Trimen's insect were the wet -season form of Mr.
Marshall's, he would have followed my original course ;
but what he has done is to confound seasonal and local
forms.

Admitting that A. pudorina is probably the extreme
dry- (not wet-) season form of the species, the form
described and figured by Mr. Trimen may occur with it
as its wet-season form; whilst if A. acrita occurs (a? in
Nyasaland it undoubtedly does) with A. chseribula, the
latter would be the wet-season, and A. acrita, as Mr.
Marshall says, the dry-season form.

From Nyasaland however we receive A. cliseribula
(wet-season), A. acrita (intermediate), and A. pudorina
var., of Mr. Trimen's plate (dry-season), which shows that
in dogmatizing respecting seasonal forms, locality must
be taken into account.

My decision respecting this species throughout its
range remains as it was, allowing only for the substitution
of " dry " for " wet " ; and Mr. Marshall's assumption
that, if I had been correct, he ought to have taken A.
pudorina and not A. acrita in Mashunaland is based upon
a confusion of ideas between local and seasonal forms.
To put the matter briefly : — If in any part of Africa A.
chssribula does not exist with A. acrita, the extreme wet-
season form of the species is not developed in that region,
and \i A. pudorina does not exist, the extreme dry-season
development of the species is wanting, but this does not
alter the fact that these intimately connected forms are
all one species. Their differences are all limited to the
black apex of the primaries above; the borders of the
secondaries vary too much in most species of Acrsea to be
relied on, and these variations are not limited either by
season or locality.

Respecting the seasonal forms of Precis (== Jitnonia) I
have spoken elsewhere. They may be quite correct as
regards Mashunaland ; indeed I had already published

Seasonal Dimorphism in African Butterflies. Ill

ray idea, as to /. nachtigali being a seasonal form of
/. artaxia when we received a collection from Nyasaland
distinctly proving that both occurred together in splendid
condition at the same season. I have also proved that
J. simia, J. trimeni, and J. cuama fly there together
throughout a considerable portion of the year, and cer-
tainly both in the dry and wet seasons ; this is somewhat
disconcerting.

In conclusion, I would observe that, whether the forms
of Acrsea with black apex be proved by breeding to be a
seasonal development of those which lack it, or not, there
is not the slightest doubt that they are varietal forms,
and not distinct species ; all of them, with the exception
of A, caldarena, being already linked together by inter-
grades in the British Museum series.

9Tii APRIL, 1897.

From the ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
Ser. 6, Vol. xvii., March 1896.

Note on the Synonymy of Huphina lanassa, a common Aus-
tralian Butterfly of the Subfamily Pierinae. By AETHUR
G. BUTLER, Ph.D. &c.

So much confusion has arisen in the synonymy of this species
that, after carefully working it out, I feel no time should be
lost in putting it straight.

The species was described by M. Boisduval in his l Species
Ge'ne'ral ' (1836), evidently from an old female example from
New Holland in which the under surface of the secondaries
had darkened to ochreous with age, and in which there chanced
to be no submarginal spots (we have a specimen in which
the secondaries show only one spot on the under surface).

M. Boisduval considered his specimen to be a male j but he
so often blundered in sexing his species, that no reliance can be
placed upon the statement " Nous n'avons pas vu la femelle."
The description " la bordure des supe'rieures assez large " can
hardly apply to a male, unless it be assumed that his method
of description was loose, because an equally broad border to

232 On the Synonymy of Huphina lanassa.

that of males of this species is (in other descriptions) regarded
by M. Boisduval as " de largeur moyenne."

In 1852 M. Lucas described a species, also from New
Holland, under the name of Pieris nabis, the male of which
\vas of the variety having only two subapical spots on the
border of the primaries, the female only differing from typical
"Pieris lanassa" Boisd., in having several yellow spots on
the border of the secondaries below.

In 1865 Felder described the female again, but from Fiji,
under the name of "Pieris perithea" and compared it with
the P. perimale of Donovan.

At the same time and on the same page he described a
male from Australia, characterized by having the apical area
of the primaries and the entire basal area of the secondaries on
the under surface whity brown, under the name of P. periclea.

Lastly, in 1867 Wallace described a male from Moreton
Bay in which the apical area of the primaries and entire basal
area of the secondaries on the under surface were " earthy
brown with an orange tinge."

Wallace compared his new species with the Pieris nabis of
Lucas and Papilio perimale of Donovan, but he failed to
recognize the latter owing to the fact that the type was
evidently a female. The male of Donovan's species is, I have
no doubt, the species in Hewitson's collection which Wallace
incorrectly identified as Felder's P. periclea. There are two
examples from New Caledonia, differing from each other
exactly as P. narses and P. nabis differ; but, curiously
enough, Wallace does not consider them distinct, as he
logically should do, but observes : — " These two specimens
indicate a variable species."

It is absolutely certain that Felder's "P. periclea " cannot
be the species from New Caledonia, which in form of wing
corresponds with its presumed female "P. perimale" for
Felder states that it agrees with his P. pent/tea : — " die
vorbeschriebene Art, mit welcher die Flugelform uberein-
stimmt."

In 1869 Herrich-SchafTer described and figured a Huphina
as P. periclea, and, later, he reproduced the plate coloured as
part of an Appendix to his ' Aussereuropaische Schmetter-
linge.' The coloured figure is at once seen to be identical
with Wallace's P. narses , the colouring below not being
whity brown, but earthy brown.

When a large series of Huphina lanassa is examined, it
becomes evident that the species is tetramorphic ; the under
surface of the secondaries and apex of primaries may be
white, yellow, whity brown, or earthy brown, but the upper

On the Synonymy ofHuphina lanassa. 233

surface only varies in the number of white spots on the black
border. From what we now know of the seasonal dimorphism
of white butterflies, it is almost certain that the earthy-brown
and whity-brown types are dry-season forms and the yellow
and white types are wet-season forms.

In like manner the two males of P. perimale, which
Wallace regarded as an aberrantly variable species, represent
the ordinary dry- and wet-season forms, of the first of which
Donovan's type is typical. P. pert-male, however, is more
nearly allied to my Huphina terranea, of which we now
possess both types from Lifu, than to Huphina lanassa.

The synonymy of //. lanassa corrected to date will be as
follows : —

Huphina lanassa.

£. Pieris lanassa, Boisduval, Sp. Ge"n. Le> i. p. 477 (1836).
cJ $ . Pieris nabis, Lucas, Eev. et Mag. de Zool. 1852, p. 326.
$ . Pieris perithea, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 169 (1865).

Australia, Baudin Island, Fiji.

Dry-season form.

rf. Pieris periclea, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 169 (1865).

c? • Pieris narses, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 333,
pi. vi. tig. 3 (1867) ; Herrich-Schafter, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 76,
pi. i. fig. 4 ; Auss. Schruett., App. p. 3, pi. i. fig. 103 (1869), as
P. periclea.

Australia, Baudin Island.

In the wet-season form there are all gradations between
the extremes of yellow and white, whilst P. periclea is a
transitional form between the latter and P. narses ; therefore,
if the facts proved as regards the seasonal changes in colouring
in other genera of Pieringe should be found not to be true of
Huphina^ the above forms would still have to be regarded as
variations of one species.

From the AN.VALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
Ser. 6, Vol. xvii., May 1896.

on the Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Daptonura,
with Descriptions of new Species. By A. G. BUTLER,
Ph.D., Senior Assistant-Keeper, Zoological Department,
British Museum.

IN carefully supervising the synonymy of Daptonura I noted
that the outline of the wings, the width of the outer borders,
and the inner edging of the latter appeared to be constant and
reliable characters; but the mere tint of the wing-surface
varied from white to brimstone and from brimstone to saffron,
these modifications being best illustrated by such species as
D. florin da and D. isandra.

In D. limnoria, Godt. (limnobia, Swains.), the secondaries
of the male vary in tint from pale brimstone to canary-yellow,
but the orange on the border is invariably represented by a
series of saffron or orange spots. Hubner's figures (Samml.
exot. Schmett. ii. pi. ccxxxii.) represent a very distinct
species, for which, years ago, I proposed the name D. Hubneri,
writing it upon a label and pinning it into the collection ; but
if I published the correction it has never been quoted, and
consequently I cannot refer to it.

Hiibner's insect differs in both sexes from D. lirnnoria^
as will be at once seen by comparing Swainson's admirable
illustration of the latter with the plate in the ' Sammlung.'

Daptonura Hiibneri.

<$ . Decidedly smaller than D. limnoria, the black apical
border narrower, with regularly dentate-sinuate inner edge ;
the secondaries bright sulphur-yellow, with broad orange
outer border and linear black edging.

? . Smaller than that sex of D. limnoria, the black cunei-
form bar across end of cell connected by a streak (which
passes along the third median branch) with the black outer
border ; the latter narrower on the costa than in the common
species and gradually decreasing in width to inner margin ;
the secondaries as in the male, excepting that the orange
external area and black edging are wider.

<?, " Rio R." In coll. Hewitson.

The female I know only from Hiibner's illustration ; it is
said to come from Brazil. The locality is probably Rio Real
in Northern Bahia.

Daptonura incequaliSj sp. n.
Allied to D. leucanthe ; decidedly smaller, the outer margin

348 Dr. A. G. Butler on the

of primaries straighter, the black apical border decidedly
narrower, with zigzag dentated inner edge ; only the fringe
of secondaries (not the margin also) blackish ; male above
white, female bright orange washed with canary-yellow on
costa and in cell of primaries : the male below nearly resembles
D. leucanthe, but the blackish line on the end of the dis- 1
coidal cell of primaries is either ill- defined or wanting ; the ;
apical border also is only indicated through the wing and the
veins crossing it are barely or not at all blackened ; the apical
area of these wings and the whole surface of secondaries are
far more buff in tint, and the veins of the latter wings are
black to the base ; the wings themselves are more rounded,
less produced at anal angle than in D. leucanthe : the female
below is paler (more golden crocus-yellow) than above, in
veining it corresponds with the male.

Expanse of wings, <§ 63, ? 66 millim.

c? ? , E. Peru ( Whitely) ; $ , Bolivia, N. side of the
Cordillera de Cochabamba (Bridges). B.M.

Var. ? — Black, veining obsolete on both surfaces ; outer
margin of primaries slightly more inarched j inner edge of
apical border sinuated.

£ , Bolivia (Bridges) ; <£, Cuenca, Ecuador (Eraser).
B.M.

Daptonura latilimbata,) sp. n.

$. Allied to D. peruviana ; basal two thirds of primaries
milk-white ; costal margin and apical third black-brown, the
inner edge of the latter zigzag, commencing almost parallel
to the end of the cell and continued obliquely to near the
extremity of the first median branch, whence it tapers more
abruptly to the extremity of the subm^edian vein ; fringe
towards external angle white : secondaries milk-white, with
black-brown outer border as wide as in the female of D. eu-
rymnia, but not spotted : body normal. Wings below with
the black-brown borders broader, shining dark copper-brown ;
a black-brown cuneiform streak from costa closing the dis-
coidal cell of primaries; basal lobe of secondaries orange,
and sides of pectus washed with the same colour as in
D. peruviana.

Expanse of wings 76 millim.

Ecuador (Buckley). Coll. Hewitson.

Daptonura Harti} sp. n.

Commonly confounded in collections with the New Grana-
dian D. eurymnia, usually a little smaller, and invariably with

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Daptonura. 349

the outer margin of primaries more concave; the external
border of these wings in the male slightly narrower, especially
below the second median branch, the inner edge of this border
widely sinuous, but not regularly sinuated as in the New
Granadian species : the secondaries tinted with sulphur-
yellow ; the dark brown outer border much narrower,
tapering to a point at each extremity, so that only three out
of the usual five squamose whitish submarginal spots are
clearly emphasized : on the under surface the brown borders
differ as above, and the yellow is a clear brilliant canary
instead of gamboge; the basal lobe of secondaries is barely
tinted with saffron, instead of being deep orange. In the
female the differences are less marked, but the primaries above
are pale brimstone and the secondaries bright brimstone-
yellow, far brighter than in D. eurymnia : on the under
surface the borders are slightly narrower than in the female
of the latter species, the primaries are brimstone-yellow, with
the costal area deepening to canary ; the secondaries are very
deep canary-yellow, with a slight tint of saffron on the costal
edge of the basal lobe, whereas in D. eurymnia these wings
are much darker, cadmium-yellow, with deep saffron basal
lobe.

Expanse of wings, <£ 58-70, ? 59 millim.

Trinidad (Hart, Broadway, and Caracciolo). B.M.

Judging by the female differences alone, I should never
have supposed this to be a distinct species ; but the male
characters are much more markedly dissimilar from the form
of the mainland ; the latter ranges from Bogota to Venezuela,
but whether to the coast I do not know.

The true D. eurymnia is like a white edition of D. poly-
hymnia, and I am satisfied that the two are only forms of
one species ; in like manner I still believe that D. monstrosa
is only a form of D. florinda, inasmuch as the fact that
Dr. Staudinger has described four types, all differing, clearly
indicates inconstancy in the ground-colouring of the wings.
The Hewitson collection contains a male and two females,
none of which agree with the figures in the * Biologia ' — they
are all what botanists know as " selfs." Then, again, the
D. panamensis of Staudinger is represented by the opposite
sexes of the two forms I), florinda and D. monstrosa, as
figured in the ' Biologia/ the male being described as having
the primaries white and the secondaries citron-yellow, the
female as having the primaries citron and the secondaries
ochre-yellow.

Staudinger's D. anceps is said to be smaller, the secondaries
white, like the primaries, but with a yellowish suffusion at

350 On the Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Daptonura.

the anal angle ; the female more opaque than in D. pana-
mensis, not ochre-yellow on the secondaries ; therefore this
female would answer to the female of " D. panamensis "
figured in the l Biologia.7

Staudinger's D. chagris is said to resemble his Z>. pana-
mensis in both sexes, excepting that it has a somewhat
broader black apical border and the under surface of the
primaries is white with yellow costal border.

Staudinger's D. cMricana is a " self," the male citron and
the female ochre-yellow ; it corresponds exactly with a pair
so-named in the Hewitson collection *, which I am satisfied
are conspecific with D. florinda ; whilst Hewitson's third
example is gamboge-yellow, and therefore is intermediate
between D. anceps ? and D. chiricana ? .

As another instance of variation in ground-colour in this
genus I may mention that I have no doubt of P. pedrosina
being a mere form of P. palaestra , differing in having the
secondaries and costa of primaries on the under surface white
instead of yellow ; there is no other difference by which to
separate them.

My D. pedrosina , therefore, will sink as a seasonal form or
a sport of D. palaestra, Hopffer.

* Staudinger's " ochre-yellow ?) I should call bright orange.

From the ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
Ser. 6, vol. xviii., July 1896.

On a small Collection of Lepidoptera sent from Nyasa in
1895 by Mr. R. Crawshoy. By ARTHUR G. BUTLER,
Ph.D. &c.

ALTHOUGH the present consignment includes only one new
species, it is exceptionally interesting, not only as comprising
several links between described species, but on account of the
important additional evidence afforded by the careful dating of
the captures ; so that now it is possible, by comparing these
with Mr. Crawshay's previous consignments, to prove con-
clusively that several very distinct forms declared to be
seasonal and conspecific occur together repeatedly in various
months of the year — that, in fact, they are not confined to any
particular season, and have no more evident claim to be called
forms of one species than our European Vanessa c~album or
V. polychloros have to be called forms of F. urticce*

1. Melanitis leda, var. solandra.
Papilio solandra, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 500 (1775),

Deep Bay, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 14th, 1895.
" Dusky brown Thicket, eyed upper wing. Delicate, almost
impossible to kill a perfect specimen " (R. C.).

68 Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Nyasa.

Paid to be unquestionably the wet-season form of the
following. It would appear that the climate of Nyasa must
be as variable and uncertain as that of England !

1 a. Var. fulvescens.

Cyllo leda, var. fulvescens, Guene'e in Halliard's * Reunion,' ii., Le"p.
p. 15 (1863).

Lipembi, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 22nd, 1895.

ft Dusky brown Thicket. A curious insect of owlish habits,
frequenting the gloorn of thick covert, and not taking wing in
the daytime unless disturbed j flies at dusk " (R. C.).

2. Charaxes flavifasciatus.
Charaxes castor, v&,r.Jlavifasciatus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 251.

Upper Leya, 6 miles N.W. of Deep Bay, W. coast of Lake
Nyasa, March 3rd, 1895.

" Dark brown, blue and gold Admiral. Taken feasting on
fresh leopard's excrement about half a mile beyond where
I captured the large Azure" (R. C.).

3. Charaxes saturnus.
Charaxes saturnus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 624, pi. xxxvi. fig. 1.

<?, Deep Bay, Feb. 13th, 1895.

" Large light brown barred Admiral with two tails. Taken
feasting on freshly killed lion-skin" (R. C.).

4. Charaxes guderiana.

J. Nymphalis guderiana, Dewitz, Nova Acta Akad. Naturf. Halle.

1879, p. 200, pi. ii. fig. 18.
9 . Charaxes guderiana, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893. p. 648 ; Trimen, P. Z. S.

1894, pi. v. fig. 8.

Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa : ^, Jan. 28th; ? , Feb. 1st,
1895.

Mr. Crawshay calls the male the " Indigo Admiral," and
the female, which contained " 25 large and light green fully
developed eggs," he describes as " Large light-brown-barred
Admiral with four tails."

5. Charaxes ethalion (Eastern type).
$ . Charaxes ethalion, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg. ii. p. 593 (1847).

<J , Upper Leya, 6 miles N.W. of Deep Bay, March 3rd.
18(,}5. Mrali, 25 miles N of Deep Bay, Feb. 22nd, 1895.

Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Nyasa. 69

" Dark green Admiral with two tails : a foul feeder "
(B. C.).

Mr. Crawshay incorrectly calls this a female ; it is un-
questionably a male.

6. Charaxes Bohemani.

Charaxes Bohemani, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iii. p. 321, pi. vi.
fig. 3(1859).

£ , Upper Leya, 6 miles N.W. of Deep Bay, March 3rd,
1895.

"Giant Azure Blue (Admiral?). Very rarely met with,
and almost impossible to take unless when indulging its foul
appetite for putrid flesh or excrement. This specimen I took
feeding on leopard's excrement at the side of the path in
open forest" (B. C.).

7. Charaxes varanes.
Papilio varanes, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pi. clx. figs. D, E (1779).

? , Mrali, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, March 2nd, 1895.
u Burnt-umber and pearl " (B. G.).

8. Panopea heliogenes, sp. n.

The largest species of the P. lucretia group hitherto
received : in form nearest to P. protracta, in pattern nearer to
P. expansa, but the arched belt across the centre of the
primaries narrower, more nearly approaching that of P. como-
rana ; this and the subapical macular band pale buff, but the
submarginal spots on all the wings nearly pure white; the
patch at centre of inner margin of primaries and the whole
central area of secondaries buff, washed with deep ochreous ;
the veins crossing the ochreous area partly white and partly
black : body black, boldly spotted with snow-white ; under
surface very similar to P. protracta, but altogether yellower.

Expanse of wings 90 nnllim.
9 , Deep Bay, west coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 7th, 1895.

Mr. Crawshay calls this the u yellowish-brown under-
winged Fritillary."

9. Euralia Wahlberyi.

I Diadema Waldbergi, Wallengren, Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl., Lep.
Khop. Caffr. p. 27 (1857).

(J , Ngerenge Plains, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 24th,
1895.

" Black and white Emperor " (B. C.).

70 Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Nyasa.

9 a. Var. Papilio dubius.
Papilio dubius, Beauv. Ins. Afr. Am. p. 238, pi. vi. figs. 2 a, b (1805).

? , Ngerenge Plains, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 24th,
1895.

" Black, white, and yellowish-brown Emperor " (R. G.).

9b. $ vsLY.t=E. Drucei, but larger and with white central
area to hind wings.

Ngerenge, Feb. 27th, 1895.

9 c. $ var. = ^. mima, but smaller, and with partly white
central area to hind wings, as in E. Dracei.

Ngerenge Plains, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 24th,
1895.

The four forms of Euralia here enumerated represent the
most interesting series hitherto received from Nyasa.
Mr. G. A. K. Marshall tells me that E. mima and E. Wahl-
bergi have not only been taken in copuld in S. Africa, but
have both been bred from a series of similar larvse taken from
the same tree ; yet not only are they wonderfully dissimilar
in pattern and colouring, but whereas E. Wahlbergi is repre-
sented by a Western form very like itself, E. mima does not
occur on the west coast. On the other hand, E. dubius is a
common Western type which varies considerably, but does
not occur in South Africa, whilst in Nyasa the whole of the
Western and Southern forms (with the exception of the
Western representative of E. Wahlbergi) occur together.
The whole question of the distinctness of species in this, as in
many other groups, becomes very complicated, more especially
when it is evident that the distinctions are not seasonal.

10. Ilypolimnas misippus.
Papilio misippus, Linnseus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 264 (1764).

£ , Deep Bay, W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 1st, 1895 5 2 ? ,
Mtambwi, foot of Nyika Plateau, Feb. 4th.

The male is labelled " Purple Emperor," the females
" Black-veined and white and black Brown" and "Black-
veined Brown," the latter being the ff. inaria variety,
resembling Limn as Klugii.

Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Nyasa. 71

11. Junonia pelasgis.

Vanessa pelasgis, Godart, Enc. MǤth. ix., Suppl. p. 820 (1823).
Var. Junonia chapunga, Hewitson, Exot. Butt, iii., Jun. pi. i. figs. 2, 3
(1864).

cJ, Kwereru Hill, Deep Bay, April 22nd, 1895; ? , foot
of Jakwa Mountain, Nkamanga, Jan. 28th, 1895.

" Dusky Tortoiseshell. Impossible almost to take a perfect
specimen " (R. C.).

The specimens now sent completely link /. chapunga to
J. pelasgis.

12. Junonia cuama.
Junonia cuama, Hewitson, Exot. Butt, iii., Jun. pi. i. figs. 4, 5 (1864).

Kondowi, Lower Nyika, April 6th, 1895.

I have recently been assured that this is an extreme dry-
season form of J. simia, Wllgr., and that my J. Trimeni is
a form produced between the wet and dry seasons. Before
this can be accepted it will have to be proved by breeding,
for the evidence offered by dated specimens distinctly con-
tradicts the assertion. I am beginning to have very serious
doubts as to the reliability of the evidence upon which many
of the so-called " seasonal forms " are associated. In the
Museum series we now have twelve examples of J. cuama,
half of which are labelled with the dates of capture — January,
April, September, and December. Of J. Trimeni we have
nine, all dated, as follows : — January, February, July, De-
cember. Of J. simia we have fifteen, of which five are
dated — January, April, July, and December. Therefore it is
absolutely certain that the supposed extreme dry- and wet-
season forms occur in perfect condition simultaneously in
January, April, and December, and that the intermediate and
wet-season forms occur together in January, July, and De-
cember. Whenever we have received carefully dated collec-
tions from scrupulously accurate collectors I have invariably
found that they tended to disprove most conclusively the
assertions incessantly made as to seasonal di- or polymorphism.
In hardly any instances are these assertions supported by
careful experiments in breeding ; but, so far as 1 have been
able to judge, they appear to have been based solely upon the
dates at which certain forms happen to have occurred in
quantity. We will, for the sake of example, assume that
Vanessa urticce occurred in quantities in June and V. poly-
chloros took its place in October (I do not pretend that they do
so) : the exponent of seasonal dimorphism would immediately
declare that V. urlicce was the dry-season form of V. poly-

72 Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from

chloros. I firmly believe that many of the forms now being
associated under the term seasonal, when bred, will prove to be
infinitely more distinct than our Vanessa urticce and V. poly-
chloros.

13. Junonia Trimeni.

Junonia Trimeni, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 651, pi. Ix. fig. 4.

<J, Kambwiyi, Lower Nyika, Jan. 21st; Mtambwi, foot
of Nyika plateau, Feb. 4th, 1895.

" Salmon-coloured Tortoisesheli " (B. C.).

14. Junonia aurorina.

Junonia aurorina, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 651, pi. Ix. fig. 3.

Kambwiyi, Lower Nyika, Feb. 2nd, 1895.

It is quite possible that this may be an early season form
of J. tugela, a specimen of which Mr. Crawshay obtained on
the Nyika Plateau in September 1893 ; this would not require
a great stretch of imagination, because the chief distinctions
between the two forms consist in the outline of the anterior
wings. Nevertheless, without stronger evidence they must
for the present be considered distinct.

15. Junonia artaxia.
Junonia artaxia, Hewitson, Exot. Butt, iii., Jim. pi. i. fig. 6 (1864).

£ , Ndara, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, March 2nd ; ? , Chi-
fumya, Lower Nyika, April 20th, 1895.

J. Nachtiyalii is said to be undoubtedly the wet-season
form of this species. In the Museum we have J. artaxia
collected in Nyasaland in January, March, April, July, and
December, but/. Nachtigalii only in July. 1 do not know
how these dates will bear out the assertion, but it is certain
that fine examples of both types are obtainable in July.

16. Protogoniomorpha aglatonice.

Vanessa aglatonice, Godart, Enc. M6th. ix. p. 299 (1819) ; Lucas, Lep.
Exot. pi. Ivii. fig. 2(1835).

$ , Ngerenge Plains, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 24th ;
Deep Bay, March 14th, 1895.

" Pearl-grey. A rare insect in these parts and very hard
to take. Enclosed specimen (the Deep Bay example) taken
feeding on cattle manure " (R. G.).

Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Nyasa. 73

17. Pyrameis carduL
Papiho cardui, Linnaeus, Faun. Suec. p. 276 (1761).

Deep Bay, Feb. 4th, 1895.
" Painted Lady " (R. C.).

18. Metacrenis Crawshayi.
Crenis Crawshayi, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 654, pi. Ix. fig. 5.

<? , Karora, 9 miles N.W. of Deep Bay, March 3rd, 1895.
" Plum-coloured Fritillary. Bare and difficult to catch, as
it perches high ; taken in open forest " (R. (7.).

19. EuphcBdra neophron.

Eomaleosoma neophron, Hopff'er, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. 1855, p. 640 ;
Peters's Reisen. Mossamb. Zool. v. p. 386, pi. xxii. figs. 1, 2 (1862).

c? , Kaporo, Songwi River plains, Feb. 25th'; Upper Leya,
6 miles N.W. of Deep Bay, March 3rd, 1895.

" Light blue, gold and black Admiral. A lover of dark
cool shades" (R. G.).

Both specimens a good deal worn ; they belong to the
greenish variety figured by Hopffer.

20. Eurytela dryope.

Papilio dryope, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pi. Ixxviii. figs. E, F (1779).

Mtambwi, foot of Nyika plateau, Feb. 4th, 1895.
" Orange-belted Tortoiseshell " (R. C.).

21. Byblia vulgar is.

Hypanis ilithyia, var. vulyaris, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 106
(1884-88).

Mrali, 25 miles N. of Deep Bay, Feb. 22nd, 1895.

This species occurs in January, February, June, November,
and December, according to the collector's dates on our speci-
mens. It is supposed to be a varietal form of B. ilithyia in
Africa. Our African examples of the latter were obtained in
January, November, and December, but most of them are not
dated. From Arabia we have one labelled June ; from India,
however, they are dated April, May, arid October. I believe
B. acheloia is supposed to be the extreme development of the
dry-season form in South Africa. The puzzle to me is, Why
should a species common to India and Africa produce totally
different varietal forms in the two countries ? As B. vulgaris
only occurs in Africa, it can therefore only be supposed that

74 Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidopterafrom Nyasi..

in India the species produces two dry-season forms — B. iUthyia
and B. simplex*. But the question most difficult of explana-
tion, as it seems to me, is — How can two forms be called
seasonal when they occur at the same season ?

22. Acrcea caldarena.
Acrcea caldarena, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 62 (1877).

? , Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 1st, 1895.
" Black-tipped dusky Fritillary " (R. G.}.

23. Acrcea egina.
Papilio egina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pi. xxxix. figs. F, G (1776).

Lumpi River, Lower Nyika, Feb. 2nd, 1895.
" Large rose and black Fritillary " (R. G.).

24. Gatopsilia florella.
5 . Papilio florella, Fabricius, Syst, Ent. p. 479 (1775).

$ ? , taken in coitti, Mrali, March 2nd ; °. , Henga,
Jan. 22nd, 1895.

" Yellow Brimstone " (R. C.).

Mr. Crawshay evidently supposed the bright-coloured sex
to be the male, and labelled accordingly ; in this, of course,
he was mistaken.

Var. Golias pyrene.
Colias pyrene, Swainson, Zool. 111. i. pi. li. (1820).

(£ ? , taken in coM, Mrali, March 2nd (the female con-
tained a " large number of white pointed eggs ").
" Green Brimstone " (R. C.).

25. Teracolus anax.

Callosune anax, H. Grose Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. iii.
p. 125 (1889) ; Rhop. Exot. i., Call. pi. i. figs. 6-8 (1889).

? , Henga, 3200 feet, west of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 22nd,
1895.

" Violet-tipped White ?" (R. C.).

T. anaa is said to be a wet-season form of T. regina. I
very much doubt the existence of T. regina in many of the
localities frequented by T. anax \ the latter flies in January,

* Most of our examples of the latter, if not all, were captured in
February. I am told, however, that the seasonal forms in India are less
marked than in Africa.

Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Nyasa. 75

February, and October in Central Africa, according to our
dated specimens. T. regina does, however, occur in the dry
season.

26. Papilio demoleus.

Papilio demoleus, Linnaeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 214 (1764).

<?, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 26th, 1895.

u Large yellow and black velvet Swallow-tail " (R. G.).

27. Papilio leonidas.

Papilio leonidas, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 35 (1793).

? , Foot of Jakwa Mountain, Henga to Nkamanga,
Jan. 23rd, 1895.

"Turquoise and Black " (R. G.).

28. Papilio pseudonireus.
Papilio pseudonireuSj Felder, Eeise der Nov. Lep. i. p. 94 (1865).

2 <J, Kantorongondo Mountain, 5900 and 6975 feet,
Nyika, April 15th and 16th; ?, Cheni-Cheni Mountain,
6100 feet, Nyika, April 17th, 1895.

" Blue and black Swallow-tail " (R. G.).

From the ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OP NATURAL HISTORY,
Ser. 6, Vol. xviii., August 1896.

Descriptions of some new Lepidoptera from Nyasaland.
By ARTHUR G. BUTLER, Ph.D., F.L.S., &c.

AMONGST the new species in three series of Lepidoptera
recently collected for the Museum by Mr. R. Crawshay the
following interesting forms may be at once described : —

Planema scalimliata^ sp. n.

c£. Nearest to P. agamce, having the same form and
general coloration, but with entirely different banding, the
curious almost sigmoidal band and spot on the primaries
being replaced by a short quinquefid dull white transverse bar
from the costal to the median vein beyond the cell, and a
notched or subangulated transverse dull white bar, obliquely
below which is a small spot nearer to the outer margin, the
two spots being separated by the second median branch ; the
band of the secondaries is narrower and tapers much more

160 Dr. A. G. Butler on new

towards the costa than in P. aganice, and on the underside
it is creamy white, with a sharply defined straight inner edge
and a nearly parallel (barely angulated) outer edge, broken
by the usual internervular streaks.

Expanse of wings 71 millim.

Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 1st, 1896.

The markings of the piimaries in this species form an
almost rectangular zigzag, which runs obliquely from just
beyond the middle of the costal to just below the middle of
the outer margin.

Alcena rettculata, sp. n.

(£ . Above greyish black ; primaries with the costal margin
to the middle narrowly ochreous ; three spots in the cell, the
first two squamose, the basal one elongated, cuneiform, the
others subquadrate ; a squamose whitish patch below median
vein from base to near the middle of the wing; an angular
white macular bar, consisting of seven spots, from the costa
to the first median branch beyond the cell ; traces of discal
and submarginal series of small spots, the first five spots and
the last of the discal series and the second and three last of
the submarginal series being white, and therefore fairly well
defined ; fringe white, flecked with black : secondaries with
ashy hairs over the basal half; a white macular angulated
band, consisting of eight spots, beyond the middle, the third
and fourth spots large, elongated, and confluent, the dividing
vein being white instead of black, the last spot with a grey
continuation up the abdominal border ; a submarginal series
of six squamose white spots : body black, margins of eyes
snow-white; collar ferruginous; terminal segments of abdomen
banded with ochreous ; anus ochreous. Under surface some-
what like that of A. nyassce^ but mostly cream-coloured and
black, the reticulations being much more complete; the
primaries with narrower postmedian band and continuous
black submarginal line ; the secondaries with no complete
open central space, the black bars being all connected ; palpi,
tibiae, tarsi, and ventral surface of abdomen orange-tawny.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

$ . Larger and much whiter on both surfaces ; the second-
aries above white, reticulated with greyish and stained on the
external area with creamy ; below, the submarginal black
line is wanting on the primaries and ill-defined on the
secondaries.

Expanse of wings 40 millim.

(J , Kasungu Mountain, 5400 feet alt., Nyika, March 5th,
1826; ? , Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, Jan. 6th, 1896.

Lepidoptera from Nyasaland. 161

Cyclopides perexcellens, sp. n.

Allied to C. metis, quadrisignatus, &c. ; above shining
bronze-brown, with greenish reflections ; primaries with eight
spots of bright golden ochreous, as in the most heavily- marked
specimens of C. quadrisignatus, and a submarginal series of
six dots from costa to first median interspace : secondaries
with five or six unequal submarginal squamose greenish-
ochreous spots and two short streaks beyond the cell ; fringe
(of these wings only) golden ochreous : body blackish ; head
and palpi clothed with golden-brown hair, pterygodes with
tawny cupreous hair. Primaries below with the costal margin
and a decreasing submarginal series of spots creamy whitish
varied with buff; fringe with a broad ochreous central band,
otherwise marked as above : secondaries ochreous varied with
greenish cream ; abdominal area deep brown, with longitudinal
interrupted bluish-ash streak ; veins and margins black ;
fringe orange or golden ochreous, as above ; a triangular spot
at base of subcostal area, a band of five irregularly placed
unequal spots crossing the cell obliquely, a discal oblique
series of five spots, and a marginal series of seven spots
metallic silver : palpi below ochreous ; pectus brown, clothed
with ochreous hairs ; venter with central cream-coloured
stripe, bordered with ochreous.

Expanse of wings 33 millim.

Two males, Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika,
March 5th, 1896.

By far the most beautiful species hitherto described, and
utterly unlike any other species in the elegant silver spotting
of the under surface.

A pair of a very beautiful Limacodid obtained by
Mr. Crawshay I was at first inclined to regard as a variety of
Tceda cetitis, Wllgr. ; a careful comparison of the two has,
however, convinced me that they are quite distinct species : —

Tceda

prasina, sp. n.

Primaries pea-green, bluish at outer margin ; markings
silver, edged with golden rust-red : secondaries silky ochreous;
antennse reddish testaceous; thorax sage-green; abdomen
deep golden ochraceous. Differs from Tceda cetitis in the
yellower tint of the primaries and the great extension of the
silver markings, the basal patch consisting of six or seven
divisions separated by rust-red reticulation ; the spot beyond
the cell lour times larger, its outer half divided by golden

162 Mr. A. G. Butler on new

rust reticulation into two spots ; the short transverse bar
towards external angle continued by a series of decreasing
spots almost to apex, and somewhat resembling a reversed
cornucopia with eight divisions ; secondaries uniformly
ochreous, the grey suffusion of T. cetitis being absent.

Expanse of wings 33-34 millim.

Two males, Luvira Kiver, Nyasa to Tanganyika plateau,
December 14th, 1895.

Hibrildes Craw shay i, sp. n.

$ . Allied to II. norax of Druce (Anengya spiritalis of
Karsch*), but much smaller; semitransparent rosy tawny,
with slender black veins : primaries with a short black bar
across the end of the cell ; external border dark grey, dentate-
sinuate internally, broad at apex, narrow at external angle ;
fringe grey, becoming whitish tawny towards external angle :
secondaries with a black discocellular dash ; external border
rather broadly blackish, enclosing six spots of the ground-
colour ; fringe of outer border grey : head ochreous, antennae
black ; thorax blackish, spotted with white and buff; abdo-
men tawny at base, otherwise blackish, with dorsal and lateral
spots grading from buff to cream-colour ; anal tuft ochreous.
Wings below more glossy than above, but similar ; face
ochreous ; pectus deep brown ; legs with a few ochreous
hairs ; venter brown, bounded by an ochreous stripe and a
row of cream-coloured spots.

Expanse of wings 61 millirn.

Mwini-uruma's town, Nyika to Tanganyika plateau, De-
cember 17th, 1895.

H^MATORITHEA, gen. nov.

Near to Omiza, Walk. ; differs in its much broader antennas,
in the straight discocellulars of the primaries, and the smaller
secondaries, with the subcostal branches emitted together
from the same point.

Type H. rubrifasciata.

Hcematorithra rubrifasciata, sp. n.

Primaries sordid sericeous creamy white, with stramineous
costa and outer-marginal fringe ; a purplish-black transverse
dash from costa at basal two sevenths, continued across the

* Described in a paper on African Lepidoptera, containing many new
names for old species (Ent. Nachr. 1895, p. 374, pi. iv. fig. 7).

Lepidoptera from Nyasaland. 163

wing as a dull blood-red stripe; a similar (but imperfect)
oblique subapical purplish-black dash, followed almost imme-
diately by an oblique inwardly directed arched stripe of red,
which runs to inner margin ; a black discocellular dash :
secondaries straw-yellow, with a black spot on upper disco-
cellular veinlet and a red dash near anal angle : face ochreous ;
vertex of head and broadly pectinated antenna? black ; collar
and front of pterygodes stramineous ; remainder of pterygodea
and thorax sericeous sordid creamy white ; abdomen greyer,
yellowish at sides. Under surface of all the wings ochreous ;
primaries with no inner band and the outer band reduced to
an oblique dash ; black discocellular dash as above : second-
aries with a red spot beyond the cell ; otherwise as above :
body below cream-coloured, the legs partly stramineous ;
palpi ochreous.

Expanse of wings' 33 millim.

<£ , Kasitu River, foot of Jakwa Mountain, Henga, west
' T<ake Nyasa, June 16th, 1895.

1896.] ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM NYASA-LAND. 81'

[From the PROCEEDINGS or THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,
November 17, 1896.]

On two Collections of Lepidoptera made by Mr. R.
Crawshay in Nyasa-land. By ARTHUR G. BUTLER,
Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Senior Assistant-Keeper,
Zoological Department, British Museum.

(Plates XLI. & XLII.)

A few days before his return to England a small collection
of Lepidoptera reached me from Mr. Crawshay, accompanied by
a letter, in which he stated that it was from quite a new locality,
" viz. from Senga, the Loangwa River valley — which, as you can
see, drains into the Upper Zambesi E/iver, and not into this lake.

£3*

[1]

818 DE. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTEEA [Nov. 17,

" So far as T know, only two Europeans have ever visited Senga
besides myself, one of whom was poor Mr. Glave, who died lately
when crossing the continent from east to west. No one, I think,
has ever done any natural history collecting there.

"In August and September last I had occasion to make a
journey into Senga, for the purpose of investigating the slave-
trade, and this afforded me an opportunity of shooting and natural
history collecting.

" 1 got together a number of Antelopes' heads, some land-shells,
and about sixty species of Butterflies — some of which I take to
be new, for I have never before seen anything like them. Had
the state of the country permitted it, I would have prolonged my
journey and done more; but the Senga slave-traders proved
hostile : twice we were fired on ; and, having no fighting force at
my disposal, I was obliged to retrace my steps.

"However, everything taken into consideration, I am well
pleased with what little I got ; the Butterflies certainly are very
interesting, and will furnish, I should think, six or seven new
species, if not more.

" Returning from Senga. then, I revisited Henga (3| days S.W.
from this), and there I spent about six weeks for the purpose
of shooting. It was not a good time of year for insects, being just
the end of the dry season : however, I took a few, one a large
spotted 4 Blue ' — the largest ' Blue ' I think I ever saw, but not
anything gorgeous, which may be something good. This and one
or two other insects I will send you, all in the same box." •

We had commenced mounting the Butterflies in this very
interesting consignment when Mr. Crawshay reached England,
bringing with him two other boxes of Lepidoptera collected by
him in or near the Deep Bay district. I have therefore thought it
best to combine the account of the two collections in one paper.

As, of late years, the minds of Lepidopterists have been greatly
exercised respecting the seasonal forms of Butterflies, I asked
Mr. Crawshay whether he could give me information respecting the
duration of the wet and dry seasons in British Central Africa.
He now sends me the following particulars, which will doubtless
prove of considerable value to the students of dimorphism : —

"No precise limit can be laid down to define the rainy and
dry seasons throughout the whole of British Central Africa. The
seasons vary in the various localities : in the first place, latitude
has to be taken into consideration ; then, again, the rains of the hills
set in earlier than those of the plains.

" In the Shiri highlands, which on the mean are over 3000 feet
alt., the first rains fall about the end of September or the beginning
of October, according to the phase of the moon; these are the
preliminary rains, and they last only two or three days, as a rule.
Then succeeds a dry period of some three weeks or so. After
this the heavy rains set in, and continue until the middle or end
of April — some years a little earlier or later than this.

" This year I happened to be at Blantyre at the end of April

"

1896.] FROM NYA.SA-LAL?fD. 819

and the beginning of May : it rained then almost every day, up to
the date of my departure on or about May 12th.

" On the Lower Shiri plains the wet season does not set in
until later : no rain falls at Chiromo, I think, before the middle
of November. The last day or two of October, 1894, when
travelling by land from Chiromo to Blantyre, I carne in for light
rains on reaching the foot of the hills at the back of the Elephant
marsh.

" Further north, on Lake Nyam, the rains commence later by
about a month or six weeks, on the mean : much, however, depends
on locality — whether the country is plain or hilly, and, again, bare
or forested.

" Take for instance Deep Bay, about 10° 30' S. lat., and roughly
some ninety miles from the north end of the lake. Here there
are low hills attaining a height of some 400 feet above the lake,
and behind these again is low undulating country extending some
twelve or fifteen miles inland, to the foot of the Nyika plateau,
which attains on the mean a height of 7400 feet, the accepted
altitude of Lake Nyasa being some 1600 odd feet.

" No rain falls at Deep Bay before the middle of November,
sometimes not until later. In 1893 there was no rain before
December, when there were two or three preliminary showers.
The heavy rains did not set in until January 8, 1894. In 1895
there were some very heavy preliminary rains in November ; the
heavy rains set in, in good earnest, with the waning moon in
December of that year.

'* The rains continue until about the middle of May, sometimes a
week or two later; the heavy rains slack off at the end of March.
The heaviest rains of the year are between February and March ;
after that it rains fitfully, at intervals of every two or three
days.

" In 1889 it rained all May, very heavily too during the first
half of the month. In 1893 there were two very heavy down-
pours on the 17th and 18th July, fully five or six weeks after the
dry season had set in.

" In Nyika the rains commence a good deal earlier and last
longer. It is a very moist country indeed ; the higher parts of it
can hardly be said to have any dry season, as there are rainy mists
all the year through. The first rains fall about the end of
September or the beginning of October. The rainfall of these
mountains rather resembles that of Northern Europe, Ireland
especially : it rains thickly but lightly, and for days on end at
times ; there are not the heavy downpours which are experienced
at lower altitudes.

"A hundred miles or so south of Deep Bay, at Bandawe, the
rains set in earlier than at Deep Bay ; this may be attributed to
the fact that Bandawe is a hilly promontory, abutting from high
mountainous country, some of the rainfall of which finds its way
down to the lake along the neck of connecting highland. If I
recollect rightly, I experienced a shower or two of rain when

[3]

820 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,

camped at Bandawe about the last day of October, 1885. Bandawe,
I might here mention, is a terrible spot for thunderstorms.

" In Henya, the valley of the Upper Lunyina Eiver, 3300 feet
alt., on the mean, some fifty miles S.W. of Deep Bay, the early
rains fall about the beginning of November and the rainy season
ends about the beginning of May, though there may be, and very
often are, a good few showers after that.

" On the Konde plains, which commence about thirty miles
north of Deep Bay and extend to the lofty Wakinga Mountains
in German territory, the rains are a week or two later than at
Deep Bay. At Karonga, the terminus of the so-called Nyasa-
Tanganyika " road " (no road in reality exists — it is only a native
track), the first rains do not fall before the beginning of December,
as a rule. The dry season there commences at the beginning of
May, or possibly a little earlier, according to the phase of the
moon.

"The Nyasa-Tanganyika plateau: — rains commence in Novem-
ber, about the beginning of the month on the escarpments of the
plateau, and about a fortnight later halfway across, and last until
the end of April. The rainfall is very heavy, especially at the
extremities of the plateau : nevertheless, towards the end of the
dry season, much of it is a desert almost, for want of water.

"In the Loangwa Eiver valley, Senga, some seven or eight
days' journeying on foot S. W. of Karonga, the preliminary rains
commence in September ; and, I believe, the rainy season lasts till
May, though I was not there to see this for myself. In August,
1895, I found the Loangwa valley completely burnt up ; on
September 10th we had rain, also on one or two days subsequently.

" In the Eastern watershed of the Congo, i. e. on Lake Mweru,
and in Kabwiri and Itawa, the preliminary rains fall in September,
and the rainy season lasts on into May. During my period of
residence on Lake Mweru, I found the rainy season of 1891-1892
ended May 6th on the level of the Lake ; a fortnight later on the
plateau to the eastward: the preliminary rains of 3892-1893
again began on September 4th, some three weeks earlier than was
the case in 1891."

All Mr. Crawshay's captures having been carefully dated, it will
now be possible for any Lepidopterists, by going through my
published papers, to discover whether a form was obtained in the
dry or wet season ; in any case it is certain that some of the
supposed distinctly seasonal forms were all captured at the same
spot on the same day, and (to judge by their excellent condition)
must have emerged from, the pupa about the same time ; but I am
told that this fact does not militate against the view that they are
dry- and wet-season forms! Personally, I fail to understand how
an insect which flies abundantly in the middle of the rainy season
can be called a " dry-season form "; I can only suppose that the
expression " dry season " is not to be understood literally, but
merely as indicating a type of form and colouring prevalent
during the dry season, though often occurring during the rains.
14]

1896.] FROM NY ASA-LAND. 821

The following is a list of the species in the two series last
collected by Mr. Crawshay, among which are twenty new to science,
some being of considerable interest.

1. AMAURIS ANSORGEI.
Amauris ansorgei, E. M. Sharpe.

Kasuugu Mountain, 7200 feet alt., Nyika, March 3rd, 1896.

2. AMAURIS CRAWSHAYI, sp. n. (Plate XLI. fig. 1.)

Intermediate between A. albimaculata and A. whytei: the
primaries having the form and pattern of the former, but the
ground-colour is much deeper, glossed with indigo ; the pattern
of the secondaries corresponds with that of A. ivhytei, excepting
that the submarginal spots are better defined and pearl-white and
the broad belt paler and more creamy. Expanse of wings 80
millim.

rf c? » Kapora, Songwe plain, 2nd March, 1895 ; Nkata Bay,
W. coast of Lake Nyasa, 14th March, 1896.

3. LlMNAS CHRYSIPPUS.

Papilio chrysippus, LinnsBUS, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 263 (1764).
c? , Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 4th,
1896.

4. GNOPHODES DIVERSA.

Gnopliodes diver sa, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,
vol. v. p. 333 (1880).

$ , Mkamasi Biver, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, August 22nd,
1895.

"White ova " (R. C.}.

5. MELANITIS SOLANDRA.

Papilio solandra, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 500 (1775).
$ , Leya, Deep Bay, "W. coast of Lake Nyasa, June 4th, 1895
Vox. fulvescens. Nkata Bay, March 14th, 1896.
" Emerald-green ova" (R. '(7.).

6. APHYSONEURIA PIGMENTARIA.

Apliysoneuria piymentaria, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xx. p. 191 (1894).
2 , Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., March 3rd, 1896.
" Pearly-white coloured ova " (R. C.).

7. PHYSC^ENURA PIOKE.

$. Physccenura pione, Godman, P. Z. S. 1880, p. 183, pi. xix.
figs. 2, 3 ; rf . Trimen, 1. c. 1894, p. 20, pi. iv. fig. 1.

Fuleriva forest, Deep Bay, March 6th, 1896.

Seven examples were obtained ; but, as we already possess a
sufficient series of this pretty species, none were retained for the
Museum collection.

[5]

822 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTEEA [Nov. 17,

8. SAMANTA SIMONSI.

Mycalesis simonsii, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,
vol. xix. p. 458 (1877).

c? rf, Karonga plain, 1670 feet alt., N.W. coast of Lake
Nyasa, August 20th ; $ , Virauli Mountain, Nyasa to Tanganyika
Eoad, August 22nd, 1895.

Said to be, without question, the dry-season form of 8. perspicua :
this is quite possible, inasmuch as all the specimens now sent
were obtained at the height of the dry season. The difference
between the two forms is one of colour rather than of pattern or
outline ; also, as might be expected, the ocelli are reduced in size.
The chief objection is that the nearly related S. eliasis is a native
of a humid country, and has no wet-season form corresponding
with S. perspicua.

9. CHAEAXES SATUENUS, var. LATICINCTUS.

Charades satumus, var. laticinctus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1 895, p. 252.
cJ, Vuwa, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, August 16th, 1895.

10. CHAEAXES DETTCEANTJS.

GTiaraxes druceanus, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 4 (1869); Lep.
Exot. p. 26, pi. x. fig. 4.
cJ, Lumpi Eiver, Lower Nyika, Nov. 30th, 1895.

" Taken on a putrefying Eland's head, while on a porter's head"
(E. 0.).

11. CHAEAXES ACH^JMENES.

Char axes achcemenes, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 446,
pi. lix. figs. 6, 7 (1867).

d1 , Deep Bay, March 6th, 1896.

12. CHAEAXES GTJDEEIANA.

cJ. Nymphalis guderiana, Dewitz, Nova Acta Akad. Naturf.
Halle, 1879, p. 200, pi. 2. fig. 18.

$ . Charades guderiana, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 648 ; Trimen,
P. Z. S. 1894, pi. v. fig. 8.

$ , Deep Bay, Jan. 17th, 1896.

" Taken feeding upon over-ripe bananas in my veranda ; "
contained a " prodigious quantity of bright emerald-green ova "
(JR. G.).

13. CHAEAXES MANICA.

$ . Charaxes manica, Trimen, P. Z. S. 1894, p. 43, pi. vi. fig. 9.

<$ , Kapora, Songwe plain, N.W. Nyasa, March 3rd, 1895
(J. B. Yule) ; $ , Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, July 1st, 1895.

The female is larger than in Mr. Trimen's figure, and, on the

upper surface, reminds one strongly of G. bohemanni $ ; it is a

good deal shattered, having evidently been long on the wing.

Mr. Crawshay says of it : — " A rare and almost impossible insect

[6]

1896.J FROM NYASA-LAND. 823

to take : it flies high and fast, and thus is the only specimen I
have ever had a chance of taking/' I now have no douht that one
of the males recorded in my paper in the ' Annals and Magazine
of Natural History,' 1896, xviii. p. 68, as " O. ethalion (Eastern
type)," and taken on the Upper Leya, on the same day as the
male above noted, belongs to this species ; but when identifying it
I had no female for comparison.

14. CHARAXES LEONINTJS,

Charaxes leoninus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 253, pi. xv. fig. 2.
<3 , Lower Nyika, June 14th, 1895.

15. CHARAXES ZOOLINA.

Nymphalis zoolina, West wood & Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep.
pi. liii. fig. 1 (1850).

c? , Mpimbi, Upper Shiri Kiver, March 24th, 1896.

A much-shattered example, but the first we have received from
Nyasa-land.

16. PANOPEA HELIOGENES. (Plate XLI. fig. 2.)

Panopea Tieliogenes, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. xviii. p. 69 (1896).

$ , Mitanji, W. of Deep Bay, May 19th, 1895.

17. HYPOLIMNAS MISIPPUS.

Papilio misippus, Linnaeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 264 (1764).
(?<?,$, Deep Bay, Feb. 5th, 6th, 8th, llth, 27th, and 29th,
1896.

18. JUNONIA PELASGTS.

Vanessa pelasgis, G-odart, Enc. Meth. ix., Suppl. p. 820 (1823).
$ , Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 2nd, 1896.
" Emerald-green ova " (B. O.).

19. JUNONIA ARCHESIA.

Papilio archesia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pi. ccxix. figs. D, E
(1782).

Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, June 26th, 1895.

20. JUNONIA CALESCENS.

Junonia calescens, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 652.
Mtambwi Hill, January 6th; Deep Bay, Feb. 5th, 6th, llth,
15th, and 21st, 1896.

21. JUNONIA CUAMA.

Junonia cuama, Hewitson, Exot. Butt, iii., Jun. pi. 1. figs. 2, 3
(1864).

Mtambwi Hill, July 1st, 1895.

Said to be the extreme dry-season form of /. simia, but we have
it from Zomba taken in the wet season.

[7]

824 DR. A. G. BUTLEK, ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,

22. JUNONIA TRIMENI.

Junonia trimenii, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 651, pi. Ix. fig. 4.

cJ, ? , Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.

Said to be the form occurring between the wet and dry seasons ;
but, from what Mr. Crawshay says of Nyika, there ought to be no
dry-season forms there. At Zomba it occurs- (in company with
J. simia) in July and (in company with both J. simia and
J. cuama) in December : indeed, if we had a larger series of each
of these species, I believe it would be possible to prove that they
always fly simultaneously. The female of J. trimeni noted above
has dry-season characters on the under surface.1

23. JUNONIA SIMIA.

Precis simia, Wallengren, Kongl. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad.
Handl. 1857, p. 26.

Deep Bay, Feb. 13th and 23rd, 1896.

24. JUNONIA TUGELA.

Precis tugela, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1879, p 334 ;
South Afr. Butt. vol. i. p. 241, pi. iv. fig. 5 (1887).

<J , Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, July 1st, 1895.

This makes the second dated example which we have received,
the first dated specimen having been obtained in September : on
the other hand, J. aurorina (which might well be the wet-season
form of J. tugela) appears, from our dated specimens, to fly from
December to April. In South Africa Mr. Trimen records
specimens of J. tugela as taken in March and May ; whether the
dry season commences so early as March on the Tugela River I do
not know.

25. JUNONIA CLELIA.

Papilio clelia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pi. xxi. E, F (1779).
Deep Bay, February 1st, 1896.

26. JUNONIA BOOPIS.

Junonia boopis, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1879, p. 331.
$ , Luvira River, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, August 23rd, 1895.

27. JUNONIA CEBEENE.

Junonia cebrene, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1870, p. 353.
Deep Bay, Feb. 5th, 8th, and 15th, 1896.

28. JUNONIA NATALICA.

Precis natalica, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iv. p. 106 (1860).
$ , Deep Bay, March 10th, 1896.
" Bright green ova" (R. C.).

1 Why a pair taken on the same day should differ in the features supposed
to characterize the two seasons, and in a country where it is never really dry,
is a riddle which I do not pretend to solve. — A. G. B.

[8]

1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 825

29. PROTOGONIOMORPHA ANACARDII.

Papilio anacardii, Linnaeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 236 (1764).
Namitembo, Zomba Mountain, March 25th ; Chiradzulu, Shiri
Highlands, March 30th, 1896.

30. HrPANARTIA HIPPOMENE.

Hypanartia hippomene, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schraett. ii. pi. 25.
figs. 3, 4 (1806).

$, Kantorongondo Mountain, Nyika, June 30th, 1895; c? c? ,
£ , Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 3rd, 4th, and
5th, 1896.

$ , "Having an extraordinary quantity of grass-green ova"(-R.(7.).

31. HYPANARTIA SCHOJ}NEIA.

Eurema schceneia, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1879, p. 329;
South Afr. Butt. i. p. 207, pi. iv. fig. 1 (1887).

rf c? , Kasungu Mountain, 7200 feet alt., Nyika, March 3rd and
4th, 1896.

My supposition (P. Z. S. 1895, p. 727) that this might prove to
be the dry-season form of H. hippomene (since confidently asserted
to be the fact, by a practical collector) is now shown to be
incorrect, inasmuch as not only were both species caught on the
same mountain on two successive days, but at that time of year
which might perhaps be called the rainy season, were it not that
there appears to be no really dry season in Nyika.

32. EUPH^EDRA NEOPHRON.

Eomaleosoma neophron, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. 1855,
p. 640 ; Peters' Eeise nach Mossamb., Zool. v. p. 386, pi. xxii.
figs. 1, 2 (1862).

<3, Kapora, Songwe plain, in banana-grove, March 6th, 1895;
2 ? , Leya, Deep Bay, June 4th ; Lupembi, W. coast of Lake
Nyasa, in shady banana-grove. August 19th, 1895 ; <5 , $ , Mpimbi,
Upper Shiri Eiver, March 24th and 25th, 1896.

33. EtJXANTHE WAKEFIELDI.

Godartia wakefieldii, Ward, Ent. Month. Mag. x. p. 152 (1873) ;
Afr. Lep. pi. 6. fig. 3 (1874).

Nkata Bay, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, March 14th, 1896.

34. HAMANUMLDA DAEDALUS.

Papilio dcedalus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 482 (1775).
£ , Deep Bay, Feb. 17th, 1896.

35. METACEENIS CEAWSHAYI.

Crenis crawshayi, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 654, pi. Ix. fig. 5.
$ , Fuleriva forest, Deep Bay, Feb. 28th, 1896.
" Full abdomen : one fully-developed ovum, pinkish-coloured "
(R. 0.).

[9]

826 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,

36. METACRENTS ROSA.

Crenis rosa, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 82 (1877).
rf, Deep Bay, Oct. 17th, 1895.

" Rarely met with and very difficult to take : flies swiftly with
gliding flight, and perches high" (R. (7.).

37. PSEUD ARGYNISTS HEGEMONE.

Argynnis Jiegemone, Godart, Enc. Meth. ix. p. 258 (1819).
cJ, Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, July 1st, 1895.

38. ARGYNNIS SMARAGDIFERA.

Argynnis smaragdifera, Butler, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 629, pi. xxxv.
figs. 1, 2.

2 , Cheni-Cheni Mountain, 7400 feet alt., Nyika, June 30th, 1895.

d d, £ $, Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Sept. 2nd,
1893; March 1st to 5th, 1896.

The ova of the females are said to vary from yellow to orange
in colour.

The following description of the egg of this species was made
by Mr. F. W. Prohawk from a single specimen found attached to
a female obtained by Consul Sharpe at Zomba : — " The ovum, of
the usual Argynnis form, conical in shape and measuring -^ inch
high, with about twenty longitudinal keels, irregular and varying in
length ; some running for only two-thirds the distance from base
to apex, others terminating before reaching the summit, eight only
extending the entire length. It is ribbed transversely by about
twenty in number, the ribs being irregularly distributed and widely
separated near the summit, gradually becoming closer and shallower
until finally disappearing at the base.

" In general structure this egg very closely resembles that of
A. selene (very much more than that of either A. euphrosyne or
laihonia), the number and formation of the keels and ribs being
similar in both species. It differs most from A. lathonia, A. eupliro-
syne being intermediate between A. smaragdifera and A. laihonia."

39. NEPTIS INCONGRUA.

$ . Neptis incongrua, Butler, P. Z. S. 1896, p. 112, pi. vi. fig. 2.

c? J , Kasungu Mountain, 6200 to 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March
1st, 3rd, and 5th, 1896.

The male sometimes differs from the female in having the
ground-colour of the under surface mahogany-red.

40. NEPTIS AGATHA.

Papilio agatha, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pi. cccxxvii. A, B (1782).
Deep Bay, March 6th, 1896.

41. PLANEMA SCALIVITTATA. (Plate XLI. fig. 3.)

Planema scalivittata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. xviii. p. 159 (1896).
Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 1st, 1896.

1896.] FROM NTASA-LAND. 827

42. ACR^EA ANACREON.

Acrcea anacreon, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1868, p. 77,
pi. vi. figs. 3-5.

Var. Acrcea bomba, H. Gr. Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. iii. p. 128 (1889) ; Ehop. Exot. i., Acr. pi. iii. figs. 5, 6 (1892).

Typical form, Chuona Eiver (Mwewe's town), Unyika, Sept.
15th, 1895.

Var. Acr. bomba. Same locality and date.

43. ACR^EA GUJILLEMEI, Var. PERIPHANES.

Acrcea periphanes, Oberthiir, Etudes, livr. xvii. p. 20, pi. 2. fig. 23
(1893). '

Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.

A somewhat aberrant example, slightly larger than usual, in some
respects intermediate between typical A. guillemei andA.periphanes,
but with the spots on the border of the secondaries strongly
developed.

44. ACR.&A DOUBLEDATI, var. DIRC^EA, Butl. (nee Westw.).

Acrcea doubledayi, Guerin, Lefebvre's Voy. en Abyss, vi. p. 378
(1847).

rf , Nyika, 4500 feet alt., west of Lake Nyasa, June 26th ;
$ , Luvira Eiver, Nyasa to Tanganyika Eoad, Sept. 19th, 1895.

This is the form with a black apical patch, answering to West-
wood's description ; but Mr. Marshall, who has examined the type,
informs me that the latter does not differ from A. caldarena.

45. ACRJEA CALDARENA, var. NELUSCA.

Acrcea caldarena, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 52 (1877).
Var. Acrcea nelusca, Oberthiir, Etudes, livr. iii. p. 25, pi. 2.
figs. 2, 3 (1878).

$ , Deep Bay, Feb. 8th, 1896.

46. ACR^A ASEMA.

Acrcea asema, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 52 (1877) '•>
Trimen, P. Z. S. 1894, p. 24, pi. iv. figs. 3, 3a.
Loangwa Eiver, Senga, Sept. 3rd, 1895.

47. ACRCEA INSIGHTS.

Acrcea insignis, Distant, P. Z. S. 1880, p. 184, pi. ix. tig. 4.
Kasungu Mountain, 5945 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 29th; and
7200 feet alt., March 5th, 1895.

48. AiuENA RETICULATA. (Plate XLI. fig. 4.)

Alcena reticulata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xviii.
p. 160 (1896).

rf , Kasungu Mountain, 5400 feet alt., Nyika, March 5th, 1896 ;
$ , Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, Jan. 6th, 1896.

828 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,

49. POLYOMMATUS B^ETICUS.

Papilio bceticus, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 789 (1767).

3 , Deep Bay, May 2nd, 1895 ; $ , Feb. 15th, 1896 ;
6 , Loangwa Kiver, Senga, Sept. 9th, Henga, 3200 feet alt..
Nov. 7th, 1895.

50. CATOCHRYSOPS GLAUCA.

Lyccena glauca, Trimen, South Afr. Butt. ii. p. 21 (1887).
rf c? , $ $ , Fuleriva forest, Deep Bay, Feb. 28th and
March 6th, 1896.

51. CATOCHRYSOPS ASTERIS.

Polyommatus asteris, Godart, Enc. Meth. ix. p. 657 (1819) ;
Trimen, South Afr. Lep. ii. pi. viii. figs. 3, 3« (1887).
$ , Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, Jan. 1st, 1896.

52. CATOCHRYSOPS PERPULCHRA.

$ . Lyccena perpulchm, Holland,' Entomologist,' xxv. Suppl. p. 90
(1892);' Proc. Unit. States Nat. Mus. xviii. p. 239, pi. vii. fig. 7
(1895).

cJ $ . Castalius liypoleucus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 660.

Lyccena exclusa, Trimen, P. Z. S. 1894, p. 47.

$ , Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Oct. 26th, 1895.

" Caught in my hat, out in the early morning. Bright emerald-
green ova " (R. (7.).

Now that a really good example has come to hand, I find that
this species is undoubtedly a Catochrysops of the C. asteris group.

53. EVERES JOBATES.

Lyccena jobates, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berlin, 1855, p. 642 ;
Peters' Eeise nach Mossamb. v. p. 408, pi. 26. figs. 9, 10 (1862).

rf d , $ , Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, • Feb. 21st ;
d , Kasungu Mountain, 5345 feet alt., Feb. 29th ; $ $ , 7425
feet, March 1st and 2nd; d , 7200 feet, Nyika, March 5th ; $ ,
Mitanji, W. of Deep Bay, May 19th, 1895.

$ , " Light green ova " (E. (7.).

54. EYERES MAHALLOKO^ENA.

Lyccena mahallokocena, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad.
Handl. 1857, Lep. Ehop. Caffr. p. 41 ; Trimen. Trans. Ent. Soc.
London, 1870, p. 366, pi. vi. figs. 7, 8.

Lisenga,4500 feet alt.. Mbalizi valley, Unyika, Sept. 16th, 1895 ;
Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.

55. TARTJCUS PLINITJS.

Hesperia plinius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 284 (1793).
tf , Henga, Nov. 20th, 1895 ; $ , Kasungu Mountain, 6200 feet
alt,, Nyika, March 1st; Deep Bay, Feb. 23, 1896.

[12]

1896.] FEOM NT ASA-LAND. 829

56. AZANUS SIGILLATUS.

Lampidcs sigillatus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol.
xviii. p. 483 (1876).

rf (J , Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Nov. 20th, 1895.
"Perches on branches of trees " (R. C.).

57. NACADUBA SICHELA.

Lyccena sichela, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad.
Handl. 1857, Lep. Ehop. Caffr. p. 37.

c? d , Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Nov. 20th, 1895.

"Very active on the wing" (R. C.).

In Mr. Trimen's description of this rare butterfly the upper
surface is said to be " silky dark-violaceous " ; but I find that the
colouring is particularly liable to deepen in the damping-pan (often
in patches) : an example which has wholly escaped this discolora-
tion, if one sits between it and the light, is of the same beautiful
lilac as the European " Common Blue," * with a narrow, tapering
blackish border to the outer margin; but if held between one
and the light, it changes to a sickly greenish grey, more nearly
approaching the colouring of Plebeius orbitulus.

58. CASTALIUS CALICE.

Lyccena calice, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. 1855, p. 642;
Peters' Eeise nach Mossamb. v. p. 405, pi. 26. figs. 4, 5 (1861).
Lower Nyika, June 14th, 1895.

59. LYC^ENESTHES ADHERBAL.

2 . Lyccena adherbal, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1877,
p. 217.

c? . Lyccenesthes lunulata, Trimen, P. Z. S. lb'94, p. 51, pi. vi.
fig. 12.

£ , Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.

" Emerald-green ova" (R. C.).

60. LYC^ENESTIIES LIODES.

d1 . Lyccenesthes liodes, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1874,
p. 349.

2 , Kondowi, Nyika, Feb. 2nd, 1896.

61. ZiZERA KNTSNA.

Lyccena knysna, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 3rd ser. vol. i.
p. 282 (1862).

d1 d , Deep Bay, Feb. 24th and 26th, March 8th, 1896.

44 JNever plentiful ; an odd one met with here and there. A very
low fiier, hovers within an inch or so of the ground, and has to be
dredged off it almost with the net" (R. C.).

1 I believe this species now stands under the name of Cupido icarus

[13.1

830 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPJDOPTERA [Nov. 17,

62. ZlZERA GAIKA.

Lyccena gaika, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 3rd ser. vol. i.
p. 403 (1862).

c? c? , Luvira River, Nyasa to Tanganyika Eoad, August 23rd,
1895.

63. ZlZERA LUCIDA.

Lycwna lucida, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1883, p. 348.

c? , Virauli Hill, Nyasa to Tanganyika Eoad, August 22nd ;
$ $, Chuona Eiver (Mwewe's town), Unyika, Sept. 15th, 1895;
Deep Bay, Feb. llth and 24th, 1896.

64. PLEBEITJS TROCHILUS.

Lyccena trochilus, Ereyer, Neuere Beitr. v. pi. 440. fig. 1 (1844).
Deep Bay, Eeb. 6th, 14th, and 24th, 1896.

65. SCOLITANTIDES STELLATA.

Lyccena stellate^ Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1883, p. 349.
Kasungu Mountain, 5400 feet alt., Nyika, March 5th, 1896.

CTCLTRIUS, gen. nov.

Nearly allied to Hyrius, but with rounded wings ; the second-
aries without tails ; neuration as in Hyreus. Type, Polyommatus
tvebbianus. This genus will contain the species P. webbianus
and H. cequatorialis, hitherto referred to Hyreus, as well as the
following : —

66. CTCLTRIUS JUNO, sp. n. (Plate XLI. fig. 5.)

Allied to C. webbianus, the male above lilac, bluer at base, with
broad cupreous-brown costal and external borders ; fringes white,
spotted with brown at the extremities of the nervures ; secondaries
with the abdominal area somewhat greyish ; an oval submarginal
black ocellus with shining lilac iris on first median interspace, and
indications of a second smaller similar ocellus near anal angle on
interno-median interspace. Body above black, clothed with silver
hair; a silvery-white line on each side of the frons, immediately
in front of the eyes ; collar clothed with golden hair : under surface
of primaries golden brown, the markings not very distinct, but
consisting of two pale-edged, quadrate, slightly darker spots cross-
ing the discoidal cell, and a belt of similar character across the disc,
its uppermost division with white outer edge and followed by a
creamy white diffused subapical spot ; fringe creamy white, spotted
with blackish: secondaries white, speckled with blackish at the
base and mottled and banded with copper-brown almost exactly in
the pattern of G. cequatorialis; a black oval spot, enclosing a metallic
green dash, representing the ocellus of the upper surface. Body
below densely covered with white hair or scales, the legs brownish
above, white below. — Female above cupreous brown, with fringe
and ocelli as in male; under surface with brown-centred white
[14]

1890.] FKOAf XYASA-LANI). *31

marginal spots, otherwise as in the male. Expanse of wings,
rf 25 millim., $ 24 millim.

c?c?, 5, Kasungu Mountain, 7075-7425 feet alt., Nyika.
March 1st and 2nd, 181)6.

67. HYREUS VIEGO.

Ifijreus virr/o, Butler, P. 7i. S. 1800, p. 121, pi. vi. Jig. 1.

c?, Tvasungu Mountain, 5490 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 29th, 1S«)(>.

08. HYBEUS PALEMON.

Papilio palemon, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pi. cccxe. E, F (17^2).

Cheni-Cheni Mountain, 7-400 feet alt., Nyika, June 3nth ;
Mbalizi Valley, 4375 feet alt., Uuyika, August 251 h, 1895; Kasuncrii
Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 4th, 1890.

09. UltANOTlIATJMA POGGEI.

Plebciiis porfcjci, Dewitz, Nov. Act. Acad. Leop. -Carol. Nat. Cur.
xli. 2, pi. xx vi. fig. 7 (1879).

rT, Lisenga, 4500 feet alt., Mbalizi Valley, Unyika, Sept, 10th.
1895.

70. URANOTHAUMA cEAWsnAYi.

Umnotliauma crawsliayi, Butler, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 031, pi. xxxv,
figs. 0, 7.

cT 5,Kasimgu Mountain, Sept. 2nd, 1893, March 1st, 3rd, nnd
5th, 1890, Nyika.

71. GAPYS CONNEXTVA, sp. n. (Plate XLI. fig. 0.)
Intermediate in character between C. alplieus and C. disjunetus :

the male above dark cu]ireous brown, with bronze reflections ; the
cilia coloured ns in C. disjunctus, \\ itli red basal line ; the sericeous
tawny area of the primaries much smaller than in the latter species,
sometimes represented, as in C. aljJievs, by a mere transverse belt,
but more often diffused basally and occasionally forming a uniform
triangular patch; secondaries with a discal patch not reaching the
costa, hut sometimes extended downwards to the anal tail, and
occasionally an imperfect external border of sericeous tawny:
below almost as in 0. disjunctus. The female is very like that sex
of the latter species on both surfaces, only the ground-colouring
above is lavender, shading into brown on the outer border and inlo
pale blue and greenish grey towards the base. Expanse of wings,

J 30-42 millim., $ 40 millim.

c? c? , Kasnugu Mountain, 59-15 feet alt., Nyika, February 29th:

$ , 5000 feet alt., March Oth, 1890.

One perfect male, four more or less worn, and a somewhat
shattered female were obtained.

72. AXTOCEROES AMANGA.

Zeritis amanc/a, "Westwood, in Oates's Matabele Land. p. '>•"!
(1881).

J, Mbalizi Valley, Unyika, August 2f>th. 1895.
PKOC . XOOL . Soc. — i 890 , No. LI V . 54

I 15 i

832 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [NOV. 17,

73. AXIOCERCES PERIOD.

Papilio perion, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pi. ccclxxix. B, C (1782).
9 , Luvira River, Nyasa to Tanganyika Eoad, August 23rd,
1895; Deep Bay, Feb. 24th, 1896.

74. ClGARITIS ABBOTTI.

Chrysophanus abbottii, Holland, * Entomologist,' xxv. Suppl. p. 90
(1892); Proc. Unit. States Nat. Mus. vol. xviii. p. 240, pi. vii.
ilg. 4 (1895).

5 , Kasungu Mountain, Nyika, March 2nd, 1896.

"Emerald-green ova" (E. C.).

75. SPIIODASIS GAFFER.

Aphnceus caffer, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1868, p. 88,
and 1870, p. 368.

c? 9 , Kondowi, Lower Nyika, Feb. 21sfc ; <$ , Kasungu Moun-
tain, 5395 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 29th, 1896.

" $ , Bright green ova" (E. C.}.

76. SPINDASIS HOMEYERI.

Aphnceus homeyeri, Dewitz, Deut. ent. Zeit. xxx. p. 429, pi. 2.
figs. 5 a-c (1886).

2 , Kambwiyi, Lower Nyika, Nov. 29th, 1895.
" Large quantity of emerald-green ova " (R. C.}.

77. LAcmrocNEMA BIBTJLUS.

ffesperia bibulus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 307 (1793).
c? , Virauli Hill, Nyasa to Tanganyika Eoad, August 22nd, 1895.

78. VlRACHOLA ANTA.

Lyccena anta^ Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, ser. 3, vol. i.
p. 402 (1862).

$ , Luvira Eiver, Nyasa to Tanganyika Eoad, Sept. 19th, 1895 ;
Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.

The example from Kondowi is somewhat aberrant, of a clear
lavender, bluish towards the base, and with narrower and more
denned brown borders than usual ; the bands on the under surface
are also narrow. The Luvira River example contained " bright
green ova," according to Mr. Crawshay.

79. EAPALA ZELA.

Hypolynena zela, Hewitson, 111. Diurn. Lep., Suppl. p. 14, pi. 5.
figs. 41/43(1869).

c? , Kasungu Mountain, 5345 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 29th, 1896.

80. IOLAUS AURICOSTALTS, sp. n. (Plate XLI. fig. 7.)

$ . Nearly allied to /. philippus, above ash-grey ; primaries with

the costal margin, especially at the base, bright golden-ochreous,

veins dusky, external border smoky grey, preceded by an arched

increasing series of six whitish spots, edged in front with smoky

[16]

1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 833

grey ; a whitish annulus at external angle ; secondaries nearly as in
I.philippus, but with a much larger, more brightly orange spot above ,
the outer tail ; body blackish, head above and collar dusky orange :
under surface chalky whitish, with white-edged dark grey markings
tinged with orange towards the abdominal margin of secondaries ;
in general character these resemble the markings in /. pliilippus,
but the discal interrupted line is more incurved on the primaries
and more irregular (approaching that of /. bowJceri in form) on the
secondaries ; the orange spot above the outer tail is large and
conspicuous. Expanse of wings 35 millim.

£ , Kasitu River, Angoni country, W. of Lake Nyasa, June
18th, 1895.

Unfortunately only a single example, slightly chipped towards
the anal angle of both hind wings, was obtained.

81. lOLAUS C^ECULtTS.

lolnus cceculus, Hopffer, Ber. Verb. Ak. Berlin, 1855, p. 642;
Peters' Eeise nach Mossamb. v. p. 402, pi. 25. iigs. 12-14 (1862).

<5 <$ , £ £ , Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, July 1st and Dec. 1st,
1895, Jan. 6th, Feb. 20th and 22nd, 1896.

" Fairly plentiful : a frequenter of upland forest " (R. C.).

The Nyasa specimens seem to vary more, as regards the width
of the red bands on the under surface, than those from South
Africa.

82. lOLAUS PALLENE.

Myrina pallene, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl.
1857, Lep. Ehop. Caffr. p. 36.

$ $ , Loangwa River, 2160 feet alt., Senga, August 30th, 1895.
" Bright green ova " (R. C.}.

83. MYLOTHRIS AGATHINA.

Papilio agaihina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pi. ccxxxvii. D, E (1782).
£ , Deep Bay, Lake Nyasa, Feb. 5th, 1896.
44 Enormous number of yellow ova" (R. C.}.

84. MYLOTHRIS CRAWSHAYI.

MylotJiris crawsJiayi , Butler, P. Z. S. 1896, p. 124, pi. vi. fig. 4,
c? c? , Kasungu Mountain, Nyika, 7425 feet alt., March 2nd and
3rd, 1896.

85. NYCHITONA ALCESTA.

Papilio alcesta, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pi. ccclxxix. A (1782).
Mpimbi plain, Upper Shiri River, March 2-lth and 25tb, 1896.
The females contained '4 emerald-green ova, oblong and pointed "
(R. C.).

86. COLIAS EDUSA.

Papilio edusa, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. ii. p. 23 (1787).
Kasungu Mountain, Nyika, Sept. 2nd, 1893; Cheni-Cheui Moun-

54*

[17]

834 DE. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTEEA [Nov. 17,

tain, 6500 feet June 27th, 7400 feet June 30th ; Kondowi, Lower
Nyika, Nov. 30th, 1895 ; Kasungu Mountain, 5945 feet Feb. 29th,
7425 feet March 2nd, 7200 feet March 5th, 1896.

Most of the specimens are of the ordinary European type.

87. TEETAS LEONIS.

Terias leonis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii.
p. 222, pi. v. fig. 6 (1886).

d1, Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.
This is the first example I have seen from Central Africa.

88. TEEIAS EEGULAEIS.

Terias regularis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii.
p. 486 (1876).

cJ • Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 3rd, 1896

89. TERACOLUS MUTANS.

$ . Teracolus mutans, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,
vol. xix. p. 459 (1877); rf. P. Z. S. 1896, p. 126.

d1 $ , Mpimbi, Upper Shiri Eiver, March 24th and 25th, 1896.

Dry- season form.

Differs in the great enlargement of the discal series of spots on
the secondaries, these being salmon-buff tinted in the male, and
sulphur-yellow in the female ; the primaries in the latter sex are
also coloured more nearly as in the male, but the salmon-buff area
is washed with yellow ; on the under surface the whole colouring
of the male and the bands upon the yellow area of the female are
deeper and redder.

d>, Mwankanka, Loangwa Eiver, Senga, Sept. 7th, 1895;
$ , Loangwa Valley forest, Senga, August 30th, 1895.

The female contained " pale orange ova " (R. G.).

When describing the male of T. mutans I compared it with T.
vesta (meaning the southern species usually so-called) ; but T. vesta
is an Abyssinian species, identical with T. velleda of M. Lucas, and
differs from the South- African butterfly in the much brighter
colouring, with somewhat differently formed and much redder bands
on the under surface of the secondaries : the southern species is
only the wet-season form of T. argillaceus, and is T. vesta of Trimen
(nee Lucas) ; the latter, on the under surface, is much nearer to
T. auriyineus, whereas T. argillaceus is certainly the southern
representative of T. mutans.

90. TEEACOLUS AUEIGINEUS, var. VENUSTUS.
Teracolus venustus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1888, p. 94.

6 (S , $ ? , Mbalizi Valley, 4375 feet alt., Unyika, August 25th ;
c? , Mwewe's town, Nyika, August 26th ; $ , Kaun Guzi,
4620 feet, Unyika, August 27th ; c? , Chuona Eiver (Mwewe's
town), Sept. 15th, 1895.

At the last-mentioned locality Mr. Crawshay speaks of this
butterfly as being plentiful ; yet he seems only to have captured
[18]

1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 835

one male : it is the dry-season form of T. awrigineus, and until
this collection came to hand was only represented by the typical
male example from Kilima-njaro in the Museum series ; nor have
I seen it in any other collection.

91. TEKACOLUS OPALESCBNS.

£ . Teracolus opalescens, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xxiii. p. 30
(1886) ; d1 • P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 125.

c? . Dry-season form.

On the upper surface this only differs from the male of the
wet-season form in the absence of the black marginal spots to the
secondaries ; on the under surface, however, it differs in having
the apical area and costal margin of the primaries and whole
surface of secondaries flesh-pink, tinted on the costal borders and
internervular folds with ochreous ; the disc of the secondaries
crossed by a series of brown dots. Expanse of wings 51 millim.

Bangara, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, August 18th, 1895. "If
once missed, is exceedingly difficult to take " (li. 0.).

The arrival of this example is particularly interesting to me,
for it shows that my belief in the local constancy of some of the
named forms of the T. eris group is, so far, borne out, the seasonal
forms of this Eastern and Central African type being both easily
separable from the more southern examples.

The type of T. eris was obtained at Ambukohl, in Lower Nubia,
and is probably the true male of my T. abyssinicus, of which we
only possess females : the figure agrees most closely with a male
(wet-season form) received from Kilima-njaro, the orange apical
spots on the primaries being short, the outer edge of the upper
portion of the white area, beyond the cell, less oblique than in the
southern forms, or than in T. opalescens, and the black costal belt
of the secondaries extending on the disc to below the second sub-
costal branch ; it, however, differs in having a small white spot
near centre of outer margin of primaries, a character which may
be variable. The southern forms are certainly not typical T. eris ;
nor can T. johnstoni be correctly called the dry-season form of the
Natal examples presented to us by Mr. E. C. Buxton, inasmuch as
the latter have the under surface of the wings pink, and must there-
fore themselves be the dry-season form of Mr. Trimen's T. eris
(of which he says : " Underside — Whitish or yellowish-white") and
identical with his variety A.

If, then, certain Lepidopterists prefer to regard the representative
forms of T. eris as mere local phases of one species, the fact that
each of them has its dry- and wet-season forms distinct from the
others gives them at least a claim to be regarded as subspecies
and to retain distinctive names.

92. TEEACOLTJS SUBFASCIATUS.

3. Teracolus subfasciatus, Swainson, 111. 2nd ser. iii. pi. 115
(1833).

J , Mweniwandas, Nyasa to Tanganyika plateau, Dec. 15th,
1895. (Dry -season form.)

[19]

836 DR. A. G. BUTLER OF LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,

(J3. TERACOLUS REGINA.

c? $ . Anthocharis regina, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London,
3rd ser. i. p. 520 (1863).

Teracolus regina, Trimen, South Afr. Butt. ii. pi. xi. fig. 3, $
(1889).

c? , Loangwa Valley Pass, 4090 feet alt., Senga, August 28th ;
$ , Mbalizi Valley, TJnyika, Sept. 16th, 1895.

The female contained "pale yellow ova"; she was somewhat
worn, having probably been long on the wing.

The receipt of these specimens, the male taken in the dry season
and the female before the rains had fairly set in, is very interesting,
as supporting the assertion that T. anacc is the wet-season form of
T. regina. The entire absence of the latter from any of the
collections previously received by us from British Central Africa
had led me to regard this statement with considerable doubt ; but
now 1 see no reason for rejecting it.

94. TERACOLUS PHLEGYAS.

Anthocharis phlegyas, Butler, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 431, pi. xxv.
figs. 3, 3 a (1865).

Wet season, <$ rf , Deep Bay, March 9th, 1896.

Dry season, $ $ , Loangwa Valley forest, August 30th, and
Ntonga, Loangwa River, Senga, Sept. 13th, 1895.

After carefully studying the purple-tipped species, in relation to
the question of seasonal dimorphism, I am forced to the conclusion
that there is no reason for distinguishing the Eastern and Central
African examples of T. phlegyas from those of the White Mle :
they are slightly larger, but otherwise typical in both sexes.

T. phlegyas can hardly be a dry-season form of T. imperator,
because the specimen of the male recorded above (and which is
fairly typical) was obtained in the middle of the rains, whilst the
females were obtained near the end of the dry season : on the
other hand, we have a typical male of T. imperator taken in the
middle of the dry season.

Furthermore, T. imperator cannot possibly be the T. ione of
Godart, as assumed by my friend Trimen in his ' South African
Butterflies/ Not only does the distribution of T. imperator
render this highly improbable, but the description by M. Godart
does not at all answer to it : —

T. ione. T. imperator.

1. Black apical border divided 1. Apical area violet, narrowly
obliquely by a violet band bordered with black,
rounded externally.

2. A conspicuous black disco- 2. A very faintly indicated dis-
cellular spot on the primaries. cocellular dot, or none at all.

3. No transverse ray on under 3. A conspicuous oblique trans-
surface of secondaries. verse ray on under surface of

secondaries.

I do not doubt that M. Godart '« description was made from a
[20]

1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 837

somewhat worn example of the South-African T. speciosus, to
which it approaches much more closely than to any other violet-
tipped Teracolus : it is the only known species which can be
accurately described as having the apical black border " divided
transversely and obliquely by a violet band, very brilliant, rounded
externally " : it is moreover, in my opinion, wrorthy of consideration
that Dr. Boisduval, who (in the Pierince especially) was apt to cut
species very fine indeed, regarded the southern insect as typical
T. ione, as there can be little doubt that the Doctor had examined
the original type.

One fact, however, must not be lost sight of: — Mr. Trimeri
includes T. jalone in the synonymy of his T. ione and says that he
does not consider it to be even a marked variety. Now T. jalone
has a conspicuous discoi'ellular spot on the primaries, and its wet-
season form has no more ray on the under surface than exists in
T. speciosus ; only the apical border is conspicuously dusted with
white scales, and the violet band is too close to the inner edge of
the coloured apical area to be correctly spoken of as an oblique
band crossing the border at apex. Mr. Triinen gives " White
Nile " as the locality of my type of T. jalone, and that certainly
was the locality on the specimen. Should not this have suggested
to him the possibility of T. jalone being the dry-season male of
T. phlegyas, rather than a hardly separable variation of T. imperator ?
We certainly have one or two specimens which tend to link
T. phleyyas and T. jalone ; and the two male examples taken on
March 9th represent the spotted and unspotted types, although
neither of them has the pink under surface with transverse ray of
the typical dry-season form T. jalone.

95. TERACOLUS HILDEBRAKDTI.

Callomne hildebrandtii, Staudiuger, Exot. Schmett. p. 44, pi. 23

(1884-88).

c? , Mrali, west coast of Lake Nyasa, Sept. 22nd, 1895.

A dry-season form of this species, which cannot easily be
confounded with any form of T. annce, but must stand between
the latter and T. eupowpe.

The dry-season form differs from the (typical) wet-season form
in its superior size, the scarlet instead of orange colouring and
greater width of the apical patch on the primaries, the greyer basal
area and the pinky yellowish apical area of primaries and ground-
colour of secondaries on the under surface ; the black terminations
to the nervures are also almost obliterated : it comes nearest to
T. annce, var. wallengreni, but the marginal spots are too small, the
colouring below too yellow, and the scarlet above too pronounced.

96. TERACOLUS ACHINE, var. GAYISA.

Anfhopsyehe gavisa, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vetensk.-Akad.
Haiidl. 1857, Lep. Ehop. Caffr. p. 13.

2, Mpimbi, Upper Shiri Eiver, March 24th, 1896. "Pale
yellow oblong ova " (E. G.).

[21]

DE. A. G. BUTLEE ON LEPIDOPTEEA [Nov. 17,

97. TEEACOLUS SIPYLUS.

Teracolus sipylus, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1884, p. 444, pi. xl. fig. 11.

d , Kondowi, 4000 feeb alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.

This is supposed to be an extreme wet-season form of T. evening :
Mr. Trimen's note in his * South African Butterflies,' vol. iii.
p. 128, seems somewhat contradictory. Of T. sipylus he says : —
" The male is inseparable from the larger darker specimens of male
evenina . . . . , though it is somewhat more heavily marked." I
consider T. sipylus to be a distinct representative form.

98. TERACOLUS PEOCNE.

Anthopsyche procne, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vetensk.-Akad.
Hancll. 1857, Lep. Ehop. Caffr. p. 12.

Mpata, west of Lake Nyasa, August 2nd, 1895.

Probably only a varietal form of T. iheogene ; but both are dry-
season forms, of which it is extremely likely that TT. ocale,
microcode, angolensis, and areihusa are more or less localized wet-
season forms.

99. TEEACOLUS CINCTUS.

Teracolus cinctus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii.
p. 105 (1883).

Dry-season form tf $ , Loangwa Eiver, Senga, Sept. 5th and
13th," 1895.

Differs from the typical wet-season form in the reduction of the
internal black streak on the primaries, which is represented by a
greyish smear ending in a darker spot, and in the rosy colouring
of the secondaries on the under surface.

100. TEEACOLUS SUBFUMOSUS.

Teracolus subfumosus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 139, pi. vi. fig. 3.

d , Loangwa Eiver, Senga, Sept. 12th, 1895.

This is doubtless a wet-season form of some other named
Teracolus and allied to T. eione : it is not at all likely to be a form
of the West-African T. antigone, unless the latter can be linked by
a perfect series of intergrades to T. eione, which at present I am
not prepared to admit to be a fact. If T. antigone and T. eione are
distinct species (as claimed in the ' South African Butterflies '), the
forms from Western Africa must be kept separate from those of
the South. T. phlegetonia is allied to T. eione, but does not closely
agree with it in pattern, though both represent the extreme wet-
season types of the country which they inhabit. In like manner,
T. xanihus will probably prove to 'be a wet-season form of
T. odysseus, inasmuch as both forms inhabit the White Nile, and
are so much alike that their proper females were originally trans-
posed ; the differences between them are similar to those which
exist between T. eione and T. subfumosus, or between T. plilegetonia
and T. antigone. As might be expected of West Coast forms, no
[22]

1896.] FIIOAI NYASA-LAND. 839

extreme dry-season types seem to occur : the pattern of T. antiyoiie
represents the latter, but the rosy colouring on the under surface,
characteristic of Southern, Eastern, aiul Northern types, is wanting.

101. TEEACOLTIS INCKETUS.

$. Teracolus incretus, Butler, Eut. Mouth. Mag. xviii. p. 146
(1881).

c? . Callosum vuluerata, Staudinger, Exot. Schruett. pi. 23.
$ , Kawenibi, N.W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Sept. 23rd, 1895.

102. BELENOIS TITYSA, var. SABIIATA.

cT . Belenois sabrata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1870,
p. 526.

c? , Mtambwi Hill, west of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 20th ; $ , Mpimbi
Plain, Upper Shiri Eiver, March 25th, 1896.

" Oblong yellow ova " (R. C.).

The largest specimens of the species which I have seen, and,
apparently, the only form taken in Nyasa-land. It differs from
typical B. tliysa in the narrower black border at apex of primaries
and the more dentate -sinuate (rather than zigzag) character of the
inner edge of the outer border ; the subapical spots well separated
from the border, though touching the black veins in the female.
The type of B. sabrata was an unusually small example. A very
curious female of B. thysa, with glaucous greyish apex of primaries
and ground-colour to secondaries below, was obtained on the
Chuona Eiver (Mwewe's), Unyika, August 26th, 1895.

103. EllONIA LEPA.

Dryas leda, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg., App. p. 588 (1847).
c? , Mpimbi, Upper Shiri Eiver, March 24th, 1896.

104. PAPILIO PSEUDONIREUS.

Pdjnlio pseudonireus, Pelder, Eeise der Nov., Lep. i. p. 94
(18(35).

Kasimgu Mountain. 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 1st to 4th,
1890.

105. PAPILIO PIIORCAS.

J . Papilio pliorcas, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pi. ii. B, C (1775).

c? c?, $ , Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 1st,
1896.

" i'airly plentiful, but very difficult to take, as it flies high,
skimming the trees, and rarely comes down within reach." The
female contained " large spherical boiled-sago-coloured ova "
(11. C.).

All the specimens were more or less shattered, the female with
the same green bands and spots as the male ; all the specimens
with the subapical patch on the primaries rather smaller than in
Western examples.

[23]

810 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,

106. PAPILIO HORRIBILIS.

Papilio horribilis, Butler, Lep. Exot. p. 88, pi. xxxiv. fig. 2 (1872).

c?, Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 1st, 1896.

" A pair only seen, floating round in the air, in an opening on
the outskirts of a vast forest ; spent something like half an hour
in waiting to capture one ; the other disappeared " (R. (7.).

107. SARANGESA ASTRIGERA.

Sarangesa astriyera, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 669 ; Holland,
]. c. 1896, pi. ii. fig. 8.

Euleriva forest, Deep Bay, Feb. 28th and March 6th, 1896.

108. SARANGESA MOTOZI.

Pterygospidea motozi, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vetensk.-
Akad. Handl. 1857, Lep. Ehop. Caffr. p. 53.

Virauli Hill, Nyasa to Tanganyika Eoad, August 22nd, 1895.

109. SARANGESA PERTUSA.

Sape pertusa, Mabille, C.E. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. Ixviii.

Henga, W. of Lake ISTyasa, June 26th, and Loangwa Biver,
Senga, Sept. 5th, 1895.

" Local, frequents shady nooks, holes, and hollows " (R. C.}.

One example nearly approaches S. motozi on the upper surface,
but differs in the absence of yellow-ochre blotches and spots on
the under surface ; other specimens barely differ (if at all) from
/S. synestalmenus, Karsch.

110. SARANGESA HOLLANDI, sp. n. (Plate XL1I. fig. 1.)

<5 . General form of S. pertusa, excepting that the costa of
primaries is proportionately longer, and the outer margin conse-
quently less arched and more oblique. Above golden-bronze-brovvn ;
all the vitreous white spots small and edged with blackish:
primaries with two superposed vitreous spots at basal third of
interno-median areole, two near the end of discoidal cell forming
a broken >, two near base of median areoles, the lower one large
and irregularly diamond-shaped, two black dots below the latter,
the upper one with a white central point, three subapical spots
(the first very small), and below them two blackish spots ; fringe
buff, excepting near external angle, where it is white, varied with
blackish spots at the ends of the nervures and with a slender
blackish subbasal line : secondaries with a small spot at the end of
the cell, almost encircled by a series of ten spots, mostly with
small vitreous centres ; fringe brown at apex, sordid at anal angle,
otherwise white, spotted with blackish at the end of each nervure :
body darker than the wings, with two white dots at each side of
the head against the eyes ; antenna smoky brown. Primaries below
irrorated with pale lilac ; the vitreous spots white-edged and
therefore apparently larger, those in the cell united so as to form
a perfect > ; internal border whity brown : secondaries whitish
[24]

1896.] FROM NYASA-LAKD. 841

lilac, irrorated with bronze-brown on costal area and external border
almost to anal angle ; vitreous spots with golden-brown margins ;
fringe as above : body below white, faintly lilacine at the sides of
the pectus and brown at the sides of the venter. Expanse of
wings 41 millim.

Mbalizi Valley, Unyika, August 25th, 1895.

This species lias such a familiar aspect, that I had hoped, with
the assistance of Dr. Holland's most valuable monograph, to be
able to find a published name for it ; but, not having done so, I
have taken the liberty of dedicating it to that most energetic and
painstaking Lepidopterist.

111. TAGIADES FLESUS.

Papilioflesus, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 135 (1781).
Leya stream, Deep Bay, June 4th, 1895.

112. EAGRIS JAMESONI.

Antigonus jamesoni, Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. vi. p. 348 (1890).

Chuona Eiver (Mwewe's town), Unyika, Sept. 14th ; Lampi
Eiver, Lower Nyika, Oct. 21st, 1895.

113. ABANTIS (SAP^EA) TBIMENI.

Sapcea trimeni, Butler, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 264, pi. xv. fig. 5.

Loangwa Eiver, Senga, Sept. 10th, 1895.

I wish I could agree with Dr. Holland in thinking this identical
with Westwood's species ; but, as the species most nearly allied to
the latter and this (A. paradisea) invariably has the sides of the
abdomen ochreous, and the number of segments said by Westwood
to be luteous does not correspond with the number of segments
which are white in A. trimeni, I consider that, until specimens
of the latter are received from the same locality as that of
Westwood's type, I still have the stronger case.

114. GORGYRA JOHNSTONI.

Aeromachus ? johnstoni, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 673.
Gorgyra Johnston^ Holland, P. Z. S. 1896, p. 32, pi. ii. fig. 6.

3 , Deep Bay, Feb. 6th ; rf , ? taken in coitu, Feb. 15th, 1896.

2 . " Pale yellow ova " (R. C.).
The sexes are absolutely alike.

115. OXYPALPUS nuso.

Pamphila ruso, Mabille, C.R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxv. p. clxxxiii
(1891).

Oxypalpus ruso, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 669 ; Holland, 1. c.
1896, p. 39, pi. iii. fig. 13.

Mtarnbwi Hill, Feb. 20th ; Kondowi, 4000 feet alt,, Nyika,
Feb. 21st ; Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 4th,
1896.

[25]

842 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,

This pretty species varies a good deal on both surfaces ; the
black longitudinal streak on the primaries above is frequently
divided longitudinally by an ochreous median vein, and trans-
versely by an orange-ochreous bar just before the end of the cell ;
the ochreous longitudinal stripe of the secondaries is sometimes
expanded so as to leave only a narrow black costal border ; on
the under surface there is occasionally a subapical decreasing series
of five cream-coloured spots divided only by the nervures (which
are dull orange), and the secondaries are cream-coloured, with
orange-tawny veins and internal streak : intergrades between the
extremes occur.

116. CYCLOPIDES PEREXCELLENS. (Plate XLII. fig. 2.)

Cyclopides pereoccellens, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. xviii. p. 161 (1896).

Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 2nd and 5th,
1896.

117. CSULOPIDES QTJADRISIGNATTJS.

Cyclopides quadrisignatus , Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 670, pi. Ix.
fig. 9.

Kasungu Mountain, 6200 feet alt,, March 1st; 7425 feet,
March 2nd, 3rd, and 6th, Nyika.

Every fresh collection brings additional evidence of the varia-
bility of this species. The example obtained on March 6th has the
two obliquely-placed orange spots just beyond the middle of the
primaries unusually large and confluent, two small costal spots
being only separated from them by the subcostal nervure. At
first sight this variety might be taken for a modification of
O. midas, but it is not only too dark, both in ground-colour and
spots, but the inner of the two costal spots (which doubtless
represents the basal orange dash in C. midas) is much too far from
the base to be characteristic of that species, whilst the absence of
the spot in the discoidal cell of the secondaries is characteristic of
C. quadrisignatus.

118. CYCLOPIDES MIDAS.

Cyclopides midas, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 671 ; 1895, p. 265,
pi. xv. fig. 6.

Chuona Eiver (Mwewe's), Unyika, August 26th, 1895.

The damaged aberrant examples recorded under this species in
my paper on Mr. Scott Elliot's collection prove to be extreme
forms of the preceding species : I had thought it impossible that
C. quadrisignatus could vary so much. C. midas is tolerably
constant.

119. GrEGENES LETTERSTEDTI.

Hesperia letterstedti, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vetensk.-Akad.
Handl. 1857, Lep. Ehop. Caffr. p. 49.
[28]

1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 84*5

Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 4th, 1890.

The only objection which I can see to G. obumbrata (~hottentot(i)
being a form of the above species, is the presence of a well-defined
brand on the primaries of the male : no trace of this brand is
visible on any of our examples of either the yellowish or the
smoky-brown variety of G. letterstedti.

120. AKDRONYMUS PHILANDER.

Pamphila philander, Hopffer, Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berl.
1855, p. 043; Peters' Reise nach Mossamb., Zool. v. p. 410,
pi. xxvii. figs. 1. 2 (1802).

$ $ , Mtambwi Jlill, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 22nd, 1890.

" Large dark yellow ova " (R. G.}.

I am very glad that Dr. Holland has made this the type of a
new genus ; it was quite out of place in Acleros.

HETEROCERA.

121. CEPHONODES IIYLAS.

Sphinx hylas, Linna3us, Mantissa, i. p. 539 (1771).
rf 2 , Deep Bay, Feb. 10th and March 10th, 1890.
" Frequents the beds of Asineas in the fort, but is not
plentiful " (It. C.).

The female contained " bright emerald-green ova.''

122. MACROGLOSSA TEOCHILOIDES.

Macroylossa trochiloides, Butler, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 5.
Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 4th, 1890.
A beautiful and perfectly typical example of this race.

123. BASIOTKEA IDRICUS.

Sphinx idricus, Drury, 111. Nat. Hist. iii. pi. 2. fig. 2 (1773).
$ , Deep Bay, Feb. 18th, 1890.
" Day-flyer : emerald-green ova " (R. C.).

The most perfect specimen that I have seen of this tiny green-
winged Hawk-moth.

124. ClLIROCAMPA ESON, var. GRACILIS.

Chccrocatnpa (jracilis, Butler, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 8, pi. ii. fig. 2.
$ , Deep Bay, Feb. 22nd, 1890.
"Light sea-green ova" (It. C.}.

Chiefly differs from the Southern form (typical C. eson) in its
narrower wings, with more oblique outer margin.

125. XANTIIOSPILOPTERYX PERDIX.

Eusemia perdix, Druce, P. Z. S. 1887, p. 008.
Easemia coa, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1890, p. 123 ;
Xovit. Lepid. pi. xi. fig. 1 (1892).
$ , Deep Bay, Feb. llth, 1890.

[27]

844 DR. A. G. BTJTLER. Otf LEPIDOPTERA [Xov. 17,

"About as common, perhaps, as the 'Cream-spot tiger' in
Great Britain. Emerald-green ova " (E. C.}.

The first example that I have seen of this pretty species.

126.

£ . Pristocercea ? inclusa, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. 1895, p. 357,
Taf. ii. fig. 5.

c? , Virauli Mountain, Nyasa to Tanganyika plateau, Dec. 14th,
1895.

" Fairly plentiful" (R. C.).

Quite new to the Museum series : Mr. Kirby is of opinion that
it is the same as Metagarista rendalli, Rothseh., and it is quite
possible that he may be correct.

127. uiEGOCEBA MENETA.

Noctua meneta, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pi. Ixx. D (1775).
Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.

128. CHAEILINA AMABILIS.

Noctua amabilis, Drury, 111. Exot. Ent. ii. pi. 13. fig. 3 (1773).
Deep Bay, Feb. 10th and 13th, 1896.

129. ZANA SPUECATA.

Aniheua spurcata, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxxi. p. 298 (1864).
$ , Mweniwanda's, Nyasa to Tanganyika plateau, Dec. loth, 1895.

130. PHALEBA LATIPEXNIS, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 3.)

c? . Broader in the wings than any other species of the genus ;
the antennae broadly pectinated as in P. argentifera ; the upper
radial of the primaries springing from the anterior angle of the
cell, instead of from the subcostal ; general scheme of colouring
recalling P. flavescens. Primaries above creamy white ; base of
costa sprinkled with black and brick-red scales ; a band of red
scales crossing the wing at about basal third and followed imme-
diately by a band of black scales, both divided by the pale nervures;
two or three ill-defined greyish and testaceous stripes across the
middle of the wing ; at external two-sevenths is a broad belt almost
parallel to outer margin, consisting first of a subangulated oblique
series of black luuules, immediately followed by a more or less
lunulate brick-red stripe, somewhat blackish in the centre, and
lastly by a grey band irrorated with black and separating into vague
lunules towards apex ; a few ill-defined submarginal spots of black
scales : secondaries sericeous ochreous, veins dusty, becoming black
at apex and on outer margin : head, collar, and centre of thorax
brownish ochreous ; antennae black ; pterygodes and metathorax
white, somewhat ochreous at the sides ; an oblique black bar on
the front of the pterygodes ; abdomen reddish ochreous, with grey
dorsal patches on each segment. Wings below ochreous, the veins
chiefly black beyond the middle ; the primaries from bevond the
[28]

1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 845

cell dusted with grey ; a submarginal series of ochreous lunules ;
a partly zigzag dusky marginal border, interrupted on the fringe
by ochreous spots : secondaries with a slender black marginal line :
body below deep ochreous ; tibias, tarsi, and venter more or less
blackish. Expanse of wings 55 millira.

Luvira River, Nyasa to Tanganyika plateau, Dec. 14th, 1895.

It is possible that this species may eventually be separated from
Phalera as the type of a new genus, but at present there does not
seem sufficient evidence of the importance of the characters which
differentiate it to warrant its being thus distinguished ; the width
of the wings and the antennal characters are not uniform in the
genus, whilst the position of the upper radial is the same as in
P. sigmata.

131. PANTOCTENTA GEMMANS.

Pantoctenia gemmans, Felder, Eeise der Nov., Lep. iv. pi. Ixxxii.
fig. 16 (1874).

Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 2nd, 1896.

132. T^DA PRASINA. (Plate XLII. fig. 4.)

Tceda prasina, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xviii.
p. 161 (1896).

Luvira River, Nyasa to Tanganyika plateau, Dec. 14th, 1895.

SCOTINOCHROA, gen. nov.

Allied to Cosuma, neuratiou the same ; antennae longer and more
uniformly pectinated ; palpi totally dissimilar — much longer, falci-
form, the second joint long, subcylindrical, somewhat flattened
internally, directed obliquely upwards, third joint half the length
of the second, somewhat acuminate ; tarsi of front pair of legs not
fringed as in Cosuma, and those of the second and third pairs
rather penicillated than fringed, each joint having a fairly well-
defined separate flattened tuft at the back.

133. ScoriisrocHROA INCONSEQUENS, sp. n.

Primaries above vinaceous chocolate-brown, sprinkled with
shining, mostly leaden-grey scales ; a D-shaped spot at the end of the
cell, connate with an oblique irregular band from costa near apex
to inner margin, this band is narrowest and inarched at its upper
extremity, widest towards the inner margin ; both spot and band
are mostly whity brown externally and shining leaden grey in the
middle, and are bounded internally by irregular black dashes and
externally by a black line; from the cell downwards the inner
margin of the band is zigzag and the outer margin undulated, and
followed by an abbreviated similar band, which, however, has no
leaden central scales (and therefore stands out as a pale patch with
undulated outer margin) : secondaries pale sericeous vinaceous,
showing slight greenish reflections in certain lights ; the abdominal
border and base of fringe sienna or golden brownish ; centre of

[29]

846 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPLDOPTERA [Nov. 17,

fringe blackish, tips shining dark vinaceous : body deep chocolate-
brown, sprinkled with shining leaden scales ; the posterior edges
of the collar and bases of the metathoracic and abdominal tufts
somewhat ochreous ; antennae pale sericeous brown. Under surface
of wings sericeous pale brown, darker towards costal area, some-
what vinaceous, fringes distinctly so ; primaries blackish in the cell
and with a glistening internal area : body below glossy vinaceous
chocolate-brown, the extremities of leg-joints and the last joint of
the palpi somewhat ochraceous. Expanse of wings 82 millim.
Deep Bay, Feb. 5th, 1896.

134. THTRETES PHASMA, sp. n.

$ . Very close to T. caffra, but easily distinguished from the
fact that the hyaline triangular spot in the cell of primaries nils
the upper instead of the lower angle ; also the inner edge of the
hyaline belt from median vein to apex is not irregular but forms a
direct oblique line, the second division from the apex being much
elongated backwards ; the brown border of the secondaries is also
narrower. Expanse of wings 37 millim.

Deep Bay, Feb. 18th, 1896.

" Pale green ova " (R. C.}.

135. ARGINA OCELLINA.

Deiopeia ocellina, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ii. p. 571 (1854).

cf $ , Deep Bay, Feb. 27th, 1896.

" Fairly common, a day-flyer, sits on grass-stalks " (R. C.).

DICTENUS, gen. nov.

Allied to Setinochroa, of exactly the same form ; but differing
utterly in the character of the antennae, which are solidly bipec-
tinated, the pectinations widely separated and emitting short
bristles : the primaries with only four branches to the subcostal
vein, the fork of the united third and fourth branches being longer
than in /Setinochroa and more divergent ; secondaries with the sub-
costal furca considerably shorter and the footstalk consequently
very much longer than in that genus.

136. DICTENUS INCONSTANS, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 5.)

Wings bright ochreous, the primaries with a conspicuous black
spot at the end of the cell ; basal half of costal border black ; the
remaining half sometimes black, as well as a broader outer border
and narrow internal border : body black, collar, pterygodes, and
metathorax clothed with ochreous hair ; anal tuft ochreous : wirgs
below nearly as above, but the secondaries with a small blackish
spot at the end of the cell : body below black ; tibiae and tarsi of
middle and hind legs ochreous tipped with black. Expanse of
wings 20 millim.

Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 2nd and 5th,
1896.
[30]

1896.] FROM KYASA-LAND. 847

137. LEPIOSOMA APICALE.

Nyciemeraapicalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ii. p. 395 (1854).
2 $ , Deep Bay, May 16th, 1895.
" Light yellow "ova" (E. C\).

138. SPILOSOMA AURICINCTUM, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 6.)

Nearest to S. purum (Alpenus purus\ but easily distinguishable
from the fact that the head and the collar are bordered at the back
with bright ochreous ; the primaries are more produced, the costal
margin being longer and the black dots are few, small, and confined
to the base and costal area; the secondaries only show three
conspicuous black spots in the form of a triangle, the apex of which
is represented by a spot at the end of the cell and the base by two
submarginal spots ; primaries below immaculate, but secondaries
as above. Expanse of wings 44 millim.

$ , Euleriva hills, 2000 feet alt., Deep Bay, March 5th, 1896.

This species and S. purum are strikingly unlike the other Ermine
Moths from the fact that both extremities of the bright golden-
ochreous black-dotted abdomen are snow-white. Our examples of
S. purum from British East Africa show no trace of the dorsal
black dots, but otherwise are typical.

139. AROA TERMINALIS.

Aroa terminal™, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. iv. p. 794 (1854).
<?, Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.

Walker's description, having been based upon a badly rubbed
and barely recognizable specimen, is utterly useless for the iden-
tification of the species ; I therefore redescribe the insect from
Mr. Crawshay's beautiful male example : — Primaries above deep
yellowish testaceous or bright mustard-yellow ; a paler central
band with widely bisinuated outer edge, expanding within the
cell to enclose a conspicuous rounded blocd-red spot ; a pale
band crossing the disc near the outer margin, its inner edge bi-
sinuated, its outer edge correspondingly biundulated ; fringe very
slightly paler than the ground-colour ; secondaries deep orange-
ochreous with bright golden yellow fringe ; antenna? yellow, with
vinaceous brown pectinations ; body ochreous, deepest on the
abdomen : under surface bright saffron-yellow, the primaries
irrorated with smoky brown scales towards apex forming two short
divergent streaks; legs hairy, lemon-yellow. Expanse of wings
33 millim.

Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.

I believe the specimen noted (P. Z. S. 1896, p. 135) as Lopera
crocata var.? is probably a very badly discoloured and faded example
of this species.

140. AROA BISTIGMIGERA, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 7.)

d . Nearest to A. clam : upper surface dead golden, or dull
ochraceous, suffused with vinaceous greyish ; fringe deep grey ;
PROC. ZOOL. Soc.— 1896, Xo. LV. 55

[31]

848 DR. A. G. BUTLER OX LKPIDOPTERA [Nov. 1 7,

primaries with two conspicuous black spots at the end of the cell ;
secondaries with a fairly broad smoky black border ; body smoky
black ; shaft of antennae, head, collar, shoulders, and anal tuft
ochreous : wings below paler than above, primaries with a large
almost semicircular subapical blackish patch from end of cell ; body
below ochreous, blackish at the sides. Expanse of wings 27
millim.

rf rf, Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.

"Day flier" (R. G'.).

The sexes in this genus differ so much that it would not greatly
surprise me to discover that the following form was the female of
A. bistiymigera : at the same time, as Sir Greorge Hampson points
out, the pattern is so dissimilar that it would be absurd to put the
two together without trustworthy proof of their identity: then
again it is just as likely that A. ochraceata (which we have received
from Zomba) may be the female of this species, inasmuch as it often
has two spots at the end of the cell of primaries, though in other
respects it is utterly dissimilar.

141. AROA CHARAX, Druce. (Plate XLII. fig. 8.)

5 . Upper surface tawny orange with broad smoky brown outer
borders, that of the primaries occupying the apical third of the
wing and crossed by blackish veins (which colouring commences on
the orange area) ; border oi: secondaries abruptly narrowed towards
anal angle ; fringes sericeous, dark grey ; a conspicuous black spot
at the end of each discoidal cell ; primaries with narrow dusky
costal margin, three small black spots across the base ; antennae
and third joint of palpi black ; abdomen paler than thorax, golden
ochreous with a dorsal series of black spots : wings below nearly
as above, no subbasal spots on the primaries : body below bright
ochreous ; tarsi of ail the legs and tibiae of front and middle pairs
black. Expanse of wings 43 millim.
Deep Bay, April 30th, 1895.

142. LYMANTRIA BANAXJE, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 9.)

c? . Primaries semitransparent cream-coloured, the basal third
smoky brown, bisiuuated in front ; costa to end of cell the same
colour confluent with a constricted Y-shaped bar which crosses
the end of the cell ; an oblique zigzag smoky-brown line, incurved
towards costa, across the disc ; a marginal irregular patch of the
same colour near apex, and a second at external angle, also an
intermediate small triangular intermediate spot ; veins, excepting
from the end of the cell to the. apex, partly brown and partly
blackish; and all the veins as they cross the zigzag line blackish :
secondaries semitransparent pale golden ochreous, more opaque and
more distinctly ochreous on abdominal two-fifths : body above
tawny ochraceous, palest at the extremities, somewhat vinaceous on
the thorax ; antennae and tips of palpal joints black : under surface
of wings immaculate ; body cream-coloured, a few orange hairs on
[32J

1806.] FKOM XYASA-LAND. 849

front of pectus ; sides of venter ochreous. Expanse of wings
50 millim.

Mpata, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, August 21st, 1895.

" Taken in a banana plantation" (R. (7.).

We have a nearlv allied species in the Museum collection from
Old Calabar.

143. MABDAEA CUEYIYIEGATA.

Italia curvivirgata, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. 1895, p. 373, Taf. iv.
fig. 3.

<J , Lower Nyika, 4200 feet alt., June 30th, 1895.

This species is closely related to my M. peculiaris from Mada-
gascar, but differs in the fact that the golden-brown band across
the primaries runs to the apex instead ot to the costal margin

144. HlBEILDES XOEAX.

Hibrildes norax, Druce, P. Z. S. 1887, p 675.

Anengya spiritalis, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. 1895, p. 374, pi. iv.
% 7- *

S , Mweniwanda's, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, Dec. 22nd,
1895.

145. HIBRILDES CEAWSHAYI.

Hibrildes crawslwyi, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. xviii. p. 162 (1896).

5 , Mwini-uruma's town, Nyasa to Tanganyika plateau, Dec.
17th, 1895.

It is of course possible that the sexes of H. norax may be
utterly dissimilar in colour and pattern, and that this may prove to
be its female : if so, Mr. Kirby's two new species will also be sexes.

146. PSEUDAPHELIA APOLLINABJS.

Saturnia apollinaris, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg. ii. p. 601 (1847).
Namitembo, Zomba Mountains, March 25th, 1896.
" Huge quantity of pale yellow ova " (R. (?.).

147. ANTHEE^A DOLABELLA.

AntJiercea dolabella, Druce, P. Z. S. 1886, p. 409, pi. xxxviii.
fig. 2.

$ , Kasungu Mountain, 7020 feet alt., Nyika, March 1st, 1896.

"Large spherical whitish-yellow ova" (R. C.}.

It is unfortunate that the single example of this rare species
obtained by Mr. Crawshay was a good deal worn.

148. TEIGONODES HYPPASIA.

Phdlce.na-Noctua liyppasia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 99, pi. ccl.
f g. E (1782).

$ , Deep Bay, March, and Oct. 18th, 1896.
"Bright green ova" (E. C.).

55*
[33]

850 ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM XYASA-LAND. [Nov. 17.

149. PATULA WALKERI.

Patula walkeri, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvi.
p. 406.

Zambezi Eiver, East Africa, April 16th, 1896.
Perhaps this ought to be included in the present paper, but it
' was not sent with the Nyasa collection.

150. ARGADESA MATERNA.

Phalcena-Noctua materna, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. ii. p. 840.
Deep Bay, Oct. 9th, 1895.

151. H^EMATORITHBA RUBRIFASCIATA.

Hcematorithra rubrifasciata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist
ser. o', vol. xviii. p. 162 (1896).
Deep Bay, Feb. 26th, 1896 '.

152. HYRIA ANGUSTA, sp. n.

Primaries above dull vinaceous purple ; a broad oblique central
golden ot-hreous band from inner margin to above the median vein,
impinged upon at its anterior extremity by a blackish spot at the
end of the cell ; fringe golden ochraceous, somewhat stained with
dull purplish at the base : secondaries bright golden ochreous,
with a black dot at the end of the cell ; outer border and basal
half of fringe dull vinaceous purple : body sericeous dark vinaceous
greyish; shaft of antennae silvery, slightly huffish at base: under
surface of wings nearly as above, but the basi-internal area of
primaries sericeous and somewhat silvery ; legs and centre of venter
pale buff. Expanse of wings 14 millim.

Kasungu Mountain, 7200 feet alt., Nyika, March 5th. 1896.

"Day flier "(22. (7.).

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE XLI.

Fig. 1. Amauris crawshayi, p. 821.

2. Pannpea heliogenes, p. 823.

3. Planema scalivittata, p. 826.

4. Alcena reticulata, $ , p. 827.

5. Cyclynua Junot p. 83(3.

6. Capys connexiva, $ , p. 831 .

7. lolatis auric ostalis, §,p.832.

PLATE XLII.
Fig. 1. Sarangesa hollandii, p. 840.

2/ Ot/clopid

ides perexcellens, p. 842.
^ latipennis, p. 844.

3. Phalera latipennis, p,

4. 7Wa prasina, p. 845.

f). Dictenus inconstant, p. 846.

6. Spilosoma auricinctum, p. 847.

7. Aroa bistigmigera, p. 847.

8. „ thorax, p. 848.

9. Lymantria banana, p. 848.

Caught by Mr. G. A. Taylor.

[34]

PZ.S.1896. Plate XLI.

E.C.Kniglit. ole] .eUith.

chromo

NewLepidopter a from ITyassL-laurid..

C, nil ft. r te d b v 'M r C T • stvv s Ir i a.\r

P. Z.S. 1896, Plate XLIL

F, .C. Km. gLt del , fctlitk

New Lepidoptera from Nya,sa-land.

GollectecL Toy Mr G

WestlSJewma.-n. chromo.

1896.] ON LEP1DOPTERA FROM NYASA-LAND. 851

On a Collection of Lepidoptera from Nyasa-land presented
to the Museum by Sir Harry Johnston, K.C.B., and
collected by Mr. J. B. Yule. By ARTHUR G. BUTLER,
Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Senior Assistant-Keeper, Zoolo-
gical Department, British Museum.

(Plate XLIII.)

From the few notes as to exact localities which occurred on the
envelopes it would seem that the present collection was obtained
partly, if not altogether, on the Songwe plain, N.W. Nyasa, in
1895 ; but so very few of the specimens are accompanied by
notes as to locality and date of capture, that I have not thought
it advisable to burden the * Proceedings ' by repeating references
to descriptions and figures, most of which have already been given
in other papers on Nyasa Lepidoptera published in the Society's
1 Proceedings/

The collection contains examples of five new species and of a new
form of a known species ; but, in addition to these, there are several
species of interest, such as the wet-season form of Ypthima gra-
nulosa ; examples of the broad-bordered variety of Charaxes saturnus,
to which I gave the name of laticinctus ; a somewhat w^orn female
example of the rare Charades violetta ; the white variety of Euralia
mima ; additional examples of Metacrenis crawshayi ; a curious
variety of the female of Alcena nyassce having the base of the pos-
terior wings white ; both wet- and dry -season forms of Teracolus
opalescens; the rare Teracolus hildebrandtii' a dry- season female
of Teracolus subfasciatus, differing in its superior size, the larger
apical orange patch on the primaries being without inner blackish
limitation, and the under surface more strongly reticulated ; both
seasonal forms of Teracolus emini ; the male of Belenois diminuta,
showing that the latter is the dry season form of B. craivshayi; a
good series of Papilio nivinox, consisting entirely of males (as the
only example which we possess of P. taboranus is a female, it
seems probable that the differences in pattern and colouring
between these two forms of Papilio are due to sex, in which case
the name of P. taboranus will have to stand for the species);
an example in good condition of a rare Hesperiid (Cydopides
wUlsmi\ of which the Museum previously only possessed a broken
example.

Among the Moths, the most interesting additions, apart from
the new species, are two male examples of Hibrildes nor ax.
Respecting Hibrildes we know very little at present : if the female
resembles the male, no examples have hitherto been received ; but
it is possible that the sexes may be entirely dissimilar, and that
my Hibrildes crawsliayi may eventually prove to be the female,

852

DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA

[Nov. 17,

though at present we have not the least evidence in proof of such
sexual incongruity. The genus is a Pterothysanid, and the few
species of that group in which the sexes are known exhibit no
marked sexual differences of pattern and coloration.

The following is a list of the species in this collection : —

KHOPALOCERA.

1. Limnas chrysippus, Linn., and

var. klugii, Butl.

2. Tirumala petiverana, Doubl.

3. Melanitis solandra. Fabr.

4. Samanta perspicua, Trimen.

5. Mycalesis eusirus, Hopff.
6. ena, Hewits.

7. Physcaenura pione, Godm., * var.

lucida, Butl.

8. Ypthima granulosa, Butltr.

9. Cbaraxes castor, Cramer, var.

flavifasciatus, Butl.

10. saturn us, Butler, and var.

laticinctus, Butl.

11. acbaemenes, Felder.

12. guderiana c? , Dewitz.

13. phasus cT, Hewits.

14. violetta $ , Grose Smith.

15. tiridates $, .Fair.

16. boheniani, Felder.

17. can di ope, Godart.

18. Hypolimnas misippus, Linn., $

=inaria, Cram.

19. Euralia wablbergi, Wallgr.

20. • mima var., Trimen.

21. Junonia sesarnus, Trimen.

22. simia, Wallgr.

23. galami, Boisd.

24. elgiva, Hewits.

25. artaxia, Hewits., and var.

nachtigalii, Dewitz.

26. boopis, Trimen.

27. clelia, Cramer.

28. cebrene, Trimen.

29. natal ica, Felder.

30. Protogoniomorpha anacardii,

Linn.

31. Eupbaedra neophron, Hopff.

32. Eurypbeue cocalia, ^oir.

33. Pseudargynnis hegemone, (?0(ft.

34. Metacrenis rosa, Hewits.

35. crawsbayi, _#«*£

36. Hamanumida dasdalus, .Fair.

37. Catuna crilbea, Drury.

38. Neptis agatha, Cramer.

39. Atella columbina, Cramer.

40. Byblia vulgaris, Staud.

41. Acrasa cabira, Hopff.

42. serena, Fabr., var. perrupta,

Butler.

43. natalica, Boisd.

[2]

44. Algeria nyassze, var., Hewits.

45. Polyomtnatus baeticus, Linn.

46. Catocbrysops osiris, Hopff.

47. Azanus occidentalis, Butler.

48. Tarucus plinius, ^Vi^?-.

49. Nacaduba sichela, Wallgr.

50. Castalius calice, Hopff.

51. Lycaenesthes liodes, Hewits.

52. Zizera knysna, Trimen.

53. - lucida, Trimen.

54. Lachnocnema bibulus, F«6r.

55. Spindasis nyassge, Butler.

56. Virachola auta, Trimen.

57. lolaus buxtoni, Hewits.

58. - cacculus, Hopff.

59. Myrina ficedula $, Trimen.

60. Mylothris agathina, Cramer.
*61. - yulei, Butler.

62. Terias zoe,

63. -- regularis,

65.
66.

67.
68.

70.
71.
72.

73.

74.
75.
76.

77.
78.
*79.
80.
81.

83!

84.
85.
86.
87.
88.
89.

., and

orientis. Butl.

Teracolus opalescens,
dry-season males.

hildebrandtii $ ,

subfasciatus, Swainson, dry-
season female.

anax, Grose Smith.

• sipylus (^, Swinhoe.
ompbale, Godart.

emini, Butler, dry- and

wet-season forms, c?c?-

Catopsilia florella, Fabr. Three
named varieties.

Belenois tbysa, Hopff.

calypso, Drury.

crawshayi $ , Butl., and

dry-season form diminuta <$ .

• mesentina, Cram.

severina tf, Cram.

Phris.--u.ra nyasana, Butler.
Herpasnia eriphia, Godt.
Papilio policenes, Cram.

rlini

portbaon, Hewits.

py lades, Fabr.

nivinox, Butler.

sitnilis, Cramer.

demoleus, Linn.

Osmodes ranoha, Westw.
Cyclopides willemi, Wallgr.

1896.J

FROM Mr ASA-LAND.

HETEROCERA.

853

90. Cbserocampa osiris, Dalm.

91. Daphnis nerii, Linn.

92. Nephele accentifera, Beauv.
*93. Antiphella atrinotata, Butler.

94. Deiopeia pulchella, Linn.

95. Argina leonina, Walk.

96. Egybolia vaillantina, Stoll.

97. Hibrildes norax, Druoe.
*98. Phsegorista zebra, Butler.

99. Acontia graellsii, Feisth.

100. Cyligrarnma latona, Cramer.

101. rudilinea, fFa/yfc.

*102. Fodiua johustom, Butler.

103. Glypbodes sinuata, Fabr.

104. G-onodela zombina, Butler.

105. Comibgena? sp. (much rubbed ;

possibly Thalassodea scissaria.
Feld.).

In this list the new forms are indicated by an asterisk ; these
I now proceed to describe : —

PHYSC.ZE:NURA PiONE, var. LUCiDA. (Plate XLIII. fig. 1.)

Differs from typical P. pione, of which we have a good series, in
the larger white area on the upper surface of the primaries, the
black internal streak being abbreviated or even sometimes almost
obliterated, so that the lobe extending from the white area towards
inner margin is of at least double the width : on the under surface
the black striae are wider apart, far less numerous, and the yellow
ocelli are paler; the three black lines on outer border are not
equidistant as in typical P. pione, the two inner ones being nearer
together. Expanse of wings, $ 39 millim., $ 45.

Two males and one female.

It is possible that this form may prove constant to locality : it
is probably from near Fort Songwe, 1N".W. Nyasa. We have
received typical P. pione only from Zomba and Deep Bay.

MYLOTHRIS YULEI, sp. n. (Plate XLIII. fig. 2.)

J . Above milky white, slightly tinted with primrose-yellow
at the base ; apical border, a very slender marginal line, and a
dot at extremity of second median branch black ; costal border
towards base irrorated with blackish ; secondaries with black
marginal dots at extremities of median branches and submedian
vein : primaries below golden orange (or cadmium-yellow) to
middle of cell ; apical area washed diffusedly with saffron-yellowish ;
seven marginal black dots, the last, at extremity of first median
branch, very small : secondaries creamy buff, yellower at base, the
costal areolet cadmium-yellow ; six black marginal spots, the
smallest being the fifth from anal angle or that at extremity of
radial nervure : body normal. Expanse of wings 51 millim.

The female, which I formerly supposed to be a pale variety of
M. rueppellii, differs chiefly on the upper surf ace in the pale saffron
flush at the base of the primaries and the still paler tint at base of
secondaries : on the under surface it agrees very nearly with the
male. Expanse of wings 59 millim.

The female example in the Museum is from Kilima-njaro.

PHRISSUBA NYASANA, sp. n. (Plate XLIII. fig. 3.)
An exact copy of Mylotliris rueppellii: differing chiefly in its

PJ

854 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,

broader wings, the presence of the apical subcostal bifurcation,
and in the form and greater intensity of the apical marginal black
spots : wings above milk-white ; primaries with the basal third
bright cadmium-yellow bordered with gamboge ; costal border
irrorated with black ; apical border narrowly pearl-grey, the apical
furca and a series of triangular spots terminating the nervures
intense black : secondaries faintly tinted with yellow at the base ;
a marginal series of eight intensely black spots : body normal.
Primaries below white, with extreme costal margin and dots
at extremities of nervures black ; base almost to end of cell
brilliant orange edged with yellow ; apical border creamy buff :
secondaries creamy buff, palest over end of cell, base suffused with
orange, the costal areole brilliant orange, external border washed
with deep buff; black spots as above: body whitish. Expanse of
wings 64 millim.
Two males.

The following Heterocera are new : -

LIP ARID JB.
ANTIPHELLA ATRINOTATA, sp. n. (Plate XLIII. fig. 5.)

Pearl-white, wings semitransparent ; primaries with three sub-
apical spots in a slightly curved series parallel to outer margin and
two spots placed obliquely near external angle, all blackish and
very small ; costal margin also black, very distinctly so at basal
third : antennse pale testaceous ; body of similar colouring, but
densely irrorated, rather than clothed, with white scales : under
surface as above. Expanse of wings 34 millim.

One male.

NYCTEMERID.E.

PBJEGORISTA ZEBRA, sp. n. (Plate XLIII. fig. 4.)

cJ . Like P. sirnilis, Walk. ( = helcitoides, Devvitz), but the sub-
apical patch on the black area of primaries broad and almost
wholly ochreous as in P. formosa, the spot towards external angle
also ochreous ; secondaries orange-vermilion, with the usual black
border and white-chequered fringe : body as in P. similis. Expanse
of wings 71 millim.

One male.

FODINA JOHNSTONI, sp. n. (Plate XLIII. fig. 6.)

Close to F. dlbicincta, but with the primaries more closely
resembling those of F. postmaculata in pattern, the wing being
crossed as in that species by an oblique buff band ending at external
angle in a greyish lobe ; outer margin also buff ; fringe greyish.
Expanse of wings 17 millim.

One rather poor example.

This is doubtless the African representative of the Ceylonese
F. postmaculata, from which the more buff-tinted markings of the
M

1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 855

primaries and smoky-brown secondaries with oblique ochreous
subanal line to outer margin readily distinguish it.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLIIL

Fig. 1. Physccenura pione, var. lucida, <$ , p. 853.

Fig. 2. Mylothris yulei, rf, p. 853.

Fig. 3. Phrissura nyasana, <$, p. 853.

Fig. 4. Phagorista zebra, <$ , p. 854.

Fig. 5. Antiphella aMnotafa, $ , p. 854.

Fig. 6. Fodina johnxtoni, tf, p. 854.

[From the PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,
November 17, 1896.]

[5]

P7..S. 1896. Plate XLII1.

del etHth.

New Lepiclopte"ra.fro

West/Newman chromo

From the ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
Ser. 6, Vol. xviii., December 1896.

A new Butterfly of the Genus Acrgeat/r0wi Tuyela, S. Africa.
By A. G. BUTLER, Ph.D. &c.

MR. G. H. BURN, of Tugela, Natal, South Africa, writes
under date of September 16th as follows : — u I am to-day
forwarding for your inspection two specimens of an Acrcea
which I have taken here, and which I believe is new to
science. This butterfly I first took on September 5th, 1894,
and I sent two or three specimens to Mr. R. Trimen, then
Curator of the Cape Museum. In his letter acknowledging
receipt Mr. Trimen says that the Acrcea is new to science,
and asks me to try and obtain the paired sexes, as the
females (or those specimens which had the appearance of
females) did not exhibit the ordinary distinguishing characters
of females of the genus Acrcea. I send you what I believe
to be a male and a female. Since 1894 I only got twelve or
thirteen specimens until this month."

The examples forwarded are undoubtedly a pair. In
colouring they do not differ, excepting that the male is
slightly brighter in tint ; but the male is considerably smaller
than the female, the discrepancy in size being greater than in
the allied species. It may, however, vary in this respect.

Acrcea Burni, sp. n.

Intermediate between A. machequena and A. obeira} the
pattern being identical with that of the latter species, but
the basal half of the primaries and entire ground-colour of
the secondaries is ochreous buff; the spots on the secondaries
are smaller than in A. obeira, and the orange spots upon the
dusky outer border are less deep in colour.

Expanse of wings, $ 38, ? 60 millim.

Tugela, Natal, South Africa (G. H. Burn).

From A. machequena this species is easily distinguished
by the arrangement of the spots on the secondaries, which,
in that butterfly, has the character of that of A. ranavalona.

From the ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
Ser. 6, Vol. xix., January 1807.

On the Sexes of Charaxes mixtus, Rothschild.
By A. G. BUTLER, Ph.D. &c.

In my late revision of the genus Charaxes (Journ. Linn. Soc.,
Zool. vol. xxv. p. 377) I placed G. mixtus, Roths., as a variety of
C. tiridates, remarking : — " There can be no doubt, I think, that
the prominence of the white centres to the blue spots, unless proved
to be peculiar to one locality only, can hardly indicate even a
distinct race. Mr. Rothschild insists that the true female of
C. mixtus resembles the male ! "

Recently Mr. Rothschild brought the type of his female C. mixtus
to the Museum, but, unhappily, I was away ill. Mr. Heron, how-
ever, made a careful coloured drawing of it, which, on my return,
he showed me. Directly I looked at it I was convinced, by the
form of the wings alone, that it was a female, though with the
colouring of a male ! * Mr. Rothschild was therefore quite correct
as to the sex of his type of C. mixtus $ . Whether the latter is
more than a dimorphic form of C. tiridates can only be satisfac-
torily decided by those who have an opportunity of studying it in
life and breeding it ; but there are several other species of Charaxes
which have two well-defined forms of females, whilst the males
differ in much the same way as those of C. mixtus and C. tiridates^.
I hardly think G. mixtus can be a seasonal form, on account of its
great rarity, whilst C. tiridates is one of the most abundant of the
blue Charaxes of West Africa ; but I think it may be a rare di-
morphic form of C. tiridates $ . The differences in the male alone
would not strike anybody as of great importance — they are less
than one notes between the acknowledged varieties of many species ;
nevertheless, if they should be proved to be constant, I would be
the last to refuse to recognize their importance, for I am well aware
that characters which in one group of butterflies are valueless are
quite constant and reliable in another.

* An extremely surprising thing in this group, where the female
differences are usually very pronounced,
t C. Hollandii and C. Dewitzi,

From the ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OP NATURAL HISTOHY,
Ser. 6, Vol. six., April 1897.

On a new Nymphalid Butterfly from N.E. Borneo. By ARTHUR
G. BUTLER, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Senior Assistant-
Keeper, Zoological Department, British Museum.

THE following species was collected and recently presented
to the Museum by W. B. Pryer, Esq., of Sandakan. It is
allied to Zeuxidia amethystus and Z. victrix, but differs con-
siderably in the scaling and tufting of the secondaries. As
a new genus is certain to be founded sooner or later for this
section of Zcuxididj I may as well name it at once : —

470 On a new Butterfly from N.E. Borneo.

ZEUXALTIS, subgenus novum.

Outline and neuration of Zeuxidla, but the secondaries
thinly scaled and semitransparent, with the exception of a
broad border encircling the wing and an arched series of six
broad internervular elongated patches crossing the outer
portion of the basal half from the costal vein across the dis-
coidal cell to the submedian vein ; the first three of these
patches are much thickened and covered by broad flattened
tufts of long hair.

Zeuxidia (Zeuxaltis] Pryeri, sp. n.

Primaries above nearly as in Z. victrix, but the apical area
much wider between the blue arched belt and the outer
margin, especially towards costa : the secondaries considerably
paler owing to the thin scaling on these wings excepting in
the borders and glandular patches ; the first three of these
pale in colouring, but almost concealed by blackish tufts of
hair, the remaining three much more elongated and deep
pitchy brown, the last (upon interno-median area) very much
elongated ; the costal, outer, and inner borders pitchy brown,
the basal half of the submedian vein bearing a fringe of long
hair ; a very well-defined wavy blue submarginal band, partly
concealing the brown outer border and emitting an oval elon-
gated spot inwards upon the first median areole. The under
surface resembles that of the allied species, which this insect
corresponds with in expanse of wings.

rf. Sandakan, N.E. Borneo. Type coll. B. M.

The narrow wavy submarginal band of the secondaries and
the different arrangement of tufts on the secondaries, as well
as the curiously diaphanous character of these wings, due to
the somewhat different structure of the scales, readily distin-
guish it from all the known forms of Zeuxidia, Amathusia,
Amathuxidia, &c.

From the ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
Ser. 6, Vol. xix., June 1897.

On a new African Pierine Butterfly of the Genus Mylothris.
By ARTHUR G. BUTLER, Ph.D. &c.

THE following species was received among the Old- World
Pierinae of the Godman and Salvin collection : —

Mylothris primuh'na, sp. n.

Intermediate in character between M. asphodelus and
M. sulphurea from the Cameroons.

<£. Above milk-white, the costa and the basal area of
primaries to end of cell bright cowslip-yellow, changing at
base and on the basal half of costa to bright cadmium-yellow ;
a smoky black apical patch, rather broader than in M. sul-
phurea, a large spot almost confluent with the latter at end of
second median branch, and a dot at end of first median branch
also black : secondaries bright cowslip-yellow at base, six
small black marginal spots. Body above greenish grey;
abdomen creamy white at the sides. Primaries below with
the cadmium-yellow at the base more extended and the apical
third of the wing traversed by greenish-yellow internervular
streaks ; apical patch only visible through the wing, but
seven black marginal spots: secondaries with the yellow at
base slightly more extended and the base of costa cadmium-
yellow, the outer border faintly tinted with primrose-yellow,
the black marginal spots rather larger than above. Body
below creamy white, the pectus with a feeble tint of primrose.

Expanse of wings 58 millim.

Ondo country, Lagos (Sir G. Carter). From Godman and
Salvin coll.

We have two males of this very pretty species.

From the ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OP NATURAL HISTORY,
Ser. 6. Vol. xx., August 1897.

Revision of the Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias.
By A. G. BUTLER, Ph.D. &c., Senior Assistant-Keeper,
Zoological Department, British Museum.

As recently as 1893 Hitter von Mitis essayed a revision of
this genus in the German ' Iris/ pp. 100-153 ; he, however,
overlooked two or three described forms, and his material
evidently was far from rich enough to enable him to form a

144 Dr. A. G. Butler on the

just estimate as to the value of the characters upon which
species had been based.

At the present time the collection of the Natural History
]\luseum, though still far from perfect, possesses long series
of the commoner species, and is chiefly weak in those of the
Solomon Islands which have been described during the last
few years. The generosity of Messrs. Godman and Salvin,
whose collection of these butterflies is now incorporated with
the National series, has filled up several blanks and greatly
improved the representation of some of the more beautiful and
rarer species. Therefore, as I have been asked to bring the
account of this genus up to date while fresh from its study, I
will try to do my best, reducing the synonymy as much as
possible.

1. Delias eucharis.

Papilio eucharis, Drury, 111. Exot. Ent. ii. pi. x. fi<rs. 5, 6 (1773).
Tieris epic/inns, Godart, Enc. M6th. ix. p. 153 (1819).

Fifty-two examples, of which twenty-four are from the
Godman and Salvin collection. Seven other examples are in
the Hevvitson series. India and Burma generally. B. M.

This widely distributed and common species seems to vary
very little.

2. Delias ethira.

Delias ethira, Doherty, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. iv. p. 262 (1886).

Berhampore, Ganjam and Khasia Hills (nine examples).
B. M.

Although most nearly related to D. hierte, this species may
be regarded as tending to link the latter to D. eucharis.

3. Delias hierte.

Delias hierte, Hiibner, Zutr. exot. Schmett. figs. 77, 78 (1818).

Var. Thyca indica, Wallace, Trans. Eiit. Soc. Lond. 3rd ser. vol. iv.

p. 351 (1867).
Aberr. $ . Thyca devaca, Moore, P. Z. S. 1872, p. 566.

Forty-three specimens, of which twenty-one are from G. &
S. coll.; also five in coll. Hewitson. India, Burma, and
Siam. B. M.

This species is very variable on both surfaces, but espe-
cially on the under surface of the secondaries ; the scarlet
submarginal spots are always large and seven in number,
but they are very well developed in some examples ; the
yellow colouring on these wings also varies from lemon to
saffron, sometimes even tinged with scarlet on the abdominal

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 145

border, whilst Moore's T. sanaca (a full-coloured female) has
the subcostal area and cell of secondaries red ; this, however,
I believe to be a mere accidental discoloration, such as one
sometimes sees in Pierine butterflies, and due perhaps to
staining through the chance dropping of meconium from
above as the insect rested below a twig ; but at best a mere
aberration. In some examples, especially where the yellow
is deep in tint, it is confined to the inner half of the wing
and partly divided from the scarlet submarginal spots by
white crescents ; in others these crescents are wanting ; fre-
quently the yellow covers nearly the whole of the paler
portion of the wing, and (rarely) it entirely obliterates every
vestige of white. In the sport to which Wallace gave the
name of Thyca indica the black suffusion on the upper
surface at apex of primaries is weakly defined and the black
veins on the under surface of the secondaries are expanded
by a bordering of black scales at the inner edge of the scarlet
spots. None of these varieties are limited to any locality,
excepting, perhaps, the variety without white on the under-
side of the secondaries, of which we only possess a female
from Toungoo ; a male from Rangoon has almost lost all
trace of white, so that it is just possible that this variety may
be confined to Burma.

4. Delias metarete.
Delias metarete, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) i. p. 550 (1879).

Malacca, Penang, Borneo, Sumatra. B. M. Sumatra,
coll. Hewitson.

This is a Malayan representative of D. hierte, approaching
nearest to the var. indica, but the much more uniformly grey
apical area of the primaries above, the more restricted and
sharply defined limitation of the yellow area on the under
surface of the secondaries, and development of the black inner
bordering of the scarlet spots constantly distinguish it. Our
series consists of eight examples, two of which are from the
Godman and Salvin collection, also one in the Hewitson
collection.

5. Delias hcemorrhcea.
Pieris hcemorrhaa, Vollenhoven, Mon. Pier. p. 10, pi. ii. fig. 5 (1865).

Three examples, Banca. 6 $ , B. M.

The more dusky bordering of the secondaries above, the
orange instead of yellow colouring below, and restriction of
the scarlet spots to three in number, readily separate this
insular form from the preceding.

146 Dr. A. G. Butler on the

6. Delias niasana.

Delias niasana^ Kheil, Rhop. Nias. p. 35, pi. iv. figs. 22, 23 (1884).
Var. amarilla, ibid. t. c.

Nias. Three examples. B. M.

Two of the specimens are from the Godman and Salvin
collection. The species is a well-marked one, having the
yellow on the under surface of the secondaries of a bright
primrose tint, the submarginal scarlet spots almost enclosed
in black and with pale edges; it approaches more nearly to
D. hyparete, but is quite easily separated from that species
by the form, pale edging, and number of the scarlet spots.

7. Delias hyparete.

Papilio hyparete, Linnaeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 247 (1764).
Papilio autonoe, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pi. clxxxvii. 0, D (1779).

Assam, Penang, Borneo, Sumatra, and Java. B. M.

Thirty-four examples, of which thirteen are from the God-
man and Salvin collection. The species varies chiefly in the
size of the submarginal scarlet spots on under surface of
secondaries, but not to any great extent.

8. Delias luzonensis*

Pieris luzonensin, Feldev, Wien. ent. Monatschr. vi. p. 285 (1862).

Var. Delias palaivanica, Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 24 (1889).

Vars. Delias mindanaemis, Mitis. Iris, vi. p. 139, pi. ii. tigs. 4,5(1893).

Philippine Islands and Formosa. B. M.

Eighteen examples, of which twelve were received from
the Godman and Salvin collection. Hewitsori also had four
other specimens.

In its typical form D. luzonensis nearly resembles the
darker examples of D. hyparete from Java (D. autonoe), but
is at once seen to differ in the greater obliquity of the inner
edge of the blackish apical patch, owing to its being carried
backwards to the end of the discoidal cell ; also (on the
under surface) in the broader black border of secondaries,
which completely encloses the scarlet submarginal spots, and
the much greater extent of yellow on these wings. The
species is very variable, easily divided into five forms, as
follows : —

1. Typical form, with blackish apical patch to primaries
streaked above with grey between the veins ; secondaries
below with six scarlet spots. — Luzon, Manilla, and Formosa.

2. Secondaries below with the second and third spots

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 147

whitish and small (female figured by von Mitis, Taf. ii. fig. 5,
as D. mindanaensis ?). — Luzon.

3. Secondaries with fewer scarlet spots — two to three in
male, three large and two very small in female (male D. min-
danaensis, fig. 4). — Mindanao.

4. Apex of primaries above crossed by more or less con-
fluent broad white streaks, forming a belt crossed by black
veins; secondaries below with six scarlet spots. — D. pala-
wanica, Palawan.

5. Secondaries below with second and third spots small
and whitish. — Mindoro.

That any of these forms is constant to locality may be
doubted.

9. Delias lucina.

Delias lucina, Distant, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 270

(1887).
Delias joloana, Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 24 (1889).

Sulu Archipelago. Two males from G. & S. coll.
10. Delias simplex , sp. n.

c?. Upperside resembling D. Stollii (autonoe, Stoll, not
Cramer), but even less varied with black : wings below
white, with black veins slightly expanded on the outer border
of the primaries, and so much so on the secondaries as to
form a continuous narrow sinuated border ; internal third of
secondaries pale chrome-yellow ; no red submarginal spots.

Expanse of wings 82 millim.

Sumatra (Sachs). From G. & S. coll.

11. Deltas Stollii.

Delias Stollii, Butler, P. Z. S. 1872, p. 32.

Papilio autonoe, Stoll (not Cramer), Pap. Exot. pi. xxxiii. figs. 2, 2 b
(1790).

China. B. M.

Six examples, of which two were in the Godman and Salvin
collection ; the species is easily recognizable by the second-
aries on the under surface being almost wholly yellow,
combined with very small scarlet submarginal spots, bordered
externally by a yellow edging, which separates them from
the black of the outer border.

12. Delias Rosenbergii.

Pieris Rosenkeryii, Vollenhoven, Mon. Pier. p. 11, pi. ii. fig. 6 (18G5).
Delias chrysoleuca, Mitis, Iris, vi. p. 138 (1893).

Macassar. Three specimens. B. M.

One example from the Godman and Salvin collection.

148 Dr. A. G. Butler on tlie

Var. Delias Lorquinii.

Var. Delias Lorquinii, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. p. 159, pi. xxiv.

figs. 9, 10 (1865).
Delias catamelas, Staudinger, Iris, iv. p. 77 (1891).

Menado. Four examples. B. M.

Also four specimens in Hewitson's collection.

Three of the examples of this variety or local race are
from the Goclman and Salvin collection ; it chiefly differs from
typical D. Rosenbergii in the black suffusion towards base of
secondaries on the under surface, and was figured by Vollen-
hoven (pi. iii. fig. 1) as the female of that species ; and he
mentions both as coming from Macassar. The following
may be a further development of the same species, the colour
of the secondaries being variable.

13. Delias Mitisi.
Delias Mitisi, Staudinger, Iris, vii. p. 352 (1894).

Sula Islands.

Differs in having the basal half of secondaries below black,
without yellow basal patch ; the discal area white, only
tinted with yellow at inner margin ; submarginal scarlet
spots larger.

14. Delias melusina.
Delias melusina, Staudicger, Iris, iv. p. 76 (1891), iii. pi. iii. fig. 5.

Celebes.

Seems nearly allied to D. zebuda, but with very melanic
upper surface and yellow subapical spots on under surface of
primaries.

15. Delias zebuda.
Pieris zebuda, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii. Pier. pi. vii. figs. 49,50 (1862).

Menado and Ternate. Six examples. B. M.

Four of the specimens from the Godman and Salvin collec-
tion. In the Hewitson collection there are four more specimens
from Menado and Tondano.

16. Delias Descombesi.

Pieris Descombesi, Boisduval, Sp. G<§n. L<$p. i. p. 465 (1836).
Darjiling, Nepal, Assam, Silhet, Moulmein, Toungoo,
Tilin Yaw, Poungudaw, Pegu. B. M.

Twenty-eight examples, thirteen of which are from the
Godman and Salvin collection. This species varies very little,

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 149

excepting in the ground-colour of the secondaries below,
which, in the females, varies from huffish yellow to whitish.
Five examples in the Hewitson collection.

17. Delias oraia.

Delias oraia, Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ix. p. 189 (1891) ; Grose
Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. ii. p. 10, Del. pi. iii. figs. 5, 6 (1893).

Sumbawa Island (ex coll. G. & S.). 6 $ , B. M.
A well-marked local representative of D. Descombesi, the
female being very distinct in character.

18. Delias splendida.

Delias splendida, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. i. p. 661 (1894) ; Smith &
Kirby, Rhop. Exot. ii., Del pi. vi. figs. 4-6 (1895).

Timor.

A very fine and distinct species of the D. Descombesi
group.

19. Delias belisama.

Papilio belisama, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pi. cclviii. A, B (1782).

Var. Delias ndkula, Grose Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. Pier, i., Dei.

pi. i. figp. 1-4 (1889).

Var. Delias aurantia, Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ix. p. 189 (1891).
Delias belisar, Staudinger, Iris, iv. p. 78 (1891) ; Grose Smith & Kirby,

Rhop. Exot. ii. p. 6, Del. pi. ii. figs. 6, 7 (1893).
Var. Delias vestalina, Staudinger (=nakula), Iris, iv. p. 79 (1891).
Var. Delias erubescens, Staudinger, t. c. p. 80.

Java. Twenty-six specimens. B. M.

Six examples are in the Hewitson collection. Eight of
the specimens in the general series are from the Godman and
Salvin collection.

Attempts have been made to show that the variations of
this species are localized, but it is certain that Dr. Horsfield
bred the typical form, D. nakula and D. aurantia, and there is
no reason for supposing that he collected his larvae in different
parts of the island. D. belisar has been regarded as a variety
identical with D. aurantia ; it, however, differs in the greater
width of the outer border of the secondaries in the male ; the
female does not differ : it is said to occur at Malang, and
may possibly be a localized sport of the species. D. eru-
bescens is probably a rare aberration ; we have a small female
of a very deep rosy orange colour (formerly in the Kaden
collection). Intel-grades occur between typical D. belisama
and D. aurantia.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 11

150 Dr. A. G. Butler on the

20. Delias glance.

c? . Plena glauce, Butler, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 431, pi. xxv. fig. 2.

Borneo. Type, B. M.

This species chiefly differs from the preceding in the
absence of the subapical yellow markings from the under
surface of the primaries. It is said to be common in Sumatra.

21. Delias inferna.

Delias inferna, Butler, Lep. Exot. p. 63, pi. xxiv. fig. 6 (1871) ; Grose
Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., Del. pi. ii. figs. 3-6.

Type N.W. Australia ; two males and two females, Cape
York and Port Moresby. B. M.

Twelve examples, of which ten are from the Godman and
Salvin collection. Hewitson also possessed a pair which he
mixed up with D. aruna.

' 22. Delias aruna.

^ . Pier-is aruna, Boisduval, Voy. de 1'Astr., L6p. p. 48 (1832) j Hewit-
son, Exot. Butt, ii.. Pier. pi. in. figs. 20-22 (1861).
$ . Pieris bajura, Boisduval, /. c.

Two males and one female, Humboldt Bay ; male, Bat-
chian ; male, Waigiou. B. M.

From the Godman and Salvin collection ; there are also two
males and a female in the Hewitson collection from Batchian
and Waigiou.

23. Delias Honrathi.
$ . Delias Honrathi, Mitis, Iris, vi. p. 134, pi. iii. fig. 1 (1893).

Kalum, New Pomerania.

This may turn out to be only a dimorphic form of the
female of D. madetes, from which it principally differs in the
white instead of yellow ground-colour of the upper surface
and in having most of the spots on the under surface of the
primaries white.

24. Delias madetes.
Pieris madetes, Godman & Salvin, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 733.

Male and female, types (coll. G. & S.) ; male and female,
New Ireland. B. M.

25. Delias diaphana.

iper, Verb. Haml
'. figs. 3-6 (1890;

Mindanao and Davao. B. M.

Delias diaphana, Semper, Verb. Hamb. iii. p. 114 (1878) ; Reis. Ph3|
v. p 2£'8; pi. xxxiv. figs. 3-6 (1890).

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 151

Fourteen examples, of which twelve are from the Godman
and Salvin collection.

The three following species stand out distinct from all the
other forms of the genus, but combine characters of those
which precede and those which follow them in this arrange-
ment of the genus.

26. Delias aganippe.

Papilio aganippe, Donovan, Ins. New Holland, pi. xxix. (1805).

Adelaide, Sydney, Moreton Bay, &c. B. M.

Thirteen examples, of which seven are from the Godman
and Salvin collection. Four other specimens in the Hewitson
series.

27. Delias harpalyce.

Papilio harpalyce, Donovan, Ins. New Holland, pi. xviii. fig. 1 (1805).
Papilio Lewini, Thon, Entom. Arch. i. p. 38, pi. iii. fig. 10 (1828).

Australia, Sydney. B. M.

Nine examples, three of which are from the Godman and
Salvin collection. Also three specimens in the Hewitson
cries.

28. Delias nigrina.

Papilio nigrina, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 475 (1775); Donovan, Ins.
New Holl. pi. xix. fig. 1 (1805).

Sydney, Moreton Bay, Richmond River. B. M.

Ten specimens, four of which are from the Godman and
Salvin collection. Four other specimens in Hewitson's
collection.

29. Delias funerea.

Delias funerea, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. i. p. 662 (1894).
Delias Plateni, Staudinger, Iris, vii. p. 355 (1894).

Gilolo.

In some respects this species resembles D. timorensiSj but
it is more nearly related to D. duris, from which it differs in
the white under surface of primaries, with whitish subapical
spots on a black area ; the secondaries below are also quite
black, with the scarlet markings more vivid than in D. duris.

30. Delias duris.
Pieris duris, Hewitson, Exot. Butt, ii., Pier. pi. v. fig. 34 (1861).

Ceram. Type coll. Hewitson.

Intermediate between the preceding species and D. cceneus.

11*

152 Dr. A. G. Butler on the

31. Delias cceneus.

Papilio caneus, Linnaeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 271 (1764).
Papilio plexaris, Donovan, Ins. New Holland, pi. xviii. fig. 2 (1805).
Cathcemia anthyparete, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 92 (1816).
Pirn's philyra, Godart, Enc. Meth. ix. p. 150 (1819).

Amboina, Ceram. B. M.

Nineteen examples, of which nine are from the God man and
Salvin collection.

32. Delias philotis.

Thyca philotis, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 357, pi. viii.
fig. 4 (1867).

Bourou. Types coll. Hewitson.

Hewitson united this species to D. cceneus, from which it
may be readily distinguished by the oblique inner edge of
the blackish area of primaries on the underside, leaving a
large white patch from median vein to inner margin.

33. Delias argenthona.

Papilio argenthonat Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 200 (1793).
£ . Pieris protocharis, Boisduval, Sp. G&i. Le"p. i. p. 457 (1836).

Queensland, Port Denison, Richmond Eiver, More ton
Bay. B. M.

Fourteen examples, eight of which are from the Godman
and Salvin collection. The Hewitson collection contains six
specimens.

The specimen figured by me as Delias fragalactea (Lep.
Exot. pi. xxiv. fig. 7) is only a small example of this species ;
the white spot at end of discoidal cell in primaries on the
under surface is frequently confluent with the white of the
ground-colour in this species, and therefore cannot be
regarded as one of the distinguishing characters of D. fraga-
lactea.

34. Delias fragalactea.

Thyca fragalactea, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv.
p. 243 (1869), but not of Lep. Exot.

N. Australia. Two examples. Type B. M.

It is possible that this may eventually be linked to D. ar-
genthona] but the greater depth of the pale basal area on the
under surface of the secondaries, which encloses the red spot
and extends to the end of the cell, as also the heavier black
bordering of these wings on the upper surface, readily distin-
guish it at present from that species. Apparently the hind
wings are comparatively longer than in D. argenthona , there

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 153

being little, if any, difference in the width of the black area
preceding the scarlet spots ; but this is due to the latter being
less elongated than usual.

35. Delias peribcea.

Pieris peribaa, Godart, Enc. Meth. ix. p. 154 (1819).

Delias Wallacei, Rothschild, Iris, v. p. 441, pi. v. fig. 2 (1892).

Three female examples. Java, from Godman and Salvin
collection.

The absence of the scarlet spot at the end of the cell, upon
which Mr. Rothschild relied, proves to be an unstable cha-
racter; indeed, it is not really scarlet, but orange in the
female, and in one of our specimens it is indistinct.

36. Delias Schonbergt.

Delias Schonbergi. Rothschild, Novit. Zool. ii. p. 161, pi. viii. figs. 6, 7
(1895).

Bougainville Island, Solomon group.
This is one of the handsomest species of the D. argenthona
roup.

37. Delias sambawana.

Delias sambawana, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. i. p. 662 (1894) ; Smith &
Kirby, Rhop. Exot. ii., Del. pi. vi. figs. 2, 3 (1895).

Sambawa Island. Three specimens, from the Godman and
alvin collection.

38. Delias fasciata.

Delias fasciata, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. i. p. 662 (1894) ; $, Smith &
Kirby, Rhop. Exot. ii., Del. pi. vi. fig. 1 (1895).

Sumba.

The submarginal spots on the under surface are yellow
Dlashed with red.

39. Delias sthenobcea.
Pieris sthenobcea, Boisduval, Sp. G&i. L6p. i. p. 466 (1836).

Moluccas.

Said to resemble D. Descorribesii, but with the wings paler
nd no red patch at base of secondaries on the under surface ;
le submarginal spots are yellow.

40. Delias Dohertyi.

rtiertyi, Rot!
Rhop. Exol

Timor.

Delias Dohertyi, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. i. p. 661 (1894) ; Smith &
Kirby, Rhop. Exot. ii., Del. pi. vi. figs. 7, 8 (1895).

154 t)r. A. G. Butler on the

It is a curioug tiling that in the same year when the above
was described M. Oberthur described a Pieris Dohertyi from
New Guinea. The latter, however, appears to me to be
allied to P. ornytion of Godman and Salvin, in which case it
is not a Delias (although P. ornytion has erroneously been
referred to this genus by von JVlitis).

41. Delias bagoe.

Pieris bagoe, Boisduval, Voy. de 1'Astr., Le*p. p. 49 (1832).
Pieris eurygania, Godman & Salvin, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 734.

New Ireland. Seven examples. B. M.
Five of the specimens, including the types of P. eurygania,
are from the Godman and Salvin collection.

42. Delias Salvini.

Delias Salvini, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. ix. p. 153
(1882).

New Britain. Type, B. M.

43. Delias echo.

Thuca echo. Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 358, pi. viii.
fig. 3 (1867).

Bourou. Types, coll. Hewitson.

Allied to the following, but very distinct.

44. Delias isse.
Papilio isse, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pi. Iv. E, F (1779).

Amboina and Ceram. Sixteen examples. B. M.
Ten of the specimens are from the Godman and Salviu col-1
lection. The Hewitson series consists of four specimens.

45. Delias Ribbei.

Delias Ribbei, Rober, Iris, i. p, 46, pi. ii. figs. 3, 4 (1886).
Aru Islands.
Also allied to D. isse.

46. Delias Candida.

c?. Pieris Candida, Vollenhoven, Mon. Pier. p. 11, pi. iii. fig. 2 (1865).
5 . Pieris kerodias, Vollenhoven, I. c.

Batchian, four specimens from Godman and Salvin collec-
tion.

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 155

47. Delias chrysomel&na.

Pieri* chrysomelccna, Vollenhoveu, Tijd. Ent. ser. 2, vol. i. p. 57, pi. i.
figs. 1, '2 (1800).

Batchian, three specimens from Godman and Salvin collec-
tion.

The female above resembles that of I). Candida.

48. Delias echidna.

Pier is echidna, Ilewitson, Exot. Butt. ii.. Pier. pi. v. fig's. 35, 36 (1861).
Ceram. Type, coll. Hewitson.

49. Delias dorylcea.

£. Pier is dorylcea, Felder, Reise dor Nov., Lep. ii. p. 182 (1865);

? Mills, Iris, vi. pi. iii. fig. 2.
J. Thyca hippodamia, Wallace, Trans. Eut. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 359,

pi. viii. tig. 1 (1807).

Aru. £ , Wallace's type, coll. Hewitson.

50. Delias dorimene.

Papilio dorimene, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pi. ccclxxxvii. C, D (1782).
Papilio fuliyinosus, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i. 5, p. 2201 (178S-91).
Pier is ayeleis, Godart, Enc. Metli. ix. p. 147 (1819).

Amboina and Ceram. Fourteen examples. B. M.
Eight of the specimens are from the Godman and Salvin
collection ; there are also four others in the Hewitson collection.

51. Delias altivaga.

Delias cdticaya, Friihstori'er, Eut. Nackr. xix. p. 333 (1893) ; Stett.
ent. Zeit. Iv. p. 121, pi. iv. tig. 8 (18U4).

Java.

Nearly allied to D. geraldina and D. yabia.

52. Delias geraldina.

Delias yeraldina, Grose Smith, Novit. Zool. i, p. 535 (1894) ; Rhop.
Exot. ii., Del. pi. v. fig<. 1-3 (1895).

New Guinea.

53. Delias g a1 >ia.

J . Pieris (jabia, Pjoisduval. Voy. de 1'Astr., L6p. p. 49 (1832).
New Guinea. Male, B. M.

156 Dr. A. G. Butler on the

54. Delias Kuhni.

Delias Kuhni, Honrath, Berl. ent. Zeit. p. 295, pi. vi. fig. 2 (1886).
Var. Delias sulana, Staudinger, Iris, vii. p. 354 (1894).

Male, Bangkai, Celebes, from Godman and Salvin collection.
Near to D. themis ; primaries below black ; secondaries
with about three bright yellow submarginal spots.

55. Delias themis.

Pieris themis, Hewitsou, Exot. Butt, ii., Pier. pi. v. figs. 31, 32 (1861).

S.E. Mindanao, Philippines. Two pairs. B. M.
Three of the specimens are from the Godman and Salvin
collection.

56. Delias singJiapura.

Thyca singhapura, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 353,
pi. vii. fig. 2 (1867).

Sandakan, Labuan, Sarawak. Four males. B. M.

Two of the specimens are from the Godman and Salvin
collection. In Hewitson's collection there are three males
and a female (including Wallace's types).

57. Delias agoranis.

Delias agoranis, Grose Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xx.
p. 266 (1887) ; Rhop. Exot., Del. pi. i. figs. 7, 8.

Mergui. Three males. B. M.

58. Delias cathara.

Delias cathara, Grose Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, ser. 6, vol. xii.
p. 34 (1893) ; Rhop. Exot. ii., Del. pi. v. figs. 7, 8 (1895).

Kina Balu, N. Borneo.

Allied to D. singhapura and to the following species.

59. Delias baracasa.

Delias baracasa, Semper. Reis. Phil. ii. v. p. 230. pi. xxxiv. fig. 2
(1890).

S.E. Mindanao.

Von Mitis says that this " is most certainly nothing more
than an aberration of D. mindanaensis, in which the whole
of the marginal spots on the under surface of the hind wings
have become white." If this is correct, D. cathara must be
a parallel form of D. hyparete ; but, to my mind, there is no
certainty in the matter. Both insects are considerably
smaller than the red-spotted species, and fall naturally into
the D. singhapura group.

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 157

60. Delias danala.

Delias danala, De Nice"ville, Journ. Bom. Soc. viii. p. 51, pi. 1. fig. 9

(1893).
Delias karo, Hagen, Iris, vii. p. 33, pi. i. fig. 4 (1894).

Sumatra.

Allied to D. baracasa and distantly related to D. agostina.

61. Delias enniana.

<$ . Pieris enniana, Oberthiir, Ann. Mus. Civ. Geneva, xv. p, 481, pi. iv.

fig. 3 (1879-80).
9 . Thyca ennia, part., Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 355.

pi. vii. fig. 4, $ (1867).
Delias dorothea $ , Mitis, Iris, vi. p. 146, pi. iii. fig. 4 (1893).

Male, Waigiou, from Godman and Salvin collection.
Wallace's type of the female is in the Hewitson collection.

62. Delias dice.
$ . Pieris dice, Vollenhoven, Mon. Pier. p. 39, pi. iv. fig. 7 (1865).

New Guinea.

Allied to the preceding species.

63. Delias nigidius.

$ . Delias nigidius, Miskin, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 93 ; Grose Smith

& Kirby, Rhop. Exot. ii. p. 9, Del pi. iii. figs. 3, 4 (1893).
tf . Pieris Jobiana, Oberthiir, Etudes cTEnt. xix. p. 7, pi. ii. fig., 6 (1894).

Port Moresby. Three males from the Godman and Salvin
collection.

64. Delias ennia.

<$ . Thyca ennia, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 355, pi. vii.

fig. 4, <J (1867).
<j>. Delias dorothea tf, Mitis, Iris, vi. p. 146, pi. iii. fig. 3 (1893).

Waigiou. Type in coll. Hewitson.

65. Delias georgiana.

Delias georgiana, Grose Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6. vol. xv.
p. 228 (1895).

Two males and two females, New Britain. Five examples
from the Godman and Salvin collection.

This must not be confounded with D. georgina of Felder,
to which it is in no respect nearly related.

158 Dr. A. G. Butler on the

66. Delias vishnu.
<$ . Pieris vishnu, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. Comp. i. p. 83, pi. 2 «, tig. 5

Male, Java. Type, B. M.

Also a very large male and ordinary female, said to be from
Timor, in the Hewitson collection.

67. Delias timorensis.

$ . Pieris timorensis, Boisduval, Sp. Gen. Lep. i. p. 459 (1836) ;
Butler, P. Z. S. 1883, p. 368, pi. xxxviii. fig. 6.

Two males, Larat, Timor-laut, and Tenimber. B. M.
The Tenimber specimens are from the Godman and Salvin
collection.

68. Delias aruensis.

Delias aruensis, Mitis, Iris, vi. p. 110 (1893).

Thyca bagoe, Wallace (not Boisd.), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. iii. vol. iv.
p. 355, pi. vii. figs. 3, 3 a (1867).

Male and female, Aru. Types in coll. Hewitson.

69. Delias poecilea.

Pieris p&cilea, Vollenhoven, Mon. Pier. p. 13, pi. iii. fig. 3 (1865).
Batchian. Three males, from Godman and Salvin collec-
tion.

70. Delias sacha.
Delias sacha, Grose Smith, Novit. Zool. ii. p. 75 (1895).

Obi Island.

Possibly more nearly allied to D. Candida, but I have not
seen the species.

71. Delias euphemia.

Delias euphemia, Grose Smith, Novit. Zool. i. p. 334, pi. xii. figs. 1,
(1894).

Biak, N.E. New Guinea.
Allied to D. lara and D. mysis*

72. Delias my sis.

Papilio mysis. Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 475 (1775) ; Donovan, Ins. New
Holl. pi. xxi. fig. 1 (1805).

Queensland, Rockingham Bay, Gape Bo wen. Eight
examples. B. M.

One male is from the Godman and Salvin collection. In
the Hewitson collection there are two others.

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus t)elias. 159

73. Delias cestiva, sp. n. ?

Possibly only a dry- season form of the preceding, but little
or nothing appears to be known regarding the seasonal
changes in this genus : it differs from D. mysis in its gene-
rally inferior size, narrower black apical border of primaries
continued as a slender line to the external angle ; the yellow
on the under surface of the secondaries is brighter, more
restricted, and more sharply defined, and the scarlet stripe is
considerably narrower, more as in D. timorensis.

Expanse of wings, $ 60-70, ? 60 millim.

Port Darwin and Port Essington. Five examples. B. M.

One male was in the Godman and Salvin collection.

74. Delias cruentata.

Pieris cruentata, Butler, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 455, pi. xxvi. fig. 2.
Male (type), Mysol; male, Waigiou (coll. G. &S.). B. M.

75. Delias lara.

Pieris lara, Boisduval, Sp. Gen. Lep. i. p. 461 (1836).
Var. Delias intermedia, Mitis, Iris, vi. p. 149 (1893).

Two males and one female, Port Moresby; male, var. in-
termedia. Port Moresby. B. M.

Seven specimens, all from the Godman and Salvin collec-
tion. I am inclined to think that D. intermedia will prove
to be the dry-season form of this species and D. cruentata a
nearly allied species ; on the other hand, the latter may prove
to be the dry-season form and D. intermedia a form occurring
at the change of the seasons. At present, however, we have
no data to go upon.

76. Delias agostina.
Pieris agostina, Hewitson, Exot. Butt, i., Pier. pi. i. figs. 1, 2 (1852).

Darjiling, Nepal, Assam, East Pegu. Eighteen examples.
B. M.

Thirteen of the specimens are from the Godman and Salvin
collection. In the Hewitson collection are seven other
specimens.

The following species is so remarkably variable that it has
been split up into numerous named forms. In my opinion
the Indian and Chinese forms represent modifications of one
widely distributed species, the Indian variations ranging
almost white to almost black, the Chinese varying less

160 Dr. A. G. Butler on the

in ground-colour but with the markings more or less run
together into streaks. The D. Horsfieldii form occurs both
in India and China, as also does typical D. belladonna. The
more or less development of yellow patches on the upper
surface of the secondaries is certainly an unreliable character
and not of specific value ; otherwise both D. ithiela and
D. patrua would have claims to separation. I shall consider
this species under its varieties.

77. Delias belladonna.

Papilio belladonna, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 1.80 (1793) ; Donovan,

Nat. Rep. i. pi. xxxv. (1823).
Var. Pieris Horsfieldii, Gray, Zool. Miscell. p. 32 (1831); Herrich-

Schatfer, Ausl. Schmett. figs. 13, 14 (1850).
Var. Pieris sanaca, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. Comp. i. p. 79 (1857) ;

P. Z. S. 1857, p. 103, pi. xliv. fig. 4.

Pieris chrysorrhoea, Vollenhoven, Mon. Pier. p. 6, pi. ii. fig. 4 (1865).
Var. Thyca ithiela, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv.

p. 242 (1869) ; Lep. Exot. p. 62, pi. xxiv. fig. 1 (1871).
Var. Thyca berinda, Moore, P. Z. S. 1872, p. 566; Waterhouse, Aid,

i. pi. xii. (1881).

Var. Delias Jlavalba, Marshall, P. Z. S. 1882, p. 759.
Var. Delias Boylei, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xv,

p. 58 (1885).

Var. Delias Hearsayi, Butler, I. c.
Var. Delias patrua, Leech, Entom. xxiii. p. 46 (1890); Butt. China,

pi. xxxvii. figs. 1, 2 (1893).

Var. Delias lativitta, Leech, Butt. China, pi. xxxv. fig. 1 (1893).
Var. Delias adelma, Mitis, Iris, vi. p. 130 ; Leech, t. c. pi. xxxvii.

figs. 5, 6 (1893).

Var. Delias subnubila, Leech, /. c. figs. 7, 8 (1893).
Var. Delias zelima, Mitis, Iris, vi. p. 131 (1893).
Var. Delias surya, Mitis, t. c. p. 132 (1893).
Var. Delias amarantha, Mitis, t. c. p. 133, pi. ii. fig. 3 (1893).

Sixty-six specimens in B. M. and coll. Hewitson as
follows : —

Var. 1. D. Jlavalba.

Darjiling. Three in B. M. Three (not labelled) in coll.
Hewitson. Two of our specimens from the Godman and
Salvin collection. One of Hewitson's examples is almost
wholly white above, the white spots running completely
together almost to the outer border, and therefore more
aberrant than in the following : —

Var. 2. D. lativitta,

Ta-chien-lu, Moupin, Bernard my o in Burma (Leech).
Not in the Museum series at present.

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 161

Var. 3. D. sanaca = chrysorrhoea.

Six specimens, including the type, in B. M. from Darjiling
and Kulu, one of which is from the Godman and Salvin col-
lection ; also two without locality in coll. Hewitson.

Var. 4. D. Hear say i.

Four specimens, Kulu, Landoor; type, Barrackpore, in
B. M. Two of these from the Godman and Salvin collec-
tion. The type has the basal spot orange, doubtless from
discoloration.

Var. 5. D. Boylei=amarantha.

Four specimens : male (type), Darjiling; two males and
one female, Sikhim.

The type of this species differs a little from the others, the
whitish spots being less defined and streaky, the basal spot
red instead of yellow, the anal patch dull saffron-yellow ; the
figure by von Mitis is very like it, but is from a slightly less
discoloured example.

. Var. 6. D. subnubila.

Moupin, Huang-mu-chang, and Pu-tsu-fong, Western
China (Leech) .

Var. 7. D. belladonna (typical).

Male, N.W. Himalayas ; female, " Ind. orient." One pair
only. B. M.

The female is an old and somewhat discoloured specimen,
the yellow patches having become faded and reddish ; it,
however, agrees well in pattern with Donovan's figure. I
believe the female figured by Leech (pi. xxxvii. fig. 4) should
be referred to this variety, but the male (fig. 3) to D. Hors-
Jteldii. However, it is of no great consequence, as all these
forms grade into one another in a hopelessly inconsiderate
manner.

Var. 8. D. Horsfieldii, = surya and zelima.

Thirteen examples varying in size, elongation of wing, and
size of discal spots in secondaries ; also five intergrades
between this variety and the next. Kali valley, N.W. India ;
Kulu, Darjiling, Bhutan, Nepal, and Burma.

Of the eighteen examples, twelve were received from
Messrs. Godrnan and Salvin, including all the connecting
links between typical D. Horsfieldii and D. ithiela.

162 Dr. A. G. Butler on the

Var. 9. D. ithiela $ , = D. berinda ? .

Nineteen specimens from Darjiling (including the type),
from the Khasia and Naga Hills and Assam ; thirteen of
these were received from Messrs. Godman and Salvin. Also
one example in the Hevvilson collection.

D. berinda agrees with our solitary female.

Var. 10. D. adelma.

Chang- Yang, Central China (Leech).

This form is even blacker than D. ithiela, the white discal
spots being replaced by grey streaks; the yellow at anal
angle and on abdominal area of secondaries has, however,
reappeared.

Var. 11. D. patrua.

Chang- Yang, Central China (Leech).

Only differs from the preceding variety in the reduction of
the yellow patch at base of secondaries above and of all the
yellow markings below. It was most inconsistent on the
part of my excellent friend Mr. Leech to regard it as a
distinct species, and one of these days he will doubtless admit
as much. It may be supposed that my present action is also
inconsistent with that formerly taken by me ; but this is not
so. I have always followed the plan of regarding differently
marked types, especially if they did not agree in form and
had been received from different localities, as distinct species ;
but whenever I have obtained series of intergrades which
proved their identity, I have at once admitted the impossi-
bility of keeping them separate. A very small difference in
pattern may be of specific value, but a mere variation in the
size of spots between two specimens taken in the same
locality is most unlikely to be of importance.

78. Delias aglaia.

Papilio aglaia, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 465 (1758).

Papilio pasithoe, Linnreus* Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 755 (1767) ; Donovan,

Ins. China, pi. xxx. fig. 2 (1799).

Papilio dione, Drury, 111. Exot. Ent. ii. pi. viii. figs. 3, 4 (1773).
Papilio porsenna, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pi. xliii. D, E (1776).

Darjiling, Assam, Silhet, Nepal, Tenasserim, Burma,
China. Thirty-four examples. B. M.

Fifteen of the specimens were received from Messrs. God-
man and Salvin ; there are also four others in the Hewitson
collection. This species varies a good deal as regards the
amount of creamy yellow on the upper surface of the

Pierine Butterflies oj the Genus Delias. 163

secondaries ; in some examples from Burma it almost fills
the area included between the first and second median
branches, leaving only four diffused spots between it and the
costa; in others it is limited by the first median branch,
leaving five diffused spots j but all kinds of links between the
two types also occur.

79. Delias parthenope.

Thyca parthenope, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 347

(1867).
Thyca ninus, Wallace, 1. c. pi. vii. fig. 1.

Elephant Island, Malacca, Borneo. B. M. Sumatra
(G. & S. coll.).

The type from Malacca is in the Hewitson collection mixed
with the preceding species.

80. Delias pandecta.
Delias pandecta, Staudinger, Iris, 1889, p. 23.

Two males and one female, Palawan. Four examples
(Godman and Salvin coll.).

We have a female from Nias which resembles this species
in colouring, but differs above in having the greyish- white
macular belt on the upper surface of the primaries across the
end of the cell, so that it touches the white spot. This may
possibly be nearer to D. aglaia, but without the male it is
impossible to decide.

81. Delias pandemia.

Thyca pandemia, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 346, pi. vi.
figs. 4, 4 a (1869).

Palawan, Labuan, and Sarawak. B. M.

Fourteen examples, of which twelve are from the Godman
and Salvin collection. Wallace's type is in the Hewitson
collection.

82. Delias henningia.

Pontia henningia, Eschscholtz, Kotzeb. Reise, iii. p. 214, pi. ix.

figs. 20 a, & (1821).
Var. Thyca lucerna, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv.

p. 243 (1869) ; Lep. Exot. p. 62, pi. xxiv. figs. 2, 5 (1871).
Var. Thyca ochreopicta, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv.

p. 244 (1869) ; Lep. Exot. p. 63, pi. xxiv. figs. 3 ( $ ), 4 ( J ) (1871) *.

Twenty-six examples, of which fifteen are from the Godman
snfL Salvin c^Viecuon. They separate into the following
forms : —

* J transposed tte sexes of the two variations of this species,

164 Dr. A. G. Butler on the

1. D. ochreopicta.

Six examples. Luzon and Mindanao. (Three, G. & S.
coll.)

2. D. ochreopicta^ var.

Eight examples. Mindoro, Guimaras, Luzon. (Seven,
G. & S. coll.)
In some respects much nearer to D. lucerna and henningla.

3. D. henningia.

Nine examples. " China," Mindoro, Manilla, Luzon.
(Three. G.& S. coll.)

Barely distinct from the following.

4. D. lucerna.

Three examples. Philippines ; no special locality noted.
(Two, G. & S. coll.)

Chiefly differs from the preceding variety in the greater
expanse of deep yellow on the secondaries.

Of the above forms D. ochreopicta is the best marked,
inasmuch as it nearly approaches D. pandemia in both sexes,
chiefly differing from it in the broad grey-and-white belt
across the primaries. Hewitson's collection contains a male
of var. 1, a pair of var. 3, and a female of var. 4.

83. Delias ottonia.

Delias ottonia, Semper, Eeis. Phil. ii. v. p. 235, pi. xxxiv. figs. 7-9
(1890).

Davao and Mindanao (<f ? , coll. G. & S. ; <?, B. M.).

84. Delias egialea.

Papilio egialea, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pi. clxxxix. D, E (1779).
Delias tyche and apriata, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 91 (1816).

Eight examples. Java (two from G. & S. coll.). B. M.
Two females in the Hewitson collection.

85. Delias crithoe.

Pieris crithoe, Boisduval, Guerin & Percheron, Gen. Ins. (1835) ;
Vollenhoven, Mon. Pier. p. 7 (1865).

Java. One female, G. & S. coll. ; thi ^jiaV^ B. Ml.
A pair also in the Hewitson collection, dc

pp

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 165

86. Delias bromo.

<$. Delias bromo, Friihstorfer, Ent. Nachr. xix. p. 335 (1893).
9 . Delias dymas, De NiceVille, Journ. A. S. Beng. Ixiii. pi. v. fiff. 7.
p. 44 (1894).

Java. $ , B. M.

87. Delias tobahana.

$ . Delias tobahana, Rogenhofer, Verb, zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xlii.

p. 571 (1892).
cf. Delias derceto, De Nice"ville, Journ. Bomb. Soc. viii. p. 51, pi. 1.

fig. 4 (1893).

Sumatra.

Not in the Museum series.

88. Delias parthenia.

Delias parthenia, Staudinger, Iris, v. p. 449 (1892).
Male, Kina Balu. B. M.

89. Delias ninus.

Thyca ninus, Wallace, Trans. Eat. Soc. Lond. ser. 3. vol. iv. p. 347

(1867).
Thyca parthenope, Wallace, I c. pi. vi. figs. 5, 5 a (1867).

Penang. Two males. B. M.

The type (from Malacca) is in the Hewitson collection.

90. Delias pyramus.

Thyca pyramus, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 347 (1867).
Pieris thisbe, Gray, Lep. Ins. Nep. pi. vii. fig. 1 (1846).
Var. Delias scandha, Doherty, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. vol. Iv. 2,
p. 262 (1886).

Darjiling, Nepal, Bhutan, East Pegu. Fourteen examples.
B. M.

Nine of the specimens are from the Godman and Salvin
collection. The Hewitson collection contains five others.

91. Delias thysbe.

$ . Papilio thysbe, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pi. ccxxxiii. C (1782).
Pieris acalis, Godart, Enc. M<§th. ix. p. 148 (1819).

China.

This species appears chiefly to differ from the female of
D. pyramus in the grey colouring and heavy black border of
the secondaries. I have never seen the species, and
Mr. Leech's work orct e butterflies of China does not include
any of the species of 'lias excepting D. belladonna and its
varieties. ^

<A

166 Dr. A. G. Butler on the

92. Delias blanca.

Pieris blanca, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 284 (1862) ; Reise der
Nov., Lep. ii. p. 160, pi. xxiv. figs. 6, 7 (1865).

Luzon.

93. Delias orphne.

Thyca orphne, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 361, pi. viii
fig. 2 (1867).

Malacca. Two examples, including the type in coll.
Hewitson.

94. Delias georgina.

Pieris georgina, Felder, Wien. ent. Mou. v. p. 298 (1861) ; Reise der
Nov , Lep. ii. p. 160, pi. xxiv. figs. 4, 5 (1865).

Luzon.

95. Delias cinerascens.

Delias cinerascens, Mitis, Iris, vi. p. 126, pi. ii. fig. 2, $ (1893).
Kina Balu.

96. Delias simanabum.

Delias simanabum, Hagen, Iris, vii. p. 34, pi. i. fig. 3 (1894).
Sumatra.

97. Delias momea.

Pieris momea, Boisduval, Sp. Ge"n. Le*p. i. p. 477 (1836).

Delias Hageni, Rogenhofer, Verb, zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xlii. p. 572

(1892).
Delias datames, De Nice"ville. Journ. Bomb. Soc. viii. p. 53, pi. 1. fig. 8

(1893).

Java. <? , B. M.

A female example is in the Hewitson collection. Occurs
also in Sumatra ; but I fail to understand why de Niceville
considers D. simanabum to be the same species. It appears
to me to be widely distinct, not even belonging to the same
group of species.

98. Delias nysa.

Papilio nysa, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 473 (1775).

$. Papilio endora, Donovan, Ins. New Holl. pi. xx. fig. 2 (1805).

Moreton Bay, Sydney, Queensland, Twelve examples.
B. M.

Five specimens are from theGodman and Salvin collection.
The Hewitson collection also contains five specimens.

The following species may or may not belong to this
genus : 1 have never seen a specimen : —

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 167

99. Delias? d'Albertisi.

cJ . Pieris dAlbertisi, Oberthiir, Ann. Mus. Civ. Geneva, xv. p. 480,

pi. iv. fig. 4 (1879-80).
£ . Delias discus, Honrath, Berl. ent. Zeit. xxx. p. 130, pi. iv. fig. 4

(1882).

New Guinea.

A curiously coloured species, vaguely resembling Tenaris
and Dyctis.

Since the completion of this Revision Mr. Grose Smith
has described three additional species in the Ann. & Mag.
Nat. Hist, for April, 1897, p. 403.

From the ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
Ser. 6, Vol. xx., October

Descriptions of six Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Catasticta
in the Collection of the British Museum. By ARTHUR
G. BUTLER, Ph.D. &c.

THE following undescribed species were mostly collected by
the late Mr. Buckley in Ecuador, and were confounded by
llewitson (who unfortunately destroyed the labels recording
their exact habitats) with well-known species.

1. Catasticta vapina, sp. n.
Kearest to C. pmavcij which it nearly resembles on the

367 Dr. A. G. Butler on new Pierine Butterflies.

upper surface ; all the pale markings are, however, clearer,
more sandy yellowish, excepting those on the outer margin,
which are white; those towards the base are extended in a
diffused manner towards the base ; the spots crossing the
disk of secondaries are acutely hastate, diffused externally.
On the under surface the colouring and pattern more nearly
approach those of C. phihthea, but all the light areas are
wider and more sharply defined; the general colouring of
the primaries is clear buff, that of the secondaries pearl-white,
washed with sulphur-yellow on the inner half of the discal
and marginal white markings, and here and there over the
basal area much as in the secondaries of G. manco ; the apical
area and marginal spots of the primaries are also similarly
tinted.

Expanse of wings 46-52 millim.

Ecuador (Buckley). Two males, coll. Hewitson.

From all its near allies this species may be distinguished
by its clearer brighter colouring both above and below, by
the sharp definition of the under-surface markings, by the
much wider and less crescent-shaped disco-submarginal spots
across the under surface of the primaries and the wider corre-
sponding belt of markings across the secondaries. Hewitson
confounded this species with C. modesta.

2. Catasticta cinerea, sp. n.

Primaries above ash-grey, with the veins and costal margin
broadly black ; outer fourth of the wings occupied by a broad
black border, crossed by a series of whitish-grey spots ; a
marginal series of minute white dots : secondaries with the
basal half ash-^rey irrorated with black; outer half black,
crossed by a series of whitish-grey spots ; a marginal series
of small sulphur-yellow spots. Body blackish; palpi with
two lateral white lines ; collar with a small yellow spot on
each side. Under surface nearly resembling that of C. uri-
ccecJuce, but the grey areas more slate-coloured, the yellow
markings deeper in tint, all the pale markings more sharply
defined and those crossing the primaries broader.

Expanse of wings 65 millirn.

Locality unfortunately not preserved. One male, coll.
Hewitson.

This very fine species and the two following were con-
founded by Hewitson with C. uriccechece ; the present species
is, however, in some respects nearer to C. semiramis and
amastn's.

Dr. A. G. Butler on new Pierine Butterflies. 368

3. Catasticta vulnerata, sp. n.

Allied to C. uriccechece, but easily distinguished by the fact
that on the upper surface the basal area of the primaries as
well as of the secondaries is suffused with crimson, the discal
white spots narrower, the crimson on the secondaries more
restricted and greyer, the spots of the discal series small,
paler red, and diffused, the marginal internervular spots
whitish. On the under surface the markings are more sharply
defined, the yellow markings brighter, the grey discal belt
across the secondaries with nearly straight inner edge, and
therefore broader, the white and yellow belt bounding it
internally consequently narrower; the marginal spots broader,
slightly less angular.

Expanse of wings 58-61 millim.

Ecuador (Buckley). Three males.

4. Catasticta tricolor, sp. n.

Also allied to C. uriccechece, but with all the spots on the
upper surface of the primaries bright lemon-yellow ; the
scarlet markings on the secondaries less brilliant in colour,
the patch towards the base more restricted, the spot within
the end of the cell diffused inwardly and those across the
disk much elongated ; a marginal series of yellow spots. On
the under surface the white and yellow markings are so much
reduced in size as to give this species a decidedly greyer
aspect, in which respect it somewhat approaches (7. cinerea ;
it, however, appears to differ from all its allies in having the
base of the abdominal fold of the secondaries bordered with
scarlet.

Expanse of wings 63 millim.

Ecuador. One fine male example.

In the Hewitson collection under the name of C. sisamnus
are two males of what 1 believe to be a very distinct species
allied to both C. hegemon arid C.fliza. Unfortunately the
habitat of the species has not been preserved, and as this
group is somewhat more variable than others in the genus
and the species more difficult to describe so as to be easily
recognizable, I prefer to leave it unnamed until specimens
come to hand with information as to habitat.

The following species was confounded with his C. anaitis
by Hewitson : —

5. Catasticta sordida, sp. n.

$ . Above with the general colouring of C. anaitis, but

369 Dr. A. G. Butler on new Pierine Butterflies.

slightly more yellow ; the spot in the cell and those of the
discal series of the primaries nearest to the costa decidedly
smaller : secondaries with the external blackish border occu-
pying nearly half the wing and crossed by large well-defined
spots of the ground-colour ; a marginal series of small white
spots. Below, all the pale markings are reduced and the
brown areas consequently much broader ; the pale bands also
are cream-coloured, not pure white, and the yellow streaks
and spots deeper in tint.

Expanse of wings 62-68 millim.

Bolivia. Three males.

6. Catasticta Staudingeri, sp. n.

Allied to C. corcyra, with which it has been confounded ;
it differs above in the restriction of the black apical patch of
the primaries, which becomes linear from the second median
nervule ; on the under surface the apical border is broadly
bright yellow and traversed by two grey lunular markings ;
the secondaries are bright yellow, the veins black, with white
borders; in the markings of these wings it differs from
C. corcyra in having the irregular postmedian stripe placed a
little nearer the outer margin and in having a well-defined
boldly zigzagged submarginal brown line, the outer angles
of which terminate on the margin at the extremities of the
nervures.

Expanse of wings 54 millim.

E. Peru. One male (type), B. M.

Also five examples from Ecuador in the Hewitson collec-
tion labelled as G. corcyra. Of the latter we have three
examples from the Ucayali River, Peru, which correspond
exactly with Felder's figure.

As I have just heard that Dr. Staudinger, of Dresden, is
interesting himself in the study of this genus, I have named
the preceding very distinct species in honour of him.

From the ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
Ser. G, Vol. xx., November 1807.

A Revision of the Species of Butterflies belonging to the
Genus Teracolus, Swains. By ARTHUR G. BUTLER,
Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.

[Continued from p. 399.]

25. Teracolus Mananhari.

Pieris Mannnliari, AVard, Ent. Month. Mas. vi. p. 224 (1370); Afr.

Lop. p. 2, pi. ii. fig?. 1-4 (1873).
Anthocharisjlavida) P. Mabilie, Bull. Soc. Eut. Fr. (•">) vii. p. xxxvii

(1877).
Teracolus jlwoidus, P. Mabilie, Grand. Madair. pi. xl. figs. 1, 1 «, L}? ^ a

(1885).
Teracolus nothus, Mabilie, /. c. p. 290 (1880)*.

Madagascar.

* M. Mabilie quotes pi. xxxvi. a. fig. 2, but no such plate appears to
have been published hitherto ; at any rate, it is nut in the Museum Atlas
to the work.

452 Dr. A. G. Butler— A Revision

Ward described the wet-season form (which is largest)
with almost plain yellow under surface in the male, about
two black spots in the primaries and an orange costal streak
to the secondaries being the only markings on that surface ;
in the female the apical area of the primaries and the second-
aries are buff on the under surface, the former with a sub-
apical black bar representing the inner boundary of the black
border of the upper surface and a discocellular black spot, the
latter often with a slender interrupted angular discal stripe.
T. nothus is represented by two intermediate forms, which
occur in both sexes. The first has the under-surface pattern
of T. MananJiari (typical), but the apex of the primaries and
the secondaries are washed with rosy sienna ; the second is
slightly less reddish below, but has the addition of a longitu-
dinal brown stripe through the centre of the secondaries ; the
female also has indications of striations on these wings.
T.fiamda is a smaller form in which the striation of the under
surface appears in the male, but the angular band in that sex
and the subapical band in the female are obsolete. Finally,
there is a true dry-season form of which we possess the male
only ; it is small, the apex of primaries and the secondaries
below fleshy buff, indistinctly striated, but without longitudinal
streak or angular discal stripe.

26. Teracolus incretus.

$ . Teracolus incretus, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xviii. p. 146 (1881).
c? . Callosune vulnerata. Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 46. pi. xxiii.
(1884).

Eanges from the Victoria Nyanza southwards to Nyasa
and eastwards to Mombasa and Bagomoyo.

Both types of the species are undoubtedly sexes of the
wet-season form ; the bad colouring of Staudinger's figure
led Mr. Marshall to suppose that T. vulnerata was "clearly
the dry-season form," but he is mistaken, for we have the
latter. It is very rosy beneath, the male having the apical
half and the secondaries, excepting towards apex, fleshy
sienna, transversely striated with brown and more or less
spotted ; there is also frequently a longitudinal dusky streak
horn the base through the lower half of the discoidal cell in
the secondaries.

27. Teracolus auxo.

Anthocharis auxo, Lucas, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1852, p. 422.
Antliopsyche topha, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 15 (1857).
Anthocharis keiskamma, Triinen, Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 56, pi. ii. figs. 3, 4
(1862-6).

oj the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 453

The yellow form of this species appears to be strictly con-
fined to Kaffraria and Natal, but a somewhat paler race occurs
in Matabeleland. The extreme types T. auxo and keiskamma
were proved by M~ansel Weale and recently by Mr. Marshall
to be wet- and dry-season forms of one species ; T. topha,
which is usually regarded as identical with T. keiskamma,
appears to me to be an intergrade of which we possess six
examples in the Museum.

Of the Matabele type, which only differs in its somewhat
whiter coloration, we only possess males of the wet and
intermediate forms.

28. Teracolus dissociatuSj sp. n.

Allied to T. auxoj but with whitish or white ground-colour,
tinted along edge of apical area with sulphur-yellow. The
wet-season form differs also from that of T. auxo in that the
male has a black oblique bar bounding the inner edge of the
orange apical patch ; the intermediate form * chiefly differs
from T. topha in its white colouring and the much more
limited apical orange patch ; the dry -season form differs from
T. keiskamma in its white colouring and much darker borders,
but more especially in the females. In size this species
agrees in all its forms with the more southern butterfly.

Ranges from Nyasaland northward by Kilima-njaro to the
Victoria Nyanza.

29. Teracolus evarne.

Pontia evame^ Klug, Symb. Phys. pi. vi. figs. 1-4 (1829).
Pontia liagore, Klug, L c. figs. 5-8 (1829).
Teracolus citreus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 152.
Teracolus xanthevarne, Butler, t. c. p. 163.
Teracolus syrtinus, Butler, t. c. p. 163.

One of the most widely distributed and variable species of
its group, ranging from Upper Egypt and the White .Nile to
Abyssinia, southwards to the Albert Nyanza, the Victoria
Nyanza, and Kilima-njaro, andeastwards to Mombasa. On the
western side it appears to be rare, but we have one example (the
type of T. syrtinus) said to be from " Senegal " and a second
recorded as simply from " West Africa." In ground-colour
T. evarne varies from primrose-yellow to white, the typical
form being almost white with yellow diffused bordering to
the orange apical area ; this is the wet-season form of the
species and the most heavily marked with black. T. xanih-
evarne appears to be the prevalent form of the species in

* One of the supposed types of T. syrtinus referred to by Messrs. Triinen
and Marshall.

454 Dr. A. G. Butler— A Revision

Upper Egypt, the White Nile, and Abyssinia, and chiefly
differs in it's inferior size, yellower colouring, and frequently
in the larger orange patch on the primaries. T. syrtinus is
an intermediate- season form which apparently ranges west-
wards from Mombasa through the Sabaki valley, past Kilima-
njaro and the Victoria Nyanza to Wadelai, and thence across
the continent to Senegal, where it varies slightly from the
normal form, the lower extremity of the orange apical patch
being indistinctly bordered with blackish, so as vaguely to
resemble the wet-season form of T. auxo (nobody, however,
with an eye for species could calmly compare the two and
for a moment regard them as identical). The males of this
form never have the margin of the secondaries dotted, and on
the under surface they show a slight tendency to rosy tinting.
The females are altogether more lightly marked than those of
typical T. evarne. T. liagore is probably little more than a rare
starved albinism occurring in Egypt and on the borders of
the Eed Sea ; in its weak markings it would seem to be
a dry-season form, but the colouring of the under surface
is that of the wet-season. I should look upon it as an inter-
mediate form probably occurring just before the rains.
T. citreus is the dry-season form occurring with typical
T. evarne, but smaller, much more lightly marked above, and
very rosy below.

30. Teracolus Phillipsi.
Teracolus Phillipsi, Butler, P. Z. S. 1885, p. 772, pi. xlvii. fig. 11.

Somaliland.

This is a well-defined local representative of T. evarne most
nearly approaching the varietal form T. liagore in character.
In all its seasonal phases it is much more lightly marked and
paler in colouring than T. evarne, as well as slightly smaller
than in the corresponding phases of T. evarne. The ground-
colouring is always white, with the pale orange apical patch
very faintly tinted with yellow along the inner edge ; the
marginal bordering even of the wet-season male is compara-
tively weak, while the secondaries are always unspotted.
The female in the wet-season has the upper surface marked
almost as in the dry-season female of T. evarne, while the
intermediate type, which is much smaller, has the female
still less marked above and striated below with greyish olive ;
the dry-season form is very small, the male without marginal
markings, the female very faintly marked, but both sexes
rosy and more or less striated below.

of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 455

31. Teracolus eucharis.

Papilio eucharis, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 472 (1775), but not Donovan.
Papilio aurora, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pi. ccxcix. figs. A, B (1782).
Euchloe cceneos, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 94 (1816).
Pieris titea, Godart, Enc. Me*th. ix. p. 124 (1819).
Teracolus pseudevanthe, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 164, pi. vii. fig. 16.
Teracolus pallens, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. p. 49
(1877).

Kanges from Bombay southwards to Madras and Ceylon.

The seasonal forms of this species follow the usual rules,
the wet-season forms being heavily marked above, yellowish
and white with the usual markings below ; the intermediate
forms are similar above, but the females show more orange in
the apical black patch ; the dry-season forms are more lightly
marked above and much more rosy and more strongly striated
below. Of each form there are two phases, one showing a
double bar on the under surface of the male secondaries, the
other only showing a costal dash or dot. Of the double-
barred type are, first, the wet-season form, which has received
no distinctive name ; then the intermediate form, representing
T. pseudevanthe ; lastly, the dry-season form, which is typical
of T. eucharis. Of the costal marked type the wet-season
form is again unnamed ; the intermediate form is T. aurora ;
and the dry-season form T. pollens, which differs from all the
other phases in showing no trace of the dusky spot on the
inner edge of the orange apical patch in the male.

32. Teracolus evanthe.

Anthocharis evanthe, Boisduval, Sp. Gen. Le"p. i. p. 567 (1836) ; Mabille

in Grand. Mad. pi. xli. figs. 1, 2 (1887).
Anthocharis ena, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) iii. p. 134 (1879) ;

Grand. Mad. pi. xl. figs. 6, 6 a (1887).

Madagascar.

This species appears to have no wet-season form. The
variety T. ena is perhaps a little drier in character than the
type, but both belong to dry-season phases.

33. Teracolus evanthides.

Callosune evanthides, Holland, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. vol. xviii. p. 268,
pi. viii. fig. 9 (1895).

Aldabra, Comoro Islands.

Allied to C. evanthe, but evidently distinct. It has the
brown irroration and striation of the under surface charac-
teristic of the dry-season T. evanthe of Madagascar, but upon
a pale yellow ground-tint, whereas in T. evanthe the ground-
colouring of the under surface is dead white.

456 Dr. A. G. Butler— .4 Revision

34. Teracolus etrida.

Anthocharis etrida, Boisduval, Sp. Ge*n. L6p. i. p. 576 (1836).
Teracolus pernotatus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 159, pi. vii. fig. 1.
Teracolus farrinus, Butler, t. c. fig. 2.
Teracolus purus, Butler, t. c. p. 160, pi. vii. figs. 14, 15.
Teracolus casimirus, Butler, t. c. p. 161, pi. vii. fig. 5.
Teracolus bimbura, Butler, t. c. p. 161, pi. vii. figs. 3, 4.

Kanges from Persia to N.W. India, and thence through
Bombay southwards to the foot of the Nilghiri Hills. I have
seen no examples from the eastern side of India. I think
that Mr. Marshall is incorrect in his assertion that it appears
to range practically throughout India : our selected series of
seventy-four specimens does not include one example from
Eastern India. This makes it all the more probable that
Mr. Marshall's inconsistent action in regarding the Ceylonese
T. limbatus as a variety of T. etrida, whilst he regarded
T. danae as quite distinct from the company to which he
gave the name of T. eupompe, was an error. Just as T. danae
differs from T. dulcis, so does T. limbatus differ from T. etrida^
whilst the latter has the additional advantage of being a
purely insular form.

Of the varieties of T. etrida to which I gave distinctive
names, T. farrinus is the most heavily marked on the upper
surface, though T. pernotatus runs it very close ; T. purus is
a dwarf form of the species with rather more orange at apex
than in typical T. etrida. These are all wet-season or inter-
mediate forms. The dry-season phase is represented by
T. casimirus and the starved form of it which I described
under the name of T. bimbura.

35. Teracolus limbatus.
Teracolus limbatus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 161.

Ceylon.

The males of this species are always heavily bordered, and
sometimes so much so that the marginal spots are perfectly
confluent throughout; the species seems never to attain to
the size of the largest examples of T. etrida. The female on
the upper surface (like its male) resembles most nearly that
sex of T. etrida, var. farrinus ; but is more heavily bordered,
shows scarcely a trace of the spot on the interno-median
area of primaries, has brown instead of black markings on the
under surface of these wings, and the discal markings on the
secondaries very ill-defined. An example of this sex is in
the Hewitson collection.

of the Genus Tcracolus, Swains. 457

36. Teracolus ephyia.

Pontia ephyia, King, Syinb. Phys. pi. vi. figs. 0, 10 (1829).

Occurs from Ambukol in Nubia northward to Upper E;_ypt.

The wet- season form of the male nearly resembles the
male of typical T. etrida on the upper surface, but the female
shows no trace of the interne- median spot of that species,
whilst on the under surface all the discal spots arc wanting.
The dry-season form is smaller, shows scarcely a trace of the
black inner edging to the orange subapical patch ; the second-
aries also have no marginal spots and the under surface is
suffused with buff.

Mr. Marshall was quite correct as to the females formerly
associated by me with this insect having nothing to do with
it, but he should also have discovered how closely allied it is
both to T. etrida and T. lais.

37. Teracolus lais.

Teracolus lais, Butler, P. Z. S. 1870, p. 145.
Teracolus halyattvs, Butler, t. c. pi. vi. fig. 8, J.
Teracolus ly cor is 2, Butler, t. c. p. 140, pi. vi. fig. 6, £.

Ranges from Kimberley across the Orange Free State to
Swaziland.

The female of T. lais, the wet- (not dry-) season form,
bears a vague resemblance to that of T. etrida, var. binibura,
but the orange subapical bar has no inner blackish edging and
there is no spot on the second median areole of primaries, the
two marginal spots nearest to apex of secondaries are also
confluent ; on the under surface the basal area and apical
border of primaries arid the secondaries, with the exception of
a discal patch towards apex, are washed with pale buff; the
orange subapical curved bar of the primaries is paler than
above, but the interno-median black spot is distinct. The
males vary greatly in expanse, the type measuring about
34 millim., and a second example from the Godman and
Salvin collection no less than 46. It approaches T. epliyia,
but has more nearly the upper-surface pattern of T. biml)uray
with pure white under surface (indistinctly irrorated with
black scales when examined through a lens), the discocellular
clots black, that of the secondaries attached to an orange spot ;
the costa of these wings is also narrowly orange towards the
base.

My incorrect identification of the sexes of the dry-season
foim (T. halyatles] led Mr. Marshall into error. The male
of the latter is much like the wet-season form above, but both

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 31

458 Dr. A. G. Butler— .4 Revision

sexes below are alike, with grey-speckled rosy apical area to
primaries and rosy secondaries, showing traces of an angular
discal series of dusky spots, one or two of which are more or
less prominent on the upper surface of the female ; the apical
patch in this sex is dark brown, with a curved subapical
series of indistinct orange spots.

38. Teracolus pallene.

Anthocharis pallene, Hopffer, Peters's Reise, p. 358, pi. xxiii. figs. 7. 8

(1862).

Callosunepseudetrida,Westwood, in Oates's Matabeleland, p. 340 (1881).
Teracolus cinctus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii. p. 105

(1883).

I believe that these are synonymous, although the descrip-
tion of the under surface of Westwood's type does not corre-
spond in every detail with that of T. cinctus, and the
female is described as having a subapical yellow fascia, whilst
the female of T. cinctus has the apical area black, crossed by
ill-defined narrow ochreous dashes. Still I believe that
variation may account for these discrepancies. One thing is
certain, Westwood's insect must belong to the T. daira
group, and not to the singular mixed community in which
Mr. Marshall has placed it, for it undoubtedly has the orange
apical patch of the male black-bordered internally. Assuming
that the above synonymy is correct, the species must be inter-
mediate between T. lais and T. mfumatus, and must range
from the Victoria Nyanza southward to Nyasaland, and
thence to Tete on the Zambesi. The intermediate form has
the under surface washed with warm buff, and the dry-season
form is small, with narrower black borders, the black internal
streak ill-defined, and the secondaries rosy on the underside.

39. Teracolus infumatus.
Teracolus infumatus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1896, p. 128, pi. vi. figs. 5, 6.

Kanges from the Victoria Nyanza due south to Nyasa.

This species in its wet-season form is like a large and very
heavily marked form of T. pallene, to which it is undoubtedly
allied ; but the intermediate-season form (of which we have a
male from Lake Tanganyika) has the apical patch of orange
more extended on the costa and not bordered internally by a
black bar. This fact brings the species somewhat nearer to
the T. daira group, in which the dry-season form has a
similar character.

of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 459

40. Teracolus daira.

Pontia daira, Klug, Symb. Phys. pi. viii. figs. 1-4 (1829).
Anthocharis nouna, Lucas, Expl. Alg., Zool. iii. p. 350, pi. i. fig. 2

(1849).

Anthopsyche demagore, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. p. 186 (1865).
Anthopsyche dalila, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. p. 188 (1865).
Teracolus xanihus $, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1884, p. 440, pl.xxxix. fig. 11.
Teracolus odysseus j, Swinhoe, t. c. p. 441, pi. xl. fig. 3.

Appears to range from Algeria to Egypt and thence south-
wards to Abyssinia and Somaliland.

The type of Felder's T. dalila is identical with the typical
wet-season form, T. odysseus is an intermediate form, and
T. nouna (of which T. demagore is a synonym) is the dry-
season form. The latter, owing to its resemblance in the
male sex to the dry-season forms of two other allied species,
has been united to them and placed in. the next group of
species by Mr. Marshall, the whole being united under one
heading as what he elegantly calls a u job lot."

41. Teracolus stygia.

$ . Anthopsyche stygia, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. p. 188 (1865).

Bogos, N.E. Africa.

This is an intermediate-season form, perhaps not distinct
from T. odysseusj which it nearly resembles ; it is, however,
larger and differs slightly in some details of its pattern. The
type, which I have examined, is in the collection of the
Hon. Walter Kothschild.

42. Teracolus Heuglini.

Anthopsyche Heuglini, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iii. p. 272 (1859).
Teracolus Thruppi, Butler, P. Z. S. 1885, p. 770, pi. xlvii. fig. 10.
Teracolus Jamesi, Butler, t. c. p. 771.

Teracolus Jacksoni, E. M. Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. v.
p. 336 (1890).

From Somaliland southwards to the Sabaki valley.

T. Jacksoni is the wet-season form, T. Thruppi the inter-
mediate form, and T. Heuglini ( = 1). Jamesi <£) the dry-
season form.

43. Teracolus evagore.

Pontia evagore, Klug, Symb. Phys., Ins. pi. viii. figs. 5, 6 (1829).
Teracolus Yerburii, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1884, p. 441, pi. xxxix. fig. 12.
Teracolus saxeus, Swinhoe, t. c. pi. xl. figs. 1, 2.
Teracolus Swinhoei, Butler, t. c. p. 491.

Arabia.

T. Yerburii is the wet-season form, T. Swinhoei may be

31*

460 Dr. A. G. Butler— A Revision

taken as either a yellow variety or an intermediate type, and
T. evagore ( = saxeus) is the dry-season form. Practically
the whole of the forms are dry-season, but they represent the
seasonal phases which occur in more variable climates. That
T. evagore is the dry-season phase of T. Yerburii (and conse-
quently T. Heuglini of T. Thruppi, and T. nouna of T. daira)
is evident from the fact recorded (P. Z. S. 1896, p. 247) that
one pupa produced from a batch of larvae bred by Capt. Nurse
produced T. evagore * and all the others T. Yerburii.

44. Teracolus Emim.

J . Teracolus Emini, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. vii.
p. 47 (1891).

Eanges from Abyssinia to the Albert Nyanza, thence
southwards through Nyasaland to Delagoa Bay, whilst we
have one male of the dry-season form from the Godman and
Salvin collection which is said to have been obtained as far
south as Graham's Town.

But for the fact that the dry-season form of this species
exactly resembles that of the wet-season on the upper surface,
I should not have hesitated to regard it as an exaggerated
development of the closely allied T. eione. The latter, how-
ever, appears to be strictly confined to Southern Africa.

45. Teracolus eione.

Anthocharis eione, Boisduval, Sp. Gen. Lep. i. p. 578 (1836).
Teracolus galathinus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 142.

Kanges from the Cape to Delagoa Bay.

The wet and intermediate forms of this species are much
alike on the upper surface, the latter, however, with ochra-
ceous apex to primaries and entire surface of secondaries
below, whilst the dry-season form is much more lightly
marked above, more rosy and irrorated with brown below ;
next to T. Emini it is the most heavily marked dry-season
form of its group, and notwithstanding its general resemblance
on the upper surface to the wet-season forms of T. phlege-
tonia, I do not consider that we have enough evidence to sink
it with its widely differing wet phase as a mere variation of
T. phlegetonia. When it can be proved (instead of asserted
without proof) that T. Emini, T. eione, T. antigone, T.xanthus,
T. interruptusj and T. glycera are only variations (unin-
fluenced by locality or climate) of one and the same species,
I shall be one of the first to accept the position. At present
I regard it as extremely improbable.

* He calls it nouna, but that is a mere trifling misidentification.

of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 461

46. Teracolus ant /gone.

Anthocharis antigone, Boisduval, Sp. G£n. Lep. i. p. 572 (1836).

Anthocharis phlegetonia, Boisduval, /. c. p. 576 (1836).

Anthocharis delphine, Boisduval, 1. c. p. 577 (1836).

Teracolus subfumosus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 139, pi. vi. fig. 3.

Teracolus JIaminia, Butler, t. c. p. 140, pi. vi. fig1. 1.

Teracolus lycoris, Butler, ibid, (but not pi. vi. fig. 6).

Teracolus ly&us, Butler, t. c. p. 141, pi. vi. fig. 2.

Teracolus frig a, Butler, t. c. p. 142, pi. vi. fig. 5.

Teracolus minans, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xviii. p. 229 (1882).

Teracolus coniger, Butler, ibid.

Ranges from Accra eastwards to the Albert Nyanza and
thence southwards to Cape Colony.

When I described the above forms as distinct we had no
examples of the very distinct wet-season phases from the
south, nor was I aware of the variability or the seasonal
distinctions which occur in Teracolus; therefore when I
found half a dozen or more examples which seemed to corre-
spond in the possession of certain characters in both sexes, I
naturally supposed that I had different species before me.
The Godman and Salvin collection, which was tolerably rich
in examples of this species, has enriched our series, adding
eight typical examples of T. phlegetonia (wet-season) from
the Cape of Good Hope, also five examples of the variety
T. minans = coniger from the Cape, as well as seven examples
of the dry-season variety T. delphine. With our present
series I am satisfied that the above synonyms represent one
tolerably variable species. I cannot, however, believe that
T. antigone, the wet-season form of which always has both
the base and apex of the primaries bright lemon-yellow on
the under surface, and which has a much narrower internal
black stripe in all its forms, is identical with T. eione or
T. Emini. Typical T. antigone has no internal stripe. Of
the named forms, T. phlegetonia and T. minans are wet-
season phases, T. friga is intermediate, and the remainder
are variations of the dry-season form.

47. Teracolus glycera.

3 . Teracolus glycera, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 144.

Exact locality unknown. Type B. M.

It is possible that this may prove to be an aberrant inter-
mediate-season form of T. antigone^ for, although the inner
margin of the orange apical patch is unbroken by the usual
black marking, the primaries have the same yellow basal
suffusion, and the other characters nearly correspond with
those of that species.

462 Dr. A. G. Butler— A Revision

48. Teracolus xanthus.

c? . Teracolus xanthus, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1884, p. 440, pi. xxxix. fig. 10.
Teracolus comptus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1888, p. 94.

Teracolus bifasciatus, E. M. Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. v. p. 330 ; ?, Waterhouse, Aid, pi. clxxxix. (1890).

Ranges from Upper Egypt southwards to the Victoria
Nyanza and Kilima-njaro, and thence to Nyasaland.

This is a northern and eastern development of T. antigone,
usually smaller and more weakly marked on both surfaces,
especially in the wet-season form. Only the more heavily
marked examples of this form show any trace of the yellow-
basal suffusion on the under surface. At the same time it is
possible that where the two forms meet they may interbreed,
as is the case with some of the local races of birds.

49. Teracolus metagone*

Teracolus metagone, Holland, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xviii. p. 760
(1896).

East Africa.

This is a wet-season or intermediate form apparently nearly
approaching T. xanthus ^ var. bifasciatus ( = comptus) ; but
without examining either a good figure or a typical example
it would be rash to assert its identity with that species. It
must, however, be borne in mind that the internal fascia on
the primaries which occurs in the type specimens both of
T. bifasciatus and comptus and the small transverse spot near
the posterior extremity of the orange apical patch are not
constant characters, but grade away to nothing even in our
series.

50. Teracolus interruptus.

Teracolus interruptus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1871, p. 724 : Lep. Exot. p. 115,

pi. xliii. figs. 1, 2 (1872).

Teracolus lucullus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 143, pi. vi. fig. 4.
Teracolus yelasinus, Butler, t. c. p. 143.

Appears to be confined to Angola and the neighbourhood
of the Congo near its mouth. It is readily distinguished
from the more northerly West- African type T. antigone by
the absence of lemon-yellow at the base of the primaries
below in any of its phases ; the black internal bar is very
faintly indicated in the wet-season form and wanting in the
intermediate and dry forms.

of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 463

51. Teracolus agoye.

«

Anthopsyche agoye, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 15 (1857).
Anthocharis eosphorus, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. i. p. 523

(1863).

Teracolus Bowkeri, Trimen, op. cit. 1883, p. 358.
Teracolus zephyrus, Marshall, P. Z. S. 1897, p. 8.

South Africa.

I have carefully compared the various descriptions of this
species with our examples, and have utterly failed to discover
any reason for keeping them separate. Three examples from
the Godman and Salvin collection of the wet-season phase
obtained at Kimberley (two males and one female) agree
remarkably well with Mr. Marshall's description : one worn
and damaged male example in our series and one in the
Hewitson collection of the intermediate phase, having the
apex of primaries and the secondaries beneath creamy
yellowish, are somewhat larger, with the black inner bordering
of the apical patch continued almost to the first median
branch ; these are from Damaraland, and therefore should
represent T. agoye = eosphorus-, whilst a male in the Hewitson
collection of the dry-season phase from the Transvaal has all
the veins finely blackened above, the apical patch intermediate
in size, with only its upper half black-bordered, its outer
portion irrorated with greyish lavender, the apex of primaries
and the secondaries below rose-pink. But for the compara-
tive rarity of T. agoye, I am certain that Mr. Marshall would
not have been so inconsistent as to regard the very slight
characters upon which he has separated it into three species
as either likely to be constant or of the least importance.
There are hardly any of the forms which he has associated
under his T. evagore, T. evippe} and T. achine which do not
differ more markedly from one another. He himself says of
specimens which he calls T. achine : " The undersides are
equally variable, ranging from the type with black neuration
to a specimen in which there is no trace of black " ; and,
under his T. phlegyas: "the development of the black on
neuration is such an eminently unreliable character in this
genus." It is perfectly well known also that the width of
the black inner edging of the apical patch and the black
costal streak on the secondaries are far less reliable, that the
white or creamy under surface is dependent upon season,
and that the discocellular dots are most inconstant. What
characters then remain ?

464 Dr. A. G. Butler— A Revision

52. Teracolus niveus.

Teracolus niveus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 177, pi. xviii. fig. 1.
Teracolus candidus, Butler, t. c. p. 178, pi. xviii. fig. 2.

Socotra.

T. niveus represents the wet-season phase and T. candidus
that of the dry-season ; the latter is less heavily marked than
the type, and the orange patch, instead of filling the apex of
the primaries, is represented by an oblique pale orange sub-
apical band of five spots, widest in the middle and narrowest
at its lowest extremity.

53. Teracolus aldabrensis.

Teracolus aldabrensis, Holland, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xviii. p. 269,
pi. viii. figs. 7, 8 (1895).

Aldabra.

This is a very distinct and singularly coloured species.
Without seeing the type, I should judge that its nearest
relation was probably my T. niveus, from Socotra. It
appears to be a wet-season form.

54. Teracolus evenina.

Anfhopsyche evenina, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 12 (1857).
Anthopsyche deidamia, Wallengren, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iv. p. 35

(1860).
Callosune deidamioides, Aurivillius, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Forh.

1879, p. 45.
Callosune inornata, Westwood, in Oates's Matabeleland, p. 338 (1881).

Southern Africa as far west as Damaraland, eastwards as
far as the Zambesi.

The seasonal forms of this species differ but little on the
upper surface; the dry-season male, however, has slightly
less black on the inner margin and on the inner edge of the
orange apical patch. C. deidamioides is the dry-season form.

55. Teracolus casta.

J . Callosune casta^ Gerstaecker, Arch, fur Nat. 1871, i. p. 357 ; Van
der Decken's Reisen in Ost- Africa, iv. 2, p. 365, pi. xv. figs. 1, 1 a
(1873).

J . Teracolus sipylus, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1884, p, 444, pi. xl. figs. 10, 11.

Teracolus callidia, Grose Smith, Ent. Month. Mag. xxiii. p. 32 (1886).

Ranges from Zanzibar south-westwards to Nyasaland and
north-westwards to the Victoria Nyanza.

The seasonal variation of this species is considerably more
marked than in the southern T. evenina ; T. sipylus, the

of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 465

extreme wet-season form, is usually distinctly larger than the
wet-season form of T. evenina ^ and always has all the dark
markings much heavier, the black marginal spots of the
secondaries being connected by grey scaling into a continuous
or partly confluent border and frequently preceded by a lunu-
lated greyish submarginal stripe. Even Mr. Trimen, who
states that the two species are inseparable, is constrained to
admit that T. sipylus is " somewhat more heavily marked."
T. callidia chiefly differs from the latter in having the second-
aries below " brownish-white," and is probably an inter-
mediate phase between the wet- and dry-season forms ; the
dry- season form is T. casta, which is far more lightly marked
than any South- African example of T. evenina. It is true
that in Gerstaecker's figure and in our single example the
male has a white under surface ; but this is often the case
with individuals of the dry-season phase in other species of
the genus, as, for instance, in those examples of T. dedecora
(the dry-season form of T. eupompe) to which Felder gave the
name of T. theopompe.

Did intergrades between T. evenina and T. casta exist, one
•would be bound to regard them as one species ; but the sup-
posed intergrades prove to be nothing of the kind when
examined with a view to seasonal variation, and the two
species remain as representative localized forms.

5G. Teracolus Carteri.

Teracolus Carteri, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xviii. p. 227 (1882).
Teracolus laura, E. M. Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol v
p. 441 (1890).

Ranges along the West Coast of Africa from Senegambia to
Accra, and thence across the continent eastwards to the
Albert Nyanza.

Of this species I have only seen wet and intermediate
phases. If a dry-season form occurs it should be looked for
in Central Africa. Both types of the species belong to the
wet- season form.

This may be regarded as a heavily marked development of
the more widely distributed T. isaura, like which species it
has the basal suffusion softly diffused, instead of almost
uniform in tone with the blackish internal spot on the
primaries. The wet-season form, however, is much larger
than T. isaura, much more heavily bordered with black in
both sexes, and with a black inner edging to the apical orange
patch in the male. The intermediate form is as heavily
bordered as the wet phase of T. isaura, whilst both wet and
intermediate forms have the wings on the under surface

466 Dr. A. G. Butler— -4 Revision

heavily black-veined below, a character extremely rare in
T. isaura.

57. Teracolus isaura.

Anthocharis isaura, Lucas, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. p. 424 (1852).
Teracolus helle, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 149.

North Africa, from Upper Egypt to the White Nile and
Abyssinia.

This species, regarded as a whole, is smaller and less
heavily black-bordered than T. Garteri • the wet-season form
has the veins below tipped with black, bat it is most unusual
even for the female to have them wholly blackened ; the
orange apical patch on the under surface of the primaries is
much smaller and more diffused, and the orange markings on
the secondaries are usually weaker. Both types belong to
the wet-season phase, from which the intermediate form only
differs in its more feeble black bordering, and on the under-
side in the less pronounced black tips to the veins ; the dry
form is still more weakly marked, without any black tips to
the veins in the male, the female below being suffused with
buffish salmon ; it is possible that the male may sometimes
have a rosy tinge below, but our examples do not show this
dry- season character (which is not invariable).

58. Teracolus antevippe.

Anthocharis antevippe, Boisduval, Sp. Ge"n. Le"p. i. p. 572 (1836).
Anthocharis zera, Lucas, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. p. 423 (1852).
Teracolus subvenosus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii.
p. 105 (1883).

Ranges from Senegal (where it appears to be rare) across
the continent (to Abyssinia *, according to Lucas), south-
eastwards to the Albert Nyanza, the Victoria Nyanza, Kilima-
njaro, and thence still eastwards to Zanzibar.

Although related to T. isaura^ this species appears to me
to hold its own ; it is much more variable than T. isaura^
frequently showing a black internal stripe on the upper
surface of the primaries and an imperfect black inner edging
to the orange apical patch : the female in all its phases is
much more heavily marked with blackish basal clouding and
still blacker internal stripe on the primaries ; the borders and
subapical bar are also blacker than is usual in T. isaura^ and
the angular band on the secondaries more strongly defined ;
the veins on the under surface of the wings are either black

* I believe, however, that Lucas confounded with it the males of
T. helle (the dry-season form of T. isaura).

of the, Genus Teracolus, Swains. 467

externally (T. subvenosus), but never connected with a black
marginal line as in T. isaura, or are merely dusky towards
the tips (T. antevippe) : the dry-season form (T. zero) has
the under surface suffused with creamy pink, and is the least
heavily marked type on the upper surface.

Strictly speaking, the males of this species, without any
trace of the blackish internal stripe on the upper surface
(typical T. antevippe), should perhaps be regarded as an
intermediate phase between the wet- and dry-season forms,
the wet form being represented by T. subvenosus.

59. Teracolus ithonus.

Teracolus halyattes £ , Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 145, pi. vi. fig. 8 (part.).
Teracolus ithonus, Butler, t. c. p. 146, pi. vi. fig. 7.
Teracolus harmonides, Butler, t. c. p. 146.
Teracolus hippocrene, Butler, t. c. p. 147.
Teracolus ignifer, Butler, ibid.
Teracolus hyperides, Butler, t. c. p. 149.
Teracolus hero tf , Butler, t. c. p. 150, pi. vi. fig. 12 (part.).
Callosune damarensis, Aurivillius,CEfv. Ak. Forh. xxxvi. 7, p. 46 (1879).
Callosune HaevernickiL Staudinger. Exot. Schmett. p. 45, pi. xxiii.
(1884).

Eanges from Kaffraria to Swaziland.

This may be regarded as the Southern representative of
T. antevippe. It is much less heavily marked with black
above, and, excepting in the male of the wet-season form
(T. hero (£), is more or less densely irrorated with brown
scales on the under surface ; even in this form the internal
streak of the primaries and costal streak of the secondaries
are incomplete. Two forms of all the phases occur, those of
the wet and intermediate phases chiefly differing in size,
having the under surface of the secondaries white, densely
irrorated with brown ; those of the dry-season form, how-
ever, are less alike ; the larger form (T. ignifer = damarensis)
has the under surface of the secondaries and apex of primaries
rose-pink, finely irrorated with greyish brown in the males,
somewhat more sandy in colouring, with the usual transverse
banding in the females, the smaller form (T. ithonus =har-
monides = Haevernickii) differing from the latter in the deeper
more sandy colouring of the under surface, with coarse trans-
verse striation rather than irroration. The forms may be
summarized as follows : —

Wet-season. Intermediate. Dry.

T. hero (large). Unnamed (large). T. ignifer (large).

T. hippocrene. T. hyperides^ (small). I T. ithonus (small).

Syn. hyperides <3 (small) . | T. harmonides (starved) .

468 Dr. A. G. Butler— A Revision

The female wrongly referred to T. halyattes is referable to
typical T. ithonus (the smaller dry-season form).

60. Teracolus achine.

Papilio achine, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pi. cccxxxviii. E, F (1782).
Teracolus simplex, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 148.

Ranges from the Cape to Natal, the Transvaal, and appa-
rently northward as far as Nyasaland.

The wet and intermediate forms of this species have a well-
defined internal stripe on the upper surface of the primaries ;
the apical patch in all the phases is bright vermilion, with a
crimson tinge, but on the under surface the subapical orange
bar is weak and diffused ; in the intermediate and dry-season
forms the under surface of the secondaries is irrorated and
striated with grey upon a pale pink ground ; the dry-season
form (T. simplex) differs in having no internal blackish stripe
on the primaries and no costal stripe on the secondaries of
the male, and in the feebleness of all the other blackish
markings on the upper surface.

Subspecies Teracolus Trimeni.

Teracolus Trimeni, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 150.

Callosune ramaquebana, Westwood, in Oates's Matabeleland, p. 341,

pi. E. fiffs. 6, 6 (1881).
Teracolus fumidus, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1884, p. 442, pi. xl. figs. 4, 6.

A representative form of T. achine apparently confined to
the Eastern side of Africa from the Transvaal northward as
far as Manboia. The typical (wet-season) form is generally
more heavily marked above with black than in T. achine, the
male even sometimes showing traces of the angular black
band on the secondaries characteristic of the female ; on the
under surface also, which is more creamy in tint than in
T. achine, this angular band is sometimes indicated in saffron-
yellow. T.fumidus (of which T. ramaquebana is the female)
is merely a starved form of the subspecies. The dry-season
form is less strongly marked than in that phase of T. achine,
and is characterized by the usual rosy coloration on the under
surface. Of our eighteen examples of this subspecies no less
than sixteen were obtained in the Transvaal, nine of which
were received in the Godman and Salvin collection.

T. ramaquebana, curiously enough, is referred by Mr. Guy
A. K. Marshall to the synonymy of his heterogeneous
" T. evagore," one of the most singular combinations of dry-
and wet-season forms, of species belonging to widely different
sections of the genus, which have been associated together

of the, Genus Teracolus, Swains. 469

since the days of Hewitson ! It only shows how utterly
impossible it is to write a correct synonymic paper upon any
genus without first arranging the species, having due regard
at the same time not only to seasonal variation, but to geogra-
phical distribution. Never since I first arranged the genus
was it in such a perplexing state of chaos as during Mr. Mar-
shall's few visits to it with a view to " clearing up " the
synonymy. The natural result is that the " clearing up " has
resulted in partial failure.

61. Teracolus g aviso, .

Anthopsyche gavisa, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 13 (1857).
Teracolus hero $, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 150, pi. vi. fig. 12 (part.).
Teracolus subvenosus $ , Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii.
p. 105 (1883).

Ranges from Natal to the Victoria Nyanza along the
eastern littoral.

This species differs from T. achine in its much bolder
marking in all its seasonal phases, the reduction of the
crimson apical patch on the primaries of the males, and the
well-defined black veining on the under surface of the wet-
season form. " T. subvenosus $ " is a typical female of
T. cjavisa, but " T. hero $ " a singularly heavily marked and
buff-tinted female of the intermediate phase.

I should regard T. gavisa as at least subspecifically distinct
from T. achine, at any rate until it has been proved by
breeding to be a mere varietal development of that species.
It can always be easily distinguished in all its phases.

62. Teracolus omphale.

Pieris omphale, Godart, Enc. Me"th. ix. p. 122 (1819).

Anthocharis theogone, Boisduval, Spec. Ge*n. Le"p. i. p. 575 (1836).

Anthopsyche procne, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 323 (1857).

Teracolus omphaloides, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 151.

Teracolus corda, Moschler, Verb, zool.-bot. Ges. Wien. xxxiii. p. 278

(1884).
Teracolus complexivus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1885, p. 770.

Ranges along the eastern side of Africa from Somaliland
to the Cape.

T. omphale is a very variable species, the most heavily
marked of the wet-season forms occurring in Nyasaland,
where the marginal spots on the upper surface of the second-
aries frequently unite into a broad continuous border; the
discal black belt on these wings in the male varies enormously,
sometimes broad from abdominal margin to outer border,
sometimes slender, sometimes barely indicated. In the inter-

470 Dr. A. G. Butler— A Revision

mediate phase (T. omphaloides=.complexivus), which has a
dry-season under surface, the discal black belt is either barely
indicated or wholly absent. T. corda is merely a starved
variety of the male of this phase. T. theogone=procne is
the extreme dry-season form, in which the black discal belt
of the male has wholly disappeared and the internal stripe
on the primaries nearly so, whilst the female is much less
heavily marked than in the wet-season, and is sometimes
yellow, flushed with orange above ; the under surface of the
dry-season form is very rosy and irrorated with clay-brown.

63. Teracolus exole.

Anthocharis exole $ , Reiche, Ferr. & Gal. Voy. Abyss, pi. xxxi. fig. 4

(1849).

Anthocharis eurygone (?), Lucas, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1852, p. 341.
Anthopsyche acte, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. p. 187 (1865).
Anthopsyche roxane, Felder, /. c.
Teracolus hybridus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 152.

Kanges down the east coast from the Sabaki valley to the
Cape.

It is perhaps only an emphasized form of T. omphale, from
which it chiefly differs in the greater development of black on
the upper surface, even the dry-season phase having a
distinctly wet-season pattern above. The female figured by
Eeiche as that sex of T. exole is T. antevippe. T. acte of
Felder is the true female (wet-season form), T. roxane is a
female of the intermediate phase, and T. hybridus, which
Mr. Marshall places as an intermediate phase of T. evippe} is
the dry-season form. A. eurygone answers best to the wet-
season form of T. exole, but the locality " Coast of Guinea"
is rather against this identification.

64. Teracolus pyrrhopterus.
Teracolus pyrrhopterus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1894, p. 575, pi. xxxvi. figs. 8, 9.

Apparently confined to the vicinity of Mount Kenya : two
specimens (the types) not being ticketed with exact locality,
I supposed them to be from the Sabaki valley ; the same was
the case with three examples of the wet-season form, but
others are labelled Thegu and Thagana. Guaso Thegu is a
gorge to the west of Mount Kenya, and Thagana appears not
to be far off.

The wet-season form of this butterfly resembles small and
lightly marked examples of T. omphale on the upper surface,
but below it inclines to pink rather than cream-colour in tint,
and this is especially the case with the discal stripe on the

of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 471

secondaries, whilst the subapical patch on the primaries is
bright brick-red, as in the brightest examples of T. theogone
(the dry-season form of T. omphale). The intermediate
phase has the black banding of the upper surface still weaker,
and below the subapical patch on the primaries and the discal
stripe across the secondaries are sharply defined and very
vivid upon a creamy ground-tint ; the fringes rosy : the
(typical) dry-season form retains the black internal stripe on
the primaries, which is absent in males of T. theogone, and
still shows a trace of the discal stripe on the secondaries; the
apex of primaries and the secondaries below are bright rosy,
the former with diffused bright brick-red subapical patch, the
latter with the discal stripe varying from brick-red to gravel-
brown.

I cannot agree at all to Mr. Marshall's arbitrary decision
that this localized form is inseparable from T. omphale^ no
examples of which that I have ever seen in the slightest
degree resemble its dry-season phase. That T. pyrrhopterus
and T. omphale had a common origin will not be disputed,
but that they are now distinct I firmly believe.

65. Teracolus evippe.

Papilio evippe, Linnaeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 239 (1764).

Papilio arethusa, Drury, 111. Exot. Ent. ii. pi. xix. figs. 5, 6 (1773).

Papilio eborea, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pi. ccclxii. figs. C, D (1782).

Papilio hanna, Herbst, Natursyst. Schmett. pi. cvii. figs. 5, 6 (1792).

Pieris amytis, Godart, Enc. M^th. ix. p. 123 (1819).

Anthocharis cebrene, Boisduval, Sp. Gen. L<§p. i. p. 583 (1836).

Teracolus pseudocale, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 154, pi. vi. fig. 9.

On the west of Africa this species ranges from Sierra Leone
to Old Calabar and the Cameroon Mountains ; it reappears
at the Cape, and extends up the east side of Africa as far as
Natal. We have one almost typical example from the West
Coast as far south as Loanda ; therefore, although the species
is represented in S.W. Africa by T. ocale, the latter can
hardly be regarded as more than a climatic race. On the
other hand, the northern T. epigone appears to be geographi-
cally separated from T. evippe, and, though nearly allied,
must be regarded as a distinct species. T. pseudocale is a
starved southern variety of the wet-season phase.

The females of the typical wet-season T. evippe vary con-
siderably in ground-tint and in the character of the apical
patch ; the rarest form of the female is that which most
nearly approaches the south-western race, with white ground-
tint and the black apical patch of the primaries enclosing a
clear orange arched band ; a second less rare form has this band

472 Revision of the Genus Teracolus, Swains.

much reduced and less clear; then comes the aretkusa of
Drury (which has received the names of eborea (part.), hanna,
amytis, and cebrene), in which the orange has almost disap-
peared from the apical patch ; the remaining varieties agree
with the latter in character, but are sulphur-yellow or bright
ochre-yellow in ground-colour.

Race Teracolus ocale.

Anthocharis ocale, Boisduval, Sp. Ge*n. Le*p. i. p. 584 (1836).
Teracolus loandicus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1871, p. 724; Lep. Exot. p. 91,

pi. xxxiv. fig. 10 (1872).

Teracolus suffusus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 152, pi. vi. fig. 10.
Teracolus angolensis, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 154.

Occurs along the S.W. coast in the neighbourhood of
Angola, and possibly further south.

The wet-season form of this race most nearly resembles
T. evippe, var. pseudocale, but the female seems always to
have the apical patch divided by a clear and often broad
orange belt. T. suffusus was based upon an unusually dark
and dwarfed example of the female. Wet, intermediate, and
dry phases are all much alike on the upper surface, the dry
form alone having much less black on the inner edge of the
orange apical patch, giving it a totally different aspect from
the southern dry phase of typical T. evippe, which has a
fairly well-marked continuous black inner edging to the apical
patch of the male j it is, however, possible that intergrades
may occur between the two extremes. There appears to be
no dry phase to T. evippe at or near Sierra Leone.

66. Teracolus epigone.

Anthopsyche epigone, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. p. 186 (1865).
Teracolus microcale, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii.
p. 487 (1876).

Eanges from Upper Egypt to the White Nile and Abys-
sinia, and occurs also near Aden.

This species nearly resembles the Angolan T. ocale in all
its phases, but the male always has a well-defined black inner
border to the orange apical patch on the primaries, whereas
the female is less prominently marked above with black than
in any form of T. evippe, the spot which terminates the
internal blackish streak on the primaries being wholly absent,
and even the basal blackish irroration being either much
restricted or wanting. At the same time, if it could be shown
that T. evippe extended across Africa northwards from the
West Coast, I should be inclined to regard T. epigone as a
mere climatic race ; but there seems to be no evidence what-

Revision of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 473

ever upon which to base such a decision, and therefore, in
spite of its affinity to the Angolan race of T. evippe, I am
constrained to consider it a distinct species.

The argument on which Mr. Marshall bases his synonymy
of T. evippe and T. omphale, which he regards as one variable
species, is based upon the confusion which existed previous
to its rearrangement in the drawers of those species in the
Museum collection — a confusion largely due to the incorpora-
tion of accessions since the date of the first arrangement of
the genus about the year 1876 or 1877. He says that in
Eastern Africa T. evippe is " an intermediate seasonal form
of theogone-omphale " ; but this is certainly not the case, for
T. evippe is essentially, in all its characters, a wet-season
phase ; nor does it appear to extend in the East further north
than Natal.

[To be continued.]

From the ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY
Ser. 6, Vol. xx., December 1897.

A Revision of the Species of Butterflies belonging to the Genus
Teracolus, Swains. By ARTHUR G-. BUTLER, Ph.D.,
F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.

[Concluded from p. 473.]

67. Teracolus Hildebrandti.

Callosune Hildebrandti. Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 45, pi. xxiii.

(1886).

From Nyasaland northward to Uganda and eastward to
Mombasa.

This species is certainly dimorphic in its wet and dry

phases, having the apical patch on the primaries either dull

ochreous or bright crimson ; it is very closely related to the

southern T. Annw, but is, generally speaking, a slightly larger

insect with a little less black about it, the female of the wet-

' season form clearer and more cream-tinted on the under

1 surface of the secondaries. At the same time its dimorphic

character is its best one, the crimson-tipped forms (especially

the males) of the two butterflies being remarkably similar in

every respect. It is curious that just when Mr. Marshall was

( stating that this species had " only been received from the

• basin of the Sabaki River," we were receiving a male of the

i dry-season form from Nyasa, completely proving the specific

identity of this species with the crimson- tipped representative

jof T. Annce, four examples of which from Nyasa stand in the

Hewitson series, whilst the Godman and Salvin collection

j contained seven now transferred to the Museum series. An

i example of the dry-season form of this variety is recorded by

Mr. Marshall in a footnote as T. Annce' yet he professes to

'distinguish the two species partly by the black inner edging

to the apical patch — a very unreliable character, which varies

considerably in T. Annce itself.

68. Teracolus Annas.

Thestias Anna, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vetensk.-Akad. Handl.

1857 ; Lep. Rhop. Catfr. p. 66.
Anthocharis Danae, Hewitson (nee Fabr.), Gen. Diurn. Lep. pi. vii.

fig. 3 (1847).

Teracolus cinerascens, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 172 (1873).
Teracolus Wallengreni, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 157.
Callosune Wallengreni, Westwood, in Oates's Matabeleland, p. 341.

pi. E. fig?. 3, 4(1881).
Callosune confusa, Westwood, /. c. p. 348 (1889;.

from Natal to the Zambesi.

496 Dr. A. G. Butler— A Revision

In its wet-season form this is the most heavily marked of
all the crimson-tipped Teracoli. This form is the typical
one, and was named by me as T. cinerascens in consequence
of Pastor Wallengren's error in describing it as a Thestias ;
T. Wallengreni=confusa is the dry-season form ; an inter-
mediate form also occurs.

69. Teracolus Walkeri.

Teracolus Walkeri, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xiv.
p. 403(1884).

Elephant Bay, S.W. Africa.

This very distinct butterfly was obtained by Mr. J. J.
Walker, K.N., about the year 1883. This ardent collector
and enthusiastic entomologist appears only to have been
able to secure dry and intermediate phases of the species.

T. Walkeri is, in some respects, intermediate in character
between T. Annce and T. pseudacaste, the primaries of the
male above somewhat resembling the wet-season form of
T. Annce, but the secondaries, from their less heavily spotted
border, perhaps approaching nearer to T. pseudacaste ; on the
whole, however, T. Walkeri is far nearer to T. Hildebrandti
and Annce than to T. pseudacaste and eupompe.

70. Teracolus pseudacaste.

Teracolus pseudacaste, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 156, pi. vi. fig. 11.
Teracolus phcenius, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii.

p. 488 (1876).
Teracolus miles, Butler, op. cit. ser. 5, vol. xii. p. 105 (1883).

Eanges from the White Nile and Abyssinia southwards to
Kilima-njaro.

My three supposed species were all based upon wet-season
examples, T. pseudacaste being based upon examples obtained
on the White Nile probably just after the rainy season, the
male lightly but the female heavily marked with black above.
T. phcenius and T. miles are both typical wet-season forms,
the former being more heavily marked with black on both
surfaces than the latter and showing less crimson in the apical
patch, the lowest spot of which is extremely small. The
black veining below is sometimes very heavy, especially in
females of the wet-season phase, but in the intermediate
phase it almost disappears, though in this species the tips of
the veins are always blackened in all the phases.

Although the wet-season form of this butterfly and of the
allied T. eupompe appear to occur together to the north of
their range, they differ so markedly in all their phases that I

of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 497

should no more regard them as synonymous (as Mr. Marshall
has done) than I should Ganoris brassier and rapce. T. pseud-
acaste ranges due southwards, whereas T. eupompe appears to
follow the north-eastern coast, crossing over from Somaliland
to Aden.

71. Teracolus eupompe.

Pontia eupouipe, King, Symb. Phys., Ins. pi. vi. figs. 11-14 (1829).
AnthopsycJw theopompe, Folder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 183 (!«()•">).
Anthopsyche anteupompe, Felder. t. c. p. 184 (1805).
Anthopsyche dedecora, Felder, ibid.

Ranges from the White Nile and Abyssinia south-eastwards
to Somaliland, and thence across the straits to Aden.

This species in all its phases can easily be distinguished
from T. pseudacaste by the great reduction of all the black
markings on the under surface of the wings, the subapical
spots on the primaries and the discal spots crossing the
secondaries being almost or wholly obliterated, whilst the red
subapical stripe and the red discal spots on the under surface
of the secondaries in the feir.ale are strongly emphasized.
The wet-season form is T. eupompe. = anteupompe ; the inter-
mediate phase is T. tJieopompe, having a dry-season upper
surface, but a white under surface; whilst T. dedecora, in
which the apex of primaries and the secondaries below are
rosy, is the dry-season phase. The two latter undoubtedly
fly together, and in Aden it is tolerably certain that all the
phases emerge at the same time as mere variations, which
only become seasonally fixed in a more variable climate.

72. Teracolus dulcis.

Teracolus dulcis, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. Io7, pi. vii. fig. lt>.
Teracolus dirus, Butler, t. c. pi. vii. tig. 11.
Teracolus eboreotdes, Butler, t. c. p. Io8, pi. vii. fig. 12.
Teracolus immaculatus, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1884, p. 44'}.
Teracolus mbroseus, Swinhoe, t. c. pi. xl. figs. ft, 7.
Teracolus alberta, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. v. p. -io(3
(1890).

Appears to range from Karachi to Bushire ; and one male
in the British Museum series is said to have been obtained
at Aden, but this 1 consider very doubtful.

As 1 do not admit the identity of T. pseudacaste with
T. eupompe, still less can I agree to this purely Asiatic
species being the same. As a rule, it may be distinguished
at a glance by its narrower and internally arched apical
carmine patch, but occasionally a male with a fairly broad
patch does occur, though 1 believe never a female. Another
point is that T. duJcis has the base of the primaries bid •. »\v

498 Dr. A. G. Butler— A Revision

more or less washed with sulphur-yellow, whereas T. eupompe
and T. pseudacaste are uniformly pure white; the veins
below are sometimes black-tipped, but never black throughout,
and, as already hinted, the apical patch is carmine, with a
faint lilac shot rather than crimson. The females vary much
in the colouring of the apex in all three species.

The wet-season form is represented by T. dims ( = ebore-
oides] ; T. immaculatus is a variety of the same approach-
ing T. eupompe in the partial obliteration of the spots on the
under surface, although differing in the colouring of the
apical patch and sulphur tinting at base of primaries below ;
T. dulcis is a starved wet-season form, T. alberta the dry-
season form, and T. subroseus a starved dry-season form or
the dry form of the dwarfed T. dulcis.

73. Teracolus Danae.

Papilio Danae, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 476 (1775).

Papilio eborea $ , Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pi. ccclii. E, F (1782).

Teracolus sanguinalis, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 158.

Teracolus Taplini, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1884, p. 444, pi. xl. figs. 8, 9.

Ranges throughout Wallace's Ceylonese subregion — that is
to say, from Bombay to Madras and Ceylon.

This species is in some respects nearer to the African
T. pseudacaste than to T. dulcis , there being no sulphur-
yellow at the base of the primaries on the under surface of
the males and the carmine apical patch being distinctly
broader than in the latter species in both sexes ; the heavy
continuous black bordering fco the secondaries in the wet-
season form is characteristic of T. Danae, whilst even in the
males of the dry-season form it is far more heavy than in
the allied species. T. Danae is the wet phase, T. sanguinalis
is intermediate, and T. Taplini dry, the last-mentioned having
the usual rosy under-surface coloration.

74. Teracolus fausta.

Papilio fausta, Olivier, Voy. 1'Emp. Otb. Atl. pi. xxxiii. figs. 4 a, b

(1801).

Idmais faustina, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 190 (1865).
Teracolus rosaceus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 134, pi. vii. fig. 6.
Teracolus oriens, Butler, t. c. fig. 7.
Teracolus Solaris, Swinhoe (nee Butler), P. Z. S. 1884, p. 437, pi. xxxix.

fig. 5.

The range of T. fausta appears to be from Syria and the
Turko-Persian frontier, through Afghanistan, into North-
western India, where it becomes slightly modified and exhibits
fairly well-marked seasonal variation. The true T. fausta

of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 499

lias a dry-season upperside and the male has a dry-season
underside; but the underside of the female exhibits wet-
season characters on the lower surface of the wings. The
nearest approach to a wet-season form of T. fausta is repre-
sented by a pair received from Fao, barely distinguishable
from the male of my T. oriens.

T. solarix of Swinhoe (and formerly of the Museum series),
= T. oriens (part.), Butler, is the true wet-season form of
India, and T. rosaceus the dry-season form ; but so intimately
is this connected with T. faustina and fausta through the
Persian examples above referred to, that it cannot be regarded
as a distinct species, but can only be spoken of as the Indian
development of T. faust'i ; even as a race it could only be
arbitrarily separated by restricting it to Indian examples.
On the other hand, Air. Marshall's action in placing the
Arabian T. vi as a synonym of T. fausta shows want of care,
or, perhaps, of discernment, in noting its entirely different
wing-outline.

75. Teracolus vi.
Teracolus vi, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1884, p. 437, pi. xxx. figs. 6, 7.

Aden, Arabia.

This species is allied to T. fausta, to which it bears a
general resemblance; it, however, differs in its shorter,
broader wings, with more arched outer margin, in the much
yellower tint of the under surface, from which the discoceliular
spots have almost wholly disappeared, whereas the discal
markings, though soft and blurred, are distinctly discernible
both in primaries and secondaries. T. vi is undoubtedly a
dry-season form which has no other phases, and is as distinct
a species from T. fausta as are T. fulvia and T. tripunctatus.

76. Teracolus falvia.

Idmais fulvia, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1867, p. 392, pi. ix. fig. 5.

Teracolus Solaris, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 135.

Teracolus Palliseri, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. i. p. 418

(1888).

Khandesh, S.W. India. The type, in the Museum
collection, is said to be from Scinde, but this is probably an
error. Mr. Marshall has confounded T. solaria with T. fausta
and T. fulvia with T. tripunctata j but all are easily separable.
T. Solaris is simply T. fulvia, being based upon Wallace's
type of that species.

500 Dr. A. G. Butler— 4 Revision

77. Teracolus tripunctatus.

c? . Teracolus tripuncta, Butler, P. Z. S. 1868, p. 221, pi. xvii. fig. 9.
$ . Teracolus tripunctatus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1880, p. 149, pi. xv. fig. 4.
Teracolus surya, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Hi. p. 45 (1885).

Probably occurs over the greater part of South India and
at Trincomali in Ceylon. It is readily separable, both in its
wet- and dry-season forms, from T. futvia by the much
blacker apical patch on the primaries enclosing three isolated
spots of the ground-colour, instead of being divided by a belt
of spots ; the marginal spotting of the secondaries is also
much heavier than in T. falvia and the under surface of the
dry-season form yellower and less rosy. We have fifteen
examples in the Museum from Bombay and the Nilgiris on
the west and from Ganjam and Ceylon on the east.

78. Teracolus celimene.

Anthocliaris celimme, Lucas, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. p. 426 (1852).
Anthocharis amina, Hewitson, Exot. Butt, iii., Anth. pi. i. tigs. 1-3
(1866).

Appears to range from Abyssinia to Swaziland, whence
we have a dry-season male obtained by Mr. Buxton.

I cannot believe that Anthopsyche pholoe of Wallengren is
identical with T. celimene ; the description reads like that of
a female, but does not agree with the female in the Hewitson
collection. We have the typical wet-season form of male
T. celimene from Lake Nyasa (G. & S. coll.) ; therefore
Mr. Marshall's suggestion that the western T. pholoe is the
dry-season form of the eastern T. celimene (of which we
already have both wet and dry forms) seems far-fetched.

79. Teracolus pholoe.

Anthopsyche pholoe, Wallengren, Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 35 (1860).
Anthocharis phanon, Trimeii, Trans. Ent. Soc. iii. 1, p. 522 (1863).

The range of this species, so far as at present known, is
from Damaraland eastward to Lake N garni. It seems
probable that Wallengren described the female and Trimen
the male; the two series of red spots upon which my friend
relies as disproving the female character of T. pholoe are the
chief evidence in its favour, for, as Trimen himself shows,
the males of this group of Teracolus have the apical patch
purplish lake, violet-y tossed and intersected by a black streak,
not, as Wallengren says, black, with violet-glossed red spots in
two rows. The female of T. prceclarus gives an indication of
such a character, but has the marginal spots also red instead
of yellow.

of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. .001

80. Teracolus prceclarus.
Teracolus praclarus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1885, p. 700, pi. xlvii. fig. 7.

Somaliland.

This beautiful species is evidently a link between T. pholoe
and T. zoe, although the latter is in many respects more
nearly related to the T. halimede group. It is probable that
other species of the T. celimene type still remain to bo dis-
covered. T. prczclarus appears to be a dry-season form.

81. Teracolus zoe.

Anthochari* zoe, Grandidier, Ifev. et Mag. de Zuol. p. '272 (18(57) ;
Mabille, in Grand. Madag. pi. xl. tigs. 3-5.

Madagascar.

In the ash-grey base and black veins to the primaries and
orange costal stripe to the secondaries this species approaches
T. ho. In other respects it is nearer to T. prceclarus.

82. Teracolus leo.

Anthocharis leo, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. xvi. p 3SJ7
(1805).

Appears to be confined to North-eastern Africa, from the
White Nile to Somaliland, and southward as far as Kilima-
njaro.

It is readily distinguishable from T. halimede by the orange
patch on the primaries being restricted to below the first
median branch and the outer dusky border only represented,
even in the wet-season examples, by spots. The type of the
species is, in my opinion, an intermediate form between the
wet and dry phases. I have not yet seen what I should
regard as an undoubted dry-season form, unless it be repre-
sented by a small example from Mr. Druce's collection (Gr. &
S. coll.) in which the orange is carried a little above the first
median branch, the base somewhat glistening and white,
and the apical markings weak as in typical T. leo. This
specimen is without locality.

83. Teracolus halimede.

Pont i a halimede, King, Synib. Phys., Ins. pi. vii. rigs. 12 15 (182!^.
Ponliu acnste, id. /. c. figs. 10, 17 (1829).
Pieris polycaste, Boisduval, Sp. (.-Jen. Lep. i. p. 525 ( |8.'5H).
Teracolus wlestis, Swinhoe, P. Z. !S. 1881, p. 4.'i5, pi. xxxiv. fi»--. 1, 2
(1884).

Confined to Arabia.

502 Dr. A. G. Butler— A Revision

T. acoste represents the wet-season phase, T. halimede the
intermediate, and T. ccelestis the dry-season phase of the
species ; but they are none of them confined to seasons, but
occur (as is the case with other species in very arid countries)
as mere coexistent variations. If the species could be trans-
ferred to a variable climate, doubtless the varieties would
become strictly seasonal forms, as is the case with other
species of Teracolus. Our series of this species is very fine.

84. Teracolas venosus.

(51 . Idmuis venoea, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 43, pi. xxiii. (1.885) ;
$ , Holland, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xviii. p. 759 (1896).

Mombasa.

This is a wet-season form somewhat resembling T. acaste,
but entirely without the orange flush on the upper surface of
the wings. It would not surprise me to find that in the dry
season the male had a tint of orange and that the female
resembled a washed-out T. ccetestis. However, this is mere
conjecture. Mr. Marshall says that T. venosus comes closest
to the halimede group. I would go a step further and say
that it belongs to that group, for it differs in nothing but the
absence of orange colouring.

85. Teracolus heliocaustus.
Teracolus heliocaustus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1885, p. 768, pi. xlvii. figs. 8, 9.

Somaliland.

Intermediate between T. halimede and T. pleione, being a
little nearer to the latter, which it represents on the Somali
coast. It is a dry-season form, varying much in the black
markings of the upper surface.

8G. Teracolus pleione.

Pontia pleione, King, Symb. Plays., Ins. pi. viii. figs. 7, 8 (1829).
Idmais miriam, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 190, pi. xxvii.

figs. 3, 4 (1865).

Teracolus chrysomdis, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 244 (1874).
Idmais eucJieria, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) ix. p. clxxiv (1879) ;

Grand. Madag. pi. xi. fig. 5 (1887).

"White Nile and Arabia.

T. miriam ( = chrysomelis) is the dry-season phase of
T. pleione ; but in Arabia both forms occur as mere varieties
simultaneously and emerge on the same day from the same
batch of pupa). It would be interesting to know whether the
forms are seasonally constant on the White Nile.

of the, Genus Teracolus, Swains. 503

87. Teracolus gaudens.

Teracolus gaudens, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii.
p. 486 (1876).

Abyssinia.

The type is a wet-season male, and for some time I held
Mr. Marshall's opinion, that T. arenicolens from Arabia was
clearly its dry-season form. This, however, I have now
proved to be an error, based upon a false identification of
T. chrysonome — an Arabian species and distinct from the
Somali insect.

88. Teracolus chrysonome.

Pontia chrysonome, King, Symb. Phys., Ins. pi. vii. figs. 9-11 (1829).
Teracolus arenicolens, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xxi. p. 81 (1884;.

Arabia and Nubia.

In the Grodman and Salvin collection were four examples
of typical T. chrysonome (received from Mr. Druce, who
purchased them from the Kaden collection); these correspond
closely with Klug's figures, and are undoubtedly the wet-
season form of T. arenicolens. They differ from rny supposed
T. chrysonome from Somaliland in the much less defined
markings upon an opaque pale sulphur ground on the under
surface, and on the upper surface in the slightly more slender
and sometimes imperfect blackish irregular stripe across the
primaries ; the males also with the basal white area chalky,
much less suffused with ash-grey, and extending to the end
of the discoidal cell.

89. Teracolus helvolus.

Teracolus chrysonome, Butler (not Klug), P. Z. S. 1885, p. 768.
Teracolus helvolus, .butler, P. Z. S. 1888, p. 94.

Somaliland southward to Mombasa and Kilima-njaro.

T. helvolus is the dry-season phase of the species ; but it is
doubtful whether it does not appear simultaneously with the
wet-season phase. Our Somali specimens, however, were
not taken together, the dry form having occurred in January
and the wet form in April.

90. Teracolus aurigineus.

Teracolus aurigineus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii.

p. 103 (1883).
Teracolus venustus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1888, p. 94.

From the Albert Nyanza eastwards to Mount Kenia, the
Victoria Nyanza, and Kilima-njaro, and southwards to Nyasa.

504 Dr. A. G, Butler— A Revision

We have a very fine series of wet-, intermediate, and dry-
season examples of this species. T. aurigineus represents the
wet and T. venustus the dry phase.

Race? Teracolus Ansorgei.
Teracolus Amorgei, Marshall, P. Z. S. 1897, p. 13.

Somaliland.

Chiefly differs from T. aurigineus in the absence of the
ashy whitish base to the primaries of the male ; but, if
examples from Gallaland are referable to the same species,
this character must be variable.

91. Teracolus Doubledayi.

Idmais Doubledayi, Hopffer, Peters's Reise n. Mossamb., Zool. v. p. 363

(1862).

Idmais Hewitsoni, Kirby, Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 498 (1871).
Idmais chrysonome, Doubleday and Hewitson (not King), Gen. Diurn.

Lep. pi. vii. fig. 5 (1847).

Congo, Angola.

The dry-season form is small and suffused with vinous
over the darker markings of the under surface, the bands
across the secondaries being vinous brown instead of golden
orange or cadmium-yellow.

92. Teracolus rhodesinus.
Teracolus rhodesinus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 663.

Lake Mweru, Central Africa

I have only seen the type of this species (a wet-season
male), but it is so markedly distinct from the allied T. mutans
that 1 cannot for a moment entertain the notion of its being a
form of that species. It differs not only in the slender discal
band across the upper surface (which is partly obliterated),
but in the creamy ochreous tint of the upper surface extending
inwards almost to the base of the secondaries, in the paler
sulphur tint of the apex of primaries and the secondaries on
the under surface, as also in the strongly defined and more
parallel inner angular band across the latter wings. In some
of these characters it more nearly approaches T. aurigineus.

Mr. Marshall asserts that this butterfly combines the
characters of T. Hanningtoni and mutans I I fail to see
where T. Hanningtoni comes in.

of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 505

93. Teracolus mutans.

Teracolus vesta, Trimen (not Reiche), South Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 160

(1889).
Teracolus mutans, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix.

p. 459 (1877).
Teracolus argillaceus, Butler, ibid, (and T. vesta, Staudinger, Exot.

Schmett. i. pi. xxiii., 1884).

Ranges from Nyasa southwards to Natal, occurring on the
Zambesi, in the Transvaal, and at Delagoa Bay.

After examining twenty-nine examples of this species,
including some interesting varieties recently collected by
Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall, I am unable to follow that gentleman
in his decision as to the identity of the southern insect with
the Abyssinian T. vesta ; the latter, judging from the descrip-
tions and the original illustration, is slightly larger and differs
in the salmon-buff of the upper surface extending in the cell
of primaries right up to the almost black basal suffusion, in
the even heavier black border of the secondaries and the
yellow suffusion on the interno-median area, in the less
irregular and uniformly redder bands on the under surface
of the secondaries, the inner and submarginal bands being
also broadly and sharply denned. Most examples of T. mutans
show very little blackish suffusion at the base of the wings on
the upper surface ; but Mr. Marshall, who seems to be one of
the most energetic and indefatigable of collectors, has sent us
several unusually heavily shaded examples, in which the basal
suffusion is deep bluish ash-coloured, but far from approaching
the grey-blackish tint of typical T. vesta. The more southern
examples of T. mutans are considerably smaller than the
Abjssinian species, but the Nyasa examples sometimes run
it very close in expanse of wings.

T. argdlaceus is the dry-season form of the species, and
we have some very pretty intermediate examples from
Delagoa Bay and Nyasa.

94. Teracolus vesta.

Idmais ve*ta, Reiche, in Ferr. Gal. Voy. Abyss., Ent. p. 463, pi. xxxi.

tigs. 7, 8 (1849).
Idmais velleda, Lucas, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1852, p. 428.

Abyssinia.

Both descriptions and the illustration of this species are
taken from the wet-season form. Reiche's figures apparently
represent a female. It is probable that the male will prove to
be less black at the base of the wings above.

506 Dr. A. G. Butler— A Revision

95. Teracolus catachrysops.

Teracolus catachrysops, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. ii.
p. 178 (1878).

East Africa, from the Sabaki valley southwards to Masasi.

The wet form alone of this species has hitherto been re-
ceived. It is readily separable from T. mutans and vesta in
the small size of the submarginal spots on the black external
area, and in the white colour of these spots on the secondaries of
the female ; from T. mutans also in the greater distinction of
tint between the orange ground-colour and yellow apical and
external spots on the under surface of the primaries and the
deep red bands on the under surface of the secondaries, and
from T. vesta in the straighter character of these bands and
the slenderness of the innermost one.

A female from the Sabaki valley has the ground-colour
above entirely white, feebly tinted with sulphur-yellow, and
the colouring below paler than usual.

96. Teracolus Hanningtoni.

<J $ . Teracolus Hanningtoni, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. xii. p. 104 (1883).
$ . Teracolus bipartitus, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. i. p. 537 (1894).

From the Victoria Nyanza eastward to Witu.

This species may be distinguished at a glance from its
nearest ally T. catachrysops by the minute discoceliular spot
on the primaries, the more tapering series of spots on the black
external area of the secondaries, the minute subapical spots
on the primaries, the yellower discal colouring on the under
surface of these wings, and the dark veining of the same
surface of the secondaries. Mr. Marshall states that
Mr. Jackson's series shows the impossibility of separating
these two species ; but I have often been told similar things
about other butterflies, and am not inclined to accept any
such observation on trust, especially from a man who, though
a good observer, sees no difference between the illustration of
T. vesta and T. mutans, but speaks of both as " typical
specimens " *.

97. Teracolus amelia.

Idmais amelia, Lucas, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1852, p. 428.
Abyssinia.
Although more nearly related to T. Hanningtoni than to

* I have recently examined Mr. Jackson's series, and had no difficulty
whatever in assigning them to their proper species.

of the Genus Teracolns, tiwatns. "/)7

any other species of the group, this butterfly diffrrs from all
in the imich greater restriction of the ochrcous colouring on
the primaries of the male (which commences beyond tin-, end
of the cell), in the entirely different coloration of the under
surface, the primaries being saffron -yellow on basal two fifths,
very pale creamy yellow on the disk, and with the dark
bands golden olive or yellow-brown, the two outer bands on
the secondaries near together and arched rather than angu-
lated (as in T. vesta as compared with T. mutans). From all
the species excepting T. Hanningtoni it differs in the minute
discocellular spot on the primaries. Only the wet-season
form is known at present either of T. Hanningtoni or of this
species.

98. Teracolus protomedia.
Pontia protomedia, King, Symb. Pliys., Ins. pi. viii. figs. 13, 14 (1829),

Kangcs from the Albert Nyariza northward to Abyssinia
and eastward through Somaliland to Arabia.

It is closely related to the preceding species and especially
to T. Hanningtoni^ but its superior size, bright uniform yellow
colouring, black-veined primaries, less banded upper surface
of secondaries, and lack of a subbasal band on the under
surface of these wings, have saved its being regarded as a
variety of T. vesta. These differences, though perhaps not
greater than exist between T. amelia and T. mutatis, are more
readily grasped without effort.

The seasonal differences are well defined, the wet-season
phase having the chief markings below smoky brown, partly
veined with saffron-yellow ; the intermediate form has these
markings redder and with well-defined veining ; the dry
phase has them almost wholly bright reddish orange. At
Aden all three types occur together as mere variations.

It

Front the ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY
Ser. 7, Vol. i., January 1 898.

A Revision of the Pierine Butterflies
of the Genus Terias from the Old
World.

BY

.RTHUR G. BUTLER, PH.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., ETC.,

SENIOR ASSISTANT-KEEPER, ZOOLOGICAL DEPARTMENT, BRITISH MUSEUM.

56 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Old- World

A Revision of the Pierine Butterflies of the, Genus Terias
from the Old World. By ARTHUR G. BUTLER, Ph.D.,
F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Senior Assistant- Keeper, Zoological
Department, British Museum.

THE genus Terias has always been a puzzle to Lepidopterists
and probably will never be thoroughly understood until the
whole of the species have been reared from the egg through-
out the year and in all parts of the world where they exist.
At the same time, the careful labelling and dating of col-
lections in recent years and the study which has been
devoted to this genus in India and Africa have thrown
considerable light upon the relationship of the numerous
forms which, even in my "Notes on the Genus Terias " (Ann.
& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii. pp. 212-225), I was
obliged to regard, for want of evidence to the contrary, as
distinct species.

The researches of Capt. E. Y. Watson, C. W. Barker, and
G. A. K. Marshall have conclusively proved that many of
the supposed species of the genus are either seasonal or
varietal : the wet-season forms having the under surface of
the wings white or yellow, usually with somewhat feeble
markings, or even none at all; the dry-season forms either
reddish in colour, sometimes with ill-defined markings, or

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Terias. 57

with the ground-colour of the wet-season and sharply- defined
markings, the primaries also with an oblique row of dots, a
zigzag bar, or a large patch of chocolate at or near the apex —
this form is also often characterized by dense dusky irro-
ration of the under surface. In the transition from the rainy
to the dry-season an intermediate form occurs. Variation,
in the sense of simple inconstancy of pattern, chiefly affects
the width of the borders on the upper surface, and, curiously
enough, this inconstancy in some species is dependent upon
season, whilst in others it occurs at all seasons. It is this
puzzling inconsistency in the variation of the species which
has been responsible for many of the synonyms in this
genus, as well as for much confusion in the writings of the
best intentioned workers respecting the geographical distri-
bution of some of the commoner species.

The Museum series of Old- World Terias has, for many
years, been the finest in existence ; and the recent donation
of the Godman and Salvin collection of these butterflies has
rendered it so complete that, in combining and rearranging
the two series in our cabinets, many new facts have come to
light and a tentative revision of the synonymy has become
practicable, but only breeding in every locality can finally
decide whether or not this reduction of the species of the
past goes too far or not far enough : in any case I offer it
to Lepidopterists as what I conscientiously believe to be a
step in the right direction.

The Museum collection of typical Terias at present
occupies thirty cabinet drawers, nearly the whole of the
forms described from the Old World being represented, and
most of them in all their seasonal forms. It must, however,
be noted that, as in Teracolus, those countries which have
practically no wet season nevertheless produce the three
phases of a species as coexistent varieties. It would there-
fore seem that existing variations have been adapted to the
seasons, and not produced by them, as has been assumed.

SECTION I.

The most simple section of the genus is characterized by
the absence of glandular or scale patches on the front wings
of the males, and includes the T. brigitta, nise, albula,
agave, messalina, deva, harina, Candida, and Desjardinsii
groups of the genus : some of these which are only found in
the New World I shall not discuss in the present paper.

T. brigitta group.
Characterized by a tolerably regular blackish border to

58 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Old- World

the costa and outer margin of the primaries above, this
border not reaching the external angle in the females ; the
tinder surface of the dry-season form often largely suffused
with rose-reddish or flesh-colour.

1 . Terias pulchella.
Xanthidia pulchella, Boisduval, Faun. Madag. p. 20, pi. ii. fig. 7 (1833).

Mauritius and Madagascar.

The dry-season form has the apex of the primaries and
the secondaries suffused with rose-reddish on the under
surface. The species is represented in the Museum by
eighteen examples.

We have in the Museum a single male of a species from
Fwambo, Tanganyika, which (excepting in its much more
rounded wings) bears a curious resemblance to T. pulchella •
it is, however, destitute of markings on the under surface.
I thought at one time that it might possibly be a very
aberrant example of T7. regularis, but it looks so utterly out
of place with that species that I feel convinced it will prove
to be a new thing ; nevertheless I hesitate to name it until
we receive further evidence.

2. Terias brigitta.

Papilio brigitta, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pi. cccxxxi. B, C (1782).
Terias zoe, Hopffer, Ber. Verb. Ak. Berl. 1855, p. 640 ; Peters 's Reise,

Zool. v. p. 369, pi. xxiii. figs. 10, 11 ^1862).
Terias candace, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 213 (1865).
Terias caffra, Felder, /. c.
$ . Terias seruli, Westwood in Gates 's Matabele-land, p. 342 (1881).

Kanges from the Cape of Good Hope northwards to Abys-
sinia and westwards from Angola to Sierra Leone.

The wet form is T. zoe-=cojffra^ the intermediate form is
T. candace = seruli, and the dry form is typical T. brigitta:
males both of the intermediate and dry forms seem to be
very rare ; it therefore seems possible that the females may
live until the commencement of the wet season, or possibly
they may take little part in the reproduction of the species.
Among our ninety-two examples of T. brigitta only two
males belong to the intermediate, and one to the dry form.

3. Terias libythea.

Papilio libythea, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 427 (1798).

Terias drona, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. p. 137, pi. i. fig. 13 (1829).

Terias lerna, Felder, Sitz. Ak. Wiss., math.-nat. 01. xl. p. 448 (i860).

Terias senna, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 212 (1865).

Terias rubella, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 323 (1867).

Terias hainana, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 700.

Pierine .Butterflies of the Genus Terias. 59

The range of this species appears to extend from the
Himalayas eastwards to Southern China and Hainan, south-
wards to Ceylon, and thence south-eastwards to Timor ; we
also have one example from Amboina.

The wet form is represented by T. senna — lerna, the inter-
mediate form by T. drona, and the dry form is typical
T. lil>ythea — rubella = hainana: the latter has the fringes
rosy and the border of the secondaries reduced to triangular
spots; in the intermediate form these spots are confluent in
the male, forming a dentated border *.

4. Terias zoraide.

Terias zoraide, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 213 (1865).

Terias australis, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3. vol. iv. p. 321

(1867).

Terias sinta, Wallace, t. c. p. 322.
Terias immaculate, Miskin, P. K. Soc. Queensl, vi. p. 258 (1889).

Eanges from Bourou southwards to Australia.

T. australis = zoraide is the wet form; T. smta = imma-
culota the dry.

T. euterpe and T. neda of the New World appear to be
best placed in this group, in spite of the somewhat different
character of their under-surface markings.

T. harina group.

The wet-season forms differ from the dry in the much
greater width of the outer blackish border to the primaries ;
between the two seasons this border is intermediate in width.

5. Terias harina.

Terias harina, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. p. 137 (1829) ; Hiibner,
Zutr. exot. Schmett. figs. 979, 980 (1837).

Eanges from N.E. India through Burma, the Mergui
Archipelago and Andamans, Malacca, Java, and Borneo,
eastwards to the Celebes.

The name T. formosa was probably first given to Hiibner's
figures of T. harina by the late Adam White, and thus
appeared in a list of the species of this genus which I pub-
lished (P. Z. S. 1871, p. 540) at a time when I had no
perfect copy of Hiibner's work for reference. In that list,
oddly enough, I transposed the sexes — the type of T. harina
being a female, that of Hiibner's illustrations a male.

In the Philippines a fairly distinct race occurs, of which

* T. hainana has a slightly narrower border to the primaries than
T. libijthea.

60 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Old- World

I have seen no extreme dry type : the wet form is larger
than in T. harina, the blackish outer border extending to
the secondaries even in the males, where it runs from the
apex to beyond the third median branch, and in the females
sometimes to beyond the first branch ; the costal margin in
this form is also much less arched than in T. harina : the
intermediate form is normal.

6. Terias butyrosa.

Terias butyrosa, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xv. p. 396
(1875).

Aru Islands.

I have only seen the dry-season form of this Terias and
therefore have not sufficient evidence on which to conclude
that it is a race of T. harina ; it differs from the dry-season
form of that species in the more uniform width and con-
tinuous character of the blackish border to the primaries.

T. Candida group.

The species of this group do not appear to exhibit any
appreciable seasonal characters; they also differ from the
T. harina group in the fact that the females are not very
variable in the same species : white is the characteristic
colouring of the upper surface in all the species excepting
those of the Solomon group, which have yellow females.

7. Terias virgo.

Terias virgo, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 328 (1867).
Aru Islands.

8. Terias puella.

Xanthidia puella, Boisduval, Voy. de 1'Astr., Le*p. p. 60, pi. ii. fig. 8
(1832).

Probably throughout the Halmaheira group; we have it
from Waigiou, Batchian, Ternate, and Morty.

9. Terias papuana, sp. n.

Differs from the two preceding species in the more regular
and slightly more concave inner edging of the black outer
border to the wings, which runs farther back on the costa of
the primaries ; in the majority of the males this border is
wider than in either T. virgo or T. puella, and in the females
it is invariably wider than in T. virgo : the expanse of wings
varies considerably, 39 to 54 millimetres.

From Mysol through New Guinea to Cape York.

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Terias. 61

10. Terias xanthomelaena.
Terias xanthomelcena, Godman & Salvin, P. Z. S. 1879, p. 159.

New Ireland and Duke of York Island.

This species may chiefly be distinguished from the follow-
ing by the width and opacity of the basal and abdominal
brown suffusion, and in the generally more concave inner
edge to the outer border of the primaries and the narrower
border of the secondaries.

11. Terias Candida.

Papilio Candida, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pi. cccxxxi. A (1782).
Amboyna and Ceram.

12. Terias Woodfordi, sp. n.

£ . Gamboge -yellow with black -brown borders, with
tolerably regularly concave inner margins, that of the pri-
maries considerably wider on the costa than in any other
species of the group, though at the external angle no wider
than in T. Candida.

$ . Similar to the male, but lemon-yellow, more or less
irrorated at the base of the wings with dusky scales. Expanse
of wings varying from 34 to 53 millim.

Guadalcanar, Maleita, and Florida Islands ( Wood/ord) .

The whole of our sixteen examples of this species were
received from Messrs. Godman and Salvin.

13. Terias salomonis, sp. n.

Differs in both sexes from the preceding species in the
narrower external borders of both sexes. Expanse of wings
45 to 54 millim.

Fauro and Alu Islands (Woodford).

The eight specimens of this species in the collection were
received from Messrs. Godman and Salvin.

T. Desjardinsii group.

The wet- and dry-season forms differ considerably : in the
latter the dark border to the secondaries is reduced to a
series of dots terminating the nervures ; on the under surface
also the apex of the primaries is often suffused with rose-
colour, and two or three deep brown markings appear some-
what as in the T. hecabe section of the genus.

62 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Old-World

14. Terias regularis.

Terias regularis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii.

p. 486 (1876).
Terias Oberthurii, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, ii. p. 223 (1877).

From Abyssinia southwards to Nyasa, and on the west
coast from the Congo northwards to the Niger.

This species has been confounded with the S.-Africati
representative of T. Desjardinsii by Mr. Marshall ; it is,
however, widely distinct, the female especially differing in
the typical (wet-season) form in its broad hind- wing border;
both sexes also differ in their less angular wings, with far
more regular arched inner edging to the border of the
primaries. In the dry-season form the border of the second-
aries is replaced by dots, but the markings on the under
surface are as indistinct as in the wet-season form,- the apex
of the primaries being very delicately tinted with rose-pink.

15. Terias Marshalli, sp. n.
Terias Desjardinsii, Trimen & Marshall (not Boisduval).

Wings much more angular than in the preceding species,
the inner edge of the outer border of primaries irregularly
sinuated, most prominently on the upper radial and two median
interspaces; the outer border of the secondaries usually
narrower, always distinctly so in the female and most fre-
quently reduced to a marginal series of spots in that sex ;
markings below better defined, but especially in the inter-
mediate and dry-season forms, which show an additional
irregular subapical brown dash on all the wings and a rusty
flesh-coloured border to the primaries. On the upper surface
the three tolerably well-defined seasonal types differ chiefly
in the width of the dark outer border to the wings, that of
the secondaries being reduced in the dry-season to a narrow
dentated line in the male and a series of dots in the female.
Expanse of wings 35 to 45 millim.

Ranges from the Albert Nyanza southwards to KafFraria,
and on the West Coast from Angola northwards to the Niger.
(Fifty examples.)

16. Terias Desjardinsii.

cJ. Xanthidia Desjardinsii, Boisduval, Faun. Madag. p. 22, pi. ii.

fig. 6(1833).
9 . Terias aliena, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v.

p. 337 (1880).

Madagascar.

I believe that this species only has a dry-season form —

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Terias. 63

the male approaching nearest to the dry form of T. Marshalli
on the upper surface, but without the rusty or rose-coloured
border on the under surface : the female has a faint rosy
tinting to the apex above and a more or less dusky ill-
defined apical border ; on the under surface this sex has
both subapical dashes and the apex of the primaries rosy
ochreous. The black-tipped white female figured by Mabille
in Grandidier's ' Madagascar ' does not belong to this
section of the genus, but is a variation of T. hapale.

1 7. Terias punctinotata.
$ . Terias punctinotata, Butler, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 633, pi. xxxv. figs. 8, 9.

The male is bright lemon - yellow, with a black outer
border to the primaries, regularly arched internally as in
T. regularis ; it is different from the latter in outline, the
costal margin of the primaries being longer and the apex
more acute ; but for this fact and its much clearer (less
deep gamboge) colour I should have concluded that it might
be the dry-season form of T. regularis, that previously noted
being the intermediate form.

18. Terias mandarinula.

Terias mandarinula, Holland, Ent. xxv. (Suppl.) p. 91 (1892) ; Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus. 1895, p. 242, pi. vii. fig. 5.

E. Africa.

I have not seen this species, but can only suppose that it
raust be allied to the preceding.

SECTION II.

The males characterized by the presence of a patch of
thickened scales between the median and submedian veins
towards the base of the primaries below and a corresponding
subcostal patch on upper surface of secondaries.

This section contains the group to which T. venata, herla,
and Jcegeri belong, also T. smilax and one unnamed species
from the New World.

T. herla group.

Characterized by more or less acutely-pointed primaries,
the dry forms usually very ruddy below.

19. Terias betheseba.

Terias betheseba, 0. Janson, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 272 (1878).
Terias hainana, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 700.

Yokohama and Hainan.

64 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Oil- World

Our seven examples of this species all belong to the wet-
season form, nor have I seen a dry form of this insect.

20. Terias sana.

Terias sana, Butler, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 470.

Terias hespera, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii. p. 214
(1886).

New Guinea to Northern Australia.

T. sana was described upon two small wet-season examples
from New Guinea ; T. hespera upon the dry form from N.E.
Australia. The species is represented in the Museum by
eleven examples.

21. Terias venata.

Terias venata, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 65, pi. 2 a. fig. 2 (1857).
Terias santana, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 211 (1865).
Terias rama, Moore, P. Z. S. 1872, p. 566 ; Lep. Ceylon, i. p. 121,

pi. xlvi. figs. 5, 5 a (1880-81).
Terias pallitana, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. p. 48

(1877).

Eanges from the Himalayas southward to Ceylon and
probably eastwards through North China, for we have it from
Chusan Island and from the Philippines.

The seasonal (?) forms differ less than usual : T. rama is
probably the best-marked wet type, T. santana intermediate,
and T. venata (of which T. pallitana is the female) the dry;
but, on the other hand, it is possible that, as seems to be the
case in the closely allied T. betkeseba, no differing dry form
may exist, and the slight discrepancies in the pattern of the
upper surface or the definition of the markings on the under
surface may be partly local and have a subspecific value.
The fact that we have the extremes from the Anamully Hills
proves that they are not permanently separated as distinct
species.

Two males in the Museum from China differ in having
the female pattern on the upper surface of the primaries as
in T. Iceta.

22. Terias herla.

Pieris herla, McLeay, King's Surv. Austr. ii. p. 460 (1827).
Terias lineata, Miskin, P. R. Soc. Queensl. vi. p. 251 (1889).

Northern Australia.

T. lineata is the dry -season form of the species.

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Terias. 65

23. Terias Iceta.

Terias lata, Boisduval, Sp. Ge"n. Le> i. p. 674 (1836).

Terias Jageri, Me'ne'trie's, Cat. Mus. Petrop., Le"p. i. p. 84, pi. ii. fig, 1

(1855).
Terias vagans, Wallace, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 357.

India and Burma.

Differs from T. Jierla chiefly in the more acute apex to the
primaries. The wet-season form of the species is T. vagans,
which the late Capt. Watson says "is possibly wrongly
identified in the British Museum " ; but, owing to the
fact (overlooked by him) that we possess Wallace's type,
it was not " possibly wrongly identified." The intermediate
form is T. Jcegeri and the dry form T. Iceta.

24. Terias subfervens.

Terias subfervens, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xi.
p. 278 (1883).

Japan, Southern Corea, and Eastern China.

I based my description upon the extreme dry-season form
from Southern Corea, having incorrectly identified the wet
and intermediate forms from Japan as T. Jcegeri. The
species may readily be distinguished in all its forms from
T. Iceta by the much more prominent and acute apex to the
primaries and the distinctly narrower and far more regular
black border on the upper surface of these wings.

T. smilax group.

Characterized by the rounded apex to the primaries and
far more irregular abbreviated external border to these wings.
Donovan's figure is extremely slovenly and does not show
this irregularity ; indeed it far more nearly resembles a little
species which we have from the Bahamas ; nevertheless it
i has been generally admitted that it is intended to represent
the intermediate form of the Australian species.

25. Terias smilax.

Papilio smilax, Donovan, Ins. New Holl. pi. xx. fig. 3 (1805).

Terias ingana, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1867, p. 322 ; Butler, Cruise

of the Cura9oa, p. 470, pi. xlix. fig. 3 (1873).
Terias parvula, Herrich-Schaffer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 78.
Terias varius, Miskin, Proc. Soc. Queensl. vi. p. 259 (1889),
Terias casta, Lucas, op. cit. vol. viii. p. 68 (1894).

Eastern Australia and Baudin Island.

T. casta = ingana is the wet-season form, T. varius appa-
rently = typical T. smilax intermediate, and T. parvula the
dry form.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 5

66 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Old- World

SECTION III.

The basal portion of the median nervure of the primaries
in the males up to the emission of the first branch edged
with thickened scales having an opaque appearance when
held to the light.

This section is the most perplexing in the genus and
includes all the allies of T. hecabe and T. rakeL

2 6 . Terias floricola.

Xanthidiajloricola, Boisduval, Faun. Madag. p. 22, pi. ii. fig. 6 (1833).
Terias ceres, tf, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii.
p. 218 (1886).

Mauritius and Madagascar.

T. floricola is the wet-season form and T. ceres the dry ;
the female referred by me to T. ceres belongs to the following
very closely related form, which may perhaps be only a race
of the same species, possibly only a variety.

27. Terias hapale.

2 $ . Terias hapale, Mabille, Le Nat. ii. p. 99 (1882) j Grand. Madag.

pi. xxxii. figs. 6, 7.

cf $ . Terias Boisduvaliana, Mabille, t. c. p. 253, pi. xxxii. figs. 4, 4 a, 5.
c? $. Terias cethiopica, Trimen, S. Afr. Butt. iii. p. 21 (1889).

Madagascar, Africa generally, Arabia.

T. hapale = Boisduvaliana is the wet-season form and
T. cethiopica — ceres $ the dry-season form. We have
forty-seven examples of this butterfly, and (apart from sea-
sonal variation) they seem to be wonderfully constant, the
females only varying in the length of the outer border of the
primaries, which, in the variety referred to T. Desjardinsii
by M. Mabille, is very limited.

28. Terias anjuana.

Terias anjuana, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xv. p. 189

(1879).
Terias decipiens, Butler, /. c.

Island of Johanna.

T. anjuana is the wet-season form, T. decipiens is inter-
mediate, and a small lemon-yellow male which I identified as
the W.-African T. brenda may possibly be an aberrant dry-
season form, but shows none of the characteristic markings
on the under surface.

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Terias. 67

29. Terias Bewsheri.

Terias Bewsheri, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5. vol. xv. p. 190

(1879).

Terias chalcomiceta, Butler, I. c.
Terias dentilimbata, Butler, I. c.

Island of Johanna.

T. Bewsheri is the wet form and T. chalcomiceta and
var. dentilimbata the dry.

There can be little doubt that this is merely an insular
race of T. senegalensis , less subject to variation than the
continental type.

30. Terias leonis.

Terias leonis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii. p. 222,
pi. v. fig. 6 (1886).

West Africa from Sierra Leone to the Gaboon.

A small species, perhaps doubtfully distinct from T. sene-
galensisj but apparently having no dry-season form ; the
typical (intermediate) form is more characteristically dis-
similar from T. senegalensis than the wet form.

There are twenty-eight examples in the Museum series.

31. Terias senegalensis,

Terias senegalensis, Boisduval, Sp. Ge"n. Le"p. i. p. 672 (1836).

Terias solifera, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xv. p. 396

(1875).
Terias bisinuata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii.

p. 485 (1876).

Terias orientis, Butler, P. Z. S. 1888, p. 71.
Terias £utleri, Trimen, S. Afr. Butt. iii. p. 23 (1889).

Africa generally, but apparently rare in the south.
T. seneg alen sis = solifera is the extreme wet form ; typical
t T. senegalensis having the markings below very indistinct,
| whereas in T. solifera they are well denned : this difference,
| however, is common as a variation in the genus.

T. orientis = ButIeri is a less heavily bordered intermediate
form, and T. Usmuata the dry form, which, however, we have
hitherto only received from Eastern Africa.

32. Terias brenda.

Terias brenda, Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. pi. ix. fig. 6 (1847).
Sierra Leone to the Gaboon on the west and the Albert
Nyanza to Tanganyika on the east.

This species resembles the preceding in pattern in all its
forms excepting that the secondaries are less frequently

5*

68 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Old- World

bordered with black above, being usually dotted at the ends
of the nervures. It differs chiefly in colouring, the wings
being bright lemon-yellow above instead of gamboge. The
largest examples of T. brenda show a somewhat greater
expanse of wings than the largest examples of T. senegalensis,
but size alone is of little consequence.

33. Terias anemone.

Terias anemone, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. vi. p. 23 (1862).

Terias mandarina, De Lorza, Lep. Jap. p. 18 (1869).

Terias Mariesii, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, pi. vii. figs. 1-6.

Terias hybrida, Bull. I. c. figs. 7-11.

Terias connexiva, Butl. I. c. figs. 12-15.

Japan and Chusan Island, round the south-eastern coast of
China from Shanghai to Hong-Kong.

T. Mariesii is the wet-season form, T. anemone, hybrida,
and connexiva intergrades, and T. mandarina the dry-season
form.

The transitions from wet to dry affect both surfaces simul-
taneously in this species, and thus at once distinguish it
from T. hecabe and T. suava, in which the upper surface
varies enormously at all seasons. The wet form (T. Mariesii)
differs from the parallel variety of the wet form in T. suava
in the more abrupt costal termination of the apical patch on
the upper surface. Our series of this species is represented
by 127 selected examples.

34. Terias Hobsoni.
Terias Hobsmi, Butler, P. Z. S. 1880, p. 668.

S.E. Corea, Japan, the Chusan Archipelago, Eastern
China from Hang-Chow southwards to Foo-Chow and
Formosa.

It is possible that this may be a variation of the preceding
species, in which the outer border is equally well marked
on the primaries, but wanting on the secondaries : the dry
form is unknown to me.

35. Terias unduligera.
Terias unduligera, Butler, P. Z. S. 1880, p. 668.

Foo-Chow and N. Formosa.

The dry form is quite unlike that of T. anemone, approach-
ing closely to that of T. hecabe. It is possible that this
may be inseparable as a species from T. hecabe, from which
it differs much as T. nicobariensis does from T. suava ; it does

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Terias. 69

not, however, quite correspond with T. hecabe in pattern in
any of its seasonal forms, and appears to be locally constant.
Cramer's Pap. hecabe (Pap. Ex. vol. ii. pi. cxxiv. figs. B, C)
probably represents the intermediate form of T. unduligera.

36. Terias Jiecabe.

Papilio hecabe, Linnaeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 249 (1764).

Terias blanda, Boisduval, Sp. Gen. Lep. i. p. 672 (1836).

Terias cesiope, Me'netrie's, Oat. Mus. Petrop., Le*p. i. p. 85, pi. ii. fig. 3

(1855).

Terias subdecorata, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 699.
Terias arcuata, Moore, t. c. p. 700.

South China from Hong-Kong to Tonkin, including the
island of Hainan.

In this species the wet-season form appears to vary very
little, but the intermediate and dry forms exhibit considerable
variation in the width of the outer border of the primaries.
T. cesiope is a dry form corresponding with the wet-season
form (T. hecabe) ; in T. subdecorata the only difference of
importance is in the much less angular upper inner margin
to the apical portion of the outer border ; in T. blanda the
inner edge of the outer border is almost or often quite regu-
larly arched, and T. arcuata appears to be the same thing
with an intermediate character of under surface. The follow-
ing, which may prove to be a further development of the
dry-season form of T. hecabe} was also described from
Hainan ; but the Museum possesses only a pair, presumably
of this species, from the Loo-choo and Madjico-sima Islands ;
therefore, for the present, I keep it separate.

37. Terias attenuata.
Terias attenuata, Moore, P. Z, S. 1878, p. 700.

Hainan; also ? Loo-choo and JVIadjico-sima groups.

It is of course possible that our examples, in spite of their

resemblance to Dr. Moore's insect, may prove to be the dry

i form of T. Hobsoni] their habitat seems to render this more

I likely than that they should be a variation of the Southern

| Chinese species.

38. Terias suava.

Terias suava, Boisduval, Sp. G6n. Le*p. i. p. 670 (1836).

Terias hecabeoides, Me'ne'trie's, Oat. Mus. Petrop., Lep. i. p. 85, pi. ii.

fig. 2 (1855).

Terias fimbriata, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 323 (1867).
Terias simulata, Moore. Lep. Ceylon, i. p. 119, pi. xlv. figs. 2, 2 a, 2 b

(1881).

70 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Old-World

Terias excavata, Moore, P. Z. S. 1882, p. 252.

Terias irreffularis, Moore, t. c. pi. xii. fig. 3.

Terias apicalis, Moore, t. c. p. 253, pi. xii. fig. 2.

Terias asphodelus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1883, p. 161, pi. xxiv. fig. 13.

Terias narcissus, Butler, /. c.

Terias Swinhoei. Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii. p. 216

(1886).

Terias simplex, Butler, t. c. p. 217, pi. v. fig. 2,

Terias contubernalis, Moore, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxi. p. 46 (1886).
Terias patruelis, Moore, t. c. pi, iv. fig. 5.
Terias fraterna, Moore, t. c. pi. iv. fig. 6.
Terias Andersonii, Moore, t. c. p. 47, pi. iv. fig. 8.

India and Ceylon, Burma, and southward to Malacca,
including the Mergui Archipelago.

This species well bears out Darwin's statement that common
and widely distributed species vary most. T. suava (com-
monly confounded with the broader-winged and far less
variable T. hecabe of S. China) exhibits more inconstancy
than any other species of TeriaSj and consequently has
received numerous distinctive names. As every gradation of
upper-surface pattern, from the typical broad-bordered T. suava
to the narrow-bordered T. narcissus, is represented at all
seasons, it would seem to a superficial observer that many
species were represented by the forms of this butterfly ; when,
however, it is found that these forms are not limited to locality
and comprise a perfect transitional series, it becomes evident
that they represent one extremely variable species.

In order to facilitate their identification I shall consider
these intergrades as separate varieties, beginning with the
most broadly bordered typical form and ending with those ii
which the border is reduced to its narrowest limit.

Var. 1.

T. suava = hecabeoides is the wet-season form, the inter-
mediate form is unnamed • T. simulata is the dry-season form3
from which T. contubernalis is practically inseparable.

Var. 2.

T. merguiana is the wet-season form, the intermediate forr
is unnamed ; T. excavata is the dry-season form, from whic]
T. Andersonii is inseparable.

Var. 3.

The wet and intermediate forms are both unnamed ; T.
terna is the dry form.

Var. 4.

The wet and intermediate forms are both unnamed
T. purreea^patruelis is the dry form.

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Terias. 71

Var. 5.

The wet and intermediate forms are both unnamed ;
T. Swinhoei is the dry form.

Var. 6.

The wet form is unnamed, the intermediate form is un-
known to me ; T. asphodelus and irregularis are small and
large types of the dry form.

Var. 7.

The wet form is unnamed ; T. fimbriata is the intermediate
form, and T. narcissus the dry form.

Var. 8.

The wet and intermediate forms are unknown ; T. simplex
is the dry form.

Var. 9.

The wet and intermediate forms are unknown ,• T. apicalis
is the dry form.

39. Terias nicobariensis .

Terias nicobariensis. Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien. xii. p. 480

(1862).
Terias phanospila, Felder, Keise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 209 (1865).

Andamans, Nicobars, Java, Sumatra, Flores (coll. Hewit-
son), Borneo, and the Philippines. We have a female appa-
rently referable to the intermediate form of this species, but
said to have been taken in Ceylon.

To my mind T. nicobariensis is more nearly related to
T. silhetana than to T. suava (with which, under the incorrect
name of T. hecabe, it has been associated by Indian workers) .

T. phanospila was based upon old discoloured males from
Java; we have exactly similar specimens from Horsfield's
collection. This is the dry-season form of the species.

40. Terias silhetana.

Terias silhetana, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 324 (1867).
Terias citrina, Moore (not Poey), Lep. Ceylon, i. p. 119, pi. xlv.

tigs. 4, 4 a (1881).

Terias rotundalis, Moore, t. c. p. 120, pi. xlvi. figs. I,Ia,b (1881).
Terias uniformis, Moore, /. c. figs. 2, 2 a, b (1881).
Terias vallivolans. Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xi. p. 420

(1883).
Terias heliophila, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvi.

p. 338, pi. viii. fig. 2 (1885).

72 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Old-World

Terias Templetoni, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5. vol. xvii.

p. 218 (1886).
Terias simulatrix, Semper. Reisen Arch. Philipp. ii. vol. v. pi. xli.

figs. 7-9 (1891).
Terias tecmessa, De Nice*ville, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Ixiv. p. 498

(1896).

Burma, Pegu, N.E., Central, and Southern India, Ceylon,
Andamans, N.E. Sumatra, Philippines *.

The character by which the late Capt. Watson proposed
to distinguish T. silhetana from other species of the T. hecabe
group is that it has an extra black dot near the base of the
discoidal cell on the underside of the primaries. Unfor-
tunately this character is not always present, though usually
so in the narrow-bordered forms of the species.

T. silhetana separates fairly easily into two types, the first
with a broad border to the secondaries at all seasons, the
second with a narrower border in the wet-season, which almost
or quite disappears in the dry-season.

Broad-bordered type.

The wet-season form is unnamed ; the dry-season form is
T. citrina—T. simulatrix =T. tecmessa (the latter being the
drier and commoner variation).

Narrow-bordered type.

The wet-season form is T. rotunclah's=vallivolans=Tem-
pletoni; the intermediate form is T. heliophila; the dry-
season form is T. silhetana = T. uniformis.

41. Terias Moorei.

Tej-ias Moorei, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii. p. 216,
pi. v. fig. 1 (1886).

Camorta.

The late Capt. Watson regarded this as an extreme
variety of T. sillietana (to which, as my figure shows, it
bears not the faintest resemblance), solely on the ground that
the black dot, which he believed to be confined to T. silhetana^
occurs in our two examples, although not in the same part of
the cell. As a fact, the cell-markings on the under surface
of the species of Terias are eminently variable both in
number and position, sometimes on opposite wings of the
same individual.

* We have a female said to have been obtained at Afghanistan over
fifty years ago ; but this is probably an error.

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Terias. 73

42. Terias kana.

Terias kana, Moore. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxi. p. 48, pi. iv. fig. 9

(1886).
Terias toba, De Nic<§ville, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Ixiv. p. 496 (1896).

Mergui Archipelago and Sumatra.

An intermediate-season form (of which the wet and dry
forms are unknown to me). Capt. Watson thought that
T. kana might be the wet-season form of T. sari • but we
have what I believe to be the wet form of (the race ?) T. so-
dalis from Ceylon, and it agrees with the latter exactly in
the pattern of the upper surface, whereas T. kana is more
like a small broad-bordered T. suava.

43. Terias curiosus.
Terias curiosus, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1884, p. 508, pi. xlvii. fig. 3.

Karachi.

The late Capt. Watson regarded this as an aberration of
" T. hecabe" but to my mind it has far more the character
of T. sodalis; it may be distinct from either, and (in the
absence of evidence) I therefore leave it.

44. Terias sari.

Terias sari, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. p. 136 (1829).

Terias sodalis, Moore, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxi. p. 45 (1886).

Ceylon, Nilghiris, Burma, Mergui Archipelago, Malacca,
Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Sulu Archipelago, Palawan.

The examples from the mainland and Mergui, as well as
the wet-season examples from Ceylon, have usually a narrower
border to the secondaries, though one example from Malacca
has this border fairly broad ; these would represent T. sodalis.
The forms from Sumatra northwards to Palawan have this
border somewhat broader and are typical T. sari. Both
names were given to the dry-season phase.

45. Terias sarilata.

Terias sari, var. sarilata, Semper, Reisen Philipp. ii. v. pi. xii. figs. 10-
12 (1891).

Davao, Philippines.

Only the dry form is known to me.

Yar. ? mindorana.

Two females. The outer borders of the wings above
occupying from one third to two fifths of the wing-surface ;

74 Dr. A. G-. Butler on the Old- World

that of ^the primaries acutely angulated below costa, the
Insinuation on the median interspaces more transverse and
with diffused outer edge ; a blackish-brown streak continuous
with the border running inwards to a third of the distance
from the base along the inner margin ; the chocolate apical
patch on the under surface narrower than in females of typical
T. sarilata.

Mindoro. From the Godman and Salvin collection.

If males from Mindoro exhibit similar differences, this may
be Regarded as a distinct species ; but our two females are not
quite alike (as indicated in the above description). Both
belong to the dry -season phase.

46. Terias semifusca.

Tei-ias semifusca, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5. vol. xvii.
p. 222, pi. v. fig. 8 (1886).

Sumatra. Type coll. Hewitson.

Belongs to the intermediate seasonal phase.

47. Terias Widens.

Terias bidens, Butler. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii. p. 222,
pi. v. fig. 7 (1886).

Sumatra. Type coll. Hewitson.
Is also an intermediate form.

48. Terias latilinibata.

Terias latilimbata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5. vol. xvii.
p. 221, pi. v. fig. 5 (1886).

Sumatra. Type coll. Hewitson.
A wet-season form.

49. Terias latimargo.

Terias latimargo, Hopffer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 25.
t Terias anguligera, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii.
p. 224, pi. v. fig. 10 (1886).

Celebes and Flores.

We have the wet-season form in the Museum series and
the wet and intermediate forms in the Hewitson collection.

50. Terias diversa.
Terias diversa, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 324 (1867).

Philippines.

This appears to be the species figured by Semper (figs. 15-
17) as T. hecabe-f his figs. 13 and 14 do not seem to me to

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Terias. 75

be distinct from his T. simulatrix, differing markedly from
all the seasonal forms of T. diversa.

51. Terias sulphurata.

Terias sulphurata, Butler, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 01.7.

Terias variata, Butler, /. c.

Terias hebridina, Butler, t. c. pi. Ixvii. fig. 8.

Terias inanata, Butler, I. c.

Terias pumilariS) Butler, t. c. pi. Ixvii. fig. 7.

Terias sinapina, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. p. 3o5

(1877).

Terias lifuana, Butler, I. c.
Terias dprica, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. scr. o, vol. xi. p. 420

(1883).

Terias maroensis, Butler, P. Z. S. 1883, p. 368, pi. xxviii. fig. 2.
Terias laratenais, Butler, t. c. p. 309, pi. xxviii. iig. 3.
Terias photophila, Butler, Ann. &; Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. ;">, vol. xiii.

p. 190 (1884).
Terias phcBbus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii. p. 221,

pi. v. fig. 4 (1880).

Ranges from Northern Australia northwards to Timor
Laut, Am, and New Guinea, and thence eastwards to New
Ireland, appearing just to touch the Solomons ; more to the
south it ranges eastwards to the Loyalty, New Hebrides, and
Fiji Islands.

This species exhibits a more restricted variability than
T. suavcij which it doubtless replaces in Australasia ; the
mode of variation is, however, similar. Regarded as a whole
it is a smaller type, never so heavily bordered or suffused
with blackish as typical T. suava nor so narrowly bordered
as T. apicalis.

The varieties with their seasonal forms are as follows : —

Yar. I.

The wet-season form is T. photophila, with the outer border
slightly narrower in T. liebridina, the upper angle of the
sinus rounded off and the border of secondaries very narrow
or reduced to dots in T. inanata and aprica (the hitter is
larger than T. inanata and has the margin of secondaries
dotted). The intermediate form of this variety is unnamed.
The dry-season form is T. maroensis—phcebuSj of which
T. sulphurata and variata are narrower bordered examples,
the latter small and with dotted margin to the secondaries.

Var. 2.

The outer border of primaries broad at apex, but narrow at
external angle ; the seasonal forms are unnamed.

76 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Old- World

Var. 3.

The outer border of primaries much narrower throughout.
The wet-season form is T. pumilaris (starved) and T. sina-
pina (full-sized) ; intergrades between the two extremes are
in the Museum series. The intermediate form is T. lifuana
== T. laratensis (the differences very slight) and the dry form
is unnamed.

52. Terias brevicostatisj sp. n.

Readily distinguishable from all species of this group by
the short costal margin to the primaries and the more rounded
outer margin; the apical portion of the external border is
consequently narrowed, just as though its outer edge had
been trimmed off ; the subapical angle of this border is more
obtuse than usual, the secondaries are subangulated at the end
of the second median branch ; the outer border of the
secondaries is well-defined, regularly sinuated internally, but
varies somewhat in width and length ; the general colour of
the male above is saffron-yellow and that of the female
citron-yellow; the markings below are normal, but not very
strongly defined in the wet and intermediate forms ; the dry
form is unknown to me.

Expanse of wings 41-47 millim.

Semao Island, Timor (coll. Hewitson), Wetter, (probably
Bourou), Batchian, Ternate, and Gilolo.

The general aspect of the males is that of the T. Desjar-
dinsii group rather than of the T. hecabe group.

53. Terias biformis.

c? $ . Terias biformis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xiii.

p. 196 (1884).

$ . Terias lacteola, Distant, Rhop. Mai. p. 466, fig. 129 (1886).
2 . Terias ada, Distant, Ann. &Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 271

(1887).

Ranges from Nias through Borneo eastwards to Ternate
and Batchian, extending south to Amboyna and Ceram, and
probably crossing New Guinea, to reappear in the Louisiade
and Solomon groups.

The males of this Terias seem to run very close to those of
T. sulphurata, of which species I should be inclined to regard
it as a variety but for the white or creamy colouring of the
females. In the Solomon group this type of female seems to
be abundant, whereas the yellow female of T. sulphurata
seems to be extremely rare; from Amboyna again I have
only seen white females. In the Solomon Islands the females

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Terias. 77

would seem to be most prevalent between the wet and dry
seasons, nor have I seen a single dry-season male.

T. biformis was based upon a male with dry-season upper
surface and a typical wet-season female; the former has
usually a very narrow outer border, and sometimes the base
and edge of the inner margin are irrorated with dusky scales,
so as to approach the least pronounced forms of the T. rahel
group.

T. lacteola and ada were both based upon females, the first
white, the second creamy or with a faint tint of sulphur ; the
outline of the border of the primaries and the dusky irroration
of the upper surface are characters which vary much in this
species. Our series of T. biformis is now represented by
seventy-one examples.

The names T. biformis, multifrons, and multiformis, pro-
posed by the late Mr. H. Pryer for T. subfervens and T. man-
darina, were given in defiance of the law of priority, and,
but for the fact that they have recently been quoted by a
scientific worker, I should simply have ignored them, as I
should the names ignorantly given in a story-book. Not
only was the name T. biformis proposed in 1887 for a butterfly
which Mr. Pryer believed to have several names already, but
it was given as the name of two species which Mr. Pryer
believed he had bred (and which a friend of his was satisfied
he had not bred) from one another. Lastly, the name T. bi-
formis was given in ignorance of the fact that it had already
been employed in the same genus about three years and a
half previously.

With regard to his T. multifrons, subsequently altered
without comment to T. multiformis, Mr. Pryer believed that
it included no less than ten forms, all of which he declared
that he had bred from eggs laid by T. mandarina, although
most of them never were seen in Japan, and one, at any rate,
is a well-known West-African species. Subsequently Pryer
extended the species to include what he called T. Iceta
(meaning T. subfervens}, the wet and dry forms of which he
probably regarded as T. Iceta and betheseba, or T. Iceta and
Jcegeri, according to fancy.

When it is remembered that the T. Iceta group is charac-
terized by entirely different male sexual marks from the
T. hecabe group, the fact that Pryer believed he had bred one
from the other invalidates the whole of his breeding experi-
ments, proving them to have been far more careless than the
positive assertions of this collector would fain constrain us
to believe them.

78 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Old- World

54. Terias indecisa, sp. n.

$ . Gamboge-yellow ; the primaries having the base
blackish, the costal margin very narrowly grey, the apex and
a narrow external border dark brown,, insinuated internally as
in T. gradiens, with a slight widening at external angle, but
without a trace of the internal border characteristic of the
T. rahel group ; secondaries with a dentate sinuate external
border, a little broader than in T. tilaha and more diffused
towards the anal angle : wings below slightly paler than
above, with the characteristic markings of the T. hecabe
group (wet-season) represented by brown scales and not
strongly defined.

Expanse of wings 45 millim.

Batchian (Wallace).

This seems to be a link between the T. hecabe and T. rahel
groups ; its upper-surface pattern is characteristic of an inter-
mediate or dry-season form, but that of the under surface
proves it to be a wet-season form. This insect is so very
distinct from any other described form that, although slightly
discoloured with age, I am constrained to regard it as new to
science.

T. rahel group.

The inner border of the primaries and sometimes the abdo-
minal border of the secondaries more or less broadly bordered
with deep brown ; in some species these and the ordinary
borders are so much extended as to occupy the greater portion
of the upper surface, leaving only a patch of yellow on each
wing, whilst in the females even these patches are sometimes
irrorated with brown.

55. Terias sinensis.

Terias sinensis, Lucas, Kev. et Mag. de Zool. 1852, p. 429.

" China " (Lucas) ; Sulu Archipelago. $ , B. M.

Our single example agrees well with the description. It
approaches very near to the type of T. gradiens from Borneo,
but differs in its slightly longer wings and narrower borders.
It is a wet-season form.

56. Terias gradiens.

Terias gradiens, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii. p. 223,
pi. v. fig. 9 (1886).

Borneo, Sandakan.

Our male from Sandakan has the inner border of the

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Terias. 79

primaries more equal in width than in the type. The wet-
season form only is known.

57. Terias tilaha.
$ . Terias tilaha, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. p. 136 (1829).

Java and Borneo.

Our ten examples are quite uniform in character and belong
to an intermediate-season phase. The greater size, much
broader apical border of primaries, the more elongated sinus
in the border on the lower median interspace, and the exten-
sion of the inner border so as to impinge upon the discoidal
cell at its base render it next to impossible that this can be
the intermediate form of the preceding species, for we know
that the change from a wet- to a dry-season character in this
genus is usually accompanied by a decrease in the dark
borders of the upper surface, and never by an increase in their
width. When any change in size takes place, it tends
towards diminution of expanse in the dry season.

58. Terias Nicevillei, sp. n.

I believe this to be the T. tilaha of De Nice'ville ; it is the
smallest species of the group ; it differs in pattern from
T. tilaha in the slightly more regular inner oblique edging to
the apical border of the primaries, the slightly narrower outer
border of the male secondaries and the broader border to
those of the female ; the latter sex is also much deeper in
colour than in T. tilaha, being nearly as bright a yellow as
the male ; the under surface is similar to that of T. tilaha.

Expanse of wings 38 millim.

N.E. Sumatra (from Capt. E. Y. Watson's collection).

>59. Terias rahel.
Papilio rahel, Fabricms, Mant. Ins. ii. p. 22 (1787).
Borneo.

This is the Bornean representative of T. tondana, from
which it differs in having the pattern of the primaries more
nearly like that of T. tilaha and the pattern of the secondaries
nearly alike in both sexes ; whereas the female of T. tominia
differs widely from its male in all the wings. The abdominal
border of the secondaries is less strongly marked than in
T. tominia. This, again, is an intermediate form in the
under-surface markings.

80 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Old- World

60. Terias tominia.

$ . Tenas tominia, Vollenhoven, Mon. Pier. p. 66, pi. vii. fig. 4 (1865).
d $ . Terias tondana, Felder, Reise der Nov.. Lep. ii. p. 214, pi. xxvi.
figs. 1, 2 (1865).

Menado, Minahassa. B. M.
A wet-season form.

In the Berl. ent. Zeitschr. vol. xlii. p. 8 (1897), Herr
Friihstorffer indicates the existence of a new species allied to
T. tominia from Lombock ; for this he proposes the name of
T. lombokiana.

61. Terias talissa.

5 . Terias talissa, Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1888, p. 469, pi. xii.
figs. 1, 1 a.

Celebes, Minahassa. B. M.

The female (of which we have both wet and intermediate
forms) differs chiefly from that sex of T. tondana in the
narrower and more smoky-yellow belts on the wings ; the
male, however, is widely different, the yellow area on the
primaries being reduced to a broad oblique belt and that of
the secondaries bounded behind by the median vein. Con-
sidering the constancy of the species in this group, we have
at present no grounds for supposing that T. tominia alone
should vary to this extraordinary extent ; therefore, in spite
of the general similarity of the females and the fact that both
types appear to occur in the same islands, they must, for the
present at any rate, be regarded as different species.

62. Terias celebensis.

Terias celebensis, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 327, pi. vi.
fig. 1 (1867).

Tondano, Macassar, Sula Islands.

Wallace gives the locality of his male as " Menado," but
the only male from the Wallacean collection in Hewitson's
cabinet is labelled " Tond." The female from the Sula
Islands differs from that obtained at Macassar in having the
outer half of the primaries black ; it would be interesting to
see whether this difference was constant. The male would
be best described as having the primaries above like those of
T. sari and the secondaries like those of T. fominia. All
the specimens have an intermediate season character of under
surface.

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Terias. 81

63. Terias alitha.

Terias alitha, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. vi. p. 289 (1862).
Terias invida, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xi. p. 418
(1883).

Philippines, Sula Islands.

I believe T. alitha to be the wet-season form, though the
female shows an intermediate character of under surface,
and T. invida the dry-season form, although the male does
not differ on the under surface from that of the wet season,
and is only separable by the reduced width of the black
borders above. A very broad-bordered form occurs, of which
we have six examples from Samboangan and Davao, which
nray possibly be distinct, as well as a pair similar to the last
but with the yellow area of the primaries abbreviated. I
dare not venture, without proof of their distinctness, to name
these forms, all of which, if distinct, should have been named
by Mr. Semper in his Butterfly Fauna of the Philippines
(* Keisen im Archipel der Philippinen,' Band v.).

64. Terias Lorquinii.

Terms Lorquinii, Felder, Reise der Nov.. Lep. ii. p. 209 (1865).
Macassar, Celebes.

A wet-season form.

65. Terias zita.

rf . Terias zita, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 210 (1865).
5 . Terias zama, Felder, /. c.

Celebes, Ternate.

The males in the Museum have a wet- and the female a
dry- season character of under surface; excepting in colour
they are alike in the pattern of the upper surface.

66. Terias eumide.

Terias eumide, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 214 (1865).

Celebes, Batchian, Amboyna.

We have seasonal types of this species ; but in the T. rahel
group generally there is something undecided about the various
phases of the species, which makes one doubt whether the
species of this group ever exhibit well-defined seasonal forms
such as exist in all the other groups of the genus ; possibly
they may be in a transitional stage towards extinction, for I
believe that they have not been developed by changes of tem-
perature, but have simply been adapted to them, inasmuch as

82 On Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Terias.

they are often all well-marked and emerge simultaneously in
countries where practically no wet-season exists ; but, on the
other hand, in countries where the weather is more or less
moist throughout the year the dry forms are either wholly
absent or are extremely rare (probably only existing as
reversional sports).

T. amplexa group.

In this group the outer borders are quite regular — that is
to say, not widening towards the apex of the primaries, as in
the extreme dry phases of the T. hecabe group.

67. Terias amplexa.
Terias amplexa, Butler, P. Z. S. 1887, p. 523 (with cut).

Christmas Island.

Our males are all of the wet-season type, and our single
female of the dry-season, in the pattern of the under surface.

From the, AXXALS VXD MAMA/.IXK OK NAITUAL HISTORY
iSer. 7, Vol. i., February l^'.W.

^4 Revision of the Butterflies of the Genus Ixias.
By ARTHUR G. BUTLER, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.

THE present genus is confined to the Old World, being
found throughout India and Ceylon, Burmah, Siam, China,
and south-eastwards to the Celebes and Timor.

Ixias in general aspect resembles certain groups of the
genus TeracohiSj but is readily distinguishable by the neura-
tion, the first two branches of the subcostal vein in the
primaries being emitted wider apart, the upper radial emitted
from the subcostal vein well beyond the end of the cell
(expressed in the recently adopted phraseology this would
stand as "veins 6, 7, and 8 stalked"). In the secondaries
the discocellulars are much more oblique than in T<>racolus.

The seasonal variation of Ixias differs somewhat from that
of TeracoluSj nor is it quite consistent in its character
throughout the genus. As a rule the wet form has heavy
borders to the wings on the upper surface and scarcely any
markings on the under surface (often only a black dot at the
end of the discoidal cells and a spot at the external angle of
the primaries), but in some of the species there appears to be
no wet phase of marking and coloration, and in others the
wet-season form shows dark spots on the under surface
occupying the exact positions of the ocelloid markings charac-
teristic of the dry season.

Group 1. (Type /. venilia.)

Apical two thirds of primaries above veined with black ;
under surface always showing dry-season markings ; the
only probable seasonal difference consisting in the widtli of
the border of the secondaries on the upper surface ; it is not,

134 Dr. A. G. Butler— A Revision

however, certain that this difference in the present group has
a seasonal significance, though it is certain that it has no
specific value, as hitherto supposed.

1. Ixias Reinwardtii.

Thestias Reinwardtii, Vollenhoven, Tijd. Ent. iii. p. 125 (1860);
Monog. Pier. p. 50, pi. vi. fig. 1 (I860).

Lombock, Flores, and Laraut, near Timor. B. M.

We have nine examples in the Museum series and three in
the Hewitson collection ; one female from the Godman and
Salvin collection is unusually black on the upper surface, the
white markings on the apical area being very much reduced
and those towards the apex obliterated.

2. Ixias pulchrior, sp. n.

$ . Allied to the preceding, but the ash-grey suffusion at
the base clearer and more restricted, the disk (beyond the
orange patch) sulphur-tinted ; the discal interrupted stripe
terminating above the third median branch, the outer border
and blackened veins narrower.

The female differs more markedly, the white patches
beyond the cell of primaries being washed with orange and
widened and extended so as to be continuous with the white
area below the cell ; the border of the secondaries is also
similar to that of the male, not widened and bordered with
grey scaling as in /. Reinwardtii. The under surface of both
sexes differs from the latter chiefly in being less marked with
black, the general pattern and coloration being very similar.

Expanse of wings, $ 58-61, ? 64= millim.

Bali Island ( Wallace) . B. M.

There are four examples in the Museum series and two in
the Hewitson collection.

3. Ixias Piepersi.
Thestias Piepersi, Snellen, Tijd. Ent. xxi. p. 31, pi. ii. figs. 1, 2 (1878).

Celebes.

Not in the Museum series. It is a curious insect, com-
bining characters of /. Reinwardtii and /. venilia^ so that it
is difficult to know exactly where to place it in a linear series.

4. Ixias Kuhni.

Ltias Kuhni, Rober, Tijd. Ent. xxxiv. p. 287, xxxv. pi. ir. figs. 3, 4
(1892).

Wetter. B. M.

of the Genus Ixiaa. 13.)

Three males bearing a manuscript name of Standingcr'*
were received in the God man and Salvin series.

5. Ixias venilia.

cJ. Ficris venilia, Godart, Enc. Mrith. ix. p. 1LU (part.) (1819) ; Luons,
Lep. Exot. pi. xxxvi. liir. 1 (ItfJJG).

£ ? , Java (Horxfitild). B. M.

One of M. Godart's typical examples was identical \vith
Wallace's /. venatrix.

6. Ixias VollcnJiovii.

Thestias Vollenhovii, Wallace, Traus. Ent. Soc. sor. 3, vol. iv. p. 803

(1867).

Thestias venatnx, Wallace, I. c.
Pieris venilia, Godart, Enc. Moth. ix. p. 121 (part.) (1819).

Timor, Dili, fSemao, Java. B. M.

Eleven examples in the Museum series and four in the
Hewitson collection. /. venatrix appears to be the dry-season
form and is linked to typical /. Vollenhovii by an example
received in the Godman and Salvin series. Wallace wrongly
gave Moulmein as the locality of his /. venatrix t supposing
that " E. Indies " indicated one of the specimens so labelled
from Archdeacon Clerk's collection ; had either he or
Capt. Watson looked up the register number this error would
have been discovered and saved much perplexity.

7. Ixias insignis.

Ixias insignis, Butler, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 431, pi. viii. tig. 1 (1879).
^ , Formosa. Type B. M.

8. Ixias balice.

Thestias balice, Boisduval, Sp. G<$n. Le> i. p. 693 (1830).
<?, Java. B. M.

Group 2. (Type /. jlavipcnnis.)
The ground-colour of all the wings above golden yellow.

9 . Ixias flavipenn is.

Ixias Jlavipcnnis, Grose-Smith, in Forbes's Nat. Wand. p. -75 (1885).
Lrias pyntis, Weymer, Stett. cut. Zcit. 18dt>, pi. i. %. -i ; 1^87, p. 13.

Sumatra (Major fawcctt), two mules. B. M.

136 Dr. A. G. Butler— A Revision

Group 3. (Type /. pyrene.)

This is the largest and most perplexing group in the genus,
and it is possible that I may not have sufficiently reduced the
number of named species ; this, however, is, I think, prefer-
able to reckless sinking of forms which are locally constant
under one heading. In the late Capt. E. Y. Watson's
review of the Indian species it is difficult to comprehend his
meaning ; he regards the whole of the species of the present
group as one ; but he says : — " /. pyrene is very subject to
both climatic and seasonal variation, and many forms have
been named. Of these some are fairly distinct, and the males
can be compared as below "

Now it seems to me that to discriminate between " a distinct
climatic form " and " a species " we must have a universally
accepted definition of what a species is, which is impossible :
therefore, to my mind, if a thing is distinct it ought not to
receive the same name as that from which it is admitted to
be distinct, for to give the same name to two distinct things
is to stultify the very object aimed at in nomenclature.

In the present group the wet-season forms are usually
almost unmarked below and the dry forms heavily speckled
and ocellated, whilst the outer borders on the upper surface
are, as a rule, considerably broader in the wet than in the
dry forms, sometimes disappearing entirely from the second-
aries of the latter.

10. Ixias rhexia.

rf . Papilio rhexia, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 476 (1775) ; $ . Butler,

Cat. Fabr. p. 216, pi. i. fig. 5 (1870).
$ . Papilio pirithous, Fabricius, t. c. p. 483 (1775).
2 • Ixias familiaris, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 432.

Ranges from Tibet through N.E. India into Burmah.
Twenty-nine examples. B. JV1.

There are five examples in the Hewitson collection, one of
which is a remarkable albino male, having a white instead of
orange patch on the upper surface of the primaries.

11. Ixias evippe.

Papilio evippe, Drury, 111. Exot. Ent. i. pi. v. fig. 2 (1773).
Ixias anexibia, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Scnmett. p. 95 (1816).

S.E. China and the Island of Hainan. B. M.

The Museum series consists of thirteen examples, and
there is one specimen in the Hewitson collection. /. anexibia
is the dry form and /. evippe the wet.

This and the preceding species have long been confounded,

of the Genus Ixias. 137

but the Chinese and Indo-Burmese forms differ somewhat.
Taken collectively /. evippe runs somewhat smaller than
/. rhexia) never attaining the expanse of wing which some of
the wet-season examples of that species show ; the form of
the wings in /. evippe is also rounder and more regular, the
orange belt on the primaries is distinctly broader and extends
further back into the discoidal cell, its front edge is diffused
instead of sharply outlined ; the seasonal forms also differ less
in size and in the width of the border on the upper surface of
the secondaries than in /. rhexia.

12. Ixias undatus.
Ixias undatus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1871, p. 252, pi. xix. fig. 4.

Borneo. Ten specimens (all males). B. M.
There is also one male in the Hewitson collection. It is
curious that the female does not come to hand.

13. Ixias latifasciatus.
Ixias latifasciatus (part.), Butler, P. Z. S. 1871, p. 252, <$ .

Tenasserim, Burmah. B. M.

We possess ten examples of this species, of which seven
belong to the dry-season form and exhibit the heavily black
striated under surface which seems peculiar to this species.
The female which I figured is that sex of /. verna (a white-
winged species), which fact probably confused the late
Capt. Watson, who regarded the present species as a form of
/. pyrene rather than /. rhexia (to which it is much more
nearly related) ; also, not having taken special notes of the
type specimens, he erroneously identified the wet form of the
species as typical, and (not possessing the dry form of the
male) naturally concluded that the species was based, upon an
extreme seasonal form of /. pyrene. The seasonal forms of
/. latifasciatus hardly differ on the upper surface ; the border
varies slightly in width in examples both of the wet and dry
forms, one of our wet-season males showing a rather narrower
border to the secondaries than any of our dry-season examples.
Apart from the ground-colour of the wings this species is not
at all unlike /. verna.

14. Ixias Birdi.

rf . Ixias Birdi, Distant, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii. p. 351
(1883) ; Khop. Mai. pi. xxvi. fig. 4 (1882-86).

cJ . Allied to the preceding species, slightly smaller, with
the orange belt on the primaries sharply defined and more

138 Dr. A. G. Butler— A Revision

golden in colour ; the black border of the secondaries con-
siderably narrower (about the width of that in /. cingalensis,
but slightly wider towards anal angle) ; under surface clear
lemon-yellow, marked as in the typical dry-season form of
/. latifasciatus.

Expanse of wings 59 millim.

Dry form, <£ , Perak (Townsend) ; from G. and S. coll.

Although we only have one example of this species, I am
quite satisfied of its distinctness. The type was a wet-season
form.

15. Ixias cingalensis.
Ixias cingalensis, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i. p. 126, pi. i. figs. 2, 2 a (1881).

Ceylon. B. M.

We have thirteen examples of this species, four of which
are wet-season males and the remainder dry-season specimens
of both sexes. The Hewitson collection contains four
examples.

Capt. Watson extended the range of this species over
Southern India and regarded /. ihoda=I. kausala as the dry
form of the species ; but the wet and dry forms of /. cinga-
lensis are -absolutely identical on the upper surface, nor does
/. kausala invariably possess the character upon which
Capt. Watson defined /. cingalensis , for he says : — " It can
be separated at once from all other forms of yellow Ixias by
the greater extent of the basal yellow of the fore wing, which
spreads into the upper median interspace." In our specimens
of /. kausala the u basal yellow " extends more, less, or not
at all into the upper median interspace.

/. cingalensis can be picked out at sight from a crowd of
nearly allied forms, but the distinction given above is useless
as a guide ; its chief peculiarity is the narrowness and angu-
larity of the orange belt across the primaries combined with
the sharply defined and perfectly straight inner edge of this
belt Irom subcostal vein to first median branch.

16. Ixias frequens.

Ixias frequens, Butler, P. Z. S. 1880, p. 150, pi. xv. figs. 6, 7.
Ixias alana, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. v. p. 357
(1890).

India generally. B. M.

Thirty -three examples, representing wet-, intermediate-,
and dry-season forms ; the males and sometimes the females
of the dry form are smaller and with much narrower (though
always well-marked) border to the upper surface of the
secondaries.

of the Genus Ixiaa. 1 39

17. Ixias moulmeinensis.

Ixias moulmeinensis, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 837.
Ixias meipona, Grose-Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix.
p. 296 (1887) ; llhop. Exot., Pier is II., Ixias, figs. 4, 5 (1888).

Burmah. B. M.

We have thirty-three examples, representing wet-, inter-
mediate-, and dry-season forms ; the wet form is /. meipona
and the dry /. moulmeinensis. Doubtless this is the Burmese
representative of the Indian /. frequens • as a whole it is
somewhat smaller (though individuals of the same size
belonging to both species may be selected from a long series),
the orange belt of the primaries is more golden, more deeply
incised at the end of the cell, and, in the female, where it
becomes an orange or yellow band, it is more narrowly
bordered behind with black ; the border of the secondaries is
much narrower, almost disappearing in the extreme dry form,
which is also much more heavily and clearly marked with
ocelloid spots on the under surface than in I. frequens.

18. Ixias dharmsalcB.

Ixias dharmsala, Butler, P. Z. S. 1880, p. 150, pi. xv. figs. 8, 9,
Ixias ganduca, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Hi. p. 44 (1884).
Ixias colaba, Swinlioe, P. Z. S. 1885, p. 142, pi. ix. fig. 6.

India, from Darjiling to the Western Provinces and south-
wards to the Neilgherries.

Twenty-eight specimens are in the collection and one in
the Ilewitson cabinet. 1. colaba is the wet-season form,
/. dhurnualm a dry form (probably occurring at the commence-
ment of the dry season), and /. yanduca the extreme dry
form.

This butterfly can be distinguished from I. frequens by its
narrower, internally notched, and more or less macular hind-
wing outer border, which also tapers less towards anal angle,
and in the possession of an additional form of female (wholly
black and white above). I am doubtful whether it will be
possible to keep it distinct from /. pirenassa (of which no wet
form answering to the type is known to me).

19. Ixias satadra.

Ixias satadra, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xx. p. 50 (1877) ;

Waterhouse, Aid, ii. pi. cxxviii. ti<r. 1 (188-3).
Lrias Watti, Butler, P. Z. S. 1880, p. 151, pi. xv. fig. 1.
Lvias pyymcca, Moore, P. Z. S. 1882, p. 254, pi. xii. tig1. 1.

Northern India from Sikhirn to Canipbellpore. Fourteen
examples. B. M.

140 Dr. A. G. Butler—^ Revision

The type of the species is an intermediate-season form,
but so little marked below that it probably occurs at the end
of the wet season. We also have two dry forms, the first
occurring probably at the commencement of the dry season
and the other (which is more extreme in its seasonal cha-
racters) a little later ; the latter is 7. pygmcea. This species
is characterized by the very irregular and somewhat narrow
orange belt on the primaries of the male, the macular and
rapidly tapering form of the blackish border to the second-
aries ; the dry-season female varies very little in colour, the
subapical belt on the primaries being sulphur-yellow, some-
times feebly washed with orange.

20. Ixias pirenassa.

Thestias pirenassa, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 395,

pi. ix. fig. 4, <? (1867).
Ixias kausala. Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. p. 49

(1877).
Ixias jhoda, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1885, p. 142, pi. ix. figs. 3, 4.

Western India southwards to Depalpur. Twenty-eight
specimens. B. M.

It is quite possible that this may only be represented by
dry phases of /. dharmsalce ; I. pirenassa^ I. jhoda} and
/. kausala representing three grades, of which the last-
mentioned is the most pronounced dry form. We have four
intermediate-seasonal specimens, one of which, in the pattern
of the upper surface, links typical /. pirenassa to /. jhoda,
whilst the three others show the upper-surface pattern of
1. jhoda and the size of /. kausala.

The only objection to sinking/, dharmsalce under I. pirenassa
is that we should have to admit great instability in the
seasonal modification of the hind-wing border (some of the
examples obtained just after the rains showing a drier cha-
racter of upper surface than those of the dry season), and we
should also be compelled to recognize five grades of dryness
in the under-surface pattern. On the whole I prefer to await
further evidence before assuming that the forms of the
/. pyrene section of my group 3 are more variable than those
of the /. evippe section.

21. Ixias sesia.

PapUio sesia, Fabricius, Gen. Ins. p. 257 (1777) ; Donovan, Ins. China,
pi. xxxi. fig. 2 (1798).

Burmah. Nineteen examples. B. M.

All the specimens that I have seen, including four in the

of the Genus Ixias. 141

flewitson cabinet, have a more or less dry-season character
of under surface, but the character of the upper surface varies
from wet to dry, as in the seasonal forms of the I. marianne
group. The female invariably has the inner edging of the
orange belt on the primaries widely interrupted in the centre,
and the driest examples of the males have this blackish border
reduced in the centre to a mere dusted line ; the black disco-
cellular spot on the primaries is almost invariably isolated
from this black edging, owing to the continuation of the
orange belt to a short distance inside of it. The late
Capt. Watson regarded this last as a character of almost
specific importance, but it is certainly not quite constant and
therefore is of no great value.

It is, of course, just possible that /. sesia may be based
upon additional variations of the dry form of /. moulmein-
ensis ; but then we should have more difficulties to contend
with than in the case of /. pirenassa as representing phases
of /. dharmsalce. I think it far more likely that, as in
/. marianne, several of these allies of /. pyrene invariably
show dry-season characters on the under surface which are
merely intensified in the dry season, whereas the bordering
of the secondaries above varies in width seasonally.

22. Ixias pyrene.

Papilio pyrene, Linn. Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 241 (1764); Cramer, Pap.

Exot. ii. pi. cxxii. figs. A, B (1779).
$ . Papilio cenippe, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pi. cv. C, D (1779).

China. Twelve examples. B. M.

I have very little doubt that Cramer's figures of P. pyrene
(A and B) represent the wet- season form, though showing
dry-season characters on the underside. The species is nearly
related to /. sesia and possibly not distinct from it, as Dono-
van's illustration of /. sesia is probably taken from a Chinese
example ; the dry form of China, however, which is typical
/. pyrenej is decidedly larger than that of Burmah. The
locality " America " given by Fabricius affords no clue to the
real habitat of his type.

Group 4. (Type /. Ludekingii.)

Chiefly differs from the preceding group in the nearly
white wings of both sexes. The seasonal differences are
quite normal, only the dry form having the wings ocellated
below.

142 Dr. A. G. Butler— A Revision

23. Ixias andamana.

Ixias andamana, Moore, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 590.

Ixias lena, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. v. p. 357
(1890).

Andamans. Twenty-two examples. B. M.
/. andamana was based upon the intermediate and /. lena
on the dry form.

24. Ixias Ludekingii.

Thestias Isiidekingii, Vollenhoven, Monog. Pier. p. 49, pi. v. fig. 6
(1865) ; Tijd. Ent. Hi. p. 126 (1869).

Sumatra. $ from G. and S. coll. B. M.

Our single example belongs to the wet-season form, but
the type was a dry form. We have what I believe to be the
male intermediate form from Salanga.

25. Ixias pallida.

Ixias pallida, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 837.
Ixias citrina, Moore, /. c.

Tenasserim. Seven examples. B. M.
/. pallida was based upon a wet-season male, /. citrina
upon a dry-season male.

2G. Ixias verna.

Ixias verna, Druce, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 108, pi. xvi. figs. 5, 6.
Ixias latifasciatus £ , Butler, P. Z. S. 1871, p. 252, pi. xix. fig. 3.

Burmah, High Island, Mergui. B. M.

We have fifteen examples, seven of which (including the
types of the species) were presented by Messrs. Godman and
Salvin. /. latifasciatus was figured from an intermediate
female, I. verna was described from a dry-season pair. A
male from Mergui in the collection may perhaps be a curious
aberration of this species.

Group 5. (Type /. marianne.)

I am quite satisfied that the late Capt. Watson was correct
in his view of the species of this group; all the seasonal
forms show ocellated markings on the under surface, but
they become emphasized in the dry season, whilst the black
belt across the primaries on the upper surface and the black
border to the secondaries are reduced.

of the Genus Ixias. 143

27. Ixias marianne.

Papilio marianne, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pi. ccxvii. C-E (1782).

Ixias bebryce, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 95 (1816).

Ixias agniverna, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. p. 50

(1877).

Ixias depalpura, Butler, P. Z. S. 1883, p. 153, pi. xxiv. figs. 6, 7.
Ixias meridional™, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1885, p. 140, pi. ix. fig. 5.
Ixias cumballa, Swinhoe, t. c. p. 141, pi. ix. figs. 13, 14.

We have twenty-five examples of the wet-season form
(/. cumballa), thirteen of the intermediate form (/. marianne),
twenty-three of the early dry form (/. meridionalis) , and
sixteen of the late dry form (/. agniverna = depalpura) —
seventy-seven examples in all.

28. Ixias nola.
Ixias nola, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1889, p. 399.

Mahableshwar. Twelve examples. B. M.

The seasonal forms are all represented in our series ; a pair
of the wet and a pair of the dry form are equally labelled as
types.

1898.J ON LEPIDOFIERA FROM PORTUGUESE EAST AFRICA. 49

[From the PROCEEDINGS or THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY or LONDON,
February 1, 1898.]

On a Collection of Lepidoptera made by Mr. F. V. Kirby,
chiefly in Portuguese East Africa. By ARTHUR G.
BUTLER, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Senior Assistant-
Keeper, Zoological Department, British Museum.

The collection of which the following is an account is chiefly of
interest because of the care with which most of the specimens have
been labelled, and from the fact that the supposed dry- and wet-
season forms of some of the species were both secured. There are
also several forms which are by no means common in collections,
and an interesting extreme form of Alcena nyasscc, var. ocJiracea,

PROC. ZOOL. Soc.— 1898, No. IV. 4

[1]

50 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 1,

very deep in colouring, with the ochreous belt of the primaries
united to a spot of this colour within the discoidal cell and that
of the secondaries covering almost the entire basal two-thirds of
these wings.

The following is a list of the species : —

RHOPALOCERA.
NYMPHALID^J.

1. AMAURIS ECHERIA Stoll.

Eastern Transvaal and Portuguese East Africa.

2. AMAURIS ALBIMACULATA Butl.
Eastern Transvaal.

3. AMAURIS OCHLEA Boisd.

Eastern Transvaal, and Shiringoma and Makaya districts,
(Portuguese East Africa), November 1896.

4. LIMNAS CHRTSIPPUS Linn.

Eastern Transvaal, Nyakongoli, Makoto, August 21st ; Shirin-
goma and Makaya districts, November 1896 and January 1897.

5. GrNOPHODES DIVERSA Butl.

Inure ; Patawali, 27th August, 1897.

6. MELANITES LIBYA Dist.
Inure.

7. MELANITIS SOLANDRA Fabr.

Inure ; Mkanga Mivana, 10th September, 1896.

Both wet and dry forms were obtained ; the specimens (dry-
season) from Mkanga Mivana were terribly shattered, having
probably been long on the wing.

8. SAMANTA PERSPICUA Trim.

Inure.

Wet, intermediate, and dry forms were obtained, the last being
my S. simonsi and thus proving the correctness of Mr. Marshall's
supposition. In the intermediate form, however, the fulvous
colouring of S. simonsi is only indicated on the ocelliferous area of
the wings.

9. MYCALESIS SAFITZA Hewits,

Eastern Transvaal and Inure.

Wet, intermediate, and dry-season examples were obtained ;
S. caffra is represented by the intermediate form.

10. PHYSCLENURA PIONE Godrn.
Inure.

[2]

1898.] FROM PORTUGUESE EAST AFRICA. 51

11. TPTHIMA PUPILLARIS Butl.

Inure (dry-season form).

The ocelli are reduced to points on the under surface.

12. EURALIA WAHLBERGI Wallgr.

Makaya district, January and February 1896 ; Inure.
The specimens are a good deal worn.

13. EURALIA KIRBTI sp. n.

Nearest to E. deceptor, but in the character of the white
markings reminding one of Panopea delagoce, the belt crossing
the median vein of primaries being narrower and barely visible
above the second median branch ; the subapical belt also decidedly
narrower, so that the space between the two belts is of nearly
double the width ; the other white spots on these wings similarly
placed to those in E. deceptor, but that towards the base of the cell
much smaller ; the belt across the secondaries narrower and whiter ;
the outer border consequently half as wide again as in E. deceptor,
the subapical series of white spots very small or wanting, and the
subruarginal spots small and squamose ; below the differences are
similar, the costal area of secondaries being much browner.
Expanse of wings 87 millimetres.

Shiringoma and Makaya districts, November 1896.

This is doubtless a representative form of E. deceptor, but differs
quite as much in character as any of the other described species of
its genus, excepting perhaps E. usambara of the E. anthedon group
and E. mechowi of the E. dinarcha group.

14. HYPOLIMNAS MISIPPUS Linn.

Shiringoma and Makaya districts, November 1896.

15. CHARAXES VARANES Cram.

Makaya district, January and February 1896.

16. JUNONIA ACTIA Dist.

Chiperoni, Portuguese Central Africa, September 1896.

17. JUNONIA CUAMA Hewits.
Chiperoni, September 1896, and Inure.

18. JUNONIA ELGIYA Hewits.

Eastern Transvaal; Chiperoni, September 1896; Shiringoma
and Makaya districts, November 1896 ; Inure.

19. JUNONIA ARTAXIA

Chiperoni, September and October; Shiringoma and Makaya
districts, November 1896.

20. JUNONIA CLELIA Cram.

Eastern Transvaal, and Inure, Portuguese East Africa.

4*

[3]

52 On. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTEEA [Feb. 1,

21. JUNONIA BOOPIS Trim.

Nyakongoli, Makoto, August 21st ; Chiperoni, September 1896.

22. PEOTOGONIOMOEPHA ANACAEDII Linn.
Eastern Transvaal and Portuguese East Africa.

23. PEOTOGONIOMOEPHA AGLATONICE G-odt.

Inure.

The vars. aylatonice and nebulosa were both obtained.

24. PTEAMEIS CAEDUI Linn.
Eastern Transvaal.

25. EUEYPHTJEA ACHLTS Hopff.

<3 . Chiperoni, Portuguese Central Africa, September 1896.

26. EFETPHENE SENEGALENSIS Hiibn.
2 • Chiperoni, October 1896.

27. ATEEICA GALEKE Brown.

Patawali, Portuguese East Africa, 27th August, 1897.
Only one much damaged male of this species was obtained.

28. EUPHJEDEA NEOPHEON Hopff.

Portuguese East Africa.

No exact locality is given on the envelope.

29. CEENZDOMIMAS CONCOEDIA Hopff.

2 . Patawali district, Portuguese East Africa.

The single example obtained corresponds exactly with Hopffer's
figure in the colouring of the upper surface, but the innermost
row of black spots on the secondaries is absent (as is sometimes the
case in the nearly allied C. crawshayi) : on the under surface the
colouring is a little deeper than in the figure : but, as I pointed
out when comparing C. crawshayi with Hopffer's figures, the blue
spots on the primaries (excepting at apex) are not connected with
the blue outer border ; on the other hand this border is not
continuous on the primaries as represented m Hopffer's description
and figure. In some of the characters which distinguish 0. craiv-
shayi from C. concordia the present specimen therefore seems to be
intermediate, though the more varied and blue- tinted upper
surface with the wider bifid whitish subapical bar give it a
different aspect from any of the females of the Nyasa type ; so
that, until the separation of the spots from the border on the
under surface has been proved to be variable, the two forms must
still be kept apart.

30. CEEJQS BOISDFYALI "Wallgr.

Eastern Transvaal.

The example now received agrees most nearly with one which

[4]

1893.J FKOM POKTUGUESB EAST AFRICA. 53

we received from Zoraba in 1895, and differs about as much as the
other forms to which names have been given recently ; but
considering that the majority of them occur in Xatal. there can
be little doubt that they are either seasonal forms or sports of two
or three variable species at most. We received typical C. hoisduvali
from Zomba in 1893.

31. NEPTIS AGATHA Cram.

Chirimani, Portuguese East Africa, August 31st in open forest ;
Inure ; Chiperoni, Portuguese Central Africa, October 1896.

The variation in size of this species is extraordinary ; the
Chiperoni example has an expanse of 70 millimetres.

32. ATELLA PHALANTHA Drury.

Eastern Transvaal and Portuguese East Africa.
Both the wet-season form (A. columbina) and the dry form
(A. phalaniha) were obtained.

33. BYBLIA ACHELOIA Wallgr.

Eastern Transvaal ; Inure ; Chiperoni, September 1896.
The typical dry form and the wet-season B. vulyaris were both
obtained.

34. EUB-YTELA DRYOPE Eabr.
3 . Inure.

35. ACRJEA CABIRA Hopff.

Inure.

The specimens all have the pattern of the variety apecida.

36. ACR.EA. SERENA var. BUXTONI Butl.
d" . Portuguese East Africa.

37. ACR^A LYCIA Eabr.

Eastern Transvaal and Nyakongoli ; Makoto, Portuguese East
Africa, 21st August.

Only two examples without head or abdomen.

38. ACR^A DOUBLEDAYI Grlier.

Eastern Transvaal; Chiperoni, October 1896; Nyakongoli, 21st
August.

39. ACR^A NATALIOA Boisd.

Nyakongoli, 21st August.

40. ACR^A ACRITA Hewits.

Eastern Transvaal ; Nyakongoli, 21st August ; Chirimani, 31st
August ; Chiperoni, September 1896 ; Patawali district in open
bush country and plantations.

41. ACR^EA AGLATcmcE Westw.

$ $ . Portuguese East Africa (exact locality not noted).

54 DR. A. G. BUTLER OX LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 1,

42. ACRJEA ANEMOSA Hewits.

Nyakongoli, 21st August; Shiringoma and Makaya districts,
November 1896.

43. ALJENA HTABS-S: var. OCHRACEA Butl.
Inure.

A very interesting form of this variety.

44. POLYOMMATUS B^ETicus Linn.
Inure; Chiperoni, September 1896.

45. CATOCHRYSOPS OSIRIS Hopff.

Eastern Transvaal and Portuguese East Africa.

46. CATOCHRYSOPS PATRICIA Trim.

6 • Chiperoui, October 1896.

A curious aberration with white-edged elongated blackish spots
across the disc of the wings.

47. TARTTCUS PLIISTUS Fabr.
Inure.

48. CACYREUS LINGEUS Cram.
Patawali, in plantations.

^49. ZERITIS HARPAX Fabr.
Eastern Transvaal.

50. CRUDARIA LEROMA Wallgr.
Inure.

51. MYRINA TICEDULA Trim.
Eastern Transvaal.

52. VlRACHOLA ANTALUS Hopff.

Inure.

53. IOLAUS PHILIPPUS Fabr.
Eastern Transvaal and Inure.

54. IOLAUS BUXTONI Hewits.

$ . Chiperoni, September 1896.

55. IOLAUS PALLEKE Wallgr.
Chiperoni, September 1896.

56. STUGETA BOWKERI Trim.
Inure.

[6]

1893.] FRO XT PORTUGUESE EAST AFRICA. f)f>

P A P I L I O N L J) .«.

57. MYLOTHRIS AGATIIIXA Cram.

Eastern Transvaal, Nyakongoli, August 21st ; Chirirnaui, August
31st.

58. NYCHITOXA MEDUSA var. ALCESTA Cram.

Portuguese East Africa.

1 believe this genus consists of one variable species, but the
variations of the African and Mascarene examples are somewhat
different from those of Asia and Australasia, so that there is sorn»j
excuse for keeping them separate.

59. TERIAS UIUGITTA var. ZOE Hopff.
Eastern Transvaal.

00. TERIAS MARSHALL,! Eutl.

5 . Patawali, Portuguese East Africa.
A small example of the intermediate-season form.

01. TERIAS HAPALE var. ^TIUOPICA Trim.
Patawali and Inure.

02. TERACOLUS REGINA Trim.

<S $ . AVret form, Makaya district, January and February 1890.

5 . Dry form, Shiringorna and Makaya districts, November 1891.

The female of the wet form (T. anax] is, though rubbed, a new

variety to me, the usual white spots on the apical area of the

primaries being replaced by spots of rosy violet.

03. TERACOLUS IONE Godfr.

5 2 • Portuguese East Africa, Makaya district, January and
February 1890.

04. TERACOLUS SIPYLUS S \vinh.

c? d1 - Portuguese East Africa (no exact locality noted).

05. TERACOLUS ITHONUS Butl.

d . Nyakongoli, Makoto, August 21st ; $ . Patawali.
The male (var. iynifer) is too much injured to be fit for the
collection ; the female is a starved intermediate-season form.

00. TERACOLUS OMFHALE Godt.
Eastern Transvaal.

07. TERACOLUS MUTANS Butl.

$ . Portuguese East Africa (wet-season).

08. CATOPSILIA FLORELLA Fabr.

Nyakongoli, August 21st ; Chiperoni, October ; Shiringoma and
Makava districts. November 189f5 and Januarv 1807.

56 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 1,

69. BELENOIS THYSA Hopff.
Nyakongoli, August 21st.

70. BELENOIS SEVERINA Cram.

Eastern Transvaal ; Portuguese East Africa, Patawali district.
The wet form (B. infida\ the intermediate form, and the dry
form (B. severina) are all represented.

71. BELENOIS MESENTINA var. LORDACA Walk.
$ . Portuguese East Africa.

72. BELENOIS ZOCHALIA Boisd.

$ . Dry-season form, Chirimani, August 31st.

73. LEUCERONIA ARGIA Fabr.

Shiringoma and Makaya districts, November 189(3.

74. PAPILIO NTASSJ! Bntl.

Makaya district, January and February 1896.

75. PAPILIO POLISTRATUS Grose-Smith.

$> . Makaya district, January or February 1896.

Differs from the illustration of the male in its greater size ; the
pale markings on the primaries, excepting at external angle, are
much broader ; the markings on the basi-abdominal half of the
secondaries are also broader, but the crescentic markings above
the tail are very indistinct.

76. PAPILIO CORIKNEUS Bertol.

Inure, Nyakongoli, August 21st ; Shiringoma and Makaya
districts, November 1896 and January 1897.

77. PAPILIO LEONIDAS Fabr.

Makaya district, January and February 1 897.

78. PAPILIO DEMOLEUS Linri.

Eastern Transvaal, Makaya district, January and February 1897.

79. PAPILIO ERINUS Gray.

Eastern Transvaal, Makaya district, January and February 1896.

80. PAPILIO MEROPE var. DARDANUS Brown.
Makaya district, January and February 1896.

HESPERIID^E.

81. TAGIADES FLESUS Fabr.
Patawali.

[8]

1898.] [FROM PORTUGUESE EAST AFBICA. 57

82. EEETIS DJJELJELJE Wallgr.

Portuguese East Africa (exact locality not noted).

83. ANDEONTMTJS PHILAKDER Hopff.1
Chiperoni, September 1896.

84. BAOBIS NETOPHA Hewits.

Chiperoni, September 1896.

Corresponds nearly with Trimen's figure of B. roncilgonis above
and with Karsch's colouring of B. cojo below. Two examples
which we have from Fwambo, Tanganyika, have the under surface
mostly bright ochreous and scarlet, but with the same markings
exactly as in B. roncilgonis.

85. EHOPALOOAMPTA PISISTRATUS Fabr.
Portuguese East Africa (no exact locality noted).

HETEEOCEKA,
ARCTIID^E.

86. DEIOPEIA PULCHELLA Linn.
Eastern Transvaal and Inure.

87. ALETIS MONTEIBONIS Druce.
2 • Portuguese East Africa.

88. LEPTOSOMA LEUCONOE Hopff.
Inure.

1 I take this opportunity of describing a beautiful new species of Cyclopides
from Fwambo, Tanganyika, collected by Mr. A. Carson : —

CYCLOPIDES CARSONI sp. n.

Nearest to C. perexcellens, the wings slightly broader in proportion to their
length ; the upper surface of a somewhat deeper olive-brown, the fringe of the
primaries ochreous at external angle ; no ochreous spots in the discoidal cell ;
the spots on the disc larger, the three uppermost (bifid) spots much paler ;
the fringe of the secondaries varied with dark brown : on the under surface of
the primaries there is a well-defined pale ochreous streak above the cell from
base to middle of wing, but no ochreous spot within the cell ; the three upper-
most discal spots as above, but the lowest spot very small ; the secondaries
below are cream-coloured with slight silvery reflections ; the veins and outer
margin black, but not the abdominal margin ; a costal streak to middle, a
quadrate patch from costal to subcostal vein above the cell, two similar patches
placed obliquely above each of the subcostal branches, a quadrifid band from
second subcostal branch across the end of the cell almost to the submedian
vein and a quinquefid submarginal band between the same veins, deep ochreous
bordered with black ; a squamose pale ochreous longitudinal submedian streak,
broadly interrupted by blackish brown, from the extremities of the two transverse
deep ochreous bands to the submedian vein. Expanse of wings 34 millimetres.

Three males in the British Museum collection.

P>3,

58 ON LBPIDOPTEBA FBOM PORTUGUESE BAST AFRICA. [Feb. 1,

89. XANTHOSPILOPTERYX SUPEBBA Butl.
Shiringoma and Makaya districts, November 1896.

90. T^ENIOPYGA STLVINA Stoll.

Chiperoni, September 1896.

H Y P s i D x.

91. EGTBOLIA TAILLANTINA Stoll.

Inure.

GEOMETBIDJB.

92. COMIBJENA LETJCOSPILATA "Walk.

Portuguese East Africa (exact locality not noted).

[10]

1898.J LEPIDOPTEROFS INSECTS FROM NATAL ETC. 186

[From the PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,
March 1, 1898.]

On the Lepidopterous Insects collected by Mr. (T. A. K.
Marshall in Natal and Mashonaland in 1895 and 1897.
By ARTHUR G. BUTLER, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.,
Senior Assistant- Keeper, Zoological Department British
Museum.

(Plate XX.)

The consignment of which the following is an account was
received too late to be noticed in iny previous paper (P. Z. S.
1897, p. 835) ; it is, in some respects, of even greater interest,
as including not only examples of several interesting new species
and of many species new to the Museum series, but also the
seasonal forms, authenticated by the donor, of a fair number of

187 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTEROUS INSECTS [Mar. 1,

butterflies which have been regarded as distinct, and the varietal
character of which is still called in question by some of the leading
lepidopterists in this country.

Speaking of the series from Mashonaland, Mr. Marshall
observes : — " My Mashonaland collections, which I had intended
to take home with me, have only just arrived here (or rather half
of them), having been fourteen months coming down from Salisbury !
I find among the Teracoli a single dry-season male of T. hilde-
brandti (which at the time I took to be a sport of T. annce) and
also a female of T. pallene, Hopff., which is almost identical with
the figure of your T. infumatus.

" You will find three males and one female of a ' Lyccena 9 from
the Karkloof, which Trimen considers to be only a variety of his
L. niobe, but which I think is probably specifically distinct. It
was discovered by Hutch in son and Barker in 1892 on Mr. Ball's
farm in the Karkloof District near Maritzburg, and has apparently
never been taken elsewhere. From their account (I have never seen
it in life) it differs much in habits from typical L. niobe. It has
been found only within a very limited area, a few acres in extent,
flying rapidly over a patch of very long rank grass along the out-
skirts of a clump of forest, and being on the wing only in autumn
(viz. March and April).

" L. niobe is distributed throughout Natal (it varies above in
being either blue or brown), frequenting open country with short
grass, and flying with a low, rapid flight ; it occurs only during
the spring months.

" It will be unnecessary to point out the differences in colouring,
the most noticeable of which are the different position of the
discal row on underside of secondaries and the presence of the
metallic-green spot at anal angle in the ' variety.' I am sorry
that the specimens are in such poor condition ; they were given
to me by Mr. Ball."

Mr. Marshall did not forward the male of " T. hildebrandti"
but it probably is what he at first supposed — a mere sport of
T. annce, corresponding in colouring with the T. calliclea ( = hilde-
brandti) form of the Nyasa species. The two species are very
closely related — little more than local forms, in fact.

As regards the " Lyccena" I quite agree with Mr. Marshall that
it requires a distinctive name ; it certainly is not identical with
Catochrysops niobe, but is a finer and more brightly coloured
species.

The following is a list of the species received in Mr. Marshall's
last consignment : —

SATYRINJS.
1. SAMANTA PERSPICUA (var. SIMONSI Butl.).

Mazoe, 4000 feet, 30th October, 1894 ; Gadziraa, 4200 feet,
Umfuli "River, Mashonaland, 30th July, 1895.

[2]

1898.] COLLECTED IN NATAL AND MASIIONALAND. 188

2. MYCALESIS SELOUSI Trim.

Enterprise Camp, near Salisbury, 5000 feet, Mashonaland,
23rd June and 2nd July, 1895.
New to the Museum collection.

3. YPTHIMA DOLETA Kirby.

Wet form. Salisbury, 5000 feet, 2nd December, 1894.
Dry form. Gradzima, 4200 feet, 7th August, 1895.

4. YPTHIMA MASHUNA Trim.

Salisbury, 5000 feet, Mashonaland, 17th and 24th March, 1895.
New to the Museum collection.

5. PSEUDONYMPHA VIGILANS Trim.

Salisbury, rf 10th, $ 17th March, 1895.

6. PSEUDONYMPHA CASSIUS Godt.

Karkloof, Natal, 4200 feet, 31st January, 1st and 5th February,
1897.

7. PSEUDONYMPHA SABACUS Trim.
Karkloof, 1st, 5th, and lObh February, 1897.

8. NEOC.&NYRA EXTENSA, sp. n. (Plate XX. fig. 1.)

cJ . Allied to N. gregorii, but differing in the much longer costal
margin of the primaries, the reddish-orange irides to the ocelli,
the more sharply defined black transverse lines on the under
surface, the submarginal lines on the secondaries being also much
more regular, the postmedian line much less zigzag in character
and approaching nearer to the ocelli, the inner line crossing the
cell indistinct, but bordered on abdominal area with ferruginous
scales ; base of costa also ferruginous. Expanse of wings 50
millimetres.

Salisbury, 5000 feet, Mashonaland, 12th January, 1895.

Incorrectly identified as N. duplex, which it does not at all
resemble.

NYMPHALIN^:.

9. CHARAXES SATURNUS ButL

<$ . Upper Hanyani Eiver, Mashonaland, 4700 feet, 20th July,
1895.

10. JUNONIA ARCHESIA Cram.

Dry form. Salisbury, 5000 feet, Mashonaland, 19th May, 1895.

10 a. JUNONIA PELASGIS Godt.

Wet form. Gadzima, Umfuli River, 4200 feet, 27th and 30th
December, 1895.

[3]

189 DR. A. Gr. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTEROUS INSECTS [Mar. 1,

11. JUNONIA SESAMUS Trim.

Salisbury, Mashonaland, 5000 feet, 17th March ; Enterprise
Camp, Salisbury, 2 1st June, 1895; Karkloof, Natal, 4200 feet,
20th February, 1897.

12. JUNONIA CALESCENS Butl.

Junonia octavia var. natalensis Staudinger (nee naialica Felder).
Gadzima, 4200 feet, Umfuli Eiver, Mashonaland, 2nd, 22nd, and
27th December, 1895.

13. JUNONIA TRIMENI Butl.

$ . Marudsi Eiver, Mazoe District, Mashonaland, 1st January,
1895 ; Gadzima, 4200 feet, Umfuli River, 22nd and 23rd December,
1895.

These were labelled by Mr. Marshall as J. simia Wllgr., a much
smaller and differently shaped insect, with very different pattern
on the under surface and no rosy-whitish discal streak above.

A single small example of J. simia was obtained at Gadzima on
the 30th December.

14. JUNONIA AURORINA Butl.

Karkloof, Natal, 4200 feet, 29th to 31st January, 10th, llth,
and 17th February, 1897.

This is stated by Mr. Marshall to be the wet-season form of
J. tugela^ but from his own dates it is certain that both fly
together in February ; moreover, judging them by J. artaxia, they
both have a dry-season under surface to the wings : I am therefore
naturally very sceptical as to the identity of these two allied species.

15. JUNONIA TUGELA Trim.

Karkloof, Natal, 4200 feet, May 1896, and 20th February, 1897.

16. JUNONIA CUAMA Hewits.

Dry form. Enterprise Camp, near Salisbury, 5000 feet, Mashona-
land, 7th July ; Gadziraa, 5th August.

Wet form. Mazoe District, 4000 feet, 1st November, 1895.

As I have suspected for some time, the seasonal forms of this
species differ very little : that of the wet season has the black
markings of the upper surface more pronounced, the costa of
primaries rather shorter (giving a squarer character to the wing)
than in the dry form, the markings below much better marked and
the discal spots more decidedly ocelloid. I am now quite satisfied
that J. trimeni has nothing to do with J. cuama or with J. simia.
It will be remembered that I have always opposed the amalga-
mation of these three very dissimilar species on the ground that
they are undoubtedly 011 the wing simultaneously at all seasons.

17. JUNONIA ELGIYA Hewits.

Malvern, Natal, 800 feet, 22nd and 30th March, 1897.

f4]

1898.] COLLECTED IN NATAL AND MASHONALAND. 190

18. JUNONIA CLELIA Cramer.

c? d" . Gadzima, 4200 feet, Umfuli River, Mashonaland, 29th
August and 2nd December, 1895.

One of the specimens is a curious aberration in which the large
blue patch on the secondaries is crossed near its apical outer
border by three large more or less oval black spots ; just in front
of the blue patch is a scar, probably indicating some injury done to
the pupa, which apparently has modified the deposition of
pigment in the scales.

19. JUNONIA ARTAXIA Hewits.

Gijima, Umfuli Eiver, 29th July ; Gadzima, 3rd October, 1895.
Wet form. J. nachtigali Dewitz.
Gadzima, 27th and 28th December, 1895.

20. HYPOLIMNAS MISIPPUS Linn.

Gadzima, 22nd, 27th, and 30th December, 1895.

21. HAMANUMIDA D^DALUS Fabr.

Salisbury, 23rd March and 18th April ; Hartley Hills, Umful
Eiver, 4300 feet, 25th July ; Gijima, 24th August ; Gadzima
4200 feet, 26th December, 1895.

The wet-season phase was obtained from December to the end
of March, the dry phase from April to the end of August.

22. NEPTIS AGATHA Cram.

Malvern, Natal, 6th and 13th April, 1897.

23. EURYTELA HIARBAS Drury.

Karkloof, Natal, 9th February and 24th March ; Malvern,
27th March, 1897.

24. ACR^A LYCIA Fabr.

Malvern, 800 feet, Natal, 13th April, 1897.

25. ACR.EA RAHIRA Boisd.

Marudsi Eiver, Mazoe District, Mashonaland, 1st January;
Gadzima, 22nd August, 1895.

26. ACR^A NOHARA Boisd.

$ , Salisbury, 24th March, 9th June ; rf $ , Enterprise Camp,
4th July, 1895.

The specimens are marked as " wet " and " dry," but I see no
great difference between them ; they are all rather small examples,
and a varietal name is attached to them : if not already published,
it were better that it should not be.

[5]

191 DR. A. G. BtTLER ON LEPIDOFTEROITS INSECTS [Mar. 1,

27. ACEJSA DOUBLEDAYI Guer.

Wet. d 5 , Malvern, near D'Urban, Natal, 800 feet, 2nd to
4th March, 1897.

Dry. <3 , Gadzima, 4200 feet, Umfuli Biver, Mashonaland,
llth August ; Gijima. 23rd August, 1895.

It' the single male from Mashonaland represents the normal
dry-season phase, it only differs from that of the wet-season in its
inferior size, and would be indistinguishable from starved examples
obtained during the rains; both, however, differ very considerably
from the wet form of the scarcely distinct A. nero of Eastern Africa.

28. ACRVEA ANACREON Trim.

Dry-season form. Karkloof, 4200 feet, Natal, 20th February,
1897.

An extraordinarily well- developed example showing nearly
double the usual expanse of wings.

" Dry " and wet form. A. induna, Trim. Gijima, Mashonaland,
14th August ; Gadzima, 18th December, 1895.

The so-called dry form of A. induna (because obtained in the
dry-season) is a starved and somewhat \\orn little male, which, in
my opinion, is only a belated wet form (provided that the heavy
black apex really is seasonal, as it is said to be in certain species
in the genus). The black apical patch in this example is slightly
reduced, as might be expected ; but Mr. Marshall has himself
admitted that in some of the species this black patch is a charac-
teristic of the wet season ; in any case it is certainly a varietal,
not specific, character, inasmuch as we have complete series of
intergrades between the extremes in several forms of Acrcea.

29. ACE^EA ASEMA Hewits.

Gadzima, Umfuli Eiver, 29th July, llth, 14th. and 24th August,
1895.

Mr. Marshall considers this to be the dry form of the following,
of which he sends one curious example, said to be the intermediate
form ; it certainly looks like it, but I should like more conclusive
evidence than is afforded by one specimen which was obtained
almost at the same time (in the same month) as A. asema.

30. ACR^EA YIOLARUM Boisd.

" Intermediate form" Hartley Hills, Mashonaland, 27th July,
1895.

31. ACR^A CALDARENA

rf wet form, Salisbury, 31st May; $ $ dry form, Gadzima,
4th August and 20th September, 1895.

It would seem that the seasonal forms of this species differ
chiefly in size, the dry form being smaller ; both phases agree in
the large black apical patch, proving that this is not an invariable
seasonal character, but by no means proving that it is not so in
most of the species which possess it.
[6]

1898.] COLLECTED IN NATAL AND MASHONALAND. 192

32. ACE^EA PETE^EA Boisd.

Malvern, 800 feet, Natal, 13th April, 1897.

33. ACE^EA ANEMOSA Hewits.

Gadzima, 4200 feet, Umfuli Biver, Mashonalaud, 31st August,
3rd October, 20th December, 1895.

34. ACE.EA NEOBULE Doubl.

d 3 , Gadzima, 3rd August, 1st December, 1895 ; $ $ , Malvern,
25th March, 5th April, 1897.

The seasonal forms seem to differ very little.

35. ACE^A HOETA Linn.

£ , Frere, 3800 feet, 24th December, 1896 ; Estcourt, 4000
feet, 19th January ; 6 6 , Karkloof , 4200 feet, Natal, 4th and
llth February, 1897.

L T C M N I D M.

36. AL^ENA NYASS.E Hewits.

Gadzima, 24th December, Mazoe, 29th December, 1895.

37. POLYOMMATUS BJETicus Linn.

Loesskop, 4500 feet, Little Tugela River, Natal, 20th December,
1896.

38. CATOCHEYSOPS ASOPUS Hopff.

$ dry form, Gijima, llth August; wet form, Gadzima, 19th
November, 1895.

39. CATOCHEYSOPS BAEKEEI Trim.

$ , Malvern, 800 feet, Natal, llth March, 1897.

40. CATOCHEYSOPS PATEICIA Trim.

d 6 , Loesskop, 4500 feet, Little Tugela River, Natal, 20fch
December, 1897 ; 2 9 , Gadzima, Mashonaland, 23rd and 25th
December, 1895.

41. CATOCHEYSOPS PLEBEIA, sp. n. (Plate XX. fig. 2.)
Lyccena parsimon Trim, (uec auct. vetust.).

As I have already stated, this is certainly not the Fabrician
species, which occurs on the N.-western coast of Africa ; it differs
from the latter and the nearly allied L. patricia in the smoky-
brown, somewhat thinly-scaled upper surface of the male, with
other minor characters indicated in Mr. Trimen's full description.

3 , Mazoe District, 23rd December, 1894; $ , Salisbury, 12th
January, 1895 ; d , Gadzima, 25th December, 1895 ; $ , Estcourt,
Natal, 30th December, 1896 ; d , 1st Jaimarv, 1897.

[7]

193 DK. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTEROTJS INSECTS [MaF. 1,

42. CATOCHRYSOPS GLAUCA Trim.

J , Gadzima, 26th December, 1895.

43. CATOCHRYSOPS ARIADNE, sp. n. (Plate XX. figs. 3, 4.)
Nearly allied to C. mobe, larger ; differs above in the narrower

deep smoky border to all the wings and the slightly clearer violet
ground-colouring. On the under surface all the black and brown
spots, which are more numerous, are distinctly edged with pure
white ; the discal white band immediately following the transverse
series of black spots is well defined and pure white in all the
wings, whilst in the secondaries it is farther from the outer
margin ; the submarginal annular markings are much wider, but
indistinct on the secondaries ; the subanal black spot, however, is
considerably larger, encloses a metallic-blue crescent, and is edged
internally by a A-shaped orange marking : the upper surface of
the female is shot with golden cupreous, and towards the base
with lilac ; otherwise it resembles the male. Expanse of wings
39 millimetres.

Three males and one female, Karkloof , Natal.

This is the species referred to by Mr. Marshall (vide Introduction
to the present paper) as probably distinct from C. niobe. There
is, of course, just a possibility that it may prove to be the wet
form of C. niobe, all our examples of which were obtained in
September ; but I know of no other Catochrysops which exhibits
such well-defined seasonal characteristics, whilst the different
habits of the two insects are strongly suggestive of specific dis-
tinction, though not necessarily conclusive.

44. CATOCHRYSOPS DOLOROSA Trim.
Estcourt, 1st and 3rd January, 1897.

45. CATOCHRYSOPS IGNOTA Trim.
Frere, 19th December, 1896.

46. CATOCHRYSOPS MAHALLOE:OJ£NA Wallgr.

2 , Estcourt, 17th January, 1897.

This species has the neuration of Catochrysops, but more nearly
the pattern of Neolyccena.

47. NEOLYC^NA cissus Godt.

<$ <3 , Gijima, 17th August; Gadzima, 31st December, 1895.
The dry-season form is much smaller and with all the markings
below less prominent.

48. CUPIDOPSIS JOBATES Hopff,

Frere, 24th and 26th December, 1896.

49. AZANUS NATALENSIS Trim.
Estcourt, 8th January, 1897.

FROC. ZOOL. Soc.— 1898, No. XIIL 13

[8]

1898.] COLLECTED IN NATAL AND MASHON ALAND. 194

50. AZANUS MORiQUA Wallgr.
Estcourt, 15th to 21st January, 1897.

51. AZANUS JESOUS Guer.

Gadzima, 6th November, 21st and 24th December, 1895;
Estcourt, 15th, 16th, 18th, 19th, and 20th January, 1897.

52. AZANUS ZENA Moore.
Estcourt, 15th to 21st January, 1897.

53. AZANUS PLINIUS Fabr.

Salisbury, 9th June, 1895 ; Estcourt, 19th January, 1897.

54. NACADUBA SICHELA Wallgr.
Mazoe District, 24th October, 1894.

55. ZIZERA ANTANOSSA Mab.

Salisbury, 9th December, 1894 ; Malvern, 27th February, 1897.

New to the Museum from South Africa ; but specimens, appa-
rently of this species, are in the collection from Sierra Leone and
Wadelai.

56. ZIZEEA LUCIDA Trim.

Karkloof, llth February; Malvern, 6th and 13th April, 1897.

57. CASTALIUS HINTZA Trim.

rf (as $ ), Malvern, 3rd March, 1897.

58. LYC^ENESTHES LIODES He wits.
$ , Karkloof, 1st February, 1897.

59. LTC^ENESTHES OTACILIA Trim.

c? rf , $ , Estcourt, 17th and 19th January, 1897.

60. LYC^ENESTHES AMAEAH Lef.
Gadzima, 28th December, 1895.

61. LYC^INESTHES ADHEKBAL Mab.

Mazoe District, 24th, 25th, and 29th October, 1894.

62. SCOLITANTIDES BOWKEBI Trim.

Karkloof, 9th February, 1897.

Probably most nearly allied to S. ihespis, but approaching
Uranothauma somewhat in the pattern of the under surface ; it is
quite new to the Museum collection.

63. HYREUS LINGEUS Cram.

Gadzima, 17th September, 1895 ; Karkloof, 29th January, 1897.

64. ZERITIS AMANGA Westw.
Gadzima, 2nd October, 1895.

[9]

195 DE. A. G. BUTLEE ON LEPIDOPTEEOUS INSECTS [Mar. 1,

65. ZEEITIS HABPAX Fabr.

d d, Mazoe District", 24th and 25th October; ?, 17th No-
vember, 1894 ; d , Gijima, llth August, 1895 ; d d , $ , Estcourt,
14th, 16th, 19th, and 20th January, 1897.

66. CEITDAEIA LEEOMA Wllgr.
Gadzima, 10th and 18th September, 1895.

67. LACHNOCNEMA BIBULUS Eabr.

$ , Estcourt, 16th December, 1896 ; $ , 1st January, $ , 19th
January, 1897.

68. LACHNOCNEMA DTJEBANI Trim.

$ , Estcourt, 30th December, 1896 ; d , 1st January ; d d , $ ,
3rd January, 1897.

69. THESTOE BASTJTA Wallgr.

d d , Frere, 15th and 19th December, 1896 ; d d , $ $ ,
Estcourt, 1st, 8th, and 13th January, 1897.

70. AL^IDES TEIKOSAMA Wallgr.

Erere, 26th December, 1896; Estcourt, 8th, 14th, and
17th January, 1897.

71. AL^EIDES OETHETJS Trim.
Estcourt, 17th and 19th January, 1897.

72. CHETSOPHANUS OEUS Cram.

d $ , Erere, 18th December, 1896.

73. TINGEA TEOPIOALIS Boisd.

Malvern, 17th, 19th, 20th, 22nd, and 30th March, 6th April,

1897.

74. MYEINA FICEDULA Trim.
Malvern, 5th and 6th April, 1897.

75. SPINDASIS CAFFEE Trim.
G-adzima, 4th Argnst. 1895.

Dry form, \vitl" reduced orange anal patch.

76. SPIKDASIS MASILIKAZI Wallgr. (Plate XX. fig. 5.)

Mazoe District, 31st December, 1894 ; Gadzima, 29th and 31st
August, 4th and 5th September, 30th December, 1895.

77. SPINDASIS ELLA Hewits. (Plate XX. fig. 6.)
S. homeyeri, Marshall (nee Hewits.).

Distinctly smaller than $. homeyeri, the orange markings on the
upper surface of the primaries entirely different, consisting
normally of a spot in the cell followed by a transverse band

13*
[10]

1898.] COLLECTED IN NATAL AND MASHONALAND. 196

beyond the cell ; the former is, however, sometimes carried
obliquely downward, so as to unite with the latter (forming a
large V-shaped character) ; the submarginal orange band consists
of three portions, a spot near the costa and two transverse irregular
bifid (rarely subconfluent) spots below it ; the anal orange patch
on the secondaries of S. homeyeri is replaced by a sordid ashy
patch marked with the usual silver spots ; the blue areas of
S. homeyeri are dull greyish lavender in this species. Apart from
the pale huffish-brown ground-colour, the under surface of the
wings differs entirely from that of $. homeyeri : all the markings
are edged with brown (not ferruginous or dull red) ; those of the
primaries are emphasized on the costal margin by a series of about
eight jet-black spots, they consist of three fairly regular equi-
distant oblique bands between the base and the end of the
discoidal cell, then follows a costal spot followed by an irregular
transverse discal band dislocated at second median branch, this
again is followed by a more or less denned, partly linear and
partly normal band from costa to submedian vein and a very
indistinct dusky submarginal line ; marginal line jet-black, internal
area and fringe white somewhat pearly : the markings of the
secondaries consist of two series of three spots towards the base
parallel to the abdominal border, an irregular armillate band,
acutely elbowed below the first median branch and interrupted on
submedian vein, a short somewhat irregular discal band from
costa to third median branch, and an unevenly zigzag submarginal
band with indistinct outer edging ; marginal line black from anal
angle to third median branch ; all these bands, as usual, have
silvery centres ; fringe white, excepting at anal angle, where it is
black, the spot above it being narrowly black, then dull chocolate,
followed by a sprinkling of black scales ; the second spot on the
other side of the submedian vein is externally of the ground-colour,
internally silver followed by a sprinkling of black scales. Expanse
of wings 29 millimetres.

Gadzima, Mashonaland, 31st August, 13th and 25th September,
1895.

As Trimen compares this species with his " S. natalensis " =
S. caffer (to which, in my opinion, it has but little affinity), a
description of its peculiarities compared with S. homeyeri will, I
think, be useful to future workers. Hewitson's type is a very poor
and damaged male, in which none of the orange bands on the
upper surface are united ; the union of the two inner bands in one
of Mr. Marshall's specimens shows that this species is not nearly
related to any of the other described forms in the genus. In the
S. natalensis group the cell-spot even when elongated into a band
does not join the postmedian band, whereas the latter frequently
joins the discal band. In 8. ella the postmedian and discal bands,
being perfectly parallel, never could unite.

78. VlRACHOLA ANTALUS Hopff.

$ , Mazoe District, 26th October 1894.

[11]

197 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTEROUS INSECTS [Mar. 1,

79. IOLAUS C^ECULUS Hopff.

c?, Grijima, 18th August; 3 $, Gradzima, 18th October and
23rd December, 1895.

80. ARGIOLAUS TRIMENI Wallgr.

Marudsi River, Mazoe District, 21st December, 1894 ; G-adzima,
17th September, 1895.

PAPILIONID^E.

81. MTLOTHRIS RUPPELLII Koch.

c? , Enterprise Camp near Salisbury, 30th June, 1895.

The males of this species seem to be either very local or rare,
as we previously had only one exam pie received from the G-odman
and Salvin Collection.

82. NYCHITONA MEDUSA var. ALCESTA Cram.
Maivern, 31st March, 1897.

83. COLIAS HYALE var. ELECTRA Linn.
c? , Frere, 24th December, 1896.

84. TERIAS BRIGITTA Cram.

Wet form. $ , Marudsi River, 31st December, 1894 ; Salisbury,
16th March, 1895 ; rf $ , Frere, 24th and 26th December, 1896 ;
$ , Estcourt, 30th December, 1896; rf, Maivern, 31st February,
1897.

Dry form. $ 5 , Enterprise Camp near Salisbury, 23rd June,
1895 ; Gradzima, 1st September, 1895.

One of the females taken in June was labelled as a male, but
the true dry-season male appears to be excessively rare.

85. TERIAS MARSHALLI Butl.

Wet form. 3 $ , Karkloof, 5th and 13th February, 1897.

86. TERIAS HAPALE Mab. var. JETHIOPICA Trim.

Dry form. Mazoe District, 23rd October, 1894 ; Enterprise
Camp near Salisbury, 23rd June and 4th July : Gijima,
14th August, 1895.

I was amused to find some of the specimens labelled T. cethiopica
and others T. orientis, others again altered from one to the other.
As a matter of fact, T. orientis is the intermediate seasonal
form of T. senegalensis, and identical with T. butleri ; possibly
Mr. Marshall might now consider the whole as one very variable
species.

87. TERIAS SENEGALENSIS Boisd.

Wet form (as T. butleri). Salisbury, 12th January, 20th March,
5th May ; Gradzima, 21st December, 1895.
[12]

1898.] COLLECTED IN NATAL AND MASHON ALAND. 198

88. TEEACOLTJS ACHINE var. SIMPLEX Butl.
c? $ , Grijirna, 8th and 18th August, 1895.

The female now sent is the first authentic example of this dry-
season form of T. achine which I have seen ; it is interesting as
vaguely resembling the female of the northerly T. isaura.

Eace T. TRIMENI But!.

rf c? (as T. antevippe), dry form, Upper Hanyani Eiver,
Mashonaland, 20th July, 1895.

89. TERACOLUS GAVISA Wallgr.

c? 3 , Estcourt, 30th December, 1896 ; 3rd and 24th January,
1897.
These are all typical wet-season examples.

90. TERACOLUS EXOLE c? Beiche.

Malvern, 8th March, 1897.
The wet form of the male.

91. TERACOLUS ANN^E Wallgr.

Hartley Hills, Mashonaland, 24th, 26th, and 27th July, 1895.

The specimens belong to the dry form (T. wallengrenii\ the
female somewhat approaching that sex of the fulvous-tipped
variation of the closely allied T. callidia ( = hildebrandti).

92. CATOPSILIA FLORELLA Fabr.

$ $ , Salisbury, 21st and 25th April, 1895 ; rf 6 , Karkloof and
Malvern, 19th February and 7th March, 1897.

93. PlNACOPTERYX PIGEA Boisd.

Malvern, 13th April, 1897.

94. LEUCERONIA ARGIA Fabr.

$ , Karkloof, May 1896 ; rf c? , February 1st to llth, 1897.

All the Natal females sent us by Mr. Marshall are far more
lightly marked on the upper surface than the more Northern,
Eastern, and Western varieties, and all have the base of the
primaries orange-vermilion above.

PAPILIONJN^E.

95. PAPILIO CORLNNEUS Bert.
Q-adzima, 25th September, 1895.

96. PAPILIO BRASIDAS Feld.

Malvern, 27th March and 10th April, 1897.
1 have always believed this to be the P. anihemenes of Wallengren,
but I see that Trimen identifies the latter with P. corinneus.

[13]

199 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTEROUS INSECTS [Mar. 1,

97. PAPILIO OPHIDICEPHALFS Oberth.
Karkloof, 1st and 4th February, 1897.

98. PAPILIO EUPHRANOR Trim.
Karkloof, 5th February, 1897.

99. PAPILIO NIREUS Linn.
Karkloof, 9th and 13th February, 1897.

HESPERIIDJE.

100. EAGRIS JAMESONI E. M. Sharpe. (Plate XX. fig. 7.)

Dry form, Gijima, 18th and 19th August; wet form, G-adzima,
22nd December, 1895 \

101. SAP^EA TRIMENI Butl.
Gadzima, 25th September, 1895.

102. SAP^EA PARADISE A Butl.

Mazoe District, 29th December, 1894 ; Gadzima. 5th September,
1895.

103. ABANTIS VENOSA Trim.

Gijima, 18th August ; Gadzima, 4th September, 1895.
This is new to the Museum collection.

104. CAPRONA CANOPUS Trim.
Karkloof, 9th February, 1897.

105. PYRGUS SPIO Linn.

Loesskop, 4500 feet, Little Tugela Eiver, 20th December, 1896 ;
Estcourt, 1st January, 1897.

The first of these examples was labelled as " Hesperiamafa" and
the following was queried as H. mafa ; the two forms, if distinct,
are very closely allied.

106. PYRGUS MAFA Trim.

Loesskop, 4500 feet, Little Tugela Eiver, 20th December, 1896.

107. OXYPALPUS RTJSO Mab.

Mazoe District, 27th October, 1894 ; Enterprise Camp, near
Salisbury, 2nd July ; Gadzima, 17th August and 19th September,
1895.

These were labelled as 0. harona "Westw., but we possess every
link to typical 0. ruso Mab. ; the species is a very variable one,
as I suspect the following also is.

1 The wet form has the ground-colour of the wings smoky brown instead of
golden brown and ochraceous (see figure).
[14]

1898.] COLLECTED IN NATAL AND MASHONALAND. 200

108. PAROSMODES ICTERIA Mab.

Enterprise Camp, near Salisbury, 7th July, 1895.

I have always believed this species to be the P. ranoha of
Westwood (now considered synonymous with P. morantii, Trimen).
The figure of the latter differs from it about as much as do the
extreme variations of the preceding species.

109. PAROSMODES MORANTII Trim.

Gadzima, 19th September, 1895.

New to the Museum series. I should not be at all surprised to
see intergrades between this species and P. icteria : the position of
the orange band on the secondaries varies a good deal in our series
of the latter species ; but the coloration and pattern of the under
surface, although very variable, still show sufficient differences to
warrant the separation of the two butterflies for the present.

110. CYCLOPIDES METIS Linn.

Karkloof, 27th January, 8th and llth February, 1897.

111. KEDESTES MACOMO Trim.
Malvern, 13th April, 1897.

112. KEDESTES TUCTISA Trim.

Estcourt, d $ 13th, rf 14th January, 1897.

113. KEDESTES WALLENGRENII Trim.
Frere, 24th December, 1896.

114. KEDESTES NIVEOSTRIGA Trim.

Karkloof, 29th and 31st January, llth February, 1897.

115. GEGENES LETTERSTEDTI Wallgr.

Estcourt, 1st January, 1897.

This is G. Tiottentota of authors other than Latreille, the latter
being (as previously stated) the G. obumbrata of Trimen.

116. GEGENES HOTTENTOT A Latr.

c? , Salisbury, 10th March ; $ , 6th April, 1895 ; $ , Estcourt,
3rd January, 1897.

The female of this species is new to the Museum collection.
It seems hardly conceivable that a species the male of which has
a large brand on the primaries can be a dimorphic form of one
without a trace of a brand, but (as Dr. Holland observes) " the
females are absolutely indistinguishable."

117. BAORIS ATRESII Trim.

Gadzima, 10th September, 1895.

New to the general series of the Museum collection, though
represented by one example in the Hewitson series.

[15]

201 LEPIDOPTEEOUS INSECTS FROM NATAL ETC. Mar.l,

118. PABNARA DETECTA Trim.
Mazoe District, 4th January, 1895.

119. BARACUS INORNATUS Trim.

Karkloof, 30th January and 8th February, 1897.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX.

Fig. 1. Neoccenyra extensa, c? , p. 188.

2. Catochrysops plebeia, $, p. 192.
3, 4. Catochrysops ariadne, tf $ , p. 193.

5. Spindasis masilikazi, $ , p. 195.

6. Spindasis etta, <3 , var., p. 195.

7. Eagrisjamesoni, tf (wet form), p. 199v

P. Z. S.1898. PI. XX.

f

E.C.Kmght AeLetith.

West, Newman cihromo

B\ittepflies from Natal.

From the ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
Ser. 7, Vol. i., April

Descriptions of some new Species of Butterflies of the
Subfamily Pierinae. By ARTHUR G. BUTLER, Ph.D.

THE following species in the Museum collection have hitherto
remained unnamed : —

Mylothris bogotana, sp. n.

<j> . Allied to M. malenka, but differing in the pattern of
the primaries, the tawny discoidal and somewhat shorter sub-
median longitudinal streaks becoming sulphur-yellow at the
extremities ; beyond and well separated from these are two
isolated yellow spots placed obliquely, and beyond the cell
three elongated spots of the same colour in an oblique
subapical series instead of the oblique quadrifid belt of
M. malenka.

Expanse of wings 75 millim.

Santa FcS de Bogota (Stevens). B. M.

This is not likely to be a variety of the Venezuelan species,
as it is believed that in this group the variations of the female
are not very great.

Elodina Walkeri, sp. n.

Allied to E. perdita, the male with shorter primaries ; the
apical patch always as broad as in E. perdita ? , and not
incised or dentated below the third median branch : apex of
primaries below silvery, with three increasing blackish sub-
apical spots in an oblique series ; a sulphur-yellow subcostal
streak from base, and in the discoidal cell a saffron-yellow
suffusion : secondaries silvery white ; a blackish dot at end
of cell and four or five blackish discal spots in an obtusely
angular series between the nervures.

Expanse of wings 38 millim.

Port Darwin (J. J. Walker). B. M.

We have six examples, of which five were collected by
Mr. Walker ; the sixth is one of our oldest specimens, the
registered locality for which was simply " New Holland."

Elodina baudmiana, sp. n.

Also allied to E. perdita, but distinctly smaller and very
uniform in pattern : above pearly snow-white ; primaries with
costal margin smoky greyish, basal half of costal border flesh-

295 New Species of Butterflies of the Subfamily Piermje.

tinted, a rather narrow blackish apical patch, widest on costa
(where it occupies about the external two-fifths of the
margin) and tapering to extremity of second median branch,
its inner edge dentated; a small and slightly browner spot
at extremity of first median branch : below like the preceding
species, but the black spots often very indistinct.

Expanse of wings 33-38 millim.

Baudin Island (J. J. Walker). B. M.

Of this species we have fourteen examples.

Terias Chamber lain I, sp. n.

^ . Bright gamboge-yellow; costal margin of primaries
very delicately black, excepting towards the base ; costa
sprinkled with black scales to end of discoidal cell ; extreme
base of cell and of submedian vein marked by short black
dashes ; outer border narrowly dark brown, commencing at
about two-fifths of the length from apex and tapering to ex-
tremity of first median branch, its inner edge zigzag from the
third median branch hindwards : secondaries with a con-
spicuous pure white glandular patch towards base above the
subcostal vein ; veins terminating in very minute black dots
followed by orange spots at the base of the fringe : bo ly
normal. TJnder surface gamboge-yellow, sparsely and very
finely irrorated with brown atoms; a well-defined black spot
at the end of each discoidal cell ; fine black dots followed by
orange angular markings terminating the veins, the orange
markings uniting and covering the fringe towards apex of
primaries ; a pure white glandular patch between median and
submedian veins towards base of primaries ; a very indistinct
W-shaped series of squamose brown spots crossing disk of
secondaries.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Bahamas (Neville Chamberlain). B. M.

We only possess one male of this pretty little species. If
Felder's statement was correct that his T. smilacina nearly
approached T. smilax both in pattern and structure, this
would be the second New- World species of the T. Iceta group ;
but an examination of Felder's description clearly shows that
his species did not possess the glandular patches which charac-
terize the T. Iceta group, and therefore was " wirklich nicht
zunachst verwandt " to T. smilax (as he ought to have said).

1898.] ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 395

[From the PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,
May 17, 1898.]

On a Collection of Lepidoptera made in British East Africa
by Mr. C. S. Betton. By ARTHUR G. BUTLER, Ph.D.,
F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Senior Assistant- Keeper, Zoological
Department, British Museum.

(Plates XXXII. & XXXIII.)

Mr. Betton's collection is a singularly interesting one, rich in
rare and new species, three Butterflies and twenty-six Moths from
the present series being now described for the first time. Among
the Butterflies also I may call attention 'to a suite of Acrwa chilo,
females of A. crystallina, the wet-season forms of both Teracolus
hetcvra and T. puniceus, the dry form of T. leo, a number of
examples of T. venata, and an example of the rare Alcena picata, a
species new to the Museum collection.

Although Mr. Betton desired to retain a collection for his private
use, yet he sanctioned the whole of the types of new species, and
examples of all species needed to perfect the National collection,
being retained. Among the Heterocerous Lepidoptera, manv of
which were only represented by single specimens, he has thus
suffered somewhat severely in the interests of science ; but in the
Butterflies there was considerably less required in proportion to
the numbers collected.

Mr. Betton's line of march extended from Mombasa in a north-
westerly direction by way of Samburu, Tarn, Voi, and Ndi to Tsavo '.
He has furnished the following notes on the weather prevailing at
certain dates between March 1896 and August 1897, during which
time his collection was made : —

1896.

March lst-20th. Slight rain.
May 1st, " greater " rains commence ; May llth-13th, heavy and

continuous rain : May 13th to end of month, slight rain.
June 21st-27tb. Slight rain.
October 24th. Bains (" lesser ") commence.
November lst-15th. Heavy and continuous rains : rain nearly
every day to end of month.

December. Showers nearly all the month.

1897.

February 18th-20th. Storms.
March 3rd, 4th, and 18th. Storms.
April 3rd and 4th. Storms.
April 14th-22nd. Slight rains.
May 16th-23rd. Slight rains.
July 8th and 9th. Heavy showers.
August 10th to 22nd. Slight rains occasionally.

1 See for map the Parliamentary Eeport on the Mombasa-Victoria Railway,
1898— Africa no. 8.

[1]

396 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [May 17.

In working out some of the more obscure Moths, Sir George
Hampson has kindly assisted ine, both by the loan of pamphlets
and by personal examination of structural characters.

The following is a list of the species obtained : —

I. EHOPALOCEEA.
NYMPHALID^E.

1. AMATJRIS DOMOTICANUS.

Amauris dominicanus. Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1879, p. 323.
Mgana, 4th July, 13th and 30th August, 1896; Mombasa,
January 1897.

2. AMAURIS OCHLEA.

Euploea ochlea, Boisduval, App. Yoy. de Deleg. dans 1'Afr. Austr.
p. 589 (1847).

Mombasa, 26th April, 1896.
Eather an unusually large female.

3. LIMNAS CHRYSIPPUS, var. KLUGI.
Limna* Uugii, Butler, P. Z. S. 1885, p. 758.

£ , Sainburu, British E. Africa, 15th November; $ ?, Taru,
Taru Desert, 13th, 16th, 18th, and 20th December, 1896 ; J , Voi,
1st May, 1897.

The specimen from Voi is about one-third larger than any cf
the others, and one of the specimens obtained on the 20th December
is a transitional form towards var. dorippus, Klug.

4. MTCALESIS SAFITZA.

Mycalesis scifitza, Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 394, pi. 66.
fig. 3 (1851).

(S c? , Chanjamwe, 28th July ; J c? ? , Mgana, 28th August ;
rf$, Taru, 16th and 20th December, 1896; £, Mombasa,
7th January, 1897.

4 a. MYCALESIS EYENUS.

Mycalesis evenus, Hopffer, Monatsber. konigl. Akad. Wiss. Berl.
1855, p. 641 ; Peters's Eeise n. Mossamb. p. 394, pi. 25. figs. 5, 6
(1862).

Wet form. Mgana, 12th July, 1896.

Dry form ( = caffra, Wallgr.K Taru, 19th December, 1896.

Mr. Trimen regards this as a variation of the preceding species,
and I think it probable that he is right.

5. SAMANTA PERSPICUA.

Mycalesis perspicua, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1873,
p. 104, pi. 1. fig. 3 (c?).

c? $ , Chanjamwe, 28th July ,• rf , Mgana, 28th August, 1896.
[2]

1898.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 397

6. PHYSCJSNURA LEDA.

Periplysia leda, Gerstaecker, in Von der Decken's Keisen in
Ost-Afrika, iii. 2, p. 371, pi. xv. figs. 3, 3 a (1873).

Mgana, 6th, 13fch, and 28th August, 1896 ; Maungu Inkubvva,
21st March, 1897.

7. MELANITIS SOLANDRA.

Papilio solandra, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 500 (1775).
Dry-season $ , Mgana, 6th August, 1896.

8. CHA RAXES NEANTHES.

Nymplialis neanthes, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. i. p. 88, pi. 44.
figs. 2, 3 (1854).

$ , Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

9. CHARAXES ZOOLINA.

$ . Nymphalis zootina, Westwood and Hewitson, Gen. Diurn.
Lep. pi. iiii. fig. 1 (1850).

cf 6 > Taru, 13th December, 1896 ; Maungu Inkubwa, 21st
March, 1897.

10. CHAR AXES CITH^RON.

Charaxes cithceron, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iii. p. 398,
pi. 8. figs. 2, 3 (1859).

c? <5 , Maungu Inkubwa, 2 1 st March, 1897.

11. CHARAXES VARANES.

Papilio varanes, Cramer. Pap. Exot. ii. pi. clx. D, E (1779).
c? 8 , Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

12. JUKO3STA LIMNORIA, Var. TAVETA.

Precis taveta, Eogenhofer, Ann. Hof-Museum, Wien, vi. p. 460,
pi. xv. fig. 7 (1891).

<5 , Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897; $ ,Taru, llth December,
1896.

A perfect pair of this species, of which we previously had a
poor series.

13. JTTNXXNIA GFRUANA.

Precis guruana, Eogenhofer, Verb, zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien,
xli. p. 564 (1891).

c? $ , Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

A nearly perfect pair of this rare butterfly. Looking at the
variability of the allied J.pelasgis, it seems possible that this may
be an extreme form of the preceding species.

14. JUNONIA AURORINA.

Junonia aurorina, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 651, pi. Ix. fig. 3.
c? c? $ $ , Mauugu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.
PROC. ZOOL, Soc.— 1898, No. XXVII. 27

[3]

398 DB. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTEBA [May 17?

One very shattered male nearly approaches J. pyriformis in
colouring, and shows the intensely dry character of that insect on
the under surface. It will be remembered that in 1896 (P. Z. S.
p. Ill) I suggested the possibility of the latter being a form of
J. aurorina. As the fact that the latter and J. tugela fly together
in the wet-season in S. Africa seems to disprove the statement
that they are seasonal forms of one species, it would appear more
probable that J. pyriformis is the dry form of J. aurorina, the
single example of the former in this collection having evidently
been a considerable time on the wing ; however, we need more
evidence before deciding this point, especially as all three of these
species have dry-season undersides to the wings.

15. JUNONIA CUAMA.

Junonia cuama, Hewitson, Exot. Butt, iii., Jun. pi. i. figs. 4, 5
(1864).

$ , Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

16. JUNONIA CEBRENE.

Junonia cebrene, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1870, p. 353.
rf , Samburu, 19th November ; $ $ , Taru, 16th December, 1896 ;
cJ $ , Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

17. JUNONIA OLE LI A.

Papilio clelia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pi. xxi. E, F (1775).
c? , Mombasa, 4th January, 1897.

18. JUNONIA NATALICA.

Precis natalica, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iv. p. 106 (1860).
Taru, 16th December, 1896.

19. PROTOGONIOMOHPHA NEBULOSA.

Salamis nebulosa, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, p. 441.

c? $ , Mgana, B. E. Africa, 13th and 28th August, 1896.

This is the Eastern form of P. aglatonice, from which the male
differs very little, the apical black area of the primaries being only
slightly broader. I take P. aglatonice to be the Western type, the
female of which more nearly resembles the male. A third form
differing to about the same extent is P. definite of Madagascar,
which I formerly confounded with males of P. nebulosa.

20. PYEAMEIS CABDUI.

Papilio cardui, Linnseus, Faun. Suec, p. 276 (1761).
Mgana, 2nd September, 1896.

21. HTPOLIMNAS MISIPPFS.

Papilio misippus, Linnaeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 264 (1764).
rf d1 , Taru, 16th and 20th December, 1896 ; Mombasa, January
4th ; c? ? $ , Maungu Inkubwa, March 21st, 1897.

1898.] FROM TIRTTTSU EAST AI'RK'A.

22. ElIRALIA KIRBYI.

Eiu-alia kirlt/i, Butler, P. /. S. 1898, p. 51.

Mgaiia, 1 llli August, 1896 (one damaged male).

The sudden appearance in recent colled ions of this line species
is curious; last year we received t\vo specimens in .Air. Kirbv'>
collection and t\vo from Sir II. .Johnston, obiainrd at /omha.

23. EU.YANTIIK WAKKFIKLDII.

Go'lartia H.'fdrfaldii, Ward, Ent. Month. Mag, x. p. 1 52 ( \ s73) ;
Af'r. Lep. pi. (I. fi<r. :j ( 1874).

d $ , Mgaiui, 2nd and llth August, ISUd.

24. HA.MA.\mni)A D.KD.VLl'S.

Papilk <l<i><lahis, Fabricins, Syst. Enl. p. -1S2 (177-")).
Dr if form, tf , Samlmru, 2Gth Octoher, 1 >!jo\
1F"^'/0?'"Z- c? c? £ $ , Tarn, 13th and 19th December, l^JU,
1.7th January, 1897.

25. EUPir.EDRA YIOLACEA.

Euri/pJieiie viol.<ice<t., Butl(^r, P. Z. 8. 188(8, p. 91.

cT d", Mombasa, 4th January, and Voi, 1st May, 1897.

Two tolerably good examples of this beautiful species.

26. LACILXOPTEHA AYUESII.

Laclmoptera ayresii, Triinen, Trans. Eut. !Soc. Lond. 1879,
p. 326 ; South Afr. Butt. i. pi. iii. figs. 5, 5 n (1887).
$, Maungu lnkub\va, 21st March, 1897.
One very worn example only was obtained,

27. ATELLA COLUMBIXA.

Papillo columbina, Cramer, Pa]). Exot, iii. ])1. ccxxx\ iii. A, J3,
iv. pi. cccxxxvii. I), J-j (1782).

Chanjamwe, 31st ^lay, 1896; Mombasa, 7th .January, !S97.

28. XEPTIS AGATHA.

Papilio ayatJta, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pi. cccxxvii. A. H (17>2).
Mombasa, 7th January, 1897.

29. XEPTIS MARPESSA.

j^cjifis 'iiutrpcstsd, J[opif(M', Monatsb. konigl. Akad. ^ iss. B< rl.
1855, p. 640; Peters's Jxeise 11. ^lossamb., Ins. p. ;jS3, pi. xxiv.
figs. 9, 10 (1892).

Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

30 . E URYTELA F U L(i I'll ATA .

LUnfthe(t fufynmta, Boisduval, Faun. .Ahulag. p. 52. pi. S. fi^. 5
(1833).

Mgana, 19th July, 1896.

Only one shattered example was obtained; it does not differ
from Malagasy specimens.

27*

[5]

400 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPJDOPTERA

31. ElTRYTELA DRTOPE.

Papilio dryope, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pi. Ixxviii. E, F (1779).
Mombasa, 7th January, 1897.

32. BYBLIA ILITHYIA.

Papilio iliihyia, Drury, 111. Exot. Ent. ii. pi. 17. figs. 1, 2 (1773).
c? , Mgana, June 22nd ; c? ? , Tarn, December 13th and 18th,
1896 ; c? , Yoi, May 2nd, 1897.

The whole of the specimens belong to the typical " wet-season "
phase : it must be a long wet season to last from the middle of
December to near the end of June !

33. PLANEMA MONTANA.

Planema montana, Butler, P. Z. S. 1888, p. 91.

Acrcea bertha, Vuillot, Novit. Lep. xii. pi. xix. fig. 5 (1895).

Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

One good male of this rare species.

34. ACRjEA METAPROTEA, var. JACKSONI.

$ . Planema jacksoni, E. M. Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist,
ser. 6, vol. v. p. 335 ; Waterhouse, Aid Ident. Ins. pi. clxxxix.
fig. 1 (1890).

cJ , Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

In males of this Eastern variety the subapical band of primaries
is separated by a long interval from the internal patch, as in the
"Western varieties of the species.

35. ACR^EA SERENA, var. PERRUPTA.

Telctiinia perrupta, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,
vol. xii. p. 102 (1883).

d" $ , Mombasa, 4th and 7th January, 1897.

This variation is barely separable from A. serena, var. buoetoni •
but the male of the latter is usually more brightly coloured, with
blacker borders and the black lunate patch closing the cell of the
primaries never tending to join the outer borders by means of an
intermediate spot : the females of both are extremely variable.

36. ACR.TEA LTCIA and vars.

Papilio lyda, Pabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 464 (1775).
Voi, April 15th and May 1st, 1897.

Yar. SGANZINI, Boisduval.

Voi, April 15th and May 2nd, 1897.

Yar. DAIRA, Grodman.

Yoi, April 15th and May 1st and 2nd, 1897.

Not only is there one perfectly intermediate specimen between
the variety A. sganzini and typical A. lycia, but a male of the
variety A. sganzini was taken on May 2nd in copula with the
variety A. daira.
[6]

1898.] FEOM BEITISH EAST AFEICA. 401

37. ACE./EA CECILIA, var. STENOBEA.

Acrcea stenobea, Wallengren, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iv. p. 35
(1860).

? , Taru, 18th December, 1896.

This specimen much interests me ; it is the first example of this
variety which I have seen from Eastern Africa, has the colouring
of the male, but with all the black spots of typical A. ccecilia •
it thus fully confirms the correctness of my decision in sinking
A. stenobea as a mere variety (or, possibly, seasonal form) of
A. ccecilia.

38. ACEJEA. NATALICA.

Acrcea natalica, Boisduval, App. Voy. de Deleg. p. 590 (1847).
6 2 , Mayera, 20th July ; $ , Mgana, 26th July, 1896.

39. ACILEA BE^ESIA.

Acrcea brcesia, Godman, P. Z. S. 1885, p. 538.
Voi, 1st and 2nd May, 1897.

40. ACE^EA CHILO.

Acrcea chilo, Godman & Salvin, P. Z. S. 1880, p, 184, pi. xix.
figs. 4, 5.

c? , Maziwa-Mitatu, 24th March ; Voi, 1st and 2nd May, 1897.

One of the characteristics of typical A. chilo is the strongly
concave outer margin to its primaries, but in Mr. Betton's series
every gradation exists to a distinctly convex outer margin.

41. AGILE A ANEMOSA.

Acrcea anemosa, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii. pi. 8. figs. 14, 15
(1865).

$ , Samburu, 15th November, 1896 ; rf , Voi, 1st May, 1897.

42. ACE^EA NEOBTTLE.

Acrcea neobule, Doubleday & Hewitson, G-en. Diurn. Lep. pi. xix.
fig. 3 (1848).

$ , Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March ; tf , Ndara Hills, 6th April,
1897.

43. ACE^EA CEYSTALLItfA.

tf. Acrcea crystalline^ H. Grose-Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. ser. 6, vol. v. p. 167 (1890) ; Ehop. Exot. i., Acrcea, pi. iii.
figs. 3, 4 (1892).

$ $ , Voi, 1st and 2nd May, 1897.

This species is entirely new to the Museum collection.

44. PAEDOPSIS PUNCTATISSIMA.

Acrcea punctatwsima, Boisduval, Eaune Ent. Madag. p. 31, pi. 6
fig. 2 (1833).

Mgana, 30th August, 1896.

402 DB. A. G. BiTiLEB ON LEPiDOPTEBA [May 17,

45. AL^ENA PICATA.

Alcena picata, B. M. Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. xvii. p. 126 (1896).

rf, Voi?, B.E.Africa1.

No exact habitat accompanied the single example of this rare
species ; it is quite new to the Museum collection.

46. PAEAPONTIA SUBPTJNCTATA.

Teriomima subpunctata, Kirby, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,
vol. xix. p. 364(1887); Grose-Smith & Kirby, Ehop. Exot. i.,
Afric. Lye. pi. iii. figs. 11, 12 (1888).

cf 6 , Taru, 16th December, 1896.

Only two males of this rare species were obtained ; it is quite
new to the Museum collection. It is now evident that this is an
Eastern (not Western) species, and an examination of its neuration
and other structural characters, as well as a comparison of the
markings of the under surface, make it evident that it is nearly
related to Parapontia undularis. Mr. Betton's specimens are
slightly larger and more distinctly washed with buff on the costal
and apical areas of the primaries and the secondaries upon the
under surface than in the type.

47. TlNGBA AMENAIDA.

Pentila amenaida, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. v.. Pent. <$f Lipt. pi. 2.
figs. 4-7 (1873).

Mgana, 13th August ; Taru, 13th, 18th, and 19th December,
1896.

This species is exceedingly variable on both surfaces ; the black
border of the primaries above is sometimes reduced to an apical
patch, that of the secondaries being reduced to a row of spots or
wholly absent, whilst on the under surface the submarginal row
of spots is either faintly indicated or entirely wanting. If only
single examples of the extreme types were received, they would
be unhesitatingly described as distinct species : I have no doubt
that T. nero and T. heriha are varieties, for we have exactly similar
specimens, but with smaller spots, whilst the size of the spots is
unquestionably extremely variable.

48. DUBBANIA HILDEGABDA.

Teriomima ? hildegarda, Kirby, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,
vol. xix. p. 357 (1887) ; Grose-Smith & Kirby, Ehop. Exot. i.,
Afric. Lye. pi. iv. figs. 7, 8 (1888).

Var. Teriomima freya, Grose-Smith & Kirby, Ehop. Exot. ii.,
Afric. Lye. pi. xxv. figs. 1, 2 (1894).

Mgana, 27th June and 13th July ; Samburu, 10th November ;

1 It was amongst a number, of - Lepidoptera obtained at Voi ; it therefore
probably came from that locality.

[8]

1898.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 403

Taru, 16th, 19th, and 20th December, 1896; Mombasa, 7th
January, 1897.

The variation of the markings of the upper surface in this species
is considerable and may be thus described : —

1. — Primaries. Costal markings not entering the discoidal cell,
but forming a K-shaped marking immediately beyond cell ; outer
border wide on costa, rapidly tapering and becoming linear after
second median branch, not reaching external angle.

Secondaries. Outer border extremely narrow. Mgana.

2. — Primaries. Costal markings extending quite across discoidal
cell and completely confluent with outer border, which tapers
gradually to external angle and extends a short distance along the
inner margin. In this variety the outer border occupies about a
third of the wing.

Secondaries. Outer border broad in the centre, squamose at both
extremities. One shattered and worn starved example. Mgana.

3. — Primaries. Costal markings extending across discoidal cell,
but separated from outer border, which is slightly narrower than
in var. 1, but continued to inner margin.

Secondaries. With tolerably broad outer border of nearly uniform
width (typical D. hildegarda). Sainburu.

4. — Primaries. Costal markings as in var. 1, but outer border
continued to inner margin.

Secondaries. Outer border distinctly narrower than in var. 3, and
especially towards anal angle. Taru.

5. — Like var. 3, excepting that the outer borders of all the wings
are broader (typical D. freyd). Taru.

It is difficult to find two specimens which exactly agree in
pattern.

49. POLYOMMATUS B^ETICUS.

Papilio bceticus, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 789 (1767).
rf , Taru, 18th December, 1896.

50. CATOCHRYSOPS OSIRIS.

Lyccena osiris, Hopffer, Ber. Verb. Ak. Berlin, 1855, p. 642 ;
Peters's Eeise n. Mossamb. v. p. 409, pi. 26. figs. 11, 12 (1862).

$, Mgana, 30th August, 1896; rf, Maungu Inkubwa, 21st
March, 1897.

Only one unusually large pair was obtained.

51. CATOCHRTSOPS PERPULCHRA.

Lyccena perpulchra, Holland, Entomologist, 1892, Suppl. p. 90 ;
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xviii. p. 239, pi. vii. fig. 7 (1895).

£ , Mombasa, 7th January, 1897.

This is an unusually white example ; we possess a similar, though
more worn, example from Zomba. My original type of G. hypo-
leucus from the Victoria Nyanza appears to be a distinct species ;
it is considerably larger, the under surface tinted with buff, all

404 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [May 17

the black spots larger ; two additional spots to the discal series of
primaries, the lower half of the submarginal stripe of primaries
blackish, and that of the secondaries commencing with two short
black bars placed angle to angle ; a few black scales are also
sprinkled on the other divisions of this stripe.

52. CATOCHRTSOPS HIPPOCRATES.

Papilio hippocrates, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. p. 288 (1793).
$ , Mgana, 13th August, 1896.

53. CUPIDOPSIS JOBATES.

Lyccena jobates, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berlin, 1855, p. 642 ;
Peters's Eeise n. Mossamb. v. p. 408, pi. 26. figs. 9, 10 (1862).
Mgana, 30th August, 1896 ; Mombasa, 4th January, 1897.

54. AZANUS JESOUS.

Polyommatus jesous, Guerin, Lefebvre's Voy. Abyss, vi. p. 383,
pi. 11. figs. 3, 4 (1847).

$ , Mgana, 28th June, 1896 ; d d" , Voi, 1st May, 1897.

55. TARUCUS PLINTUS.

Hesperia plinius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 284 (1793).
$ $ , Taru, 22nd November and 20th December, 1896.

56. NACADUBA SICHELA.

Lyccena sichela, Wallengreu, Kongl. Svenska Vetens.-Akad.
Haridl. 1857 ; Lep. Ehop. Caffr. p. 37.
cJ, Voi, 1st May, 1897.

57. ZlZERA GAIKA.

Lyccena gaika, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, vol. i.
p. 403 (1862).

Mgana, 13th August and "20th December (K P. D.)," 1896.
N. P. D. are probably the initials of the captor, as Mr. Betton, at
the time, was at Taru.

58. CASTALITJS MELJSNA, var.

Lyccena melcena, Trimen, South-Afr. Butt. ii. p. 82.

Voi, 1st May, 1897.

An extraordmay specimen of what I take to be a very melanistic
form of this species, in which the spots on the primaries above are
greatly reduced in size and the white area of the secondaries is only
represented by an irregular central band : on the under surface
the markings are slightly thicker and blacker, but otherwise are
identical with those in South-African specimens. We are so badly
off for this species that it is possible that similar varieties of
the species may occur also in Natal. Until I compared the under-
surface pattern in the two insects, I imagined that they would
prove to be quite distinct.
[10]

1898.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 405

59. LYC^ENA KERSTENI.

Lyccena Jcersteni, Gerstaecker, in Von der Decken's Reisen in
Ost-Afrika, iii. 2, p. 373, pi. xv. fig. 5 (1873).

J rf , Tarn, 20th December, 1896 ; Voi, 1st May, 1897.

This is the Eastern representative of L. larydas ; it has much
more white on the under surface.

60. LYOENESTHES SYLVANUS.

Papilio sylvanus, Drury, 111. Exot. Ent. ii. pi. iii. figs. 2, 3 (1773).
rf rf , Mgana, 13th August, 1896.

These are the first examples from Eastern Africa which I have
hitherto seen ; unfortunately only one pair was obtained.

61. LYC^NESTHES AMARAH.

Polyommatus amaraJi, Guerin in Lefebvre's Voy. Abyss, vi.
p. 384, pi. 11. figs. 5, 6 (1847).
c? , Mgana, 12th July, 1896.

62. ZERITIS AMANGA.

Zeritis amanga, Westwood in Oates's Matabele-land, p. 351 (1881 ).

$ , Taru, 20th December, 1896 ; rf , Voi, 2nd May, 1897.

The specimen of the female differs from our single imperfect
Abyssinian example in the pattern of the primaries ; the male, how-
ever, undoubtedly varies not a little.

63. ZERITIS HARPAX. '

Papilio harpax, Fabricius, Syst. Ent., App. p. 829 (1775).

rf ? , Mwachi Eiver, June 7th ; $ , Mgana, August 30th, 1896.

Var. ? tf with red patch on primaries confined to internal area ;
secondaries of both sexes slightly less heavily bordered; silver
spotting on under surface of secondaries considerably less promi-
nent and (in the female) on a paler background.

c? $ , Mgana, 12th July, 1896.

It is just barely possible that the variety noted above may be
distinct from typical Z. harpaa, but I do not believe it is so ; we
have received the same form from Nyasaland. I also do not believe
it possible to separate Z. perion from Z. liarpax, the differences
given to distinguish them by Mr. Trimen being undoubtedly
unreliable.

LEPTOMYRINA, gen. nov.

Nearly related to typical Myrina (M. silenus, &c.), having the
same general wing outline and neuration ; it differs in its compara-
tively longer and far more slender antennae with abruptly thick-
ened club, rather more slender palpi, and the considerably shorter
and more delicate tails to the secondaries. Type L. phidias, Fabr.
(rabe, Boisd.).

406 DR. A. G. SUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [May 17,

64. LEPTOMYRIISTA HIRUNDO.

Thecla Jiirundo, Wallengren, Kongl. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad.
Handl. 1857, p. 35 (AmblypGdiah.}; Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr. ii.
p. 230, pi. 4. fig. 11 (1866).

Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

This is the most southern example of L. hirundo that I have
heard of ; our two examples are both from Natal.

65. VlRACHOLA L1YIA ?

Lyccena lima, Klug, Symb. Phys. pi. 40. figs. 3-6 (1834).

rf , Mgana, 12th July, 1896.

The male is somewhat shattered, but differs remarkably from
Arabian examples, all the markings below being bright mahogany-
red with blackish margins and whitish borders ; the internal area
of primaries buff.

66. VIRACHOLA LORISONA, var.

Myrina lorisona, Hewitson, 111. Diurn. Lep. p. 37, pi. 16.
figs. 48, 49 (1863).

rf , Mgana, 12th July, 1896.

The single example obtained differs so much from Hewitson's
type in the pattern of the upper surface, that, if we had not
possessed an intermediate specimen from West Africa, I should
have concluded that this Eastern variety must be distinct : the
secondaries would be best described as bright orange tawny, the
base, abdominal border, and a submedian streak smoky greyish
brown ; the usual bright blue subcostal sexual spot ; outer border
narrowly dark brown, slightly widest at apex : the orange patch
on the primaries is also much larger than in typical V. lorisona.
This is the first example which I have seen from East Africa.

67. VIRACHOLA DIOCLES.

Deudorix diodes, Hewitson, 111. Diurn. Lep., Suppl. p. 12, pi. v.
figs. 55, 56 (1869).

c? , Mgana, 26th July ; $ , Mayeras, 20th July, ] 896.

A single pair of this rare species was obtained ; it is new to
the general Collection. The female above is smoky greyish-brown,
the primaries with a diffused ashy patch between the cell and the
submedian vein ; the secondaries with a similar patch on the
median and lower radial interspaces ; the anal lobe is externally
golden orange, the usual internal black spot being sprinkled with
silvery blue scales : otherwise, excepting in its rounder wings,
it much resembles females of V. livia.

68. VIRACHOLA DARIAYES.

Deudorix dariaves, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xiii. p. 205
(1877).

S , Mgana, 23rd July, 1896.
Also new to the general Collection.
[12]

1898.] FROM BRITISH KAST AFRICA. 407

09. YiiiAcnoLA AXTALUS.

Dipsas coitalus, llopffer, Monatsb. k<'inigl. Akad. \Vi-scnsch.
Berlin, 1855, ]). 041.

tiitJion antalus, Peters's Iveise n. Mossamb., Ins. p. 400, pi. x\v.
figs. 7-9 (1802).

d 2, Mgana, 13th August, 1890.

70. IOLAUS piiiLippi's.

Hesperia pltili^pus, b'abricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. :'^'.> < l7'-'->).
£, Mgana, 13th August ; rf ? , Turu, 19th December, 1MJO ;
cJ d ? $ , Mombasa, 7tli January, 1S'J7.

71. loLAUS PACIIALICL'S.

Uypolyccena paclialica, J]ullor, P. Z. S. 1888, p. OD.
$ . Chanjamwe, Britisli East Africa, olst May: 07 (', , Tai-u.
December 20th, 1890; Mombasa, 7tli January, 1S97.

7-. AKGIOLAUS SILARUS.

lolaus silarus, II. 1~I. Druco, l^nt. Month. ^\Iag. vol. xxii. p. 154
(188-5).

J J , Taru, 18th December, 1890, and 1st February, L897 ; ? .
Ndara Jlills, 7th April, 1897.

This beautiful species, of which unfortunately only three ex-
amples were obtained, is quite new to the Museum collection.

P A P I L 1 O 2f I I) X.

73, MYLOTIIRIS AGATHIXA.

Papilio arjatltinci) Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pi. ccxxxvii. 1), E ( 1 7^-}.
3 $, Mgana, 2nd & Oth August; Taru, Kith December. 1MJO.

74. NYCIITTOXA MEDUSA, var. ALCESTA.

1'ajtilio alu'sla, Cramer, Pa]x Exot. iv. pi. ccelxxix. A (17>^).

Mgana, l;i;nd June, 2nd & llth August, 1890; Mombasa,
4th January: Maiingu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

After arranging the tine combined series of the Museum and
(lodman and Salvin collections, I have1 been forced to the con-
clusion that, at most, the genus Nycldtona consists ot two \cry
variable species — -JV. medusa (African) and X. tfiplim (Asiatic):
but, even then, several of the forms of each species are hardy, if
at all, distinguishable. In Kirby's Catalomie Cramer's incorrecl
locality 'Coast of Bengal' is adopted for A. nu-dnsn \ 1ml the
insect ligured is of a purely African variety and was probably
received from Sierra Leone.

75. TEKIAS UEIGITTA, var. /OE.

Tcrius zoe, lloplfer, Her. Verb. Akad. Berl. L855, p. 0-10;
Peters's Eeise n. Mossamb. v. p. 309, pi. 2:5. iigs. 1U, 11 (18(52).

J , Chanjamwe, 28th July, 1S90; J , Manjewa, 13th January,
1897.

408 DR. A. G. BUTLEE ON LEPLDOPTEEA [May 17,

76. TEEIAS SENEGALENSIS.

Terias senegalensis, Boisduval, Sp. Gen. Lep. i. p. 672 (1836).
rf c? , Taru, 16th & 19th December, 1896.

Var. BISINUATA, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii.
p. 485 (1876).

$ Samburu, 15th November, 1896.

77. TEEACOLUS CALAIS.

Papilio Calais, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pi. liii. C, D (1779).

c? $ , Taru, 13th & 18th December, 1896 ; Yoi, 1st May, 1897.

78. TEEACOLUS ERIS.

Pontia eris, Klug, Symb. Phys., Ins. pi. vi. figs. 15, 16 (1829).

$ . Teracolus abyssinicus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, ser. 4,
vol. xviii. p. 486 (1876).

Wet form. 3 3 $ $ , Taru, 22nd November, 13th, 16th, 19th,
& 20th December, 1896 ; 17th January, 1897.

Intermediate form, rf <$ $ , Maziwa-ya-Tayau, 16th February,
1897.

The eighteen examples obtained by Mr. Betton show the usual
uniformity of pattern characteristic of the Northern species of this
group, and are all readily separable from the Southern, East-
Central, and Western species, which Mr. Marshall proposed to
unite under one name : only one example of the yellow female (to
which I gave the name of T. abyssinicus) was obtained ; indeed
yellow females of the T. eris group seem to be rare.

79. TEEACOLTJS PUNICEUS.

c? . Teracolus puniceus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1888, p. 72 ; <$ $ , 1894,
pi. xxx vi. figs. 5, 6.

rf tf, Taru, 16th & 18th December, 1896.

80. TEEACOLUS HET^EEA.

cf. Gallosune hetcera, Gerstaecker, Arch, fiir Naturg. 1871,
p. 357 ; Von der Decken's Eeisen in Ost-Afrika, iv. 2, p. 365,
pi. xv. fig. 2 (1873).

c? d1 $ $ , Taru, 16th, 18th, & 20th December, 1896.

The wet form of the male and the yellow form of the female of
this species are new to the Museum series. Most of the specimens
are of wet or intermediate types, but one female combines a
wet-season upper surface with an extreme dry form of under
surface.

81. TEEACOLUS IMPEEATOE.

Teracolus imperator, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 132.
<5 c? , Mgana, 28th August ; $ , Samburu, 15th November ;
6 6 $ $ , Taru, 18th to 20th December, 1896.
A $ whitish-spotted black-tipped form of the wet-season phase
[14]

1898.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 409

as well as a magenta- glossed crimson-tipped example (both new to
me) were in the series.

82. TERACOLUS BETTONI, sp. n.

cJ . Teracolus phleyyas (part), Butler, cf. P. Z. S. 1894, p. 574.

This species at all seasons differs from the preceding in the
extremely narrow and much more glistening lilac apical patch or
band on the primaries of the male, its black inner edging almost
or wholly wanting, and in the deep indentation or complete
separation of the internal black stripe on the' primaries of the
female ; the latter sex is either white or yellow, the apical area
being either crossed by an orange patch or a row of white spots as
in T. imperator. The dry form of the male differs chiefly from
the wet form in the rosy colouring of the apex of the primaries
and the whole surface of the secondaries on the under surface,
whilst extreme wet types of the male are not only pearly white
below, but show an oblique discal series of black spots between the
costal vein and second median branch on the underside of the
secondaries : the female of the dry phase resembles the wet form
of T. plileyyas on the upperside and the dry form of that species
on the underside ; it is, however, larger and shows heavier black
markings. Expanse of wings, 3 58-71 millim., $ 62-69
millim.

Wet form. <$ <$ $ $ , Taru, 24th & 25th November, 15th,
18th, 19th, & 20th December, 1896 (one pair taken in copula).

Intermediate form. $ , Mgana, 2nd August, 1896.

Small, and with white unspotted under surface.

Dry form. $ , Ndara Hills, 7th April, 1897.

Fifteen examples were in Mr. Betton's collection.

83. TERACOLUS INCRETUS.

Teracolus increlus, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xviii. p. 146 (1881).
<j> $ , Mgana, 30th August, and Samburu, 15th November ; <$ ,
Taru, 18th December, 1896.

84. TERACOLUS EYARNE.

Pontia evarne, Klug, Symb. Phys. pi. vi. figs. 1-4 (1829).
Wet form, rf <3 , Mombasa, 7th January, 1897.
Intermediate form, tf, Mgana, 27th June, 1896 ( = T. syrtinus).
Dry form, rf, Voi, 4th July, 1897 (=T. citreus).

85. TERACOLUS HEUGLINI (vars. T. THRUPPI & JACKSONI).
Teracolus ihruppi, Butler, P. Z. S. 1885, p. 770, pi. xlvii. fig. 10

(Intermediate form.)

Teracolus jacksoni, E. M. Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. v. p. 336 (1890). (Wet form.) l

1 The two forms seem to occur together at the commencement and end
of the wet season, so far as I can judge ; but they differ very little. A more
marker! intermediate form may perhaps exist.

410 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [May 17,

c? $ , Mgana, 19th July, 13th & 30th August ; 3 , Samhuru,
26th October ; 3 3 $ $ , Taru, 13th, 18th, & 20th December,
1896.

86. TERACOLUS XANTHTJS.

Teracolus xanthus, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1884, p. 440, pi. xxxix.
fig. 10.

Wet form. 3 3 , Taru, 13th & 20th December, 1896 ; Mombasa,
7th January, 1897.

Intermediate form. 3 $ , Samburu, 26th October and 6th
November, 1896.

87. TERACOLUS ANTEVIPPE.

Anthocharis antevippe, Boisduval, Sp. Gen. Lep. i. p. 572
(1836).

Extreme wet form (var. subvenosus, Butler), 3 $ , Mgana,
28th August, 1896 ; Mombasa, 7th January j Manjewa, 13th
January, 1897.

88. TERACOLTJS QAVISA.

Anthopsyche gavisa, Wallengren, Lep. B-hop. Caffr. p. 13
(1857).

3 $ , Samburu, 15th November ; £ , Taru, 18th December,
1896.

89. TERACOLUS EXOLE.

Anthocharis exole 3 , Beiche, Eerr. & Gal. Voy. Abyss, pi. xxxi.
fig. 4 (1849).

Intermediate form (var. roxane, Felder). 3 $ , Taru, 22nd
November and 16th December, 1896.

As these were sent in one envelope it is probable that they
were taken in coitu. This is an argument in favour of the
distinctness of T. exole from T. omphale : the male is imperfect.

90. TERACOLUS OMPHALE.

Pieris omphale, Godart, Enc. Meth. ix. p. 122 (1819).

Wet form, tf $ , Mgana, 13th & 28th August ; Samburu,
1st November; $,Taru, 13th December, 1896; tf, Mombasa,
7th January ; Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

91. TERACOLUS PSEUDACASTE.

Teracolus pseudacaste, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 156, pi. vi. fig. 11.

Intermediate form. 3 3 , Samburu, 26th & 28th October,
6th November ; J $ , 15th November, 1896.

Wet form. 3 3 , Taru, 16th December, 1896 ; Mombasa, 7th
January, 1897, $ same date.

The female from Mombasa is the blackest and most interesting
variety that I have seen.
[16]

1898.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 411

92. TERACOLTJS LEO.

Teracolus leo, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xvi.
p. 397 (1865).

Wet-season form. $ , Tarn, 19th December, 1896.

Dry-season form. 9. , Mbuyuni, 14th June, 1897; tf d, Voi,
4th July, 1897.

The dry form is quite new to science (excepting for the single
starved and faded male without locality noted in my Revision of
the genus, cf. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xx. p. 501,
1897). The male at this season chiefly differs from that of the
wet-season in the bluer tint of the grey basal area of the primaries,
but the orange is sometimes carried above the first median branch
and the dusky submarginal markings are sometimes wanting ; the
underside differs in its flesh-coloured suffusion, which is very well-
defined at apex of primaries and over the basal, costal, and internal
areas of the secondaries. The female of the dry form resembles
T. ccelestis of Swinhoe (the dry form of the female of T. hdlimede),
but has the discal black spots across the primaries widely
separated from the outer border by a broad intervening belt of
the yellow ground-colour: on the underside the apex of the
primaries and the whole of the secondaries are fleshy brown, and
the transverse spots are much darker than in T. ccelestis.

93. TERACOLUS VENOSUS.

c? . Idmais venosa, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 43, pi. xxiii.
(1885) ; $ , Holland, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xviii. p. 759
(1896).

cJ rf $ $ , Taru, 22nd November ; 13th, 16th, 18th, & 19th
December, 1896.

This species was badly needed for the Museum series ; there-
fore I was pleased to find that Mr. Betton had secured a fair
number of specimens.

94. TERACOLTJS HELVOLTJS, var.

Teracolus helvolus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1888, p. 94.

$ , Mbuyuni, 7th April : rf , Voi, 25th April ; between Voi
and Ndi (88 miles from Mombasa), 16th May; Voi, 4th July,
1897.

These specimens are particularly interesting ; they are almost
as large as T. aurigineus, but of the exact pattern and coloration
of the dry form of T. helvolus. We have corresponding examples
of the wet form obtained at Kilimanjaro ; a specimen of the latter
from Mombasa, however, scarcely differs in size from Somali
examples.

95. TERACOLTJS CATACHRYSOPS.

Teracolus catachrysops, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,
vol. ii. p, 178 (1878).

Dru form. 9 , Chaniamwe, 18th June, 1896.

[17]

412 DE. A. G. BUTLEE ON LEPIDOPTEEA [May 17.

Wet form, tf g £ , Mombasa, 4th January, 1897.

I now have another proof of the absurdity of calling this very
distinct species a variety of T. mutans, inasmuch as the dry form
is seen to differ from the wet chiefly in the redder colouring of
the bands on the under surface, whereas in T. mutans the whole
under surface of the secondaries and of the apex of primaries
becomes clay-coloured with a pink suffusion, the bands being
indistinct.

96. TEEACOLUS PEOTOMEDIA.

Pontia protomedia, Klug, Symb. Phys., Ins. pi. viii. figs. 13, 14
(1829).
' cJ c? $ , Taru, 20th December, 1896.

97. CATOPSILIA FLOEELLA.

Papilio florella, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 479 (1775).

rf , Chanjamwe, 10th June ; <S £ , Taru, 18th & 19th
December, 1896 ; J $ , Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March ; rf <J ,
Ndara Hills, 6th & 7th April, 1897.

98. PHEISSUEA LASTI.

Mylothris lasti, Grose-Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. iii. p. 124 (1889) ; Eliop. Exot. ii. Belen. pi. ii. figs. 1-3 (1892).
c? , Mgana, 26th July ; c? $ , 13th August, 1896.

99. BELENOIS THYSA.

Pieris ihysa, Hopffer, Ber. Verb. Akad. Berl. 1855, p. 639 ;
Peters's Eeise n. Mossamb., Ins. p. 349, pi. xxi. figs 7-10
(1862).

cJ $ , Mgana, 2nd August, 1896.

100. BELENOIS CEEONA.

Papilio creona, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pi. xcv. C-F (1779).
cJ $ , Mgana, 13th July ; <J cf , Chanjamwe, 28th July ; Taru,
20th December, 1896 ; and Voi, 1st May, 1897.

101. BELENOIS MESENTINA, var. LOEDACA.

Pieris lordaca, "Walker, Entomologist, 1870, p. 48.

c? c? $ $ , Maziwa-ya Tayau, 8th to 17th February, 1897.

Mr. Betton took no less than twenty-eight examples of this
abundant species, most of them having been caught on the 16th
February.

102. BELENOIS GIDIOA.

Pieris gidica, Godart, Enc. Meth. ix. p. 131 (1819).

c? rf , Mgana, 28th June ; Taru, 18th & 19th December, 1896 ;
Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

All four specimens (including that obtained at the end of June)
are of the wet-season phase.

1 898.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA.

103. GLUTOPHRISSA CONTRACTA, var.

Glutophrissa contracta, Butler, P. Z. S. 1888, p. 75.

Dry form. rf $ , Mgana, 12th July, 1896.

A rather shattered pair was obtained, but the specimens are of
great interest to us as showing the seasonal modification of the
species. The dry form somewhat resembles G. flavida of Mada-
gascar (which is doubtless the dry form of G. malatha\ but it
differs in the well-defined outer border on the upperside of the
secondaries and in the character of the male, which does not differ
from wet-season examples of G. contracta.

104. PlNACOPTERYX LILIANA.

Belenois liliana, Grose-Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol.-iii. p. 122 (1889) ; Ehop. Exot. ii. pi. i. figs. 7-9 (1893).
c? . Mgana, 22nd June : $ , Samburu, 15th November, 1896.

105. HERP^GISIA MELANARGE.

Herpcenia melanarge, Butler, P. Z. S. 1885, p. 774.
Herpcenia iterata, Butler, P. Z. S. 1888, p. 96.
Dry-season form (H. melanarge). tf , Mgana, 26th July, 1896.
Wet-season form (H. iterata). £ , Taru, 22nd November, rf 16th
December, $ 19th December, 1896.

106. LEUCERONIA BUQUETII.

Callidryas buquetii, Boisduval, Sp. Gen. Lep. i. p. 607 (1836).
Taru, 13th, 19th, & 20th December, 1896 ; Voi, 1st May, 1897.

107. ERONIA DILATATA.

Eronia dilatata, Butler, P. Z. S. 1888, p. 96.

Mgana, 6th, llth, & 30th August ; Samburu, 26th October ;
Taru, 22nd November, 13th & 16th December, 1896 ; Maungu
Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

The dry form has slightly narrower black borders to the wings
and a slightly deeper-coloured underside than the wet form.

108. ERONIA LEDA.

Dryas leda, Boisduval, App. Voy. de Deleg. p. 588 (1847).
c? c? $ , Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

109. PAPILIO CORINNETJS.

Papilio corinneus, Bertoloni, Mem. Ace. Bologna, 1849, p. 9,
pi. i. figs. 1-4.

Chanjamwe, 14th June, 1896 ; Mombasa, 4th January, 1897.

110. PAPILIO PHILONOE.

Papilio philonoe, Ward, Ent. Month. Mag. x. p. 152 (1873).
Mombasa, 7th January ; Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.
PROC. ZOOL. Soc.— 1898, No. XXVIII. 28

[19]

414 DE. A. G. BUTLEE ON LEPIDOPTEEA. [May 17,

111. PAPILIO DEMOLEITS.

Papilio demoleus, Linnaeus, Mus. Lud. IJlr. p. 214 (1764).

Taru, 18th & 20th December, 1896; Mombasa, 4th January;
Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March ; between Voi and Ndi, 1 9th May,
1897.

112. PAPILIO CONSTANTINUS.

Papilio constantinus, Ward, Ent. Month. Mag. viii. p. 34 (1871) ;
Afric. Lep. i. pi. i. figs. 1, 2 (1873).

Two pairs, Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

1 13. PAPILIO NIEEUS.

Papilio nireus, Linnaeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 217 (1764).

$ , Mombasa, 4th January ; J c? $ , Maungu Tnkubwa, 21st
March, 1897.

I must confess that I see no possible reason for separating this
variable species under two distinctive names.

114. PAPILIO MEEOPE (var. DAEDANUS, Brown).
Papilio merope, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pi. cli. A, B (1779).

^ 6 $ , Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

Although I do not consider that the Eastern type should be
regarded as identical with the Western, it is more convenient
(until the forms of so-called P. merope have been thoroughly
studied) to retain this name for them all. The Southern form is
apparently identical with the Eastern one, but the true P. werope
of Cramer seems to me to be the West- African type with black-
and-white female. The corresponding Eastern form is that now
received, the female being also of the black-and-white type, but
the male differing in constantly having a broad continuous black
belt across the secondaries ; it thus comes nearest to the male of
P. cenea, which Mr. Trimen regards as a variety of the same species ;
perhaps he has proved this point, but it seems odd for the same
insect to mimic two totally dissimilar Danaince.

HESPEEIID^E.

115. SAEANGESA ELIMINATA.

Sarangesa eliminata, Holland, P.Z. S. 1896, p. 9, pi. v. fig. 2.

Taru, 22nd November and 20th December, 1896; Voi, 22nd
April, 2nd May, and 22nd June, 1897.

The specimen obtained on the 22nd April is a distinct mtergrade
to S. pertusa, and I believe, when the species of this group are
better understood, it will be found impossible to separate most of
the species of the S. motozi group ; they are simply ridiculously
close, whilst (so far as I can judge from our poor series) they
probably all occur together. We have S. pertusa, S. synestalmenus,
and S. motozioides occurring with S. motozi in Nyasaland ; S. per-
[20]

1898.1 FROM BRITISH EAST APEICA. 41 5

tusa and S. motozi in Soutb Africa ; S. pertusa var. and S. eliminata
in British East Africa at the same spot ; we have S. pertusa from
Aden, and S. eliminata from Abyssinia. Altogether these forms
do not look like good distinct species.

116. SAEANGESA

Pterygospidea djcelcelce, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vetensk.-
Akad. Handl. 1857 ; Lep. Khop. Caffr. p. 54.
Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

117. PTEGUS BETTONI, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 1.)

Nearest to P. zebra and P. asterodia, but not very closely allied
to any African species known to me, and on the upper surface
somewhat resembling the New-World P. asychis. Upper surface
black-brown ; a white spot near the base of each discoidal cell ; a
central interrupted white belt, not reaching the borders of the
wings, commencing with a subcostal dot on the primaries, where it
is divided into three quadrate spots by the first and second median
branches, oblique and terminating in a subconfluent dot on the
secondaries ; a transverse trifid subapical white bar on the pri-
maries, and a single small spot on the second median interspace ;
submarginal series of dots unequal, the first, second, and fifth
extremely minute ; in the secondaries the first, fourth, fifth, and
sixth extremely minute ; fringe white, varied with blackish at the
extremities of the veins : body normal. Primaries below dark
greyish, but with the usual copper-brown reflections ; white spots
broader and more confluent than above, internal border greyish
white ; secondaries with the basal two-thirds and abdominal border
white ; a spot across the base of the cell and a broad irregular
oblique belt from near base of costa across the cell, a short central
costal streak and a spot just below the latter, greyish olivaceous ;
external third occupied by a broad belt of the same colour, slightly
flecked with whitish and grey at apex and towards anal angle (so
as vaguely to indicate the pale outer border which occurs in P. zebra);
fringe of all the wings white, spotted with grey. Body below
sordid white, the venter rather purer than the pectus. Expanse of
wings 24 millim.

Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

118. PYKGUS DEOMUS.

Pyrgus dromus, Plot/, Mitth. naturw. Vereins, 1884, p. 6.
Mgana, 30th August, 1896.

Unfortunately only a single example of this pretty little Pyrgu*
was obtained.

119. PAEOSMODES ICTEEIA.

Pamphila icteria, Mabille, C.R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv.
p. clxxx (1821).

Mgana, 5th July, 13th & 30th August, 1896.

[21]

416 DB. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTEBA [May 17,

120. BAORIS FATUELLUS.

Pamphila fatuellus, Hopffer, Monatsber. k. Akad. Wissensch.
Berl. 1855, p. 643; Peters's Reise n. Mossainb., Ins. p. 417,
pi. xxvii. figs. 3, 4 (1862).

Mwachi River, 7th June, 1896.

121. BAORIS ATJBITINCTUS, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 2.)

Form of B.fatuellus, primaries with exactly similar transparent
white spots ; an elliptical patch below the median vein and the
commencement of its first branch, a small spot above the submedian
vein (representing the white spot frequently present in B.fatuellus),
and a pilose internal streak bronzy ochraceous, the whole wing-
surface also glossed with golden bronze : secondaries more distinctly
glossed with golden, the long hair clothing the discoidal and
internal areas to the centre of the disc being bronzy ochraceous ;
two unequal subapical transparent yellowish spots placed obliquely ;
fringes of all the wings smoky brown, tipped with bone-white
excepting towards apex of primaries. Body of the ordinary type,
blackish with bronzy green reflections on head and thorax and
golden cupreous reflections on abdomen ; a shoulder-spot and a
spot on each side of the head, close to the eyes, ochreous ; antennae
bronze tipped with purplish black. Under surface brownish grey,
densely irrorated with ochraceous excepting on the internal areas :
otherwise very like B. fatuellus. Expanse of wings 34 millim.

Taru, 20th December, 1896.

Only one example obtained.

122. CERATRICHIA STELLATA.

Ceratrichia stellata, Mabille, C.R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. Ixv.

Mgana, 13th & 28th August, 1896.

I quite agree with Dr. Holland that this species differs from
typical Ceratrichia in its shorter antennae, &c., but I do not like it a
bit better in Cydopides (which it is not half so much like in pattern).
As Dr. Holland has not proposed a new generic location for it, I
Drefer, for the present, to let the species rest where M. Mabille
placed it.

123. RHOPALOCAMPTA FORESTAN.

Papilio forestan, Cramer, Pap. Exot, iv. pi. cccxci. E, F (1782).
Ndara Hills, 7th April, 1897.

The Moths in the collection are not in such good condition as
the Butterflies, but most of them are recognizable ; some are of
great beauty and quite new to the Museum collection ; others we
had previously only received from South Africa or from the
W<- Bt coast. As might be expected, not a few are new to science.
Thi following is as complete an account of them as could be made.

[22]

1898.] FROM BEITISH EAST AFRICA. 417

II. HETEEOCEEA.
STNTOMIDJB.

124. APISA CANESCENS.

Apisa canescens, Walker, Lep. Het. iv. p. 917 (1855).

Camp near 119 miles inland from Mombasa, 7th July, 1897.

The single female example is smaller than any example of that
sex which I have hitherto seen, but we have no East-African speci-
mens obtained further north than Natal. It is just possible that
this may be a small race of the species, as Sir George Hampson
informs me that he has seen a male from East Africa still smaller
than the female now received.

125. ETTCHROMIA AMCEWA.

Euchromia amoena, Moeschler, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxxiii. p. 350
(1872).

Mayera, 17th July ; Taru, 20th December, 1896.

This is the species which I called E. africana ; Herr Moeschler
erroneously gave Silhet as its habitat.

ARCTIIDJ&.

126. ALOA BIVITTATA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 3.)

Most nearly allied to A. punctistriga from India. Primaries
cream-coloured, the costal border and veins pale testaceous ; a
black dot at base of subinediah veins, and a black dot on the lower
discocellular vein pierced by a longitudinal blackish-brown streak
which runs to outer margin ; a second short and more slender
streak, in the areole above it, also running to outer margin ;
secondaries pure white. Antennae white with black pectinations ;
head ochreous, becoming chalky white at sides and back of collar ;
thorax chalky white ; abdomen ochreous, white at base and with
dorsal transverse black bars, of which the first and seventh are
widest and the fourth to sixth most delicate ; a black spot on each
side of anal segment. Wings below white, the primaries with buff
costal borders ; pectus white, smoky brown in front ; legs smoky
brown, the hind femora pale ochreous in front ; venter white, with
a blackish lateral stripe not extending over the last two segments.
Expanse of wings 41 millim.

Mbana, 28th June, 1896.

Only one example was obtained.

127. LACYDES ARBORIFERA.

Lacydes arborifera, Butler, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 26 (1875).

Samburu, 1st November, 1896.

Previously only recorded from West Africa.

128. LACYDES GRACILIS, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 4.)

9 . Allied to L. vocula and L. smithii (Conchylia smiihii, Holland) :

[23]

41& D&. A. G. BUTLER OK LEPIDOPTERA [May 17,

primaries comparatively narrower l, pale cupreous brown ; a silvery
white costal streak from base tapering to a point just before the
basal third ; the remainder of costal area unmarked almost to apex,
where a silvery white baud commences, runs obliquely to the
upper radial (vein 6), where it joins a longitudinal discoidal streak
tapered at each extremity and commencing in the cell just beyond
the termination of the costal streak ; a longitudinal interno-median
streak tapering towards the base and confluent on outer margin,
with a short narrower stripe above the first median branch, thus
forming a kind of L-shaped character ; above the latter along the
outer border is a cuneiform patch of silvery white, deeply incised
at third median branch ; base of internal border white, terminated
by an oblique spot of brown slightly darker than the ground-colour,
beyond which is a whitish patch ; secondaries pearly white,
unspotted. Body much rubbed, but probably very similar to that
of L. vocMla. Under surface of wings as above, excepting that the
ground-colour of the primaries is a little paler and greyer. Expanse
of wings 35 millim.

Marago ya Fundi, Taru desert, 2nd March, 1897.

Unfortunately only one example was obtained, but it seems to
differ too much from either of the species above noted to be a
variety ; the absence of the white costal markings and the much
more regular character of the markings seem likely to be trust-
worthy distinctions.

I am quite unable to identify the following with any genus of
LitTiosiince : —

BETTOKTA, gen. nov.

Nearest to Dictenus (ButL), general aspect of Eubaphe ; the
palpi extremely small, slender, directed forwards ; proboscis short
but well-developed ; antennae (of female) about one-third the
length of primaries, simple, somewhat thick ; primaries elongate-
triangular, costal vein running to second third of costa ; subcostal
five-branched, the second and third from a long footstalk, the
fourth and fifth from a short footstalk ; secondaries with the sub-
costal branches from a long footstalk ; the other veins all well
separated at their origins. Type B, ferruginea.

129. BETTONIA FERRFGINEA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 5.)

$ . Tawny ferruginous ; primaries above with a slightly greyish
tinge and a black spot in the centre of the discoidal cell ; all the
wings with a black discocellular spot. Expanse of wings 20
millim.

$ , Yoi, 2nd May, 1897.

130. LEXIS BIPTJNCTIGERA.

Lithosia bipunctigera, Wallengren, Wien. ent. Monatschr. 1860,
p 45.

1 This is, however, probably only a sexual character.
124]

1898.] PEOM BRITISH EAST AERJCA. 419

Lexis bipunctigera, Wallengren, 1. c. 1863, p. 146.

Setina quadrinotata, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxxi. p. 237 (1864).

$ , Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

Of this species we only possess Walker's rather imperfect type
from Natal ; it is, therefore, a welcome addition.

The genus Lexis is allied to Sozuza, although the pattern of
L. bipunctigera $ reminds one rather forcibly of that of (Eonistis
quadra £ (to which it is certainly not closely related). It ,s
characterized as distinct from Sozuza by the absence of the post-
discoidal areole (or false cell) in the primaries, by the much greater
length of the costal vein, with which the first subcostal branch
anastomoses ; the third and fourth branches emitted as in Sozuza,
but the fifth branch emitted from the fourth instead of from
before the emission of the third. In the secondaries the so-called
second and third median branches (now recognized as the second
median and lower radial) form a much shorter furca than in
Sozuza.

NYCTEMERID^E.

131. TERINA TENUIS.

Aletis tennis, Butler, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 385.

Terina fulva, Hampson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. vi.
p. 183 (1891).

Mgana, 13th August, 1896.

A beautiful species of which we should have been glad to
obtain examples ; unfortunately Mr. Betton only secured one.

132. PlTTHEA TEIFASCIATA.

Turckheimia trifasciata, Dewitz. Verb. Leop.-Carol. Akad. xlii.
p. 82, pi. 3. fig. 3 (1881).

$ , Mgana, 13th August, 1896; 3 $ $ , Mombasa, 4th & 7th
January, 1897.

133. SECUSIO STRIGATA.

Secusio strigata, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ii. p. 550 (1864).
Taru, $ $ , 22nd November and 19th December, 1896.

134. LEPTOSOMA LEUCONOE.

Nyctemera leuconoe, Hopffer, Monatsber. konigl. Akad.Wissensch.
Berlin, 1857, p. 422; Peters's Beise n. Mossamb., Ins. p. 430,
pi. xxviii. fig. 3 (1862).

Mgana, 22nd June and 12th July ; Taru, 19th December, 1896.

135. LEPTOSOMA FALLAX ?

Nyctemera fallax, Holland, Ent. News Philad. 1893, p. 59.

d , Taru, 17th January, 1897.

We only have a single female of this species in the Museum
collection ; the present male does not seem to differ more from it
than the sex would account for ; but, as the type of L.fallax was

[25]

420 DB. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [May 17,

from the West, I feel no certainty of the specific identity of the
two insects.

136. J^GOCERA TRICOLOR.

JEgocera tricolor, Druce, Ent. Month. Mag. vol. xx. p. 155
(1883).

Samburu, 10th & 15th November, 1896 ; between Voi and Ndi,
22nd May, 1897.

The last example obtained is of interest on account of the
distortion of the subapical patch across the right primary. It
seems to me not at all unlikely that this may prove to be only a
form of &. leucomelas with orange secondaries ; a similar variation
in colouring occurs in the very closely related 2E. trimeni and in
^E. triplagiata.

137. EUPLEXIA OPPOSITA.

Mamestra opposite Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxxii. p. 667 (1865).
Mbuyuni, 29th May, 1897.

138. AMYNA SELENAMPHA.

Amyna selenampTia, Guenee, Noct. i. p. 406 (1852).
Samburu, 28th October, 1896.

One rather rubbed example of this abundant species was
obtained.

139. TARACHE UPSILON.

Calophasia upsilon, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxxiii. p. 763.
Samburu, 2nd November ; Taru, 24th November, 1896, 21st
January, 1897.

140. TARACHE PORPHYREA, sp. n.

General pattern of both sexes similar to that of T. tropica ;
coloration of primaries nearer to T. ardoris but more clouded.
Primaries of male with the basal two-thirds bone-whitish, clouded
and transversely banded with plumbeous grey, varied with
olivaceous ; a black spot at end of cell, but none in the cell, the
pale area terminating beyond the cell in the usual pale-edged
blackish olivaceous 3~snaPed character impinging upon the ex-
ternal third, which is glistening sepia-brown ; the external border
faintly indicated excepting at the extremity of the median areoles
and at the external angle, where it becomes whitish ; the two
patches connected internally by a zigzag whitish line ; a marginal
series of black dots, barely visible excepting upon the pale patches :
secondaries silky smoke-brown, a little darker on outer border and
slightly cupreous in certain lights. Thorax whitish, more or less
varied with greyish ; abdomen whitish or grey, that of the female
sometimes grey, with the posterior borders of the segments buff.
[26]

1898.] PROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 421

Wings below glistening grey, the internal area of primaries whitish,
the costal border and external margin in the female varied with
ochreous ; the secondaries in this sex also somewhat paler, slightly
yellowish towards costa, especially from the middle, and crossed by
an irregular oblique subapical grey band ; a dark grey spot at end
of cell : body below milk-white, tibiae and tarsi barred with grey.
Expanse of wings 19-20 millim.

3 2 » between Voi and Ndi, 88 miles from Mombasa, 4th June,
1897.

In 1884 we received a slightly smaller pair of this species from
Accra ; but these are all that I have seen of it.

141. TARACHE sp.

$ . Probably new, but too imperfect to describe ; it is nearly
related to a very beautiful unnamed female (also from British East
Africa) in the Museum collection ; but differs in so many details
of colouring, that I cannot venture to regard it as a variety of that
insect : also, in this genus, in which the sexes often differ to a
marvellous degree, it is not satisfactory to describe from a female
alone.

$ , between Voi and Ndi, 4th June, 1897.

142. TARACHE ADMOTA.

Acontia admota, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. v. pi. cviii. fig. 31
(1875).

Samburu, 31st October, 1896.

I have previously seen this insect from extreme North and
from South Africa ; but it is new to us from East Africa. In fresh
examples the markings on the primaries are bright olive-green ;
the figure in the 4 Novara Voyage ' is not characteristic.

143. POLYDESMA UMBR1COLA.

Polydesma umbricola, Boisduyal, Faune Ent. de Madag., Lep.
p. 108, pi. 13. fig. 5.

$ $ , Voi, 2nd May and 16th July ; between Voi and Ndi,
18th May, 1897.

Two damaged females of Ericeia inangulata, Guen., were
obtained at Samburu (Oct. 26th) and Taru (Nov. 28th).

144. CYLIGRAMMA LATONA.

Phalwna (Noctua) latona, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. p. 20, pi. xiii. B
(1779).

Samburu, 17th & 20th November ; Taru, 22nd, 24th, & 28th
November, 6th & 9th December, 1896 ; between Voi and Ndi,
18th May, 1897.

145. CYLIGRAMMA FLUOTTTOSA.

Phalcena (Noctua) fluctuosa, Drury, 111. Exot. Ent. ii. p. 24,
pi. xiv. fig. 1.

[27]

422 DB. A. G. BUTLEE ON LEPIDOPTEEA [May 17,

Var. Oyligramma rudilinea, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xiv. p. 1311
(1857).

Var. Cyligramma limacina, Gruerin, Icon. Kegne Anim., Ins.
pi. 89. fig. 2, texte p. 520.

Mgana, oth & 6th August ; three miles north of Samburu,
23rd October ; Taru, 20th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, & 28th November,
1896.

Three examples agreeing with C. limacina, the remainder inter-
mediate between the latter and C. rudilinea ; therefore typical.
This form of the species is new to the Museum collection.

146. DYSGONIA ABKEGANS, var.

Ophiusa ? dbnegans, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xv. p. 1831 (1858).

Mgana, 27th July and 30th August, 1896.

Neither of the two specimens obtained quite agrees with
Walker's type from Sierra Leone, though one is nearer than the
other. It is very important to secure these aberrant examples, as
only thus can we hope to comprehend the variability of the species
in this genus (which at times is considerable). I am quite satisfied
that D. neptunia of Holland is Walker's D. conjuncture^ and I am
not at all certain that D. palpalis of Walker is more than a variety
of the same species.

In the Eastern specimens of D. abnegans before me the band
forming the inner limitation of the bicoloured central belt on the
primaries is less inarched at costa, though more so in one example
than in the other ; the subapical markings vary individually.

147. DYSGONIA ANGULAEIS.

Ophiusa angularis, Boisduval, Faune Ent. de Madag., Lep.
p. 103, pi. 13. fig. 2.

Mgana, 27th July, 1896 ; Mombasa, 8th January ; between Voi
and Ndi, 18th May, 1897.

New to the Museum series from Eastern Africa.

148. ACHJEA LIENAEDI.

Ophiusa lienardi, Boisduval, Faune Ent. de Madag., Lep. p. 102,
pi. 15. fig. 5.

Taru, 20th December, 1896.

149. GrEAMMODES STOLID A.

Noctua stolida, Fabricius, Sp. Ins. ii. p. 218.
Machuma, 21st February, 1897.
New to the Museum from East Africa.

150. SPHINGOMOEPHA MONTEIEONIS.

Spiling omorpJia monteironis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,
vol. xvi. p. 406 (1875).

Mkwajuni, 20th & 21st October ; three miles north of
Samburu, 23rd October ; Taru, 6th December, 1896.
[28]

1898.] F11OM BRITISH BAST AFRICA. 423

151. GrNAMPTOlSTX TREFOLIATA, sp. 11.

General aspect of an Acronycta, but belonging to the quadrifid
group of Noctuidce. Primaries earthy brown, sprinkled all over
with pale lavender scales ; an ill-defined, dusky, oblique costal
streak entering discoidal cell just above the orbicular spot, which
is whitish, outlined in black ; the reniform stigma is represented
by a large irregular black-edged marking, not unlike a hawthorn or
trefoil leaf with the mid-rib directed inwards to below the orbicular
spot ; an oblique costal streak at apical fourth, external border
ashy lavender, its inner margin widely and deeply sinuated
between costa and first median branch, but diffused below the
latter ; a vague indication of a dusky annulus on inner margin
near external angle ; a series of small black submarginal spots ;
fringe whitish, sprinkled \yith earthy-brown scales ; secondaries
sericeous white with a very faint fleshy tint ; the external area
dust greyish ; a marginal series of black dashes : fringe white at
base, greyish externally : head brownish grey, collar less brown,
ashy in front and at the sides ; thorax ashy ; abdomen huffish white
irrorated with grey. Wings below white, slightly huffish and
irrorated with dark brown scales on costal and apical areas ; a
marginal series of blackish spots ; secondaries with a dusky spot
on upper discocellular : body below sordid huffish white ; front of
pectus, palpi and legs above brownish irrorated with blackish, the
tarsi with white tips to the joints. Expanse of wings 60 millim.

Between Voi and Ndi, 2nd June, 1897.

Unfortunately only one example of this species was obtained.
I am indebted to Sir George Hampson for pointing out its
affinities; despite its dissimilarity from the type of his genus
Gnamptonyx, it corresponds with it so closely in structure that I
have no doubt of its correct location.

152. BANIANA INTORTA.

Baniana intorta, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1891, p. 150 ;
Hampson, 111. Typ. Het. ix. pi. 163. fig. 3.
$ , Taru, 23rd November, 1896.

New to the Museum from Eastern Africa, though we have it
from Natal and Accra.

153. COLBUSA PENTAGONAL1S.

Colbusapentagonalis, Butler, P. Z. S. 1894, p. 589, pi. xxxvii. fig. 8.
Samburu, 7th November, 1896.

A larger and better example than the type, and therefore a
desirable acquisition.

154. TRIGONODES HTPPASIA.

Phalcena-Noctua hippasia, Cramer, Pap. Exot, iii. pi. ccl. E
(1782).

Mbuyuni, 25th April; between Voi and Ndi, 20th & 22nd
May ; Voi, 26th June, 1897.

r29]

424 DE. A. G.. BTJTLEE ON LEPIDOPTEEA [May 17,

155. EEMIGIA AECHESIA.

Phalcena-Noctua archesia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 145
pi. cclxxiii. F, G (1782).

Mgana, 27th July and 18th August, 1896.

156. EEMIGIA EEPAKDA.

Noctua repanda, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 2, p. 49 (1793).
Mgana, 27th July, 20th, 27th, & 30th August, 1896.

157. ENTOMOGEAMMA NIGEICEPS.

Renodes ? nigriceps, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xv. p. 1595 (1858).
Mgana. 5th August, 1896.

158. OPHIODES FINIFASCIA.

Nephelodes finifascia, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xv. p. 1676 (1858).
Taru, 4th February, 1897.
One imperfect example.

159. PASIPEDA EOSEIYENTEIS.

Asymbata roseiventris, Gerstaecker, in Von der Decken's Eeisen
in Ost-Afrika, iii. 2, p. 378, pi. xv. fig. 8 (1873).

c? , Yoi, 30th April; $ , between Voi andNdi, 4th June, 1897.

The male is the first example of that sex which I have seen ;
the species sesms to be rare, though nearly related to the common
Indian P. satellitia ; possibly it has simply not been collected.

160. HALASTUS MVITIOSUS.

Opliideres divitiosa, Walker, Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow, vol. i.
p. 356, pi. vii. fig. 11 (1869).
Machuma, 22nd February, 1897.

161. AEGADESA MATEENA.

Phalcena-Noctua materna^ Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. ii. p. 840 (1767).
c? , Samburu, 15th November, 1896 ; $ , Maungu Inkubwa, 21st
March, 1897.

162. COSMOPHILA EEOSA.

Anomis erosa, Hiibner, Exot. Schmett. Zutr. ii. p. 19, figs. 287,
288.

$ , Samburu, 16th November, 1896.

163. HYPOCALA DEFLOEATA, var. PLUMICOENTS.
Hypocala plumicornis, Guenee, Noct.iii. p. 75 (1852).
Samburu, 14th November, 1896.

164. PLUSIA EEIOSOMA.

Plusia eriosoma, Doubleday in Dieffenbach's New Zealand, i.
p. 285 (1843).

[30]

1898.] FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA. 42")

Samburu, 7th, 8th, & 16th November ; Tarn, 22nd November
& 20th December, 1896.
This abundant species seems to be almost cosmopolitan.

165. ElSOBA OBSTRTTCTA.

Risoba obstructa, Moore, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 328 ; Lep. Ceylon, iii.
p. 2, pi. cxliv. figs. 2, 2 a, 2 b (1884).
Samburu, 2nd November, 1896.
This is quite new to the African fauna.

166. GONITIS SABULIFERA.

Gonitis sabulifera, Guene'e, Noct. ii. p. 404 (1852).

Mgana, 30th August; Samburu, 31st October, 4th & 7th
November ; Taru, 24th, 27th, & 28th November, 9th December,
1896.

Many of the specimens belong to the variety named by
Walker G. involuta. The species is new to us from East Africa,
though we have it both from Abyssinia and Natal.

167. MARASMALUS DISCISTRIGA.

Eutdia discitriga (sic), Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxxiii. p. 823
(1865).

Samburu, 4th November ; Taru, 1st December, 1896.

I have never previously seen this species from Eastern Africa,
but we have it from Aden, and therefore it probably is to be found
in the extreme North.

168. ZETHES BETTONI, sp. n.

Closely allied to Z. Tiesperioides, having exactly the same outline,
structure, and nearly the same pattern ; it is, however, distinctly
smaller; the peculiar hatchet-shaped central belt across the
primaries is pale buffish, flesh-tinted or greyish, with the borders
of the lower half very black in fresh specimens ; the pale costal
dots are sometimes much whiter than in the species from Java and
Burma, and the subquadrate costal patch towards apex paler and
therefore less prominent ; the submarginal line on all the wings is
whitish with dark brown borders ; on the under surface the
resemblance to Z. hesperioides is again very great, but the basal
area is paler, the narrow dark-bordered transverse central band
usually paler, sometimes quite white, the discal belt sometimes
much darker than in any specimens of the larger species. Expanse
of wings, 3 31-32 millim., $ 29-32 millim.

Taru, 1st, 6th, & 9th December, 1896.

169. EGNASIA VIOARIA.

Thyridospila vicaria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxxv. p. 1972
(1866).

Mgana, 1st August, 1896.

[31]

426 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [May 17,

170. BAPARSTA LIMBATA, sp. n.

2 . Primaries above pale coffee reddish, sericeous ; the costal
border whity brown ; external border narrowly and unevenly pale
grey-brownish bounded internally by a partly zigzag, partly widely
sinuous, white submarginal line, the latter bounded internally towards
apex and towards external angle by a diffused dusky patch ; central
area of wing enclosed by two indistinct crenulated grey lines, the
inner one interrupted in the cell by a white *> orbicular ' dot ; reni-
form stigma also white, partly edged with leaden grey; a marginal
series of black dots : secondaries pale smoky brown, sericeous,
slightly greyer towards outer margin ; fringes of all the wings
grey inclining to blackish, with whity-brown basal line. Head
and collar whity brown, somewhat pearly ; thorax flesh-reddish ;
abdomen whity brown. Under surface sericeous whity brown, the
wings irrorated with greyish and with dusky marginal dots.
Expanse of wings 25 millim.

Taru, 2nd February, 1897.

Unfortunately only one example of this very distinct species
was obtained.

171. HYPENA VTJLGATALIS.

Hypena vulgatatis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xvi. p. 82 (1858).
Samburu, 2nd November, 1896.

A single somewhat worn specimen, but new to us from Eastern
Africa.

172. OPHIUCHE MASITRIALIS.

Hypena masurialis, Guenee, Delt. et Pyral. p. 38 (1854).
Samburu, 8th & 12th November, 1896.

New to us from East Africa, though we have it from the North,
South, and West.

173. BHYNCHINA TARUENSIS, sp. n.

Intermediate in character between R. plusioides and E. antiqualis,
nearest to the latter, slightly larger and browner ; a black or dark
brown patch filling the interval between the black orbicular spot
and the linear white ' renif orm stigma,' and a second smaller black
spot filling the angle of the inner angulated white transverse line :
the costal and discal black spots of R. antiqualis almost or wholly
obliterated ; no irregular submarginal white line as in that species,
but the external border faintly dusted with ashy-white scales;
marginal line brown, scarcely discernible : in other respects the
two species are almost- identical. Expanse of wings 25-26 millim.

Taru, 27th & 29th November, 1st December, 1896.

174. NOD ARIA EXTERNALIS.

Nodaria externalis, Gruenee, Delt. et Pyral. p. 64 (1854).
$ , between Yoi and Ndi, 16th May, 1897.
[32J

1898.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 427

175. SlMPLICIA INFLEXALIS.

Simplicia inflexalis, Guenee, Delt. et Pyral. p. 52 (1854).

Samburu, 31st October, 1896 ; between Voiand Ndi, 19th May,
1897.

New to us from East Africa.

One other Noctuid was obtained at Taru on December 1st,
1896, but it is headless and rubbed, so that its identification is
impossible.

LYMANTRIID^E.

176. EEDOA CROCIPES.

Cypra crocipes, Boisduval, Faune Ent. de Madag. p. 87, pi. 12.
fig. 2.

2 , Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

The female is quite new to us ; unfortunately only one example
was obtained.

177. CROPERA TESTACEA.

Cropera testacea, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. iv. p. 826 (1855).
$ $ , Mgana, 18th & 30th June, 1896 ; Voi, 7th May, 1897.
New to us from East Africa.

178. OGOA SIMPLEX.

Ogoa simplex, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. vii. p. 1764 (1856).

$ , Taru, 19th December, 1896.

The type (the only other example which I have seen) is from
Natal ; this is therefore a welcome addition to the Museum
collection.

179. LACIPA IMPUNCTA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 6.)

Allied to L. gracilis : silvery white ; primaries of the male with
a pale buff spot and black dot near base of costa, and angular
series of orange spots before the middle, of which the four lower
ones are conspicuous, and a slightly sigmoidal (yescliwunyen *)
oblique series of seven spots across the disc ; head, collar, and
pterygodes pale buff ; antennal pectinations testaceous ; abdomen
golden buff. Expanse of wings 23 millim.

The female, which I formerly supposed to be a variety of
L. gracilis, was obtained in the Sabaki Valley by Dr. Gregory : it
has no basi-costal spots on the primaries ; the inner series of orange
spots is reduced to two, and the outer series to six, all small ;
the body is white, with blackish anal tuft. Expanse of wings
35 millim.

rf , Mgana, 31st August, 1896.

The absence of all the black spots characteristic of L. gracilis,
the nearer approach of the discal series of orange spots to the

*• We have no English equivalent for this word, which exactly expresses the
barely perceptible S -character of a line ; ' sinuous ' might mean tnore than
S- shaped.

[33]

428 DR. A. G. BUTLEB ON LEPIDOPTEEA [May 17,

outer margin, the shorter fringe, and the deeper colouring of the
male abdomen, readily distinguish this species from Hopffer's
L. gracilis.

180. LOPERA MONOSTICTA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 7.)
Nearest to L. pallida, Kirby, but the primaries creamy white,

with a single small orange spot at the end of the cell ; secondaries
sericeous, snow-white ; head ochreous ; antennae white, with
testaceous pectinations ; front of thorax, including the collar and
anterior two-thirds of pterygodes, creamy white, remainder of body
snow-white; under surface white ; the basal half of costal margin
of primaries buff; the collar below and the anterior coxae ochreous.
Expanse of wings 27 millim.
d, Taru, 19th December, 1896.

181. ILEMA EOBUSTA ?

Acyphas robusta, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. iv. p. 799 (1855).
d , Taru, 23rd November, 1896.
A fragment, much rubbed, apparently referable to this species.

ACLONOPHLEBIA, gen. nov.

Near to Euproctis, but totally dissimilar in aspect, altogether
far less woolly ; the head much more prominent, the palpi short,
but very broadly fringed ; pectinations of antennae much coarser ;
legs much less hairy, the hind tibiae with only the terminal pair of
spurs, which are much more conical ; the neuration very similar,
but the subcostal veins of the secondaries (veins 6 and 7) not
emitted from a footstalk, but near together from the anterior
angle of the cell. Type A. flavinotata.

182. ACLONOPHLEBIA FLAVINOTATA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 8.)

$ . Primaries above lilacine grey clouded with brown ; a regular
biangulated dark brown line across the middle of the wing,
bordered broadly inside with whitish and outside with brownish ;
costal and interno-basal borders brownish ; sometimes a black spot
in the cell ; a large diffused chrome-yellow patch beyond the lower
angle of the cell, and a line of the same colour edging the central
angulated line between its alternate angles ; fringe pale stramineous
indistinctly spotted with brownish : secondaries pale stramineous.
Thorax grey ; head, collar, and patagia clothed with testaceous hairs ;
antennas grey, with darker pectinations ; abdomen fulvous. Under
surface stramineous, costal borders of wings ochraceous ; primaries
with a greyish spot at end of cell, indicating part of the central
band of the upper surface ; tarsi with greyish bands. Expanse of
wings 27-32 millim.

Marago ya Fundi, 1st March ; between Voi and Ndi, 2nd June,
]897.

Unfortunately only two examples, varying in size and also
differing somewhat in pattern, were obtained,
[34J

1898.] FROM BRITISH FAST AFRICA. tl^J

H Y r s i i) .1:.
18,3. EGYBOLTA VAILLAXTINA.

Ph<da°na vaittantiiia, Stoll, Suppl. Cramer, Pap. Kxot. v. p. 1 I-?,
pi. xxxi. fig. ',*,.

Mgana, Ijuth August, ISO'!; .Mombasa, -Jth Januarv. 1^97.
It is not at all certain that this is a true llvpsid.

184. SOMMFRIA (T LTA.

Sommcria cul/it, Iliibner, E.vot . Schmett. /utr fi«x H>:>> -}.'i-4
(1818).

<5 £, Samburu, 1st & oth November, IsiMJ.

This is an interesting varietv in which the
markings on the primaries are suffused with tin-
giving them a very uniform character. That this is mere variation
and has no specific value is evident from the fact that we ha\e an
example in the Museum in which the left primarv is similariv
suffused, whilst on the right primary many of the white marki;"js
are present.

S A T u it N i i D JE.

185. USTA WALLEXGEEXII.

Xaturnia walhnyrenii, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iii. p. ,'};£$,
pi. vi. fig. 2.

2 , Maungn Inkubwa. 29th March, 1897.

This is the only fairly perfect example 1 have ever seen — the
species having hitherto only reached us from Dr. Gregory's
collection, and so much rubbed and shattered as to be barely
recognizable. Unless Felder had a very closely allied specie-, his
figure is incorrect (probably made up from an injured specimen,
as the outer black edging to the central bell of the primaries is
deeply and coiiically incised between veins 2 and .'>).

186. BUXJEA (THYELLA) /AMBESIA.

Thyella zambesia, Felder, Keise der Nov., Lep. ii. pi. 1 \x.\v. fig. ">
(1874).

rf, Taru, ;*0th March, 1807.

The larva of this moth (which is quite new to the Museum
Collection) is said by Mr. Betton to have been common at Taru on
December JOth; the present example pupated on December 17th,
1896, and emerged at the end of the following March. The larva1
and pupa, which Mr. Betton preserved, were unfortunately u<>t
sent to ns with his collection; he refers to the former as " bottle
of larvae marked Taru, Nov. '2'^ to Dec. !•">. lsi)i;." and to tin-
latter — u see matchbox marked ' M.' "

If Mr. Betton could breed a series of this Saturniid, I
would be conclusively proved that />'. fut re". v Maassen \\a:
variation ; it certainly is extremely closely related, if di-ti
the fact that both occur at Zanzibar is very suspicious.

PROC. ZOOL. Soc.— -1S9S, No. XXIX.

[3oJ

430 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [May 17,

187. HEISTJCHA HANSALII ?

Ludia hansalii, Felder, B-eise der Nov., Lep. ii. pi. Ixxxix. fig. 1
(1874).

$ , Voi, 22nd April, 1897.

Felder's figure is either extremely bad, or this is a new species ;
it is very probable that the former is the correct explanation of
the differences which exist between the two, and that the illustra-
tion was taken from a frayed and faded male. The species is
quite new to the Museum, though nearly allied to the southern
H. delegoryuei, from which it differs chiefly in the trisinuated inner
margin of the central belt of the primaries, its regularly undulated
outer edging, the white margin of which is emphasized by a grey-
mottled series of very indistinct markings across the disc. The
female has the outer margins of the wings even more distinctly
dentated than in that sex of H. 'delegorguci, but it is probable that
this may not be the case in the male.

188. GrOODiA HOLLANDI, sp. n. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 1.)

Allied to G. nubilata, but considerably smaller and paler : the
male pale buff : the primaries clouded with fawn towards base of
costa, the discoidal cell and centre of costa whitish, slightly
mottled with lilacine grey (but most distinctly on costa); an
ill-defined, irregular, transverse, dusky line across basal fourth,
beyond which the inner border is partly white, flecked and edged
with black almost to external angle; an oblique, ill-defined, sub-
angulated, brown median band, just crossing the posterior angle of
the discoidal cell and almost merging with a very broad golden-
brown apical area crossed by an oblique slender dentate-sinuate black
line, edged externally with whitish buff ; costal border towards apex
rose-tinted ; the centre of external area occupied by a diffused
lilacine greyish nebula, which commences in a dark grey cuneiform
patch on outer margin towards apex ; a curved blackish line on
lower discocellular followed above the base of vein 4 by a buff-
whitish spot : secondaries somewhat tawny within and below
discoidal cell ; a dusky line on discocellulars ; an arched dentate-
sinuate dusky line, blackish near inner margin, crossing the disc
parallel to outer margin ; costal and external areas pearly, tinted
with pale rose and grey ; inner or abdominal margin mottled with
whitish and black. Head purplish brown, collar white, ochreous at
sides, and brown-edged ; thorax and base of abdomen pale buff ;
remainder of abdomen ruddy brown, excepting the anal tuft which
is ochraceous; antennae dark brown, with double divergent
bipectinations fringed with buff-whitish pile. Under surface
differing a good deal in detail from the upper surface, brown
mottled and heavily clouded with lilacine greyish on basal half :
body rosy brownish-purplish in front. Expanse of wings 58 inillim.
$ . Smaller and altogether more ash-coloured than the male ;
the primaries less falcate, the secondaries narrower, less produced
at anal angle, most of the markings obliterated, but the cell of the
[36]

1898.] FBOM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 431

primaries ashy whitish as well as the area below it. Expanse of
wings 53 millim.

rf , Voi, 18th April, 1897 ; £ , Yaru, from larva obtained
12th December, 1896, pupated 20th December, emerged 4th May.
1897.

The species is also related to Lasioptila ansorgei Kirby
(=Saturnia Tcuntzei Dewitz), which must be referred to Dr. Hol-
land's genus Goodia. Kirby's L. pomona is not congeneric with
the latter ; therefore if his generic name is retained it must take
L. pomona as type, instead of L. ansorgei.

I have named this pretty little species after the learned author
of the genus, to whom all students of African Lepidoptera owe a
debt of gratitude for his admirable work.

ElTPTEROTIDjE.

TROTONOTTTS, gen. nov.

Allied to Gangarides, but with the form and aspect of Eutricha
(Lasiocampidce) : the primaries not falcate, the radial of the
secondaries (vein 5) wanting, only indicated by a fold, which
disappears when damped with benzine ; the angles of the cell also
almost parallel ; veins 6 and 7 not stalked as in Gangarides ; the
neuration of the primaries is practically the same in the two genera ;
the palpi are narrower, less densely fringed, the antennae bipecti-
nated almost to the tips; the abdomen much shorter and conical
rather than truncated at the anal extremity, with expansive lateral
tufts ; the legs very hairy ; middle and hind tibiae with strong
pointed terminal spurs, the hind tibiae also with a second
subterminal pair of spurs. Type T. bettoni.

189. TROTONOTTJS BETTONI, sp. n. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 2.)

J . Primaries above coffee-brown, faintly glossed here and there
with glaucous ; a rose-and-white tufted ochre-yellow spot below
base of cell ; an irregularly undulated, partly interrupted, internally
blackish-edged yellow >f -shaped band across the basal third, also a
few scattered yellow spots near its inner edge; a small deep
ochreous reniform stigma ; a broad internally angulated and
undulated, externally irregular and sinuated discal yellow belt,
traversed by four parallel dentate-sinuate stripes of the ground-
colour and bordered outside by a blackish stripe ; an oblique
increasing slaty -blackish streak from apex, continuous with four
transverse patches of the same colour parallel to outer margin ;
fringe darker than the rest of the ground-colour and tipped with
blackish : secondaries pale ruddy-chestnut, shading into bone-
yellowish on basi-costal area; fringe tipped with snow-white.
Thorax greyish chocolate, with the top of the head, two large
subconfluent spots on the middle of the collar, and the dorsal
portion of the thorax between the patagia bright brick-red ;
antennae pale buff, with white basal tuft and golden-brown

?9*
[37]

432 DR. A. G. BUTLER OF LEPIDOPTERA [May 17,

pectinations : abdomen pale ruddy chestnut, more golden towards
the base, and with pure white lateral and anal tufts. Under surface
white ; the wings slightly yellowish on costal area ; the apical and
external areas of all the wings minutely dusted with coffee-colour ;
the secondaries, excepting along abdominal border, purer white
than the primaries; pectus buffish at the sides, the anterior legs
bright coffee-coloured in front, the second pair slightly stained
and the third pair irrorated with the same colour ; venter more
densely and finely irrorated. Expanse of wings 49 millim.

Mgana, 28th August, 1896.

It is unfortunate that Mr. Betton was only able to secure one
male of this strikingly beautiful new form ; the specimen, however,
is in good condition and will be a most welcome addition to the
Museum collection.

190. SABALIA PICARINA.

Sabalia picarina, "Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxxii. p. 548 (1865).

Samburu, 13th November, 1896.

Unfortunately only one somewhat broken example was obtained ;
it is a species badly represented in the Museum collection, of
which we should be glad to obtain good specimens.

191. LOPHOSTETHUS DEMOLISH.

Sphinx demolinii, Angas, Kaffirs Illustrated, pi. xxx. fig. 11
(1849).

c? , Taru, 29th November, 1896 ; $ , Voi, 17th April, 1897.

192. POLYPTTCHUS GRAYII.

Smerinihus grayii, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. viii. p. 249 (1856).

$ , Voi, pupa 6th May, emerged 12th May ; $ , Mbuyuni,
30th May, 1897.

We previously only possessed the male of this species, from
Natal.

193. DlODOSIDA ROSEIPENNIS.

Diodosida roseipennis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,
vol. x. p. 433 (1882).

c? c? , Maungu Inkubwa, 31st March ; Voi, 7th May, 1897.

The male is new to the Museum, the type being a female from
Delagoa Bay.

194. PROTOPARCE CONVOLVULI.

Sphinx convolvuli, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. 1, ii. p. 789 (1766).
Voi, 7th May, 1897.

195. AELLOPUS HIRUNDO.

Macroglossa hirundo, Grerstaecker, Arch. Nat. xxxvii. p. 360
[38]

1898.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA* 433

(1871) ; Von der Pecken's Reisen in Ost-Africa, Gliederthiere,
p. 375, pi. xv. fig. 7 (1873).

Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

196. ANTHEUA SIMPLEX.

Antheua simplex, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. iii. p. 687 (1855).

$ , Taru, 23rd November, 1896.

The female is quite new to us and is of considerable interest, as
it clearly indicates that A. cinerea "Walk, is the female of
A. spurcata of the same author.

197. STAUROPTJS DASYCHIROIDES, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 12.)
$ . Primaries pale lilacine ash-grey, orbicular and renif orm spots

huffish white, ill-defined ; a vague oblique dusky stripe from costa
just behind the orbicular spot, uniting below first median branch
with an ill-defined, pale-buff-bordered, undulated, arched post-
median dusky line ; beyond the latter three almost parallel
diffused stripes, which form an imperfect widely zigzag inner
limitation to a slightly paler external border ; costa crossed
beyond the middle by three or four short dusky bars : secondaries
semitransparent white, with sordid costal border and moderately
broad smoky-brown outer border ; fringe ashy white : antennae
rosy cupreous, with ferruginous pectinations ; thorax coloured like
the primaries, the patagia slightly brownish; abdomen pale
brownish ash. Primaries belo\v pale lilacine ash -coloured, with
vague whitish orbicular and reniform spots, between which runs a
grey oblique streak from the costa; a faint trace of a postmedian
stripe commencing in an oblique blackish costal dash, three
blackish subapical costal spots, below which a broad smoky
submarginal belt commences and runs to external angle ; outer
border pale lilacine ash-grey ; interno-basal area white : secondaries
as above : pectus ashy ; legs somewhat fuliginous ; venter sordid
white. Expanse of wings 53 millim.

Maziwa Mitatu, 27th March, 1897.

This curious species has the neuration of Stauropus, but does
not nearly resemble any form know to me.

GrEOMETRID^E.

198. GONODELA SUFFLATA.

Macaria sufflata, Guenee, Phal. ii. p. 88, pi. xvii. fig. 8.
Between Voi and Ndi, 3rd & 4th June, 1897.
New to the Museum from East Africa, though we have it from
the extreme south and from Abyssinia.

199. CCENINA ATTRIVENA, sp. n.

Ccenina flavivena Warren, MS.

$> . Primaries formed as in C. pcecilaria, pale greyish stone-

[39]

434 1)E. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPlDOPTEBA [May 17,

brown ; the discoidal cell and a streak beyond it as well as the
internal area mottled with cream-whitish, and the whole surface
irrorated with blackish dots ; a dusky almost falciform postmedian
stripe ; external angle mottled along inner margin with ferruginous ;
fringe white, varied with greyish brown at base : secondaries with
deeply but widely inarched costa ; outer margin produced into an
acute point at extremity of first subcostal branch and very slightly
sinuated between the apex and this point ; remainder of outer
margin slightly inarched, and very slightly sinuated to the so-called
' third median branch/ otherwise very regular ; costal half coloured
like the primaries, internal halt' almost to submedian vein suffused
with coffee-brown, ferruginous at anal angle ; a triangular yellow
patch edged and intersected by ferruginous lines at base of median
veins, and a short tapering white bar (in continuation of the
yellow patch) across the end of the cell ; abdominal area creamy
white varying to silvery white ; fringe white ; the surface of the
wing irrorated with blackish dots like that of the primaries. Head
and palpi orange ; antennas cream-white ; remainder of body
above coloured like the primaries. Under surface of wings paler
than above, mottled with deeper grey and speckled with black ;
the primaries with a longitudinal streak beyond the cell, a spot at
base of median interspace and the inter no-basal three-fifths creamy
white grey -mottled ; a subapical diffused patch, a patch below the
centre of the disc, a very irregular patch at external angle, and a
portion of the veins from the median backwards orange-tawny :
secondaries with the abdominal half white, the costal half blotched
and veined with orange-tawny ; a white bar beyond the discoidal
cell as above ; outer margin grey varied with orange-tawny ; fringe
white : body below pale greyish brown, almost white on venter ;
legs varied with ferruginous. Expanse of wings 34 to 37 millim.

Samburu, 3rd November, 1896 ; Mbuyuni, 29th May, 1897.

We have males in the Museum from Ambriz and Accra ; they
show a tawny or brown-edged spot at the base of the median
branches of the primaries above, more distinctly than in the
female (where it only appears like an excrescence of the discoidal
streak) ; the median vein and base of the submedian vein in the
example from Ambriz are also yellowish (which doubtless
suggested "Warren's unsatisfactory name for the species). The
darker portion of the secondaries in specimens from Accra is also
darker in both sexes than in the male from Angola, but this is
doubtless a variable character ; the pectinations of the antennae in
male examples are pale orange.

The veins on the under surface of the primaries being partly
orange-tawny, I have modified the manuscript name proposed by
"Warren.

200. A Boarmian form too much injured for identification,
being not only faded and broken but a female.
Voi, 16th April, 1897.

[40]

1898.] FEOM BRITISH EAST AFEICA. 435

HAMEOPIS, gen. nov.

Apparently nearer to Zamacra than to any other Geometric!
genus, though differing entirely in neuration, in body clothing, in
character of legs and palpi. Wings broader, shorter, and utterly
dissimilar in character : primaries with veins 8 and 9 out of 7,
stalked ; 10 and 11 closely approximated, stalked at base : secondaries
with all the veins separate excepting 7 and 8, which coalesce close
to base, separating again before middle of cell ; veins 3 and 7 both
emitted from cell before the terminal angles. Antennae with long
straggling pectinations (as in Zamacra) to about four-fifths
of the distance from their base, terminal fifth serrated; palpi
small, porrected, smooth ; thorax coarsely scaled, but not hairy ;
frontal process prominent, subquadrate, with bare /^-shaped
ridge running between the antennae to back of head and deep
facial depression ; legs smooth ; hind tibiae with median spurs
emitted close behind the terminal pair. Type H. rudicornis.

201. HAMEOPIS EUDICOENIS, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 13.)

Wings above sericeous white ; primaries irregularly speckled all
over with grey and blackish, a mottled subbasal band angulated
at median vein, a reversed oblique costal spot just beyond middle,
an oblique discal band forked on costa, and a partial outer border of
the same colours, the blackish parts being costal : secondaries with
a few scattered dark grey dots chiefly on the veins, indicating a
discal transverse line ; an apical patch and some scattered clusters
of dots representing an external border. Head and thorax white,
the horny shovel-shaped process and forked dorsal ridge on the
head deep chestnut; shaft of antennae dark smoke-grey, white
barred with dark grey at base, pectinations pale brownish grey ;
thorax white, patagia alternately spotted and transversely barred
with black, metathorax similarly marked ; abdomen golden testa-
ceous, whitish at the sides and at anal extremity, with dorsal dusky
spots. Under surface white : wings paler in markings but
otherwise as above ; tibiae banded in front with grey, tarsi black
above. Expanse of wings 42 millim.

d , Taru, 1st December, 1896.

202. H.EMATOEITHEA ET7BEIFASCIATA.

cJ . Hcematorifhra rubrifasciata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
ser. 6, vol. xviii. p. 162 (1896).

$ , Mgana, 4th August, 1896.

This is the first female I have seen of H. rubrifasciata ; the species
would seem to be rare, Mr. Cravvshay having only obtained two
males during his sojourn in Nyasaland.

203. PEOBLEPSIS VESTALIS.

Argyris vestalis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvi.
p. 419 (1875).

Taru, 19th December, 1896.

[41]

IDE. A. G» BtTTtEft ON LEPlDOPTEEA [May 17,

L A S I O C A M P I D -JE.

204. HETEEOPACHA sp.

A single female practically agreeing in structure and general
appearance with the Texan H. rileyana, but too much worn for
the pattern to be critically compared.

2 , between Voi and Ndi, 2nd June, 1897.

The specimen is an interesting addition, in spite of its poor
condition, on account of its evident close affinity to a New "World
species.

205. CHILENA PEOMPTA.

Lasiocampa prompta, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. vi. p. 1437 (1855).

Voi, 22nd & 29th April, 1897.

New to the Museum from Eastern Africa.

206. CHILENA DOKA.LDSONI.

Chilenadonaldsoni, Holland, Through Unknown African Countries,
pp. 413 & 420, fig. 8 (1897).

Samburu, 7th November ; Taru, 29th November, 1896 ; Marago
yaPundi, 1st March ; between Voi and Ndi, 18th May, 1897.

Fresh examples are darker coloured than the typical form (which
was evidently somewhat faded) ; the silvery white marking on the
primaries also sometimes is continued back completely to the base,
though the basal half is less purely white than the permanent
marking. C. donaldsoni is new to the Museum collection.

207. LEBEDA KOLLIKEEII.

Lasiocampa kollikerii, Dewitz, Verhandl. kais. Leop. -Carol.
Deutsch. Akad. Naturf. vol. xlii. p. 78, pi. i. fig. 15 (1881).

$ , Maziwa Mitatu, 18th March, 1897.

The female is quite new to the Museum : structurally it per-
fectly agrees with Lebeda nobilis. A single male from Delagoa Bay
was received in 1893, but is so much more yellow and altogether
brighter in colour than the female that it was not recognized as
Dewitz's species ; it also differs in having the body above glistening
golden buff, with a large black dorsal patch extending from the
base to the anal segment.

208. SCOTINOCHEOA TNCON SEQUELS.

Scotinochroa inconsequens, Butler, P. Z. S. 1896, p. 845.

Maziwa Mitatu, 24th March, 1897.

A single worn and very dirty male specimen, which must, I
think, be referable to this species, but differs in having a pale buff
patch with reddish centre at external angle of primaries ; other-
wise it agrees in pattern with the type : it is interesting as a variety ^

Scotinochroa is very closely related to Zinara, Walk.
[42]

1898.1 FROM IUUTISH F.AST \riur A. 4:>7

209. OMOCEXA SYRTIS ?

cJ . Miresa st/rtis, Schaus & Clements, Coll. Sierra Leone Lep.
p. 28, pi. ii. fig. 3 (189:5).

2 , Voi, 19th September, 1897.

The lines across the primaries approximate on eosta and diverge
more widely on inner margin than in the Iigure of the male; but
variations of this nature are so common, that. I dare not venture to
assume their importance in the present instance.

210. (TATAR A VELUTIXA.

c? . Gavara velutina, Walker, Cat. Lep. llet. xii. p. 77! (1>.">7).
£ , Maungu Inkubwa, 2(.)th ]\larcli, 1S97.

New to us from E. Africa. Walker placed it in the Xm-lnl'l"'^
just in front of the AconinH<r, to which (of course) it has no allinitv.

211. NIPHADOLEPIS AUJIICINCTA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 9.)
Sericeous snow-white ; primaries with faint, traces of buff

(possibly the indications of a subbasal stripe) near the base ; two
buff central stripes, oblique and tolerably wide a parr from co>t.a to
median vein, thence rather closer together and undulated to inner
margin; a buff discocellular lunnle joining the outer stripe ; an
abbreviated buff submarginal stripe towards external angle ; three
black marginal clots at apex and one near to external angle:
secondaries with narrow diffused dusky border : collar and patagia
stained with buff : abdomen with bright golden-orange hind margins
to the segments. Under surface sericeous snow-while, the primaries
with sordid bullish suffusion on costal half; all the wings with two
blackish marginal dots at apex; anterior legs banded with olive-
brown. Expanse of wings 24 millhn.

Taru, 29th November, 189(5.

Xil)ha<1olej)is approaches Gavara in structure, the antennae and
palpi being similar and the venation not very greatly differing.

212. PARYPIIANTA BISECTA, sp. n. (Plate XXXI 1. tig. ju.)
Nearly allied to P.fimbriata : smokv grey, the primaries eon-

siderablv darker than the secondaries and divided through the
middle by a narrow oblique faintly angulated belt, white internally,
flesh-tinted externally; a -pale submarginal line: fringe with a
bullish basal line and pale tips : secondaries bone-whitish towards
base: fringe paler than in primaries, bin similarly coloured: head
pale bullish, antennae and palpi pale golden ochreous ; thorax whiiy
brown, with dusky central transverse b -it and posterior margin;
abdomen golden-testaceous, with se;iceous ashy dorsal transverse
bars: under surface pale sandy brownish; primarie:
Crevish shadin^ to bron/e-hrown. Expanse uf \\ iu:j;< 1

O . «T* I

(5, JSamburu, !-lth November, l>9i>.

Karseh describes his species as having the primaries gi
covered with brown dots : if examined under a platyseopic lens,
my species might be described as pah1 grey densely covered witli
blackish dots.

438 DE. A. G. BtJTLEE ON LEPIDOPTEEA [May 17,

LEMBOPTEEIS, gen. nov.

In outline approaching Tortricidia, but in coloration and structure
perhaps nearer to Niphadolepis ; the antennae and palpi smooth,
the former submoniliform and feebly setulose from before the
middle to the distal extremities ; hind tibiae with very long spurs :
primaries with the costal margin long, slightly arched; outer margin
very oblique, forming a regular curve with the inner margin which
is much arched ; veins 7, 8, and 9 stalked : secondaries ovate ;
veins 3 and 4 from same point ; discocellulars deeply inangled ;
veins 6 and 7 with a short footstalk. Type L. puella.

213. LEMBOPTEEIS PTJELLA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 11.)

Primaries above sericeous snow-white ; costal margin narrowly
ochreous ; two black dots at apex and two on the disc, of which
one is below vein 2 and the other (which is not always present)
below vein 6 : secondaries pale golden stramineous, sericeous, with
one dusky marginal dot near apex ; fringe white-tipped : head and
thorax snow-white; antennae and palpi golden stramineous ; abdo-
men stramineous, becoming white at base and with olivaceous
transverse dorsal bars. Primaries below stramineous, finely dusted
with greyish ; fringe white ; two blackish apical dots : secondaries
sericeous white, almost silvery, costa washed with stramineous;
extreme margin indicated by an extremely slender dusky line ;
a black subapical dot : body below silvery white, the anterior legs
and the tarsi and spurs of the remaining legs golden stramineous ;
venter slightly tinted with this colour. Expanse of wings 21
millim.

Samburu, 7th November, 1896.

Two somewhat imperfect examples were obtained ; apart from
the outline of the primaries, the long slender legs and the great
length of the median and terminal spurs on the hind pair are very
characteristic.

AEBELID^E.

214. AEBELA ALBONOTATA, sp. n.

c? . Primaries above ash-grey, varying to whity brown at base,
on costa, at external angle, and more or less on inner margin, and
with two longitudinal diffused streaks of huffish and chestnut, one
short beyond the cell, the other long below the median vein ; veins
and numerous black-edged transverse strise sordid white ; six pure
white spots, one fairly large at end of cell, one small beyond it near
outer margin ; the other four are within the interno-median
area, each placed upon a transverse stria, the first two small, the
last two large and forming a triangle with the spot first mentioned :
secondaries sericeous white, veins and margins brownish : antennae
castaneous, the shaft covered with glistening silvery scales ; thorax
buffish, the borders of all the divisions washed with chestnut and
[44]

1898.] FROM muTisn KAST AFRICA.

edged with blue-black scales ; abdomen clothed with loirj; 'jji
white hair, the anal extremity with brown-tipped -patulat
scales; a large dorsal tuft tipped with blue-black near ill
remaining segments with transverse blue-black bars. I 'nder
white; markings of upper surface indicated in smoky !>n
secondaries with indications of similar markings on east a MM
vaguely) beyond the middle: body stained in the midill.- \\i;h
chestnut brownish; front of head brown ; two anterior pairs of T-gs
clothed with brown and blue-black tipped bristle-; hind pair le>
varied in colouring. Expanse of wings iJoio)}! milliin.

cT cT , Maungu Lnkubwa, 2nd April; Mbuyuni Hill, '\\^\. .lu'v
and J3rd August, 1897.

The example first obtained is somewhat shattered and worn : it
represents the greatest expanse of wing and is the palest sperim -\\.
of the three.

At first I imagined that this species might be t
Pettiy ramma Sj->icu1dtti ; but a careful study of
satisfied me that his insect is the female of Wa!
tran(sMi'Sfi., from Sierra Leone. Salayena differs rhietly from Ai'l^la
in the upright hair on the anal segment instead of spatulate hair-
scales.

Z Y G -E x 1 1> JE.

215. AllXIOCERA CHRYSOSTICTA, sp. 11. (Plate XXX 1. 1 1. lig. :!.)

Allied to A. auriijidtata (A. melaiwjw/a Wallgr.). Wings Mark,
shot \vith blue; primaries with purplish blue almost to outer
margin, where it shades into bright Prussian blue ; costa densely
irrorated with metallic emerald-green : live golden-ochreous spots
as follows — one small, across the cell near its extremity, a larg'-r
oval one beyond the cell, one smaller (rounded) between veins '2
and )3, one large at centre of interno-median interspace, and one
equally large, subtriaugular, very metallic, crossed by vein 1
towards the base : secondaries shot with Antwerp blue, purplish
on the fringe. Body black ; vertex of head and palpi carmine-red :
antenna) shining black; thorax slightly sprinkled with metallic
green scales; patagia brilliantly brassy green: metat borax and
base of abdomen greenish steel-blue ; two terminal segments of
abdomen ultramarine-blue, with black anal tuft. Wine;- below
more brightly shot with blue than above, but the submedian gold,
ochreous spots partially obliterated; the three othe
above. Body below black, the venter brilliantly glossed w
blue: anterior legs black externallv. but clothed intern;
short bright ochreous hair; femora of second pair purpli;
ochreous in front ; the tibia1 orange-vermilion externally. cl<
internally with long carmine hair ; tarsi black; posterior le
purplish black; tibia1 vermilion-red, tipped with blue-black and
with a long pencil of creamy-white hair extending to the basal
third of the black tarsi. Expanse of wings Jii millim.

Samburu, 4th November, 1890.

[45]

440 DE. A. Gk BTTTLEH'otf LEPIDOPTERA [May 17,

Unfortunately only one slightly damaged example of this
beautiful species was obtained l.

216. ARNIOCEBA CYANOXAKTHA. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 5.)

$ . Zyymna cyanoxaniha, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1893,
p. 57; Mabille and Vuillot, Novit. Lep. fasc. xii. p. 151, pi. xxi. fig. 6.

Samburu, 10th November, 1896.

One typical male differs from Mabille's figure in the loss of the
orange spot below the subapical one ; the other examples have all
the spots brilliant crimson instead of orange : the name for the
species is therefore not very characteristic. The specimens are not in
specially good condition, so I hope Mr. Betton will obtain others.

217. AIIISTOCERA IMPEEIALIS, sp. n. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 6.)

d . Primaries above shining Prussian green, changing to blue at
outer margin, five black-edged carmine spots (the two central ones
sometimes confluent, forming a transverse band) as in A. cyano-
xaniha, fringe purple flecked with copper : secondaries with the basi-
costal half bright rose-colour, tinged with orange at base ; outer half
bright Antwerp blue, changing to purple on the fringe ; an ill-defined
subapical cluster of rosy scales : thorax glittering steely green,
yellowish on centre of dorsum ; sides of face purple ; palpi carmine ;
sides of collar and inner border of patagia crimson ; metathorax
with sides and hind margin orange ; abdomen orange-vermilion,
tinted with carmine at the sides, basal segment greenish black.
Primaries below bright blue, spots as above, but more vermilion ;
base of cell varied with golden testaceous : secondaries rose-red,
with a basi-costal dash and a longitudinal costal streak blue ; a
squamose blackish streak from end of cell to extremity of vein 1 ;
fringe greyish coppery at apex : body below blue-black ; anterior
coxae orange-vermilion ; a golden line along inner edge of tibiae ;
middle tibiae carmine with black tips ; posterior tibiae with long
cream-whitish pencil of hairs. Expanse of wings 32 millim.

Samburu, 10th November, 1896.

Two tolerably good examples of this lovely moth were obtained.

1 The following beautiful new species was presented to the Museum by
Dr. Edward A. Heath :—

ARNIOCERA ERICATA, sp. n. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 4.)

Primaries glossy greenish black ; a broad irregular subbasal belt, a bilobed
oblique postmedian abbreviated band, and a large ovate oblique subapical patch
scarlet : secondaries with ochreous costal area, otherwise the basal halt' ver-
milion, with an irregular submedian basal blue-black patch ; external half
blue-black, throwing a long inner process up vein 1, enclosing a large scarlet
subapical spot, and slightly sprinkled with scarlet along outer margin: thorax
greenish black ; abdomen scarlet, transversely banded with indigo-blackish ;
antennas and palpi black ; anterior legs greenish black ; tibiae slightly testaceous
internally, tarsi with reddish short bristles ; middle legs with the femora
greenish black, slightly chestnut below (possibly owing to abrasion) ; tibiae
clothed with scarlet hair, with tip and spurs black ; tarsi brown ; hind legs a
good deal rubbed, but apparently similar to the middle pair : wings below
nearly as above, but the primaries broadly orange at the base. Expanse of
wings 34 millim.

British East Africa (Heath).
[46]

1898.] FBOM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. • 441

218. AEITCOCEEA STEBNEOKI. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 7.)

Arichalca sternecki, Rogenhofer in Baumann's Usambara u. s.
Nachbargebiete, p. 331 (1891).

Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

Kogenhofer describes his insect as having the abdomen and
secondaries yellow ; in Mr. Betton's specimens they are carmine.
Either the type was a faded specimen or one of those orange-
yellow variations common among the crimson-winged Zygcenidce.
The species is quite new to us.

219. ANCYLOLOMIA CHBYSOGBAPHELLUS.

Crambus chrysographellus, Kollar in Hiigel's Kaschmir, p. 494.
Taru, 27th November, 1896.

220. BEIHASPA CHEYSOSTOMUS.

Schcenobius chrysostomus, Zeller, Micr. Caffr. p. 68.

Mgana, 1st & 9th August, 1896.

New to the collection from East Africa.

221. PATISSA sp.

Close to P. fulvosparsa, but without the ochreous markings ; it
has lost both labial palpi and fringes, and may even be a very
worn example of the Asiatic species : therefore I hesitate about
giving it a name.

Samburu, 4th November, 1896.

222. MACALLA sp.

Maungu Inkubwa, 3rd April, 1897.

One shattered female was obtained, but, even if perfect, it would
not be satisfactory to describe it without seeing the male, the
antennal characters of that sex often differing in species of the
same genus.

223. LEPIDOGMA sp.

Taru, 24th November, 1896.

One slightly damaged female ; it was enclosed in the same
envelope with a much worn and quite unrecognizable Noctuid
(apparently a Metachrostis). It is of no use to describe this
species without its male ; it and the preceding are both new to
the Museum series, and will probably be of service when the
other sex comes to hand.

224. ZITHA VAEIANS, sp. n. (Plate XXXIII. figs. 8, 9.)

Primaries vinaceous grey-brown or bright chestnut, with or
without marginal dusky dots ; a broad central belt, either more
dusky or scarcely differing in tint from the ground-colour, but
margined on both sides by more or less dentate- sinuate whitish
stripes diverging on costal margin ; the inner stripe more or less
strongly inangulated below median vein, the outer stripe zigzag;

[47J

442 DE. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTEBA [May 17,

a whitish spot below base of cell ; a series of white costal points
between the two transverse stripes; a more or less prominent
blackish reniform stigma ; a whitish line at the base of the fringe :
secondaries paler than primaries, crossed beyond the middle by a
dusky bordered whitish line parallel to outer margin ; a whitish
line at base of fringe : body darker than ground-colour of wings.
Under surface of wings paler and more uniform than above, reddish
on costal arid outer borders, whitish on internal area ; a dusky
median shade bounded by the outer whitish stripe of the primaries
and the post-median whitish stripe of the secondaries ; inner
whitish stripe of primaries obsolete; a blackish spot at the
anterior angle of each discoidal cell; indistinct dusky marginal
dots followed by the whitish line at base of fringe : body below
somewhat darker and redder than the wings, the tibiae and tarsi
paler. Expanse of wings 23 to 25 millim.

Yoi, 17th April ; between Voi and Ndi, 4th June, 1897.

225. PYCNAEMON CEIBEATA.

Fhalcena cribrata, Fabricius, Enfc. Syst. iii. 2, p. 215 (1794).
Mgana, 12th August, 1896.

New to us from East Africa; indeed, we previously only
possessed one African example (from Sierra Leone).

226. LYGEOPIA AMYNTUSALIS.

Botys amyntusalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xviii. p. 662 (1859).

Marago ya Eundi, 4th March, 1897.

The same observation applies to this as to the preceding species.

227. SYNGAMIA ABEUPTALIS.

Asopia ? abruptalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xvii. p. 371 (1859).
Mgana, 5th August, 1896.

New to the Museum from Eastern Africa, though we have it
from Accra.

228. GLYPHODES STENOCEASPIS, sp. n. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 10.)
Wings pearly semitransparent white ; primaries with narrow

gilded brown costal border, very narrow darker brown outer
border excised below vein 8 ; fringe greyish brown, with slender
white basal line ; a small black spot at end of cell : secondaries
with narrow dark brown border not reaching anal angle, fringe as
in primaries : body snow-white, the patagia silvery, the collar
slightly stained yellowish, front of forehead brownish testaceous ;
anal tuft black : wings below nearly as above, but the borders
paler, costal border confined to the extreme margin and a stain
towards apex. Expanse of wings 29 millim.

Mombasa, 4th January, 1897.

Nearest to the Western G. elealis Walk, (of which Phakellura

peridromella Mab. is a synonym), but with the brown borders to

the \\ ings considerably narrower ; the excision of the outer border

at apex of primaries also allies this species to G. albifuscalis Hamps,

[48]

1898.J EROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. [{'.',

229. GLYPITODES SINUATA.

P7iali*na sinuata, Eabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 2, p. 2D.s (170:5).
Voi, 1st May, 1807.

230. LEPYRODES GI-:OMKTRALJS.

Lepyrodes yeometralis, (luenee, Delt. et Pyral. p. 27s.

British E. Africa (no exact locality or date on envelope).

New to the Museum from Eastern Africa; we haw it from Acer i.

231. LEPVRODES CAPEXSIS.

Lepyrodes capensis, Walker, Cat. Lep. IJet. xxxiv. p. 131 1 ( IM;.",)
Mgana, 1st August, 1896.
New to us from Eastern Africa.

232. ZEBROXIA PKENICE.

J'haJcena plienice, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. p. 1<S5, pi. ccclxxxii (\
(1782).

Mgana, 1st August, 1896; Mombasa, 4th January, 1807.
New to us from the Eastern coast ; we have it from Uganda.

T I X E I D ,E.

233. MiCROCOSsrs BETTONI, sp. n.

Nearest to J7. macJcwoodi: sordid sericeous white: primaries
transversely reticulated with brown lines, some of which are dotted
with black scales; the reticulated lines are coarser on costal
border, especially towards the base and the apex, and form the
boundaries of slightly brownish quadrate spots, the best deiined
of these spots is placed on the costa just above the end of the
cell; antenna) bronze-brown, sericeous, with dull testaceous pectin-
ations in the male: under surface brownish; primaries with ill-
defined darker brown patches. Expanse of wings ~~> to 30 millim.

d1 $ , Samburu, 31st October, 1S90.

Only one pair of this obscure little moth was obtained, un-
fortunately not in perfect condition.

234. A Micro-Lepidopterou of doubt fid genus.
Tarn, lOtli December, 1806 ; Yoi, 2nd May, 1897.
A very beautiful little moth quite new to the Mu

primaries blue-green and glistening, the secondaries
purple; anterior half of body black, posterior half golden oclireous.
Not having paid much attention to the Tin<-t</tt ] will not pretend
to decide where this insect should be placed : it has antenna1
which remind one of tvpical Zt/yamultt', and, so far as I remember,
are only approached by Kxodomorplta or Krctiiiocera.

The following new genus, structurally, should he an
and must therefore be placed in the Airtii't"', but it-
more nearly the aspect of a Noctnid of the WHSIH gron
g<MHM'a : it reminds one a little of Culitsfa and (in ^tvle of c
atiou) of Rhijncldiia,

[49J

444 ON LEPLDOPTERA FKOM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. [May 17,

METACULASTA, gen. nov.

Primaries elongate, subtriangular ; vein 2 remote from 3 ; 3, 4,
and 5 separate but emitted near together ; 6 from upper angle of
cell, 7 from centre of postdiscoidal areole, 8 and 9 stalked, out of
10, which forms front of areole ; 11 emitted well before end of
cell : secondaries with costa slightly angular at centre ; veins 2
to 6 as in primaries, 7 and 8 anastomosed to near end of cell :
thorax broad, flattened above ; head rather wide ; antennae smooth,
palpi directed obliquely upwards ; hind tibiae with two pairs of
spurs, inner spurs very long. Type M. dives.

235. METACULASTA DIVES, sp. n.

5 . Primaries above golden testaceous, longitudinally indistinctly
streaked with greyish and necked with blackish near the borders ;
a black dot at upper angle of cell ; a very oblique shining silver
streak towards the base, just entering the discoidal cell and not
extending below vein 1 ; a second slightly-waved arched oblique
streak commencing at about the basal third of inner margin (where
it is indistinct) and extending to apex ; a pale diffused flesh-tinted
band runs above the latter, almost filling the interval between the
two silver streaks on the lower half of the wing ; fringe with a
pale basal line : secondaries pearl-white, slightly huffish at costal
and outer margins : thorax ash-greyish ; abdomen whity brown,
nearly white. Primaries below whity brown, showing traces of the
upper surface markings through the wing : body below white ;
tarsi slightly brownish underneath. Expanse of wings 33 millim.

Yoi, llth July, 1897.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE XXXII.

Fig. 1. Pyrgus bettoni, p. 415.

2. Baoris auritinctus, p. 416.

3. Aloa bimttata, p. 417.

4. Lacydes gracilis, p, 417.

5. Bettonia ferruginea, p. 418.

6. Lacipa impuncta, p. 427.

7. Lopera monosticta, p. 428.

8. Aclonophlebia flavinotata, p. 428.

9. Niphadolepis auricincta, p. 437.

10. Paryphanta bisecta, p. 437.

11. Lembopteris puella, p. 438.

12. Stauropiis dasychiroides, p. 433.

13. Hameopis rudicornis, p. 435.

PLATE XXXIII.

Fig. 1. Goodia hollandi, p. 430.

2. Trotonotus bettoni, p. 431.

3. Arniocera chrysosticta, p. 439.

4. „ ericata, p. 440.

5. „ cyanoxantha, var., p. 440.

6. „ imperialis, p. 440.

7. „ sternecH, var., p. 441.
8, 9. Zitha varians, p. 441.

10. Glyphodes stenocraspis, p. 442,
[50]

'->

v

1

"

I

j

AVJl>
C

S.1898. Fl.XXXm.

10

CJirugtt adnat.lrtk.

ahrotno.

Bntisli - East- Afric aii Lepidoptera.

From the ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OP NATURAL HISTOBY,
Ser. 7, Vol. ii., July 1898.

On the Butter/lies of the Genera Leptophobia and Pieria.
By ARTHUR G. BUTLER, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S.,&c.

IN spite of adverse criticism, I have seen no reason to change
my decision either as to the distinctness of Leptophobia or as
to what should be regarded as typical Pieris. Strictly
speaking, perhaps, Parnassius apollo should be regarded as
the type of Pieris, Schrank ; Scudder, however, considers
Ganoris rapce to be the type, regarding the closely related
G. brassicce as generically distinct. I have clearly proved
that the trivial characters upon which these two nearly allied
" cabbage- butterflies " were separated are utterly unreliable,
being inconstant in the extreme. If we were, on the other
hand, to make Parnassius apollo the type of Pieris, it would
not only create hopeless confusion, but would necessitate
giving a fresh name to the subfamily Pierinse, a course not
to be desired by any who keep in view the sole object of
nomenclature.

As before, therefore, I accept Boisduval's definition of
Pieris, taking P. amathonte ( = P. demophile $ ) as its type.

In the ' Biologia Centrali-Americana ' the genus Pieris is
expanded to include Synchloe, Mylothris, Leptophobia, and
Glutophrissa ; but personally I prefer to keep all groups
having constant structural differences, whether of neuratiou
or other details, as separate genera. As regards the state-
ment that P. protodice (Synchloe) is sexually inconstant in
neuration, I can only suggest that this state of things is indi-
vidual and abnormal, inasmuch as nine out of our ten male
examples show the apical furca in the primaries quite as

14 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Butterflies of

clearly as in our six females. This, I do not for a moment
doubt, the authors of the ' Biologia ' will frankly admit when
they have again investigated the point.

The following is a list of the species so far as they are
known to me : —

LEPTOPHOBIA., Butler.
1. Leptophobia eleone.

Pieris eleone, Hewitson, in Gen. Diurn. Lep. pi. vi. fig. 6 (1847).
Pieris Smithii, Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 357 ; Rhop. Exot. i.
pi. i. figs. 3, 4 (1888).

Venezuela, Bogota, Bolivia, Quito, Ecuador. B. M.

P. Smit/rii is evidently a slight variation, differing only in
the narrowness of the posterior portion of the outer border of
the primaries ; the width of this border varies a good deal
in L. eleone.

2. Leptophobia eleusis.

Pieris eleusis, Lucas, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1852, p. 331.
Pieris suadetta, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. v. p. 79 (1861).

Venezuela. B. M.

I think it very doubtful whether the following is distinct
from this.

3. Leptophobia helena.
Pieris helena, Lucas, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1852, p. 332.

Quito. B. M.

4. Leptophobia aripa.

Pieris aripa, Boisduval, Sp. Ge*n. Lep. i. p. 528 (1836).
Pieris balidia, Boisduval, t. c. p. 529.
Pieris elodia, Boisduval, I. c.

Rio Janeiro, Bolivia, Venezuela, Panama, Costa Rica,
Guatemala, Mexico. B. M.

Our examples of L. balidia (from Rio Janeiro) have the
under surface of the secondaries and apex of primaries more
buff-coloured than Central-American examples ; but the
Bolivian example is somewhat intermediate.

5. Leptophobia pinara.

Pieris pinara, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 179 (1865).
Bogota, Bolivia, and Ecuador. B. M.

the Genera Leptophobia and Pieris. 15

6. Leptophobia erinna.

Pieris erinna, Hopffer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 335.
Peru. B. M.

7. Leptophobia nephthis.
Pieris nephthis, Hopffer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 334.

Bolivia and Ecuador. Coll. Hewitson.
Nearly allied to the preceding species.

8. Leptophobia stantnata.

Pieris stamnata, Lucas, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1852, p. 330.
Pieris euthemia, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. v. p. 80 (1861).

Venezuela. B. M.

9. Leptophobia penthica.

Leptalis ? penthica, Kollar, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, math.-nat.
Cl. i. p. 360, pi. xlv. figs. 11, 12 (1850).

Bogota and Ecuador. B. M.

10. Leptophobia subargenteat sp. n.

(£. Above very similar to the same sex of L. tenuicornis,
but the base of primaries blacker, the white markings more
cream-coloured, the large patch barely extending above the
second median branch (so as to leave a much wider interval
between it and the subapical bifid spot) ; secondaries much
less blue, the inner bordering of the much larger creamy
white patch being rather silver-grey. Primaries below with
costa and fringe sulphur-yellow, apical area silver crossed by
black veins ; white area rather more extended basally than
above and pure white, subapical white spot slightly broader :
secondaries silver, with black veins ; basal lobe daffodil-
yellow in front, saffron behind. Body normal.

Expanse of wings 58 millim.

Pucartambo, Peru (Whitely). Type B. M.

Evidently related to, but distinct from, the following.

11. Leptophobia semiccesia.
Pieris semiccesia, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 176 (1865).

Bogota.

This species seems to approach L. penthica, but with no
white on upper surface of secondaries ; the secondaries and
apex of primaries below silvery rather than nacreous. The

16 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Butterflies of

description almost agrees with L. philoma, but Felder speaks
of the subapical fasciole as tripartite.

12. Leptophobia olympia.
Pieris olympia, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. v. p. 80 (1861).

E. Peru (registered Nauta). B. M.

In the Hewitson collection a specimen, from Bolivia, stands
under L. tovariaj from which species I think L. olympia very
doubtfully distinct; it was described from a Venezuelan
example.

13. Leptophobia tovaria.

Pieris tovaria, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. v. p. 80 (1861).
$ , Bogota. B. M.

14. Leptophobia subflavescens.

Pieris subflavescens, Kirby, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, yol. xix.
p. 362 (1887).

New Grenada.

Near to L. tovaria; almost the same on upper surface.

15. Leptophobia philoma.
Pieris philoma, Hewitson, Equat. Lep. p. 79 (1870).

Ecuador. Type coll. Hewitson.

Should this prove to be Felder's L. semiccesia it will have
to sink ; but it is possible that the species of Bogota may
prove distinct.

16. Leptophobia ccesia.

Pieris assia, Lucas, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1852, p. 299 ; Hewitson,
Exot. Butt, ii., Pier. pi. vi. figs. 43, 44 (1861).

Quito and Ecuador. Coll. Hewitson and B. M.

17. Leptophobia tenuicornis.

Leptophobia tenuicornis, Butler and Druce, Cist. Ent. i. p. 110 (1872) ;

Lep. Exot. p. 116, pi. xliii. fig. 4 (1872).
Pieris tenuicornis, Godman and Salvin, Biol. Centr.-Am., Lep. Rhop.

vol. ii. p. 137, pi. Ixii. figs. 8-11 (1889).

Colombia, Chiriqui, Costa Rica. B. M.

18. Leptophobia cinerea,

Pieris cinerea, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. v. p. 663 (1867).
Pieris menthe, Hopffer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 335.

Ecuador. Coll. Hewitson and B. M.

the Genera Leptophobia and Pieris. 1.7

PlKiUS, Boisduval.

This genus separates into several natural groups, the first
being the P. demophile group, in which the females vaguely
remind one of Ithomiinse (such as S-n's) • the second is (he
P. viardi group, the females of which are often more like;
Tithoreaj the under surface of the secondaries often riehly
coloured in both sexes; the third is represented by P. /t'ti/etd
(P. mouuite auct. plur., nee Linn.) and its varieties, some-
what short-winged Belenois-like butterflies ; the fourth and
last is represented by the P. bunice group, and unites charac-
teristics of Catopsilia and G-anorix, all the males exhibiting
well-developed patches and streaks of thiekiiiel soiling on
the wings, but combined with the long slen ler antennie and
style of neuration of the later types of the Pierirue.

Section 1.

1. Pieris demophile.

$. Papilio demophile, Clerck, Icones, pi. xxviii. fh\ 4 (17(3-4).
Papilio molphea, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pi. cxvi. C (1779).
cf . Papilio amathonte, Cramer, I. c. A, B.

Pernambuco, St. Paulo,, Tapajos. B. M.

2. Pieris calydonia.

Pieris calydonia, Boisduval, Sp. Gen. Lep. i. p. 439 (18-10).

Venezuela, Panama, Nicaragua. B. M.

This species varies a good deal in the width of the black-
brown borders, our Venezuelan examples having considerably
broader borders than those from Panama and Nicaragua.

o. Pieris lepialina.

1'ieris Icptalina, Bates, Journ. Entom. i. p. 2oG (1801).

Pieris pisoni*, Ilcwitson, Exot. Jiutt. ii., Pier. pi. vi. iigs. 40, 41.

E. Peru (registered " Nauta"). B. M.

4. Pitriti Ivtca/ia.

Pieris kipiha, Reakirt, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. ii. p. 349 (18(53).
Pieris notistriya, Butler and Druce, Cist. Ent. i. p. Ill (1872).

Rio Dagua, Colombia. B. M.

5. Pieris Diarana.

Pieris inarana, Doubleday, Ann. & Mag. Nat. IIi.>t. vol. xiv. p. 421
(1844) ; Ilewitson, Exot. Butt, ii., Pier. pi. vi. tij:. 42 (1861).

\Vest Indies?, Panama, Chimborazo. Type B. M.

18 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Butterflies of

Doubleday's type was clearly collected either in the West
Indies or on the coast of Central America (as evidenced by
all the species from the same collection).

6. Pier is pandosia.

Pieris pandosia, Hewitaon, Exot. Butt, i., Pier. pi. ii. fig. 14 (1853),
ii., Pier. pi. vi. fig. 39 (1861).

Venezuela. B. M.

The type is in the Hewitson collection.

7. Pieris pylotis.
Pieris jn/lotis, Godart, Enc. Meth. ix. p. 158 (1819).

Brazil. B. M.

The black spot on the primaries gives this species a some-
what aberrant aspect, but I think it is best located here.

Section 2.

8. Pieris viardi.

$ . Pieris viarcli, Boisduval, Sp. Gen. Lep. i. p. 439 (1836).
tf . Pieris hubra, Doubleday, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xvii. p. 2'2 (1846) ;
Gen. Diurn. Lep. pi. vi. fig. 1 (1847).

<$ j Honduras (Doubleday's type). B. M.
Tn the Hewitson collection both sexes of this species stand
together.

9. Pieris laogore.

Pieris laogare, Godman and Salvin, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 134
(1889).

Mexico.

Differs from the preceding in the whole of the yellow
markings in both sexes being replaced by orange.

10. Pieris tithoreideSj sp. n.

(£ . Above much like P. locusta, but usually with one or
two extra white spots in the border and with the narrow part
of the border, at the posterior angle of the primaries, better
defined : on the under surface the differences are better
marked, the border of the primaries being produced inwards
upon the first and second median branches as in P. locusta^
but not so imperfectly, the greyish diffusion of that part of
the border in P. facusta being rilled in in the present species :
iii the secondaries the red, orange, and yellow markings are

the Genera Leptophobia and Pieris. 19

all less vivid and there is a broad pale belt across the wing
which includes the greater part of the discoidal cell, so that
the lower ramus of the dark discoidal furca is clearly seen to
be bordered on both sides with chrome-yellow; the submarginal
yellow spots are rather more elongated than in P. locusta.
Expanse of wings t)7 millim.

$ . Curiously resembles Tithorea Pavonn. Above black:
the primaries with a broad sulphur-yellow patch, paler
externally, commencing just above the base of the median
vein and divided by this vein and its first branch, at the
middle of which branch it terminates ; below this a diffused
yellow streak traversed by the submedian vein ; a slightly
irregular pearly white oblique macular band beyond the cell
from costa nearly to outer margin, its inner edge angulated at
subcostal vein, its last inferior spot small and well divided
from the remaining divisions ; two spots placed subapically,
the upper one bifid ; a larger spot near posterior angle :
secondaries with brown costal area, below which is a broad
sulphur-yellow belt, whitish at each extremity, from abdo-
minal margin to second subcostal branch, above which are a
few yellow scales ; this belt is deeply incised upon the veins,
but especially upon what would now be called the " upper "
radial ; a submarginal series of white spots. On the under
surface the primaries are nearly as above, excepting that there
is a pale patch at apex tinted with grey-brownish and yellow,
and partly enclosing the bifid subapical spot ; below this and
near outer border are three bifid yellow spots, the last being
the terminal spot of the postmedian stripe : the secondaries
nearly resemble those of the male, but are altogether more
vivid in colouring, the broad belt crossing the cell being
mostly white and the streak bordering the discoidal < -shaped
character (false vein) bright cadmium-yellow.

Expanse of wings 71 millim.

Male and female, Ecuador; two males and one female,
Quito: coll. Hewitson. Two males, Ohiuiborazo ; female,
Ecuador : B. M.

The types are in the Hewitson series.

11. Pieris mandela.
Pieris mandela, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. v. p. 80 (1861).

Venezuela. B. M.

Both sexes are in the Hewitson collection unlabelled with
locality.

20 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Butterflies of

12. Pier is apicalis, sp. n.

<£. Allied to P. mandela, but usually considerably larger,
the apical border on the primaries with more oblique inner
edge, its inferior continuation on outer border distinctly
narrower, the upper subapical white spot larger ; secondaries
with the posterior half of the outer border decidedly broader :
primaries below with the apical patch and border still more
reduced, only one whiter submarginal spot (or at most two) ;
secondaries with decidedly whiter, mostly white, irregular
central belt.

Expanse of wings 70-79 millim.

? . Not unlike the female of P. mandela, but much larger,
the secondaries above with the whole base almost to the end
of the cell suffused with greyish brown : the primaries on
under surface not sulphur-tinted at base and the secondaries
more pink in tmt, tlie brown portions more coffee-coloured,
the submarginal spots larger.

Expanse of wings 74 millim.

Two males, Quito and Upper Amazons : in coll. Hewitson.
Male, Bogota ; female, E. Peru : B. M.

The type of the male is from Quito, that of the female
from E. Peru (registered " Nauta "j *. Hewitson referred
one male of this species to P. mandela and the other to
P. locusta, being guided solely by expanse of wings.

13. Pier is locusta.

Pieris locusta, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. v. p. 81 (1861) ; Reise
der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 175, pi. xxv. figs. 8, 9 (1865).

Two males, one female, Bogota. B. M.

The female is a good deal like P. noctipennis, the chief
difference being that the secondaries show a greyish nebulous
subcostal belt, barely visible until beyond the discoidal cell,
and two sharply defined, apical, submarginal, creamy-white
spots. Looking at the illustrations of both sexes in the
* Biologia Centrali-Americana,' I must admit that I greatly
doubt the specific distinctness of the two forms.

14. Pieris noctipennis.

9. Pieris noctipennis, Butler and Druce, Cist. Ent. i. p. Ill (1872) ;
Lep. Exot. p. 118, pi. xliii. fig. 7 (1872).

$ , Nicaragua. In coll. Hewitson.
The male is represented in the ' Biologia ' with rather more

* I have frequently called attention to the fact that the specimens
thus registered are all* believed to have been collected in E. Peru.

the Genera Lepto phobia and Pieris. 21

submarginal spots and a paler central belt across the under
surface of the secondaries than exist in P. locusta from
Bogota; the female also, from which the figure is taken, and
that in the Hevvitson collection both have the white area on
the primaries somewhat yellower than in that sex of P. lovust'i
or than in my type. I am afraid that none of these slight
differences will prove to be even locally constant, but in the
absence of positive proof 1 temporarily retain the two forms
as possibly separate.

Section 3.

1 5 . Pier is ph ileta .

$. Pier is phileta, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 471 (1775).

Mancipium monuste, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schxnett, i. pi. cxxxiv,

figs. 1-4.

My lot hr is hippomonuste, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 91 (1816).
Pieris orseis, Godart, Enc. Me'th. ix. p. 141 (1819).
Pieris Virginia, Godart, /. c.
Pieris eubotea, Godart, t. c. p. 144 (1819).
Pieris feronia, Stephens, 111. Brit. Ent., Haust. i. p. 149 (1828).
Pieris hemithea, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett., Zutr. figs. 693, 694

(1832).
Pieris cleomes, Boisduval and Leconte, Le"p. Am. Sept. p. 43, pi. xvi.

(1833).

Pieris evonima, Boisduval, Sp. G&i. Lep. i. p. 493 (1836).
Pieris vallei, Boisduval, t. c. p. 494 (1836).
Pieris joppe, Boisduval, t, c. p. 495 (1836).
Pieris suasa, Boisduval, t. c. p. 549 (1836).
Papilio albusta, Sepp, Surin. Vlind. iii. pi. cxli. (1855).
Pieris automate, Burmeister, Descr. Rep. Arg. v. p. 85, pi. iv. fig. 1 1

(1878).

Southern States of N. America, the West Indies, Central
America, and a great part of the Southern continent.

With so wide a range it is naturally extremely variable, a
perfect series of gradations existing between typical P. phileta
and the feebly bordered P. automate ; these variations may
be somewhat arbitrarily divided into seven grades, none of
them apparently being confined to any particular region.

The species has hitherto stood in collections as P. monuste
of Linnaeus, with which some of the older authors were the
first to confound it; but the description in the 'Museum
Ludovicas Ulricas ' cannot refer to this butterfly, inasmuch as,
in the first place, no mention is made of the dentated character
of the inner edge of the outer border of primaries, but, on the
contrary, that of the secondaries is specially described as
" denticulato-fuscus " ; in the second place, no mention is
made of the elongate subapical white spots on the primaries ;
and, lastly, the wings below are said to be concolorous, ex-

22 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Butter/lies of

cepting that the borders show a greyish shade answering to
those of the upper surface — " loco fusci coloris tantum cine-
rascentes ad marginem." The description is much more
likely to be intended for Udaina cynis, only the under surface
of the primaries in the latter species is almost too strongly
coloured and the dentated character of the border still obtains
on the upper surface. The type being lost, it is by far the
best plan to let the name lapse unless something perfectly
answering to the description can be found. Possibly Mylothris
phaola or an allied form may be intended.

Section 4.

16. Pieris j sp. n. ?

Four specimens of a species allied to P. sevata, but with
more produced costa and more broadly bordered outer margin
to primaries ; the apex of primaries and the secondaries below
sericeous pink.

Four males, Panama. B. M.

I have been unable to find a description of this species,
•which, however, I prefer to leave for the consideration of the
authors of the * Biologia Centrali-Americana.' It vaguely
resembles Glutophrissa castaliat but differs in structure and
in the colouring of the under suiface; the primaries with
much straighter outer margin, all the wings with streaks of
thickened scales bordering the veins, and the anal segment,
with no trace of the dense prominent brush projecting from
the base of the clasps (the presence of the brush in both
sexes being the chief character upon which I founded the
genus Glutophrissa}) a feature wholly wanting in either sex
of Pieris.

17. Pieris sevata.

Pieris sevata, Felder, Wien. ent. MoDatschr. v, p. 81 (1861).

Male and female, Venezuela. B. M.
Bears a curious resemblance to some of the extreme types
of P. pyranthe.

18. Pieris ausia.

Pieris ausia, Boisduval, Sp. Gen. L6p. i. p. 531 (1836).

One male, Mexico : B. M. Two females, without locality :
coll. Hewitson.

There are four males in the Hewitson collection from
Bolivia which must, 1 think, represent a variety of this

the Genera Leptophobia and Pieris. 23

species; they are individually very inconstant in the width
and character of the apical border of the primaries.

19. Pieris bunice.

Catophaga bunice, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schinett. ii. pi. cxxv. figs. 1, 2

(1816-36).
Pieris endeis, Godart, Enc. M6th. ix. p. Io8 (1819).

Brazil, Rio Janeiro. B. M.

20. Pieris phaloe.

Pieris phaloe, Godart, Enc. MStli. ix. p. 156 (1819) ; Lucas, Lep. Exot.
pi. xxvii. tig. 1 (1835).

Paid, Tapajos, Venezuela. B. M.

21. Pieris imperator.

Pieris imperator, Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 357 ; Rhop. Exot. i.
Pier. pi. i. figs. 1, 2 (1888).

One male, Ecuador : coll. Hewitson. Id. male and female
var.?, Obydos (E. E. Austen) : B. M.

22. Pieris diana.

Pieris diana, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. v. p. 81 (1861).
Two males, New Granada : coll. Hewitson. One male,
Brazil : B. M.

23. Pieris Van-Volxemii.

Pieris Van-Volxemii, Capronnier, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xvii. p. 11, pi. i.
fig. 1 (1874).

Buenos Ayres.

Probably intermediate between P. diana and P. amaryllis,
but smaller than either.

24. Pieris amaryllis.

Papilio amaryllis, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 189 (1797) ; Donovan,
Ins. Ind. pi. xxviii. fig. 1 (1800).

Male and female, Jamaica. B. M.

25. Pieris Josepha.
Pieris Josepha, Godman and Salvin, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol. ii. p. 150 (1868).
One male, Guatemala. B. M.

24 On the Genera Leptophobia and Pieris.

26. Pieris Josephina.

Pieris Josephina, Godart, Enc. MSth. ix. p. 158 (1819) ; Hiibuer,
Samml. exot. Schmett. ii. pi. cxxvi. (1819-36).

Male and female, St. Domingo, and male, Mexico. B. M.
Mr. Heron and I have compared our specimens with
Godart's types, now in the Edinburgh Museum.

431

XXI. On some new species of African Picrimv in the col-
lection of the British Museum, with notes an seasonal
forms of Belenois. By ARTHUR G. BUTLER,
Ph.D., F.L.S., &c.

[Read November 16th, 1898.]

WHILST arranging the Pierinse of the genus Phrissura, I
discovered three males of a species which is certainly
undescribed, mixed up with the series of P. sylvia (the
dry-season form of P. eudoxia), and in the Hewitson col-
lection I discovered the female of the same species I now
describe.

Phrissura perlucens, sp. n.

<£ . Above nearly resembling P. sylvia, but with the inner edging
of the black outer border of primaries more blurred, less distinctly
dentate- sinuate, the basal patch of lemon yellow without the least
tinge of orange ; on the undersurface the border far more distinct
than in P. sylvia, irrorated with dark brown, yellowish externally ;
the base bright lemon yellow as above (not orange, as in P. aylria} ;
the secondaries also with the costal area at base bright lemon yellow
instead of orange. Expanse, 50 — 61 millim.

$ . Similar in pattern to the female of P. sylvia, but with the
ground-colouring of all the wings above pure white ; the border of
primaries and marginal spots of secondaries rather broader than in
P. sylvia ; primaries below bright lemon yellow at base, slightly
washed with saffron on costa ; apical area irrorated with grey-
brownish and with an oblique subapical stripe of the same colour ;
secondaries with the base of costal area golden yellow, slightly more
saffron on costal margin : no trace of the ochreous bordering common
to the undersurface of all the wings in P. syhia. Expanse, 64
millim.

Hob. ANGOLA and GOLD COAST (Mus. Brit.}.

Phrissura narcissus, sp. n.

9 . Primaries bright ochreous ; a grey subapical crescentic band ;

•veins pale buff, partly dividing a marginal series of black spots ;

TRANS. EXT. SOC. LOND. 1808. — PART TV.

432 Dr. A. G. Butler on new African Pierinse

secondaries bright lemon yellow with a marginal series of cordiform
dark brown spots terminating the nervures ; primaries below
ochreous with pale creamy costa, the cell suffused with saffron to-
wards the base, but not abruptly ; subapical grey band obsolete,
marginal black spots smaller than above, fringe black ; secondaries
butter yellow with deep saffron basi-costal area ; spots on margin
as above ; pectus creamy yellow ; abdomen flesh-tinted. Expanse,
59 millim.

Hob. ANGOLA (Coll. Hewitson) .

This is so strikingly distinct from everything else in the
genus that I do not hesitate to name it in spite of the fact
that it is a female; the male will probably be found to have
a broad blackish border to the primaries. In the genus
Belenois, of which I have recently completed the arrange-
ment, the seasonal forms are always tolerably well-defined.
Belenois, though nearly related to Phrissura, has a different
style of marking ; the males never have a pencil of hair
between the anal clasps as have those of Phrissura ; the
primaries as a rule are more produced, the costa being
longer, so that the wing-outline more nearly resembles that
of Appias ; there are however exceptions to this rule in a
few specimens which more nearly approach Phrissura in
outline. A few notes on some of the seasonal forms in
Belenois may perhaps be useful to the systematist ; they
follow the usual rules of variation which have, in many
cases, been more or less satisfactorily proved by collectors
and breeders of Pierinse ; so that there can be no reason for
refusing to accept them as facts. If they are rejected as
seasonal forms, they must be accepted as variations, inas-
much as (in nearly every case) the intermediate phase occurs.

Belenois hedyle, Cramer.

This is a wet-season phase, of which B. rhena is the
female of the dry phase. In the Museum there are six
males and one female of the wet phase in addition to five
examples in the Hewitson collection ; of a perfectly inter-
mediate phase we have five males ; of the dry phase we
have three males and two females, one additional example
being in the Hewitson collection.

Belenois thysa, HopfT.

The Angolan form of this species differs somewhat from
the more Southern and the Eastern type of the species,

and on seasonal forms of Belenois. 433

representing a slight local variation of which B. meldolw
is the dry phase. The typical figures of the species re-
present the intermediate phase, the wet phase of which
has heavier black borders with which the subapical spots
on the primaries are often united ; the dry phase is repre-
sented by B. sabrata. A singular form of the species
occurs sporadically in the area bounded by the Victoria
Nyanza and Lake Nyasa ; the females of this form differ
so remarkably in outline and in the more or less lilacine
greyish suffusion of the under surface that one might be
excused for believing that they represented a distinct
species.

Belenois dentigera, Butl.

This species, which is related to B. calypso, was based
upon a dry -season male collected by Emm Pasha. The
intermediate phase is represented by B. welwitschi of
Rogenhofer (who states that it was collected in Angola !) ;
of this phase we have a male obtained by Emin Pasha at
Kangasi and three males from Nyasa-land. Of the wet
phase, a heavily marked and more brilliantly coloured
edition of the intermediate phase, we possess four males
and one female from Nyasa-land.

Belenois instabilis, Butl.

Of this species we possess both sexes of all the phases,
the wet form of the female somewhat resembling that sex
of B. creona on the upper surface ; both sexes are very
heavily black-veined on the under surface. The inter-
mediate phase bears much resemblance on the under
surface to the wet phase of B. dentigera, excepting that
the insect is considerably smaller, the apical markings on
the primaries are sulphur yellow and the median vein of
the secondaries, with its branches, is black. In the dry
form the black markings are reduced on both surfaces, and
the secondaries below are more ochraceous.

Belenois subeida, Felder.

Related to the preceding ; we possess only single males
of the wet and intermediate phases and a female of the
dry phase. The species doubtless replaces B. instabilis in
North Africa : whilst it is much more heavily bordered on

434 Dr. A. G. Butler on new African Pierinse

the upper surface, it is altogether less brilliantly coloured
below.

Belenois crawshayi, Butl.

We now possess wet, intermediate, and dry phases of
both sexes of this species ; B. diminuta was based upon
the female of the dry phase.

In the collection made by Dr. Gregory in British East
Africa is a species related to the preceding which I con-
founded with the Eastern form of B. zochalia : a careful
study of the two has now convinced me that this was an
error, the form of the wings being constantly very different,
and the costal margin of the primaries and the abdominal
margin of the secondaries being noticeably shorter.

Belenois formosa, sp. n.

$ Belenois zochalia (part), Butler, P.Z.S., 1894, p. 579,
pi. xxxvii, fig. 3.

$ . Primaries white above, the basal area nacreous ; secondaries
white or pale sulphur yellow ; markings as in B. zochalia.

At first I was inclined to regard this as the dry phase
of the East- African representative of B. zochalia, but the
coloration and vivid marking of the male are so distinctly
characteristic of a wet-season phase, that I was compelled
to abandon this idea as soon as it occurred to me. Un-
doubtedly the pattern of the females of both forms is very
similar, but nevertheless I feel sure that two species exist ;
we have five males and three females of B. formosa.

Of typical B. zochalia from South Africa we have wet,
intermediate, and dry forms of both sexes; they differ
chiefly in the definition of the black markings on the
under surface.

Belenois sever ina, Cramer.

Of B. severina we have an immense series commencing
with the wet-season B. infida (P.Z.S., 1894, pi. xxxvii,
figs. 1, 2), passing through two fairly defined intergrades,
of which one is typical B. severina, to the extreme dry
form, which nearly resembles B. creona on the under
surface. B. loguensis of Felder is a Northern race of the
species showing less variation, the wet phase being not
much unlike the first intermediate phase of B. severina,
but the dry phase more nearly approaches B. creowa.

and on seasonal forms of Belenois. 435

Belenois leucogyne, Butl.

This interesting species seems to possess a dry phase
only.

Belenois creona, Cramer.

The wet form of this species seems to be extremely
rare ; we possess only one pair ; above it resembles the
common intermediate phase, but on the under surface the
veins are lilacine grey in the male and black in the female.
The best characters for distinguishing B. creona from
J5. severina consist in the smallness of the subapical spots
on the upper surface of the primaries in the males, the
black and scarcely spotted border of the secondaries in
this sex and the white ground-colour of the female streaked
on the under surface with deep ochreous. B. creona is
essentially a West- African species ; B. severina Southern
and Eastern.

Belenois johannse, Butl.

I know this only as a dry-season phase ; it is a very
distinct species.

Belenois mesentina, Cramer.

We have a very extensive series of this species, B.
augusta = agrippina = lordaca being the wet phase, B. me-
sentina = syrin& intermediate, B. auriginea dry, and B.
taprobana being an insular dry phase differing in the
Slacker outer border to the male primaries, on which the
subapical spots are less prominent.

Belenois teutonia, Fabr.

The wet form is B. clytie = niseia ; the intermediate form
shows a narrow break between the discocellular bar and
outer border in both the primaries and secondaries of the
female, but no noticeable difference in the male ; in the
dry form the discocellular bar is well separated from the
border, and the white spotting of the border in both sexes
is clearly defined.

Belenois peristhene, Boisd.

jThe wet form has the secondaries below black with a
.submarginal row of orange spots. We have two examples

436 Dr. A. G. Butler on new African Pierinse

from New Caledonia in which the whole basal area of the
primaries below is also orange, as in B. Java ; these are
probably either reversional sports or the result of hybridism
between the two species. The intermediate form differs
in having several squamose subbasal orange patches on
the under surface of the secondaries; the dry form has
the cell and a series of patches below it white, the basi-
costal patch and submarginal spots remaining orange.

Belenois clarissa, Butl.

The seasonal differences in this species much resemble
those of B. peristhene, the orange spots of the under
surface being replaced by sulphur yellow; we have all the
phases in both sexes.

Of B. picata we possess only a dry-season phase.

Belenois Java, Sparrm.

B. deiopeia, Don., is the dry phase. We possess an
intermediate from the New Hebrides; as the species
occurs as far to the East as the Friendly Group, it
certainly crosses the range of B. peristhene, and is quite
likely to hybridize with it.

Belenois raffrayi, Oberth.

This is a wet-season form, and, without examining
specimens of the allied B. margaritacea, I would not
suggest that there may be more than affinity between
them. It is quite possible that they may be perfectly
distinct.

Respecting B. gidica, much confusion has arisen ; I may
begin by stating emphatically that B. gidica is not the
wet-season form of B. dbyssinica, and that B. allica of
Oberthlir is not the B. allica of Boisduval, but is
identical with B. abyssinica. Furthermore, there are two
South-African species of the group, easily separated by
any one who has an eye for form and pattern.

Belenois gidica, Godt.

Differs at a glance from B. gidica of authors in the lack of con-
tinuity between the discocellular black spot of primaries with the
costal borders, the distinctly narrower and blacker outer borders of
the primaries, the fourth white spot on which opens without break
into the ground-colour, so as to form a quadrate excision of the

and on seasonal forms of Belenois. 437

border. On the under surface the differences are niudi greater ; the
apical brown border is unbroken, with three small whitish spots in-
ternally as above, whitish veins, and five tear-like whitish .sub-
marginal dots between the veins. Secondaries with irregular brown
borders interrupted by diffused whitish spots internally and enclosing
six distinct submarginal white spots; veins pale; an oblique ab-
breviated brown spot at the end of the cell, but no other markings.
Expanse, 57 millim.

Hal. CAPE OF GOOD HOPE.

Two males of the wet-season phase of this very distinct
species were in the God man and Salvin collection associ-
ated with B. cjidica of Trimen and others. To the latter
I propose to restore the name of B. west-wood i, Wallgr.

Belenois abyssinica, Lucas.

The Godman and Salvin collection contained two males,
and the Museum series a female of the wet-season phase
of this species. It differs from the wet phase of B. wcst-
t'-oodi above in the almost confluent character of the
marginal spots on the male secondaries; the differences
below are considerable, the ground-colour being much
yellower, and all the dark brown markings on the basal
area of the secondaries being wholly erased, bringing it
decidedly nearer to B. yidica.

The differences between the dry-season forms of the
two species do not appear to be so marked, though they
are of the same nature, the rusty ground-colour not being
so well suited for emphasizing the absence of dark mark-
ings as the primrose yellow of the wet-season phase.

Belenois westivoodi, Wallgr.

We have a long series of this species, the female of
which is very variable. I suspect that the most typical
wet phase is represented by the more heavily bordered
and distinctly marked examples, but the change from
heavy to light borders is so gradual that I have not
attempted to distinguish an intermediate phase. One of
our female examples in which the upper surface is very
lightly marked shows a distinct approach to the dry form
in the coloration of the under surface. Of the dry phase
we have five examples from Eastern Africa as far south-
ward as Natal, and there is an equal number in the
Hewitson collection.

438 Dr. A. G, Butler on new African Pierinte.

Belenois occidentis, sp. n.

Allied to B. westwoodi, but distinctly larger, the apical area of the
primaries irrorated with grey, the outer border greyer than in
B. westwoodi, the irregular transverse subapical band interrupted
in the middle ; the veins blackened to the cell, excepting the first
two median branches ; the discocellular black bars continued round
the end of the cell as far as or beyond the emission of the second
median branch ; secondaries with a well-defined black discocellular
dash and several black traces of the'discal markings of the under sur-
face ; black marginal spots and fringe as usual. On the under surface
nearly the whole of the veins are brown, darker on the primaries ;
in the wet phase the primaries show a grey basal patch terminating
in a black discoidal streak ; the black discocellular bar is continued
broadly to the first median branch along which it runs to the
middle, so that it forms a large Z-shaped character ; in the dry
phase >the discocellular bar runs backward only half way to the
origin of the first median branch. In the character of the second-
aries this species is like B. westwoodi on the under surface. Expanse,
-64 millim.

Hob. CONGO ; LOANDA (Mus. Brit.).

These examples were received from the Godman and
Salvin collection, a male (wet phase) from the Congo, and
a pair (dry phase) from Loanda. There is very little
doubt that this is the species for which Boisduval pro-
posed his manuscript name of " Pier is allica" but M.
Oberthtir having published the name as applying to B.
abyssinica, it has become a synonym and cannot now be
resuscitated.

1898.] ON BUTTERFLIES FROM THE HARAR HIGHLANDS.

[From the PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,
November 15, 1898.]

A List of Butterflies obtained in the Harar Highlands by
Capt. H. G. C. Swayne, R.E. By ARTHUR G. BUTLER,
Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.

The small collection of which the following is an account was
somewhat hurriedly made, all the specimens having been secured l
in about three days, at an elevation of from 4000 to 8000 feet on
the Harar Highlands. It is therefore not surprising that most of
them are a good deal shattered ; some of them are nevertheless very
acceptable additions to the Museum collection : one species is new.

So little is known even now of the Lepidopterous fauna of
this part of Africa that every consignment received thence is of
importance and is worthy of careful record, even though many of
the examples may have no further value when that record has
been published.

1 They do not appear to hare been netted, but rather knocked down and
captured by hand.

[i]

822

ON BUTTERFLIES FROM THE HARAK HIGHLANDS. [Nov. 15.

The following is a list of the species : —

15. Acrsea antinorii Oberth.

16. Mylothris agathina Cram.

17. „ yulei rf var. ? Butl.

18. „ swaynei, sp. nov.

19. Colias electra Linn.

20. „ marnoana Bogenh.

21. Teracolus phillipsi .gw^.

22. „ protomedia Klug.

23. Belenois mesentina Cram.

24. Leuceronia thalassina Boisd.

25. Papilio demoleus Linn.

26. „ erinus, var. Gray.

27. antinorii Oberth.

1. Limnas klugi Butl.

2. Byblia ilithyia Drury.

3. Charaxes brutus Cram.

4. Junonia actia Dist.

5. octavia Cram.

6. pyriformis Bu

7. cebrene Trim.

8. clelia Cram.

9. here Lang.

10. orthosia Godt.

11. Pyrameis abyssinica

12. Atella columbina Cram.

13. Neptis agatha Cram.

14. Acraea serena, var. perrupta 2?z^/.

MYLOTHEIS SWAYNEI, sp. n.

(S . Intermediate in character between M. trimenia and M. nar-
cissus : primaries above milk-white ; the costal border blackish,
widening gradually into an apical patch which curves round to
join the first of three trigonal marginal spots between veins 4 and
5 ; internal border also blackish to external angle : secondaries
bright lemon-yellow ; seven small marginal black spots, the first
of which (at end of costal vein) is the largest and elongated : body
normal. Primaries below white, costal border sprinkled with grey
scales ; base of cell slightly washed with lemon-yellow ; apical
border lemon-yellow ; a marginal series of seven black dots :
secondaries as above : body normal, the pectus clothed with
greenish-white hair, becoming somewhat fulvous at the side of the
eyes. Expanse of wings 55 millim.

Hab. Harar Highlands.

The following specimens in the collection are worthy of
mention : —

The example of Charaxes brutus is not only interesting on
account of the narrowness of the white band across the primaries,
but also because of the prominence of the grey lunulated sub-
marginal line of the secondaries.

Acrcea antinorii, of which twro rather damaged specimens were
obtained, was previously known to me only by the illustration
(Annali del Museo Civico di Geneva, xv. tav. i. fig. 3).

The male of MylotTiris yulei more nearly approaches the typical
female than the male which I described ; but there is not
sufficient evidence to warrant their separation at present.

The example of Colias marnoana is larger than those which we
previously possessed and tends to link it to C. sareptensis.

The two males of Papilio erinus are actually more or less inter-
mediate between the var. pseudonireus and Papilio bromius ; it
therefore seems probable that P. erinus and P. bromius will
eventually have to be united, in spite of the considerable differences
which exist on both surfaces between the extreme forms.

A pair, unfortunately much shattered, of P. antinorii was
obtained.
[2]

1898.] ON BUTTERFLIES FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 823

[From the PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,
November 15, 1898.]

On a small Collection of Butterflies made in the Chikala
District, British Central Africa, by Mr. George Hoare1.
By ARTHUR G. BUTLER, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.

The present series was forwarded to our Secretary for me by
Mr. J. F. Cunningham, Secretary to the Administration, in the
hope that they might be useful for the Museum collection, to
which I may at once say that it forms a most welcome addition.

Chikala, north end of Lake Shirwa, being new collecting-ground,
might be expected to yield new species to the explorer ; but the
present consignment (which comprises examples of only twenty-
one species) contains nothing hitherto unnamed, although one
of the ten forms of Charaooes in the collection is of considerable
interest to me, not only as being the first female specimen which
we have acquired, but as proving that I was correct in placing
C. lactetinctus next after C. azota in ray arrangement of the genus.

Considering that most of the specimens in this collection belong
to the muscular-winged genus Charaxes, we may congratulate
Mr. Hoare that so many of them are in good condition. The
following is a list of the species : —

1. AMAURIS WHYTEI Butl.

A single perfect male example.

2. MELANITIS SOLANDRA Fabr.
One female.

3. EURYTELA HYARBA, Var. ANGUSTATA Allriv.

A perfect male, with the band on the secondaries nearly as wide
and the markings below as distinct as in the typical Western
form.

4. CHARAXES BRUTUS Fabr.
Two perfect male specimens.

5. CHARAXES POLLUX Cram.

A pair. The female of this species is rather rare.

6. CHARAXES CASTOR, var. FLAVIFASCIATUS Butl.
A nearly perfect male.

7. CHARAXES GUDERIANA Dewitz.
A perfect male.

8. CHARAXES AZOTA, var. NYASANA Butl.

A nearly perfect female. Quite new to the Museum collection.
1 Assistant Collector of Eevenues for the Chikala District.

[i]

824 ON BUTTERFLIES FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. [Nov. 15.

The female of the Delagoa Bay form (the typical C. azota of
Hewitson) has been figured by Mrs. Monteiro in her * Delagoa Bay,
its Natives and Natural History,' frontispiece, fig. 1.

9. CHARAXES MACCLOUNII Butl.

Four females, three of them a little worn, but not much
broken.

10. CHARAXES CANDIOPE Godt.
A male almost perfect.

11. CHARAXES CITH^RON Feld.
Two perfect males.

12. CHARAXES BOHEMANI Feld.
Three females, a little worn.

13. CHARAXES VARANES Cramer.

Five examples, two being almost perfect. This species usually
comes to hand in very poor condition.

14. JUNONIA SESAMUS Trimen.
Two fine specimens.

15. PYRAMEIS CARDUI Linn.
A slightly worn male.

16. HTPANARTIA SCHCENEIA Trimen.
A rather rubbed male.

17. EURALIA WAHLBERGI Wallgr.

A perfect male.

18. CATOPSILIA FLORELLA Fabr.
Two much-worn females.

19. PAPILIO SIMILIS Cram.
A slightly damaged male.

20. PAPILIO DEMOLEUS Linn.
Two good males.

21. PAPILIO MEROPE, var. DARDANUS Brown.
Four males and one female in good condition.

[2]

1898.] ON BUTTERFLIES FROM BRITISH EAST

[From the PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIKTY OF LOXDON,
November 15, ls<j8.]

On a small Collection of Butterflies from British Kast
Africa, obtained at the end of 1897 and beginning Of
1898 by Mr. R. Crawsliav. By ARTHUR (J. BUTLI: K.
Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S.,&c.

In a, letter addressed to me from Ivibwe/i, I7kamba, and dated
March 5th, 1898, Mr. Crawshay writes :—

"A hue in pencil to let you know my movements, and that I
am on my way to the promised land — of this Protectorate at
least.

" I hope you have received the few, very few, insects I sent you
by Wilson, of the National Bank of India in Mombasa, who was
kind enough to take charge of them. They are so few that I was
almost ashamed to send them : but, having promised, 1 did so m
the hope that perhaps the Skippers, or at any rate one of them.
would prove of interest.

" I am now on my way to Machako's, and am camping here for
one day to ration rnv porters, rest them, rest myself, and rearrange
my loads — a never-ending task ! African travel on foot is slow
and very irksome and at times positively exasperating, I can assure
you : one has so many difficulties to contend with, the eh icf perhap--
being the waywardness of one's porters, and indeed of almost all
one's dusky followers, to say nothing of discomforts innumerable.
But it is intensely fascinating for all that, and I. can't tell von how
glad I am to get back to the old life I love so well.

"Certainly British East Africa, and especially the Ukamba
Province, is more healthy than British Central Africa: one fV.-ls
that at every breath.

"It is hot, very hot, but also very dry; and so one does nut
feel the temperature nearly so much as one would do otherwise.

'' I took a magnificent pair of Spiders — -huge thev art1 even
for Africa — on the dry plains S.E. of this, three days a^o.

"Hitherto 1 have seen no four-footed game, but there is plcntv
ahead."

The collection was handed over to me by Mr. AVilson, and 1
found it to consist of examples of '2\ species — \\\(^\ of them
collected at Takaungu, north of Mombasa, between the l(.);h of
November and 6th of December, 1SD7; the remainder having been
obtained at Mombasa on the l^rd January, 1S()S.

As usual with Mr. Crawshay 's collections, the specimens are in
good condition, and although none of them are new to seiemv,
several are of interest; as, for instance, a dry-season female of
Ypihimapupillaris, two highly coloured males of L<icli<m(-i\, )/«/ ///.///»/*,
differing greatly in size, the somewhat rare white form of the female
of Teracolns irii]>t'>Tit<>t\ a dry-season female of '/'. ditatocifffitu, a vcrv
tiny and somewhat aberrant male of T. owjrftfilt', the intermediate
phase of the red-tipped variation of T. cn'Ji'Hfi. and two tine male*

PROC. ZOOL. Soe.— 1*9*, No. I A

I

826 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 15,

of Eronia dilatata. The Hesperiidce, though not new, were welcome
additions to our series of two rather handsome species.

The following is a list of the species, with a few notes by the
collector : —

NYMPHALID^E.

1. LIMNAS CHRYSIPPUS var. KLUQII Butl.
Two females, Mombasa, 23rd January, 1898.

2. YFIHIMA PUPILLARIS Butl.

A dry-season female, Mombasa, 23rd January, 1898.

3. JUNONIA CLELIA Cramer.

$ , Takaungu, 3rd December, 1897.

4. CATOCHRYSOPS OSIRIS Hopff.

Two males differing greatly in size, Mombasa, 23rd January,
1898.
" Plentiful, but difficult to see " (R. C.).

5. AZANUS JESOUS Guer.

5 , Takaungu, 6th December, 1897.

6. TAHUCUS PLINIUS Fabr.

A tiny female, Takaungu, 6th December, 1897.

7. LACHNOCNEMA BIBULUS Fabr.

Two males, Takaungu, 3rd December, 1897.
" Taken playing together and disputing for the same perch on a
rose-bush " (E. (7.).

8. VlRACHOLA ANTALUS

d , Mombasa, 23rd January, 1898.

" Plentiful, but difficult to see " (R. C.).

9. IOLAUS PHILIPPUS Fabr.

J , Takaungu, 6th December, 1897.

PAPILIONID^E.

10. TERACOLUS IMPERATOR Butl.

J 2 , Takaungu, 3rd and 5th December, 1897 ; J , Mombasa,
23rd January, 1898.

11. TERACOLUS DISSOCIATUS Butl.

$ dry form, Takaungu, 5th December, 1897.
" A frequenter of dense scrubby bush ''' (R, G.\

[2]

1898.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 827

12. TERACOLUS EVARNE Klug(?).

c? dry form, Takaungu, 3rd December, 1897.

This example has the pattern of the variety to which I gave the
name of T. syrtinus, but the upper surface is almost pure white ;
it may possibly be a dry-season male of the preceding species from
which the usual rosy coloration of the under surface is wanting.
The dry phases of several of the species of this genus are much
more similar than the wet phases, and single examples which differ
from the typical variation are consequently sometimes not to be
identified with certainty, but have to await further evidence.

13. TERACOLUS XANTHUS Swinh.

2 , Takaungu, 5th December, 1897.

14. TERACOLUS OMPHALE Godt.

c? , Takaungu, 5th December, 1897.

The smallest male I have seen and somewhat aberrant in the
pattern of the primaries, the black border not reaching the external
angle, and the subapical orange patch narrow, not angulated inter-
nally, and wanting its last or lowest section.

15. TERACOLUS CALLIDIA Grose-Smith.
$ , Takaungu, 5th December, 1897.

The intermediate phase of the red-tipped variety.

16. TERACOLUS CATACHRYSOPS Butl.
c? , Takaungu, 6th December, 1897.

A dry-season example having the spots across the secondaries
larger than usual. As in T. protomedia the wet and dry phases of
this species are indicated by the brown or crimson bands across
the under surface of the secondaries.

17. LEUCERONTA BUQUETII Boisd.
rf, Takaungu, 3rd December, 1897.

18. ERONIA DILATATA Butl.

Two males, Takaungu, 6th December, 1897.

19. PAPILIO DEMOLEUS Linn.

Two males, Mombasa, 23rd January, 1898.

20. PL03TSIA CERTMJCA Hewits.

$ , Takaungu, 19th November, 1897.
" Full of large brown ova " (R. <?.).

21. EHOPALOCAMPTA KEITHLOA Wallgr.

Pour specimens, Takaungu, 3rd and 5th December, 1897.
" Fond of perching on outstanding branches of mangrove trees "
(R. C.).

55*

[3]

1898.] ON BUTTERFLIES FROM MASHUNALAND. 902

[From the PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,
November 29, 1898.]

On a Collection of Butterflies almost entirely made at
Salisbury, Mashunaland, by Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall
in 1898. By ARTHUR G. BUTLER, Ph.D., F.L.S.,
F.Z.S., &c.

The present consignment of Butterflies, with the exception of
fourteen examples referable to ten species, was collected at Salis-
bury, and therefore is a valuable addition to the Museum series of
Mashunaland Butterflies. Mr. Marshall writes : — " I think you
will find one or two species among them new to the Museum
collection, notably a Baoris and a Kedestes, both of which Trimen
pronounced to be probably new when I first sent them to him some
four years ago ; but, as he has not referred to them in his recent
paper, I presume he has changed his mind. This is the only ex-
ample of the Kedestes which I have yet seen in Salisbury ; I first
met with it in December 1894 in the warm Mazoe valley, where
I took several examples settling on low herbage on the summits of
kopjes ; in habits it is quite iike K. macomo.

"I shall be glad to know the name oi" the unidentified Mycalesis ;
I have only met with three examples in all round Salisbury,
one in April 1895, the others this year. I am somewhat in doubt
as to the Teracoli I have sent you labelled 'pallene,' for they are
practically indistinguishable from the extreme dry form of omphale ;
yet the wet form is certainly not omphale, which I do not remember
ever to have seen here, but seems referable to pallene. The larva

903 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 29,

is very similar to, though distinct from, that of phlegetonia as
observed by me in Natal, but they are not distinguishable in the
pupal stage."

One or two other notes in Mr. Marshall's communication will
be referred to in the course of this paper. One new species is
now described, and two new genera.

NYMPHALID^E.
SATYRIN^E.

1. MYCALESIS ENA c?, He wits.

Salisbury, 16th April, 1898.

" Probably wet form of Trimen's selousi, which I wrongly sup-
posed to be safitza " (Gr. A. K. M.). I have no doubt that
Mr. Marshall is correct in this opinion, for the chief difference
between the two insects consists in the prominence of the ocelli
in M. ena, the lines crossing the wings being identical in both
forms.

2. LEPTONEURA CLYTUS 3 , Linn.

Cape Town, 26th April, 1897.

This, though it has the general aspect on the upperside of the
following species, is certainly not congeneric with it.

TORYNESIS, gen. nov.

Differs in neuration from Leptoneura in the fact that the sub-
costals of the secondaries are emitted from the same point instead
of being well separated at their origins. The antenna with broadly
spoon-shaped, instead of cylindrical spindle-shaped, club. Palpi
similar, but the second joint more arched and therefore appearing
to be wider in the centre, third joint rather more acuminate.

3. TORYNESIS MINTHA Htibn.

6 <5 , Cape Town, 22nd April, 1897.

TARSOCERA, gen. nov.

Also related to Leptoneura, though with more nearly the aspect
of Pseudonympha : it chiefly differs structurally from Leptoneura
in the expanded flattened club of the antennae and the deflexed
third joint of the palpi; the club is less spoon- shaped than in
Torynesis and the neuration is almost identical with Leptoneura.

4. TARSOCERA CASSINA Butl.

<5 , Cape Town, 5th October, 1896.

So far as I can see, the genus Leptoneura will have to be restricted
to L. ctytus, L. oxyluS) L. bowkeri, and L. dinyana.

5. PSEUDONYMPHA TRIMENI Butl.

<S <S , Table Mountain, 15th October, 1896.

[2]

1898.] FROM MASHUNA LAND. '.Ml I

XYMPIIALIN.I:.

6. ClIARAXES SATURN US Blltl.

c? c?> Salisbury, 30th March arid 3rd and loth April, 1S9S.

Mr. Marshall lahels one of these as " '>=1atic.im-t<i Hut,]."; hut it
is not at all like that form, which I believe to hi; con fined to the
Nyasa district. I see nothing in Mr. Marshall's example to dis-
tinguish it from any other S. African specimens, whereas probably
most of the Continental Lepidopterists would have unhesitatingly
described the form G. laticinctus as a distinct species, instead of a
common local aberration.

7. JUNONIA SESAMUS Trim, (and var. calescens).

Salisbury, 5000 feet (wet and dry forms), 13th February; dry
form, 13th, 16th, 20th, and 23rd March, 1898.

It is quite evident, although Mr. Marshall bred J. srsamus from
eggs laid by J. calesoens, that both forms ily together in the \\ct
season : it is therefore better to call /. calescens a dry phase than
a dry-season form. One of Mr. Marshall's examples is labelled
"Bred from egg laid by P. octavia-natalcnsis. Stages : Kgg 13th-
18th Febr., larva 19th Febr. -19th Mar., pupa 20th Mar. -4th Apr.
1898." This specimen therefore apparently emerged on the ."3th
April.

I object to the name " Precis octavia-natalensis " for the follow-
ing reasons : — Precis is a synonym of Junonia ; octavia is a distinct
West- African species ; natalensis was a name proposed for the wet
form of P. sesamus, under the impression that it was a variety of
the Western insect, and is objectionable because the genus already
contains a species named natalica.

8. JUNONIA ARCIIESIA Cram,

cf, dry form, Salisbury, llth May, 1898,

9. JUNONIA CUAMA llewits.

d d, $ $," dry form," Salisbury, 9th, 13th, IWh, and 23rd
March; 10th April, 1898.

The examples vary a good deal on both surfaces, but do not in
the least resemble the following, which Mr. Marshall unaccountably
labels as its " wet form "although, as usual, caught at the same time1.

10. JUNONIA SIMIA Wallgr.

c? ," wet-form", Salisbury, 27th February; 9, 13th March,
1898.

11. JUNONIA BOOPIS Trim.

$ 2 , Salisbury, 4th and isth June, ISO 8.

1 Two very distinct forms of J. cuu/na aiv fonvanitnl. <hh> of tl\.-ni, wlucli is
labelled •' Early dry form." seems to ha\e !i|>]>cai-t-il in the latter halt' of Marrh .
a more heavily marked and more round-winded form, takm a fortnight t'arhfi-.
looks like its vvet form ; but is said to U-the " I'irst appearance uf tin- dry form."

905 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 29,

12. HAHANUMIDA DJEDALUS Fabr.

6 , $ , " intermediate and dry," Salisbury, 23rd March, 1898.

13. NEPTIS AGATHA Cram.
Salisbury, llth and 22nd May, 1898.

14. ACRJEA SERENA, var. BUXTONI Butl.

c? <3 , Salisbury, 16th February and 24th April, 1898.

15. ACRjEA RAIIIRA Boisd.

cJ d, Salisbury, 4th May, 1898.

16. ACR^EA NOHARA Boisd.

cJ c?, $ $ , Salisbury, 8th and llth January; 5th, 20th, and
23rd March ; 3rd, 10th, 16th, 24th, and 27th April; llth, 14th,
19th, 22nd, and 29th May ; 4th and 18th June.

Some of the specimens are labelled " wet " and some " dry," but
I see no appreciable difference between them. As before, the
whole are labelled with a varietal name, apparently because in the
Mashunaland and Swaziland examples the black spots on the
upper surface tend to become smaller than in examples from Natal.
I must confess I do not think the name is needed.

17. ACRzEA DOUBLEDAYI, Var. AXINA Westw.

Salisbury," wet and dry forms," 5th, 13th, 23rd, and 26th March;
9th and 27th April ; llth May ; 5th June, 1898.

In this form (the seasonal phases of which do not seem to me
to differ) the two or three submarginal dots which usually occur
on the primaries of typical A. doubledayi are replaced by a con-
tinuation of the interuervular streaks ; the female also rarely shows
the subapical white bar of typical A. doubledayi ; it would there-
fore seem that A. axina is a smaller and localized form of A. double-
dayi, but intergrades between the two types occur in our Museum
series.

18. ACR^A ANACREON, var. BOMBA.

c? <$ , $ $ ," wet and intermediate, " Salisbury, 2nd January,
19th February, 9th and 16th March, 1898.

I see nothing to distinguish the " intermediate " from the wet
form ; our intermediate form from Nyasaland shows the fulvous
submarginal spots of typical (dry-season) A. anacreon. lam, how-
ever, grateful to Mr. Marshall for sending us examples of the wet
form in each collection, inasmuch as we did not possess it at all
until 1895. One of the males now sent has almost lost the
black spots on the primaries ; a similar but smaller female example
was obtained by Mr. Marshall on the 14th August, 1895, atGijima
(imZ«P.Z.S. 1898, p. 191).
PROC. ZOOL. Soc.— 1898, No. LX. 60

1898.] FROM MASHUNALAND. 906

19. ACRJEA NATAL1CA Boisd.

3 <$ , Salisbury, 2nd and 6th March, 1898.

20. ACRJEA VIOLARUM and var. ASEMA Hewits.

c? , 2 2 , Salisbury, 5th March ; 9th, 24th, and 27th April,
1898.

These, which represent typical A. asema (and should therefore,
according to Mr. Marshall, be the dry form of A. violarum), are
labelled " violarum-asema" but a female obtained on the 5th March,
which is almost as heavily marked as typical A. violarum, is labelled
also in the same way though marked with the " wet" sign. To
my mind it belongs to the intermediate form, and I think conclu-
sively proves that A. asema is only a form of A. violarum.

21. ACR^EA CALD ARENA Hewits.

cf rf, $ $, Salisbury, 19th February; 2nd, 13th, 20th, 23rd,
and 26th March ; 20th and 30th April ; llth and 14th May ;
5th June, 1898.

The seasonal differences appear to be slight in this species : the
male seems to differ only in the better marked border to the
secondaries in the wet-season, and the female in its smoky suffusion
sometimes accompanied by a white belt across the primaries ; but
at all seasons there seems to be a certain amount of variation even
in these characters, though the clouded females do not, apparently,
occur in the dry season. A male with very dry characteristics and

labelled with Mr. Marshall's dry sign ^O was taken on the 26th

March, and much wetter forms in Apr1!, when a wet male and dry
female were taken on the same day. It seems to me that these
facts are clearly in favour of my view that the seasonal forms of
butterflies existed originally as simple variations, and were
subsequently accommodated to seasons which afforded them most
protection. Thus the males of A. ccddarena, which show no
striking seasonal differences, and which would be hardly more
conspicuous at one season than another, are inconstant in their
seasonal characters, whereas if the white-banded, smoky female
appeared in the dry season it would probably be very conspicuous.
It may be questioned as to what advantage a protected Butterfly,
such as an Acrcea, could gain by being inconspicuous. Although
the species of this genus are said to be not only offensive,
but elastic and difficult to kill, it is certain that many are
permanently maimed by birds and reptiles which (presumably)
seize them for the first time, or have not become satisfied of their
inedibility.

LYC^NIDJE.

22. AL^NA NYASS.E Hewits.

Salisbury, 3rd and 16th April, 15th May, 1898.
One of the males, having white spots in the cell, was wrongly
labelled $.

[5]

907 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 29,

23. AL^ENA AMAZOULA Boisd.

Salisbury, 13th, 16th, and 20th March, 1898.

Judging by the specimens now sent and one or two previously
in the collection, the Mashunaland examples seem to be decidedly
larger than those of Natal.

24. OATOCHRTSOPS HYPOLEUCUS Butl.

<S . Gadziina, 4200 feet, Umfuli River, Mashunaland, 28th
December, 1895.

This is forwarded under the name of " C. gigantea Trim.," but,
as already pointed out, my typical female of C. hypoleucus being
identical with this species, my name cannot be set aside.
Mr. Trimen supposed the type to be a worn female from Zomba,
but that example was far too imperfect to base a description upon :
I therefore labelled and described the far more perfect female from
the Victoria Nyanza. If I could do so, I would willingly yield
the point ; but one cannot alter the identity of a type.

25. CATOCHRYSOPS MAHALLOKO^ENA Wallgr.

£ $ , Salisbury, 28th March and 3rd April ; c? , 19th May,

1898.

26. NEOLYC&NA cissus Godt.

$ , Salisbury, 28th March, 1898.

27. TARUCUS THEOPHRASTUS Fabr.

$ , Salisbury, 19th February ; rf, 28th March, 1898.
Labelled as T. sybaris ; but, if distinct from T. iheophrastus
(which I doubt), it cannot be T. sybaris.

28. NACADUBA SICHELA Wallgr.
3 , Salisbury, 19th May, 1898.

29. ZIZERA ANTANOSSA Mab.

$ , Salisbury, 19th May, 1898.

30. CASTALIUS CALICE Hopff.

$ , Salisbury, 14th May, 1898.

31. LYC^INESTHES ADHERBAL Mab.

$ $ , Salisbury, 14th May and 4th June, 1898.

32. CACYREUS LINGEUS Cram.

c? <$ , Salisbury, 3rd April and 19th May, 1898.

33. ZERITIS AMANGA Westw.

c? , Salisbury, 10th April, 1898.

34. ZERITIS HARPAX Fabr.

<$ <$ , Salisbury, 30th March, 1898.

60»
[6]

]898.] FROM MASlll'XAl, AM). {M IS

35. PIIASIS TIIKRO Linn.

Capo Town, 5th October, 1S96.

A very dwarfed example of this ran; species.

3(5. ASLAUQA MAJISIIALLI, sp. n.

Allied to A. po'/mmsce/i.1?, Holland ; \villi more pronounced

anal lobe to secondaries : upper surface altogether darker, vinous
brown suffused with blackish, with faint purple gloss on basal hull';
fringes dull white with dusky central band, blacker and somewhat
irregular on primaries and interrupting the outer white, edging here
and there, notably at the extremity of the anal lobe of secondaries,
where it becomes quite black: thorax slate-blackish; head and
abdomen mostly brown : under surface fleshy clay-brown, irrorated
with darker brown; internal area of primaries greyish; fringes
rather less strongly banded than above: pectus and base of venter
dull white, legs and remainder of venter paler brown than the
wings l. Expanse of wings 32 millim.

Salisbury, 4th June, 1898.

In the West-African A. purpurascens there is a well-defined
brown line across the under surface of the wings and the upper
surface is considerably paler.

37. TIIESTOU PEOTUMXUS Linn.
Simoustown, 30th December, 1S9G.

38. ALCEIDES MALAGRIDA Trim.
Signal Hill, 22nd February, 1897.

39. MYRIXA FICEDULA Trim.

Salisbury, 26th February and 6th March, 1898.

40. APIIXJEUS ERIKSSONII Trim.

c? , Gadzima, 13th September, 1895.

This fine and rare species is quite new to the Museum ; it is a
typical Aj_)linceus, although, strangely enough, the usual silver patches
are wholly absent from the under surface.

41. VlRACIIOLA LI VIA Ivlug.

d" , Salisbury, loth May, 1898.

P API LION I I) .!•:.
PlEIU]SM\

42. MYLOTIIIUS AGATIIIXA Cram.
rf, Salisbury, 19th May, 1898.

1 The sides of the abdomen appear to be banded with black, but this may
have been produced by grease.

909 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 29

43. TERIAS BRIGITTA Cram.

Wet form. Salisbury, 6th March ; 2nd, 3rd, and 6th April, 1898.
Dry form. Salisbury, 14th, 19th, and 22nd May, 1898.
I was pleased to receive a male of the dry-season form, which
seems to be much rarer than the wet-season male.

44. TERIAS HAPALE Mab.

e? . Wet-season form. Salisbury, 16th February, 1898.

A second male (indicated as a var. in the direction of floricola)
was obtained on the llth May ! This seems to indicate that the
wet phase may sometimes occur in the dry season.

3 . Intermediate fo rm. Salisbury, 30th March, 1898.

rf . Dry form. Salisbury, 4th, 17th, and 20th April, 1898.

Mr. Marshall writes : — " You will notice among the Terias that
I have pointed out that T. cethiopica and butleri of Trimeu are
respectively dry and wet forms of the same species, and thus,
taking the synonymy given in your revision, hapale must fall as a
seasonal form of senegalensis. I have not actually proved the case
by breeding, but I think you can take my observations on trust
now.'7

Unfortunately Mr. Marshall's dates (upon the specimens for-
warded) seem to point to a different conclusion ; for he sends
wet, intermediate, and dry examples of true T. hapale= cethiopica,

with the signs §£ , c£ , (^ on their labels, and taken in February ^

March, and April respectively. Of T. senegalensis ( = butleri) he also
sends wet forms taken from February to March and intermediate
to dry forms obtained in March and April. Therefore, although
T. floricola and T. hapale may prove to be only variations of the
heavily-bordered species, analogous to the narrow-bordered vari-
ations of T. suasa, there is, at present, no proof that such is the
case, and it certainly is not correct to call T. hapale the dry form
of T. senegalensis, because each of these types has its proper
seasonal phases.

45. TERIAS SENEGALENSIS Boisd.

Wet form, rf c? , $ , Salisbury, 16th February, 6th and 16th
March, $ 3rd April.

Intermediate to dry. Salisbury, 6th and 13th March, and 2nd to
3rd April.

The extreme dry form was not forwarded : it is represented by
T. bisinuata.

46. TERACOLUS JOHNSTONI Butl.

Intermediate form. $ , Salisbury, 22nd May, 1898.

47. TERACOLUS PHLEGTAS Butl.

Wet form, tf , Salisbury, 19th May, 1898.
Dry form. 6 , $ , Salisbury, Stkand 18th June, 1898.
I should regard the male of Mr. Marshall's dry form as
[8]

1898.] FEOM MASHUNALAND. 910

" intermediate " : we have a much more pronounced dry-season
male.

48. TEEACOLUS ANTIGONE Boisd.

Intermediate and dry forms. 3 rf, $ , Salisbury, 19th and 22nd
May ; 5th and 18th June, 1898.

Mr. Marshall labelled two females of T. ithonus (var. hyperides)
as "T. phlegetonia"=antigone: one example of the intermediate
form is labelled with the wet sign ^ , but was taken on the same
day as another marked & , and differs from the true wet form in

the total absence of the bright lemon-yellow at the base of the
primaries on the under surface and the reddish tint of the
secondaries ; this must, therefore, have been a lapsus, for it is not
likely that wet, intermediate, and dry forms (in equal condition)
would all be flying within less than a week of each other. The
single female obtained, though taken on the 5th June, belongs to
the intermediate phase.

49. TEEACOLUS ITHONUS fiutl.

Wet form. <J, Salisbury, 9th March, 1898.

Intermediate. £ $ , Salisbury, 22nd and 29th May, 1898.

Dry form. 3 , Salisbury, 5th June, 1898.

The two males are labelled as T. achine (intermediate and dry)
and the two females as T. evagore-phlegetonia (intermediate and
dry). The male obtained in March is, however, the typical wet
form of T. itlionus (—hero J); the two females obtained in May
are the intermediate form of the same species (=F. hyperides $ ) ;
and the male obtained in June is the dry form (=T. ignifer d ).

50. TEEACOLUS OMPHALE Godt.

Intermediate and dry forms, rf tf, $ $, Salisbury, 19th, 22nd,
and 29th May, 5th and 18th June, 1898.

Mr. Marshall labels all the specimens as " T.pallene"; he writes
as follows : — " I am somewhat in doubt as to the Teracoli I have
sent you labelled pallene, for they are practically indistinguishable
from the extreme dry form of omphale ; yet the wet form is
certainly not omphale, which I do not remember ever to have seen
here, but seems referable to pallene. The larva is very similar to,
though distinct from, that of phlegetonia as observed by me in
Natal, but they are not distinguishable in the pupal stage. I
obtained some thirty eggs from marked females of ? pallene,
intending to submit the moulting larvae to varying conditions in
order to ascertain the range of its specific variation : a large
number of eggs proved infertile and of the remainder all the larvae
died before they were half-grown — why I know not."

I do not believe that T. pallene occurs so far to the south as
Mashunaland ; but in none of its seasonal forms does it resemble
T. omphale ; indeed it belongs to the same section of the genus as
T. daira. The wet form of T. omphale may vary more than is at

[9]

911 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 29,

present supposed, though our large series shows a considerable
range of variation already, but I have not the least doubt that the
examples labelled in the present collection " Teracolus pallene " are
ordinary T. omphale.

51. CATOPSILIA FLORELLA Fabr.

c? , ? , Salisbury 27th April, 1898.

52. BELENOIS SEYERINA Cram.

c? tf , Salisbury, 19th and 30th March.

Labelled as " wet " and " intermediate " ; there is, however, a
considerably wetter phase of the species. I should therefore
consider both specimens as intermediate.

H E S P E R 1 1 D M.

53. SARANGESA STNESTALMENUS Karsch.

Salisbury, 16th March, 2nd and 30th April, 19th May, 1898.

Mr. Marshall labels this S. motozioides, but the latter is much
nearer to S. motozi. If these nearly related insects were arranged
in natural sequence they would stand thus : — S.pertusa, S. synestal-
menus, S. motozi^ S. motozioides, S. eliminata. I am quite prepared
to hear that they are only forms of one species, but the chances
are that S. motozioides and S. eliminata will hold their own and
that S. pertusa and synestalmenus will prove to be slight variations
of the dry form of S. motozi ; the latter seems to be a wet form in
Nyasaland,

54. ABANTIS YENOSA Trim.

rf , Salisbury, 10th April, 1898.

55. PYRGUS SATASPES Trim.

Salisbury, 7th August, 1898.

Labelled " ? diomus, Hpff. d ." The latter is quite distinct.

56. PYRGUS DROMUS Plotz.

c? , Salisbury, 9th March, 1898.

57. PYRGUS SPIO Linn.

$ , Salisbury, 26th March, 1898.

58. PAROSMODES ICTERIA Mab.

c? c?, Salisbury, 12th March and 20th April, 1898.

59. KEDESTES MACOMO Trim.

Salisbury, 10th April, 1898.

Mr. Marshall sends this as a new species ; but it only differs

from typical K. macomo in the absence of some of the black spots

on the under surface of the secondaries : such differences are

hardly likely to have a specific value, but it would be interesting

[10] '

1898.] FROM MASTTUNALANI). 012

to see whether the examples obtained in the Mazoo valley were
quite constant as regards the number of spots ; in the three
examples of K. macomo which Mr. Marshall sent us in 1^97 they
differ in size, though not in number.

60. GEGENES LETTERSTEDTI Wallgr.
cJ, Salisbury, 14th May, 1898.

61 . GEGENES IIOTTENTOTA Latr.

cj $ in copula, Salisbury, 19th February ; c? 14th May, 1SOS.

It would be interesting to breed this specie's so as to decide

definitely whether the preceding is readily distinct ; until the case

is proved it is hard to believe that the largo sexual patch on the

male G. hottentota ( = obumbrata) is not of specific value.

62. CIIAPRA MATITIAS Fabr.

$ , Salisbury, 19th May, 1898.

63. PARNARA DETECT A Trim.

<3 rf, Salisbury, 12th, 13th, and 30th March; 9th and 10th
April ; rf , $ , 5th and 18th June, 1898.

The last tu-o specimens are labelled " Baoris sp. nov." ; but,
excepting that they have lost two out of the three subapical
hyaline dots on the primaries, I see no character by which they
could be distinguished from P. detecta, and we know that these
hyaline dots are exceedingly variable in number.

64. PLATILESCIIES MORITILI AVallgr.

cT c?i Salisbury, 20th February, 9th March, llth April, and
5th June, 1898.

65. RIIOPALOCAMPTA PISISTRATTJS Fabr.
Salisbury, 18th June, 1898.

Pi]

From the ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
Ser. 7, Vol. ii., November 1898.

On the Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Catophaga.
By ARTHUR G. BUTLER, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.

WHEN Wallace described his extensive genus Tachyris,
based chiefly upon the tuft at the base of the claspers in the
males, he seems to have been unaware that Hiibner had
already proposed three generic names, viz. Appias, Catophaga,
and Hiposcritia (recte Hyposcritid) for species having this
secondary sexual character.

I find that Appias (type A. zelmira) is undoubtedly gene-
rically distinct, the club of the antennae being broadly spoon-
shaped and flattened ; but I see no reason for regarding
Catophaga, Hiposcritia, and Tachyris (restricted) as more
than groups of one genus, differing chiefly in outline of wing
and style of coloration. In the case of Saletara the structural
difference in neuration is inconstant, and consequently only
of subgeneric value ; I therefore regard this also as a group,
though perhaps a little better defined than the others.

Group 1. HYPOSCRITIA, Hiibn.

The species of this group have the apex of the primaries
usually more or less falcate; the males of the wet-season
phase are either cream-coloured or ochraceous on the under
surface of the secondaries, rarely (perhaps never) heavily
speckled or striated; whereas the dry-season phase of the
male more or less resembles a dead leaf in tint on the under
surface.

Type of the group H. pandione.

1. Hyposcritia iadra.

Pieris indra, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 74 (1857) ; P. Z. S. 1857,

p. 103, pi. xliv. fig. 5.
Appias mahana, Moore. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. vol. xx.

p. 48 (1877).

Appias imbecilis, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. liii. p. 46 (1884).
Tachyris indigis, Weymer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1886, pi. i. fig. 3, 1887,

p. 11.

N.E. India and Burma. $ , type, B. M.

We have one male labelled " Celebes," but I believe this
to be an error; it was received from the Godman and Salvin
collection (ex coll. Druce). H. indra is the wet-season
phase, H. mahana dry, 11. imbecilis •= indigis an extreme
dry phase.

393 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Pierine Butterflies

2. Hyposcritia shiva.
Hyposcritia shiva, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1885, p. 138, pi. ix. figs. 1, 2.

Poona, Manipur, and Burma. <$ , type, B. M.
The female much resembles that sex of H. leptis on the
upper surface, but the male looks like H. indra starved.

3. Hyposcritia narendra.

Hyposcritia narendra. Moore. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. vol. xx.
p. 48 (1877).

Cejlon. B. M.

Var. (?). Nilgiris. B. M.

I have only seen dry forms of this species ; the Nilgiri
type may possibly be a large form of H. shiva, which it
resembles almost as closely as it does the Ceylonese species.

4. Hyposcritia leptis.

Pieris leptis, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 163 (1865).

Tachyris Lucasii, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 381 (1867).

Java. Wet-season phase, B. M. Dry-season phase, coll.
Hewitson.

5. Hyposcritia plana.
Appiasplana, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. 2, Zool. i. p. 551 (1879).

Borneo, Sumatra, Malacca, Batchian. Type, B. M.
I have only seen the wet-season phase of this species, and
it is possible that no dry phase may exist.

6. Hyposcritia pandione.

Hiposcritia pandione, Hiibner, Zutr. exot. Schmett. figs. 651, 652

(1832).
Pieris ida (?), Lucas, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1852, p. 335.

Java. B. M.

I have only seen a dry phase of this species; but it is
quite likely that H. ida may be the wet-season form.

7. Hyposcritia Whiteheadi.

>,di, Gr(
(1887)

Kina Balu. B. M.

Appias Whiteheadi, Grose-Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,
vol. xx. p. 434 (1887) ; Rhop. Exot. i., Pier. ii. figs. 4, 5 (1889).

of the Genus Catophaga. 394

8. Hyposcritia montana.

Appias montanus, Rothschild, Nov. Zool. iii. p. 325 (189G).
Philippines.

I have not seen this species, but it is said to be related to
H. phcebe.

9. Hyposcritia (?) ambigua.

Appias ambigua, Grose-Smith, Nov. Zool. ii. p. 76 (1895).
Wetter, Dili, and Gilolo.

Judging from the description, I imagine that this must be
a Hyposcritia \ but no hint of its affinities is given.

10. Hyposcritia phcebe.

Pieris phcebe, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. v. 'p. 299 (1861); Reise
der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 163, pi. xxv. fig. 5 (1865).

Philippines.

Not in the Museum collection.

11. Hyposcritia lagela.
Catophaga lagela, F. Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 838.
Tenasserim. Type, B. M.

12. Hyposcritia lalage.

p. 103, pi. xliv. fig. 6.
Catophaga pseudolalage, Moore, P. Z. S. 1879, p. 142.
Hyposcritia argyridina, Butler. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvi.

p. 340 (1885).

N.E. India to E. Pegu. ? , type, B. M.

H. durvasa is the extreme wet-season form of the species ;
H. lalage (typical) is also a wet-season phase, probably
appearing at the end of the rains ; H. pseudolalage is a smaller
form, probably occurring at the commencement of the dry
season ; and H. argyridina is a true dry-season phase.

13. Hyposcritia indroides.
Pieris indroides, Honrath, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxxiii. p. 403 (1889).

Perak.

Not in the Museum collection. Weymer says that it is the
H. lalassis of Grose-Smith, but T cannot agree with him.

395 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Pierine Butterflies

14. Hyposcritia lalassis.

Appias lalassis, Grose-Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5. vol. xx.
P. 265 (1887) ; Rhop. Exot. i., Pier. pi. ii. figs. 1-3 (1889).

East Pegu and Burma. 2 $, B. M.

Group 2. CATOPHAGA, Hubn.

In this, the typical group, the primaries show little
tendency to falcation at apex, the sexes are usually very
dissimilar, and the colouring of secondaries below varies
seasonally from ochraceous or yellow to pearl whitish.

1. Catophaga eg a.

Pieris ega, Boisduval, Sp. G<§n. I,e> i. p. 536 (1836).

Pieris melania, var. caledonica, Felder. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien. xii.

p. 495 (1862).
Pieris psyche, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 166 (1865).

Australia to New Caledonia arid the Loyalty group. B. M.

This species apparently varies but little, all the specimens
which I have seen showing a wet-season character. There
are forty-two examples in the Museum series.

2. Catophaga agave.

Pieris agave, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. vi. p. 286 (1862).
Tachyns alope, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 372

(1867).

Tachyris mata (?), Kheil, Lep. Ins. Nias, p. 34, pi. iv. fig. 21 (1884).
Tachyris agatha, Staudinger, Iris, 1889, p. 20.

Malacca, Java (Nias ?), Borneo, Philippines. B. M.

Kheil's illustration agrees well with one of our male
examples ; but in his description he calls the upper-surface
coloration hoary greyish, and he states that it belongs to the
T. celestina group, in which (as is well known) the upper
surface is pale chalky bluish. The figure, being a photo-
graph, distinctly proves that " T. mata " is not a Tachyns ,
but a male Catophaga, and therefore that it is not nearly
related to T. celestina, the dusky spot on the primaries being
placed between veins 3 and 4, not between 4 and 5 ; and my
opinion is that it is merely a feebly marked (perhaps dry-
season) discoloured male of C. agave. I believe Staudinger's
Tachyris agatha to be a variety of the female. The Tachyris
fnaculata of Grose-Smith (compared with C. agave) appears
to me to be closely related to Huphina acrisaj Boisd,

of the Genus Catophaga. 396

3. Catophaga urania.

c?. Tachyris urania, Wallace. Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3. vol. iv. p. 371

(1867).
£ . Appias Dohertm, Rothschild, Deut. ent. Zeit.. Lep. v. p. 441. pi. v.

tig. 1 (1892).

J, Celebes (ex coll. Godra. & Salv.). Type, coll. Hewit-
son.

I have not seen the female of this species, but believe
A. Dohertyi to represent that sex.

4. Catophaga melania.

£ . Papilio melania, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 475 (1775).

Appias melania, Butler, Cruise of the ' Curacoa/ p. 471, pi. xlix. figs. 4, 5

(1873).

cJ . Pieris zoe, Vollenhoven, Mon. Pier. p. 37, pi. iv. fig. 3 (1865).
$ (as (J), Tachyris asteria, Miskin, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. 2, iii.

p. 1514 (1888).

Type, ? , coll. Banks; 2^,2?, Batchian, colls. Hewit-
son and B. M.

The secondaries of the female vary much in colouring on
the upper surface, but whether the differences are seasonal or
not is not known ; one of our examples has these wings
bright yellow, with the usual broad deep brown borders. I
think T. asteria is only a variety of this sex.

5. Catophaga Jacquinotii.

d . Pieris Jacquinotii, Lucas, Eev. et Mag. de Zool. 1852, p. 326.
$ . Ap^nas korridana, Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool. i. p. 335 (1894).

#, Ceram ; ? , Biak, New Guinea. B. M.
A local representative of (7. melania.

6. Catophaga galathea.

cJ. Pieris galathea, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 165 (1865).
Catophaga Roepstorjii, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Iii. p. 44 (1884).

$ , Camorta. B. M.

1 consider typical C. galathea to be the wet- and C. Roep-
storjti the dry-season phase.

7. Catophaga sawela.

ihstorffer, Soc. Ent. 14, 2
. xli. p. 390, pi. ix. fig. 8, !

$ , Lombock (Fruhstorffer] . B. M.

Tachyris sawela, Friihstorffer, Soc. Ent. 14, xi. pp. 115, 116 (1896);
Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xli. p. 390, pi. ix. fig. 8, $ (1897).

397 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Pierine Butterflies

8. Catophaga eurosundana.
Appias eurosundana, Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool. ii. p. 75 (1895).

Timor, Sambawa, and Wetter.

Said to be nearly related to G. paula, which it nearly
resembles in both sexes.

9. Catophaga paula.

Catophaga paula, Rober, Tijd. Ent. xxxiv. p. 282, xxxv. pi. iv. figs. 1, 2
(1892).

Wetter.

This species seems nearly related to the preceding, but I
have not seen examples.

10, Catophaga paulina.

£. Papilio paulina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pi. ex. E, F (1779).
Catophaga leis, Hiibner, Zutr. exot. Schmett. figs. 771, 772 (1832).
c?. Pieris darada, Feld. Reise der Nov., Lep. ii.' p. 166 (1865).
c? $. Catophaga lankapura, Moore, P. Z. S. 1879, p. 142.

N.W. and N.E. Provinces of India, Burma, Tonkin,
Ceylon, Penang, Java, Borneo. B. M.

1 regard C. lankapura as the wet-season phase, G. paulina
intermediate, and C. leis = darada as the dry-season phase.

11. Catophaga albina.

S . Pieris albina, Boisduval, Sp. Ge"n. L<§p. i. p. 480 (1836).
c?. Pieris Rouxii, Boisduval, t. c. p. 481 (1836).
$ . Pieris neombo, Boisduval, t. c. p. 539 (1836).
c? . Pieris galene, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 165 (1865).
c? . Tachyris albata, Hopfier, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 22.
2 . Catophaga venusta, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i. p. 132, pi. Ii. fig. 3
(1880-81).

Ceylon, Southern and Eastern India, Pegu, Burma, Tonkin,
Philippines, Batchian, Ceram, Bourou, Celebes, Borneo,
Penang, Sumatra, Java, Timor-Laut, and Northern Australia.
(81 examples.) B. M.

I take the representative of the extreme wet-season phase
to be that in which the male has the secondaries and apex of
primaries below butter-yellow and the female a bright daffodil-
yellow above, with the secondaries and apex of primaries
below bright ochreous. Flying with this form C. neombo is
obtained (an intermediate phase), in which the female is
milky white, the male below with the secondaries and apex
of primaries sericeous cream-coloured, varying to pale
ochreous, and the female with the same parts pearl-white ;

of the Genus Catophaga. 398

the dry form is represented by 0. albino, and Rouxii, in which
the dusky border of the male primaries is either almost wholly
absent or is reduced to a slender abbreviated black marginal
line, and the female differs from G. neombo in the reduction
of the black markings on the upper surface.

Whether C. albino, is really a distinct species from
C. paulina can only be finally settled by breeding from the
egg ; the C. lets = darada form runs C. neombo rather close
in both sexes.

12. Catophaga Wardii.
Catophaga Wardii, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Hi. p. 43 (1884).

Nilgiris, Mysore, Rangoon. B. M.

What I take to be wet-season males of this species
resemble females of G. neombo in the character of the upper
surface. I am not sure that two females without locality
standing next to the male of this species in Hewitson's
collection do not represent the wet-season phase of the female,
the secondaries and apex of primaries below being deep
orange ; but they may be merely unusually large examples
of female G. lankapura. I think G. Wardii is a good
species, distinct from G. paulina.

13. Catophaga cynisca.

$ . Tachyris cynisca, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 375

(1867).
Tachyris agatha, Staudinger, Deut. ent. Zeit., Lep. 1889, p. 20.

Bourou. Type, coll. Hewitson.

14. Gatophaga maria.

Tachyris maria, Semper, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1875, p. 405; Reisen im
Arch. Philipp. vol. v. p. 247, pi. xxxix. figs. 1-4 (1891).

Philippines. B. M.

The male has a female character of upper surface.

15. Catophaga saina.

Appias saina, Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool. i. p. 336 (1894).
New Guinea.

16. Catophaga athama.

9 . Pieris athama, Lucas, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1852, p. 336 j Herrich-
Schaffer, Aiis. Schmett. ii. fig. 104 (1869).

$ . Above milky white ; costal border grey almost to end
of cell, thence black-edged to apex and along outer margin

399 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Pierine Butterflies

to first median branch : under surface with the secondaries
and apex of primaries creamy buff, shading into brighter
yellow on the borders.

Samoa. 3 <J , 3 ? , B. M.

17. Catophaga Wallacei, sp. n.

2 . Tachyris athama, Wallace. Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3. vol. iv. pi. ix.
fig. 1 (1867).

c? . Chiefly differing from that sex of the preceding species
in its more acute primaries.

Mallicollo, New Hebrides, and New Caledonia. B. M.

When describing the female of this species Wallace
commented upon its differences from M. Lucas's description
and figure, and indeed admitted that the latter was " hardly
recognizable" as the same insect. As subsequently evidenced
by Herrich-Schaffer's second figure and by three typical
females now in the Museum, the illustration criticized by
Wallace was an accurate one, and therefore not the same
insect as the female figured by himself from New Caledonia.

Group 3. SALETARA, Dist.

The species all have acutely triangular wings with tolerably
regular external blackish borders and a good deal of yellow
of various shades on the under surface ; the females vary a
good deal in the colouring of the upper surface, the differences
being probably seasonal ; there seems, however, very little
to distinguish the supposed seasonal phases of the males
excepting in 8. nigerrima.

This group was erected into a genus on the ground that in
some of the species the males show an extremely short
terminal furcation of the third subcostal branch. This
character, however, is not only valueless for generic, but for
specific differentiation, inasmuch as males of the Malayan
representative of S. panda sometimes have it well marked
and sometimes show no trace of it, proving clearly its unstable,
individual, and therefore utterly unreliable nature. As a
group, however, it is a natural one, but characters have yet
to be discovered which will warrant its being called a distinct
genus.

1. Saletara corinna.

cJ £ . Tachyris corinna, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 377
(1867).

Port Moresby, New Guinea. 6 J , 1 ? , B. M.
Described from Waigiou.

of the Genus Catophaga. 400

2. Saletara cycinna.

d . Pieris cycinna, Hewitson, Exot. Butt, ii., Pier. pi. iv. figs. 23, 26-

£ . Pieris ocina, Hewitson, /. c. figs. 24, 25 (1861).

Am Islands. 3^,2 ? , B. M.

The upper surface of the female varies from white to-
yellow.

3. Saletara liberia.

Papilio liberia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. in. pi. ccx. G, H (1782).
Ceram. 7 £,2 ? , B. M.

4. Saletara eliada.

Pieris eliada, Hewitson, Exot. Butt, ii., Pier. pi. iv. figa. 27, 28 (1861),
Batchian. 5 £ , B. M.

5. Saletara nathalia.

Pieris nathalia, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. vi. p. 285 (1862).
2 . Tachyris panthea. Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 37ft
(1867).

Philippines. 12 £ , 8 $ , B. M.

6. Saletara Distantly sp. n.

The males sometimes with and sometimes without a terminal
furcation of the third subcostal branch of the primaries ; the
secondaries and sometimes all the wings often tinted with
sulphur; the females varying from white to yellow, the outer
borders narrower (usually considerably so) than in 8. nathalia,
and the pale areas consequently broader ; the under surface in
both sexes (excepting in what I take as the dry phase of the
female) more suffused with bright ochreous.

Expanse of wings, £ 54-64, ? 59-64 millim.

Malacca, Singapore, Sumatra, Borneo. 9 £ , 8 ? , B. M.

7. Saletara panda.

cJ. Pieris panda, Godart, Enc. Meth. ix. p. 147 (1819).

$> . Pieris sulphurea, Vollenhoven, Mon. Pier. p. 32, pi. iv. fig. 4 (1865).

Java. 5 $ , 4 $ , B. M.

The males of this species are always more or less suffused
with sulphur-yellow, and I have seen no white forms of the
female ; the outer border in this sex is narrower than in the
preceding species, and the ochreous suffusion of the under
surface in both sexes is more marked.

401 On the Genus Catophaga.

8. Saletara gisco.

c? . Appias gisco, Grose-Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6 vol. xv.
p. 229 (1895).

Solomon Islands.

Allied to S. panda, and said to resemble the female of that
species on the upper surface.

9. Saletara nigerrima.

$ . Appias panda, var. nigerrima, Holland, Proc. Bost. Soc. xxv. p. 76,

pi. iv. fig. 3 (1891).
tf. Saletara Schombergi, Semper, Reisen im Arch. Philipp. vol. v.

p. 249 (1891).
cJ . Tachyris aurantiaca. Staudinger. Deut. ent. Zeit., Lep. vii. p. 352

(1894).

Celebes and Sula Islands. B. M.

Our male from the Celebes is white above and nearly
resembles S. nathalia. I consider this as probably the male
of the wet phase and Dr. Holland's female as belonging to
the same phase. S. Schombergi from Borneo and S. auran-
tiaca from the Sula Islands probably represent the dry phase,
which will doubtless be found in the Celebes also.

[To be continued.]

From the AXXALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
Ser. 7, Vol. ii., December 1898.

On the Plerine Butterflies of the Genus Catophaga.
By ARTHUR G. BUTLER, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.

[Concluded from p. 401.]

Group 4. TACHYRIS, Wall.

The largest group in the genus, containing species of
tolerably uniform outline, though differing considerably in
coloration : the first and most typical species resemble the
earlier forms of Saletara in the coloration of the males,
whilst their females much more nearly resemble those of
Catophaga ; then we meet with a series of bright scarlet or
orange insects, gradually changing to species with the upper
surface white and brown-bordered. In nearly the whole of
the species the dark outer borders on the under surface of the
wings are regular in outline, and in most of the white species
the seasonal forms seem to be characterized by the width of
these borders in the males and the amount of white on the
upper surface of the females, the dry-season males having
narrower borders and the dry-season females being marked
with broad white patches *.

1. Tachyris celestina.

Piens celestina, Boisduval, Voy. de 1'Astr., Le> p. 46 (1832) ; Lucas,

Lep. Exot. pi. xxiii. fig. 1 (1835).
Appias delicata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6. vol. ix. p

(1882).

Waigiou, Mysol, Aru, Duke of York Island. B. M.

2. Tachyris Clementina.

Pieris Clementina, Felder, Sitzb. Ak. Wiss. Wien, math.-nat. Cl. xl.
p. 448 (1860) ; Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 162, pi. xxv. fig. 6 (1865).
Tachyris adelpha, Rober, Tijd. voor Ent. 1891, p. 281.

Tenimber, Tirnor-Laut. 2 tf, 1 ? , B. M.

3. Tachyris placidia.

Papilio placidia, Stoll, Suppl. Cramer, pi. xxviii. figs. 4, 4 c (1790).
Tachyris placidia, var. maculata, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 30,
pi. xvi. (1884).

Amboina, Ceram, Batchian. B. M.

* I have not included Tachyris maculata of Grose-Smith in this paper
as I believe it to be a Huphina near to H. acrisa.

459 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Pierine Butterflies

4. Tachyris zarinda.

<$ . Pieris zarinda, Boisduval, Sp. Ge"n. L6p. i. p. 486, pi. xviii. fig. 4

(1865).
$. Pieris fatima, Vollenhoven, Tijd. voor Ent. 1866, p. 59, pi. ii.

figs. 1, 2.
$ . Tachyris phestus, Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1888, p. 469, pi. xii.

fig. 2.

Celebes. B. M.

The female sometimes has orange and sometimes white
markings, but whether seasonally or not there is no evidence
to show.

5. Tachyris bouruensis.

2 . Tachyris bouruensis, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 379
(1867).

Bourou.

Allied to T. zarinda. The type should be in Hewitson's
collection, but was probably not in good enough condition to
induce him to retain it.

6. Tachyris nebo.

Appias nebo, Grose-Smith and Kirby, Rhop. Exot., Pier., Appias, i.
figs. 1, 2 (1894).

Burma.

Nearest to T. galba ; much more yellow and without discal
band on primaries.

7. Tachyris galba.

Tachyris galba, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 378 (1867).
Manipur and Silhet. B. M.

8. Tachyris nero.

Papilio nero, Fabricius, Ent Syst. iii. 1, p. 153 (1793) ; Donovan,

Ins. Ind. pi. xxxii. fig. 1 (1800).
Pieris thyria, Godart, Enc. Me"th. ix. p. 147 (1819) ; Lucas, Lep. Exot.

pi. xxv. fig. 3 (1835).
Pieris Jiff ulina, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xx. p. 399,

pi. viii. fig. 1 (1867).

Burma, Malacca, Penang, Singapore, Java, Sumatra,
Borneo. B. M.

This species varies a good deal both in depth of colour
above and below and in dusky veining and clouding. T. thyria
and T. figulina are both separable as varieties, but whether
they are seasonal forms or mere sports remains to be dis-
covered.

of the Genus Catophaga. 460

9. Tachyris domitia.

Pieris domitia, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. vi. p. 285 (1862) ; Semper,
Reisen im Arch. Phil. v. pi. xl. figs. 1, 2, and 4 (1891).

Pieris zamboanya, Felder, I. c.

Pieris asterope, Felder, 1. c. p. 286 (1862).

Appias mindanensis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xi.
p. 421 (1883) ; Semper, Reisen im Arch. Phil. pi. xl. tigs. 3, 5 (1891).

Philippines. Twenty-seven examples. B. M.
A male from Borneo in the Hewitson collection agrees
with Semper's male of P. aster ope.

10. Tachyris pal awanica.
Appias nero, var. palaioanica, Staudinger, Lep. v. Palawan, p. 22 (1889).

The male varying above from brick-red to bright orange,
the veins of primaries, and sometimes the veins on apical
area of secondaries, dusky ; the apex and outer margin of
primaries sometimes with a soft graded brownish border :
under surface much more ochraceous, without markings, the
centre of primaries more orange than the remainder of the
under surface.

Expanse of wings 72-77 millim.

The female varies above from ' bright orange, through
mixed ochreous and tawny, to pure white with dusky basal
area and spotted black-brown outer border (as in I\ nero and
allies) ; below also the wings vary from bright ochreous to
ochreous and white commingled or to tawny and ochreous
primaries with white subapical streak and pearl-white second-
aries clouded with sandy greyish ; the ordinary markings
(corresponding with those of the upper surface) more or less
defined.

Expanse of wings 59-66 millim.

Palawan and Labuan. Ten examples, B. M.

I cannot regard this as a variation of any known species ;
the primaries of the male are more acute than in T. domitia
and the under surface unmarked, whilst the female is ex-
tremely variable, but has not at all the character of T. zam-
loanga (T. domitia ? ), but more nearly resembles T.figulina
(T. *nerOj var., ? ) ; its small size and invariably paler
colour readily mark it as a different species.

11. Tachyris flavins.

Smith, Ann. &
>p. Exot. ii., Pi

Taganac Island, N.E. Borneo.

Appias flavins, Grose-Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. x.
p. 427 (1892) ; Rhop. Exot. ii., Pier., Appias, i. figs. 3-5 (1894).

461 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Pierine Butterflies

12. Tachyris ithome.

Pieris ithome. Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iii. p. 180, pi. iv. fie1 1
(1859).

Celebes. 6 J , 1 ? , B. M.

13. Tachyris nephele.

cJ. Pieris nephele, Hewitson, Exot. Butt, ii., Pier. pi. v. fig. 33 (1861)
$ . Pieris zamora, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. vi. p. 28(5 (1862).

Philippines, Celebes. 9 <? ,' 6 ? , B. M.

Local form Tachyris dilatior.

Tachyris nephele, var. dilutior, Staudinger, Lepid. v. Palawan, p. 21
(1889).

Palawan. 3 <? , 1 $ , B. M.

T. nephele is extremely variable as regards the amount of
white on the primaries and the width of the blackish outer
border of the secondaries ; but whether these differences are
seasonal we have no data to prove. The Palawan examples
show as much white on the primaries of the males as in any
of the males of typical T. nephele, and the border of the
secondaries is slightly narrower than in any, whilst it is more
or less abruptly excised at apex.

14. Tachyris florenti a.

Appias florentia, Grose-Smith and Kirby, Rhop. Exot. ii., Pier
Appias, i. figs. 6-8 (1894).

Solomon Islands. 3 $ , 3 ? , B. M.
We received three pairs of this species from the Godraan
and Salvin collection.

15. Tachyris ada.

Papilio ada, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pi. ccclxiii. C, D (1782).
Amboina. 1 <?, 2 ? , B. M.

16. Tachyris solstitialis, sp. n.

C?. Above similar to T. florentia, but with the dark brown
outer border of the primaries more abruptly tapered ; below
also much like T. florentia^ but with the dark brown outer
border of the secondaries of only half the width, and the
bright orange internal triangular patch consequently of twice
the size.

Expanse of wings 75 millim.

of the Genus Catophaga. 462

? . Above at once distinguishable from T. florentia ? by
the much less lavender tint of the greyish basal suffusion, its
almost entire absence from the secondaries, the dentate-
sinuate inner edging of the external border, which narrows
almost to a point at the external angle of the primaries, and
is distinctly narrower than in T. florentia on the secondaries
on both surfaces.

Expanse of wings 72 millim.

New Ireland (G. & S. coll.). Two pairs, B. M.

If this insect occurred in the same island with T. florentia,
I should unhesitatingly regard it as the dry-season form of
that species.

17. Tachyris leucosticta, sp. n.

Intermediate between the preceding and T. cilia, nearly
resembling T. solstitialis above in both sexes, but below
both sexes have the subapical spot of the primaries yellow
instead of white and the orange on the secondaries considerably
more restricted • the width of the outer border appears to
vary seasonally, the wet-season form has the outer border of
the secondaries decidedly narrower and less regular than in
T. florentia, whilst the dry-season form is paler in colour and
has a slightly narrower border than T. solstitialis.

Expanse of wings, $ 69-83, ? 72 millim.

Bourou, Ceram, Salwatty, Waigiou. 5^,1 ? , B. M.

Ifc is probable that this species has been confounded in
collections with T. cilia.

18. Tacky r is cilia.

Pieris cilia, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 165 (1865).
Tachyris clavis, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. 3, vol. iv. p. 367 (1867).

Ke Island, Normanby Island, Aru. 3 <£, B. M.

T. clavis is the wet-season form and T. cilia the dry. The
females of both are in the Hewitson collection: that of
T. clavis white above and not unlike that sex of T. florentia,
excepting that the blackish border of the secondaries occupies
nearly half the wing-surface j that of T. cilia is yellower and
resembles that sex of T. leucosticta on the upper surface,
excepting that it is greyer at base and has the inner edging
of the outer borders less sharply defined, whilst below it has
a broader outer border to the secondaries and the orange area
deeper in colour and much more extended. Hewitson's
examples of this species are from Kd, Aru, and New Guinea.

The males of T. cilia — clavis are characterized by the fact
that the apical border of the primaries completely encloses

463 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Pier me Butterflies

the subapical spot on the upper surface *, and on the under
surface this spot is bright yellow ; but these differences alone
would not be sufficient to separate it from T. leucosticta ; the
much greater orange area on the under surface of the second-
aries (corresponding with that of T. solstitialis) distinguishes
it at once.

The following species was received in 1874 from the
Godeffroy Museum under the name of T. ada.

19. Tachyris ellat sp. n.

Allied to T. cilia, but with the subapical spot white below
in the male, as in T. ada] it is considerably smaller than the
latter in both sexes and the dark border to the secondaries on
the under surface of only about half the width ; the orange
on these wings is very much restricted, even more so than in
T. leucosticta. On the upper surface the male resembles
T. cilia in the extension of the dark brown apical area of the
primaries so as to enclose the subapical spot; the second-
aries, however, have a narrower and very sharply defined
dentate-sinuate outer border.

Expanse of wings, $ 68, ? 62 millim.

Yap, Caroline Islands. <£ ? , B. M.

The female has the under surface of the secondaries whiter
than in any of the preceding species, the costa and veins
towards the base feebly washed with sulphur and the apex
clear ochreous.

20. Tachyris ardens, sp. n.

Appias andrea (part.), Semper, Reisen ira Arch. Phil, v., Rhop. p. 242
(1891).

The Philippine representative of T. ciUa ; invariably
distinctly smaller. The primaries with the subapical spot
completely enclosed by the blackish apical border as in
that species, but the border of the secondaries with strongly
dentate-sinuate internal edging ; the subapical spot on the
under surface of the primaries varies from sulphur- to saffron-
yellow, and the secondaries below are either daffodil-
yellow, with rather less orange suffusion than in T. cilia,
or are wholly orange from base to border f. The female
nearly resembles in every respect that sex of T. ella, but
shows less colour on the under surface, the yellow and ochreous
being extremely weak.

* In our male example of T. leucosticta from Waigiou the same
thing occurs, but to a slightly less prominent extent,
t Whether these are seasonal differences I am not in a position to say.

of the Genus Catophaga. 464

Expanse of wings, $ 68-69, ? 59-66 millim.

2 <£, 4 ?, Philippines, and ?, Pelew Island. (Seven
examples.) B. M.

This is also in the Ilcwitson collection ; it certainly
belongs to the T. ada (not T. hippo group), both sexes being
at once distinguishable from T. andrea.

21. Tacliyris Dokertiella, sp. n.

A very distinct little species ; male milk-white, the co.sta
bluish grey, browner on the costal border ; apex and outer
border occupied by a black-brown band, with acutely
dentated inner margin ; no subapical spot: secondaries with
a rather narrow and tolerably regular black- brown border
on a faintly blue-greyish ground from apex to below second
median branch ; fringe brown : body rather greyer than in
any of the preceding species. Primaries with the costal border
excepting at base chocolate-brown, continuous with the outer
border, which is much broader than above, blackish inter-
nally, with much less dentated irregularly sinuated inner
margin : secondaries slightly nacreous, with the outer border
chocolate-brown and broader than above : body below white.

Expanse of wings 55 millim.

$ . Primaries dark brown, blackish towards apex ; two
narrow superposed creamy-yellowish streaks beyond the
cell ; an irregular white patch from just above second median
branch to inner margin, its inner edge diffused, its outer edge
acutely zigzag : secondaries with a smoke-grey basal patch ;
a moderately broad dark brown outer border on a pale
brownish ground from apex to just beyond second median
branch. Primaries below with the pale markings of the upper
surface extended ; the base and lower two thirds of the
discoidal cell whitish : secondaries nacreous, the outer border
paler and much wider than above.

Expanse of wings 55 millim.

<J ? , Wetter (May 1892, W. Doherty). B. M.

lieceived from the Godman and Salviii collection.

22. Tacky ris timorensis, sp. n.

<?. Very like T. lyncida, but with the black-brown outer
borders distinctly broader, less irregular, the subapical spot
sometimes reduced to a short narrow streak.

Expanse of wings 54-60 millim.

$ . Very like !T. Dohertiella, but the creamy streaks beyond
the cell of primaries broader and confluent ; the outer border

465 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Pierine Butterflies

of secondaries rather wider and bordered internally by a
smoky-brownish suffused belt.

Expanse of wings 54 millim.

3 c?, 1 $ , Timor (ex Godmari and Salvin coll.). B. M.

23. TacJiyris lyncida.

Papilio lyncida, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pi. cxxxi. B (1779).
Pieris enyo, Boisduval, Sp. G6n. Le*p. i. p. 481 (1836).
Pieris lynceola, Felder, Keise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 164 (1865).

Java, Bali, Lombock. B. M.

The females vary somewhat as regards the amount of
creamy or buffish white on the wings. I suspect that these
differences are seasonal.

24. Tachyris floresiana,) sp. n.

A local representative of T. lyncida ; the males with the
dentated blackish border of primaries not reaching external
angle and that of the secondaries reduced almost to a line on
the upper surface ; on the under surface the outer borders
vary a good deal (probably seasonally) in width ; the second-
aries are more creamy than in T. lyncida.

Expanse of wings, ^ 54-69 millim.

The females above show a much smaller whitish patch
than any females of T. lyncida.

Expanse of wings, ? 61-63 millim.

Flores. Seven examples. B. M.

25. Tacky ris ly caste.
Pieris lycaste, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 164 (1865).

Celebes, 4 <?, 4 $ . Eight examples. B. M.

The males of this species nearly resemble those of T. flo-
resiana, but the secondaries on the under surface are suffused
towards the base with sulphur-yellow (in what I regard as
the wet-season form), the females being heavily suffused
with smoky brown.

26. Tachyris formosana.

Pieris formosana, Wallace, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 356.
Appias inornata, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 700.

Formosa and Hainan. B. M.

We possess Dr. Moore's type and a similar male from
Formosa. It appears to me that the differences between the
typical forms are only seasonal ; at any rate they have no
specific value.

of the Genus Catophaga. 466

27. Tacky ris andrea.

Colias andrea, Eschscholtz, Kotzeb. Reise, iii. p. 215, pi, xxiii. a, b
(1821).

Philippines. <$ ? , B. M.

The males of this form differ very little from those of
T. hippoj but the females have a decidedly broader dark outer
border to the secondaries ; what I regard as probably the dry-
season form has also a much purer white ground to the wings
on both surfaces.

28. Tachyris hippo.

$ . Papilio hippo, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pi. cxcv. B, C (1782).

<3 . Pieris eleonora, Boisduval, Sp. G<$n. L(§p. i. p. 481 (1836).

$ . Appias vacans, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1870, p. 490 ; Lep. Exot.

p. 90, pi. xxxiv. tigs. 5, 6 (1872).

cJ . Appias hippoides, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 312.
Appias epiccena, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1889, p. 398.

N.E. India, Pegu, Burma, Tonkin, Malacca, and Penang.
B. M.

Our series is represented by sixty-eight examples, showing
every possible gradation between the extreme wet form
T. hippoides and the extreme dry form T. epiccena. The
Indian forms have the subapical spot on the under surface of
the male primaries bright yellow ; in Pegu, Burma, Malacca,
and Penang this spot is sometimes bright or pale yellow, but
much more frequently quite white.

29. Tachyris taprobana.

Appias taprobana, Moore, P. Z. S. 1879, p. 143 ; Lep. Ceylon, i. pi. Iii.

figs. 1, 1 a, b. c.
Appias aperta, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xviii. p. 188

(1*

Ceylon. B. M.

I regard T. aperta as the dry form of T. taprobana. The
species stands between T. hippo and T. enaretCj the costal
and subcostal veins on the under surface of the secondaries
being blackened, though less prominently than in T. enarete.

30. Tachyris enarete.

Pieris enarete, Boisduval, Sp. G6n. Le> i. p. 480 (1836).
Borneo. 15 ^ , 6 ?. B. M.

31. Tachyris latifasciata.

Appias latifasciata, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 312.
Kollar, Nilghiris. 5 ?. B. M.

467 Dr. A. G. Butler on Pierine Butterflies.

32. Tachyris cardena.

Pieris cardena, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ii.. Pier. pi. iii. figs. 17. 18
(1861).

Borneo, Sumatra, Malacca. 13 <£ , 1 ? . B. M.

The examples from Malacca may have to be separated, the
yellow on the under surface of the secondaries being replaced
by a much more restricted abdominal patch of orange.

33. Tachyris hagar.

c?. Pieris hagar, Vollenhoven, MOD. Pier. p. 38, pi. iv. fig. 6 (1865).
Sumatra.

I think it quite likely that this is only a dry-season form
of the preceding species.

34. Tachyris Hombronii.

Pieris Hombronii, Lucas, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1852, p. 325 ; $ , Vol-
lenhoven, Mon. Pier. p. 5, pi. ii. fig. 3 (1865).

Celebes. 3^,1?. B. M.

This curious and handsome species leads pleasantly from
the present group towards Prioneris, of which it has the
general form and aspect, though without the serrated costa.

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA— BERKELEY
RETURN TO DESK FROM WHICH BORROWED

This book is due on the last date stamped below, or on the

date to which renewed.
Renewed books are subject to immediate recall.

ENTOMOLOGY LIBRARY

LD 21-100m-l,'54(1887sl6)476

THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY